An IAB report finds AI speeds discovery but adds steps, sending shoppers to retailers, search, reviews, and forums to verify details before buying.
The post Trust In AI Shopping Is Limited As Shoppers Verify On Websites appeared first on Search Engine Journal.
Alexander Dennis Jr., 33, allegedly tried to run over his date twice with a stolen vehicle
© St Louis County Jail
© Ben Whitley/PA Wire
Thompson went off about the technology during her Monday appearance on Stephen Colbert’s late night show
© Getty Images
An expert has issued a warning to those considering swapping their pension providers for lower fees.
© BBC
‘Hunger Games’ star said her behavior in old interviews was a ‘defense mechanism’
© Getty Images
© Gary Todd/ Natural History Museum
One teen told police he spoke briefly with the man but otherwise had no previously interactions with him
© Getty Images/iStockphoto
© Bill Pugliano/Getty Images
© AP Photo/Eugene Hoshiko
Explosions could be seen in the Gaza night sky after Benjamin Netanyahu announced that he has ordered “powerful strikes” in the enclave.
© AP
Bitcoin Magazine
House Democrat Targets President Trump With Bill to Ban Lawmakers From Owning Crypto
U.S. Congressman Ro Khanna (D-CA) is introducing legislation that would prohibit the U.S. President, members of Congress, and their immediate families from owning, trading, or creating cryptocurrencies while in office, according to MSNBC reporting.
Khanna’s bill would mark the first major attempt to separate digital assets from political power.
Early details indicate the measure will bar elected officials and their families from holding or issuing cryptocurrencies and from accepting foreign-backed crypto investments.
The California lawmaker said the initiative aims to rebuild public trust and prevent policymakers from profiting off the very technologies they regulate.
The proposal follows President Donald Trump’s pardon of Binance founder Changpeng Zhao and seeks to eliminate what Khanna calls “blatant corruption” at the intersection of politics and crypto.
“The pardon of Zhao is corrupt,” Khanna said on MSNBC. “You’ve got a foreign billionaire engaged in money laundering and financing terrorism, who supports the president’s son’s cryptocurrency firm, and then the president pardons him. This is corruption in plain sight.”
Zhao, the co-founder and former CEO of Binance, served four months in prison after pleading guilty to violating U.S. banking laws.
His company was accused of allowing illicit money flows linked to child exploitation, drug trafficking, and terrorism. Soon after Zhao’s financial backing of World Liberty Financial — the crypto project founded by Donald Trump Jr. and Eric Trump — was revealed, Trump granted him a pardon.
Khanna’s proposal directly targets that entanglement. By banning crypto ownership and trading among officials, he hopes to draw a clear boundary between public service and private gain.
The measure mirrors previous calls to ban stock trading by lawmakers and follows Senator Adam Schiff’s COIN Act, which specifically sought to limit the Trump family’s crypto activities.
Lawmakers have long and repeatedly introduced legislation in hopes to curb insider trading among members of Congress.
The STOCK Act, passed in 2012 with broad bipartisan support, was designed to require members to disclose stock trades within 30 days and penalize those who used insider information for personal gain.
Earlier this year, The Preventing Elected Leaders from Owning Securities and Investments (PELOSI) Act (S.1498) was proposed in the U.S. Senate by Senator Josh Hawley (R-MO).
The bill addresses concerns about conflicts of interest and potential insider trading among Members of Congress by prohibiting them and their spouses from holding, purchasing, or selling most individual stocks, security futures, commodities, and similar financial instruments while in office.
This post House Democrat Targets President Trump With Bill to Ban Lawmakers From Owning Crypto first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
The Virgin Australia Group has officially opened a new era in regional aviation with the delivery of the first Embraer E190-E2 aircraft, named Coral Bay. This development signifies the first completely new aircraft to enter Western Australia’s charter sector after more than twenty years, thus raising the bar of comfort, efficiency, and sustainability. The E190-E2 performed its inaugural commercial flight (VA9217) on October 27, 2025, taking off from Perth and landing in Boolgeeda after a smooth and punctually timed trip, which made it clear that the aircraft is suitable for the region’s particular requirements.
Designed with Western Australia’s mining regions in mind, the Embraer E190-E2 addresses the operational challenges of flying to shorter runways, higher temperatures, and remote locations. The aircraft offers a blend of passenger comfort, fuel efficiency, and sustainability, making it an ideal choice for charter clients who rely on air travel to connect hard-to-reach areas. With the E190-E2 now in operation, Virgin Australia’s fleet is set to provide even more advanced travel options for both business and leisure travelers.
The E190-E2 aircraft is a game-changer for regional aviation in Western Australia. Its introduction not only enhances passenger experiences but also strengthens the sustainability credentials of Virgin Australia. Designed to be the quietest and most fuel-efficient aircraft in its class, the Embraer E190-E2 offers superior performance while reducing environmental impact, a vital aspect as the industry works to meet increasing demands for greener travel options.
Onboard the Coral Bay, passengers can enjoy wider seats, ample overhead bin space, and the convenience of Wi-Fi connectivity and in-flight entertainment via their own personal devices. The aircraft is also equipped with in-seat power and features a dual Business and Economy class configuration, a first for Western Australia’s charter market. This premium offering is expected to appeal to both business professionals and leisure travelers, offering a more comfortable and connected flight experience in the region.
The launch of the Embraer E190-E2 is just the beginning, as Virgin Australia’s regional arm, VARA, plans to add a total of eight E190-E2 aircraft to its fleet over the coming years. The remaining seven aircraft are scheduled for delivery through 2025, 2026, and 2027. This expansion will allow VARA to retire its aging fleet of F100 aircraft by early 2026, replacing them with more advanced, efficient aircraft better suited for the demands of regional and charter operations in Western Australia.
While the E190-E2 fleet will primarily operate on charter routes across Western Australia, the aircraft is also configured to accommodate regular passenger operations on days with higher leisure demand. This flexibility allows VARA to cater to both business clients traveling to the mining regions and tourists seeking to explore the natural beauty of Western Australia.
By investing in the E190-E2, Virgin Australia is positioning itself as a leader in sustainable aviation while supporting regional connectivity in one of the most resource-rich and remote areas of Australia. With greater efficiency and lower emissions, these aircraft will play a key role in supporting the growth of Western Australia’s tourism industry by making it easier for both tourists and business professionals to reach destinations that were once difficult to access by air.
Virgin Australia’s introduction of the E190-E2 into Western Australia’s aviation market is a testament to the airline’s commitment to sustainability and improving regional access. The new aircraft will provide faster, more efficient flights for travelers, reducing flight times and improving overall connectivity in the region. As tourism continues to grow in Western Australia, these advancements in regional air travel will enable more people to explore the state’s diverse attractions, including its vast coastline, natural parks, and vibrant cities.
In addition to improving tourism accessibility, the E190-E2 also supports Virgin Australia’s commitment to reducing aviation’s carbon footprint. The aircraft’s fuel efficiency, combined with its low emissions, positions it as a key player in greener aviation for the future, aligning with global efforts to make air travel more sustainable.
The Embraer E190-E2 has led Virgin Australia to a significant milestone of providing modern and sustainable travel options for Western Australia. By introducing this aircraft with its excellent performance, comfort, and efficiency, the airline is not only redefining the regional aviation and charter services but also facilitating the movement of tourists to the area’s vast and stunning nature. The increasing number of E190-E2S in the airline’s fleet will enable Virgin Australia to occupy a more considerable portion of the region and provide green high-class travel options for a long time to come.
The post Virgin Australia Group Launches First Embraer E190-E2, Pioneering a New Era for Regional Travel in Western Australia appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Quanzhou, the ancient port city in Fujian Province, China, stands as a testament to the vibrant cultural and economic exchanges that took place on the Maritime Silk Road. Today, this UNESCO World Heritage site is embracing modern strategies to preserve its rich past while ensuring a sustainable tourism future. With 22 heritage sites recognized by UNESCO, Quanzhou offers a unique blend of history, culture, and innovative tourism initiatives, making it a destination for both history buffs and modern travelers alike.
Quanzhou’s success in balancing heritage preservation with modern development is driven by a robust legal framework. In 2023, the city introduced comprehensive regulations to safeguard its UNESCO World Heritage sites. These regulations emphasize the importance of maintaining the integrity of cultural sites while promoting responsible tourism. With these measures in place, Quanzhou is ensuring that its historical treasures are preserved for future generations while also opening them up for public exploration.
The city’s efforts are not limited to legislation. Quanzhou has launched several micro-renovation projects aimed at repairing and preserving heritage sites, such as ancient temples, bridges, and traditional architecture, while maintaining their authenticity. These projects ensure that the city’s historical charm is retained while enhancing the visitor experience.
Quanzhou’s approach to tourism is rooted in its rich cultural heritage, but it also embraces modern innovations to create a more immersive experience for visitors. The city has developed new tourism models that integrate cultural performances, local cuisine, and traditional customs with visits to historical sites. For example, tourists can enjoy performances that bring the city’s history to life or savor dishes inspired by the ancient Maritime Silk Road.
One of the most popular offerings is the “Zayton Banquet,” a culinary tour where each dish represents a different UNESCO World Heritage site. These efforts enrich the visitor experience by providing a deeper connection to the city’s culture and history, making the heritage sites feel alive and relevant in today’s world.
While preserving its historical landmarks, Quanzhou has not overlooked the importance of ecological conservation. The city is committed to maintaining a balance between tourism development and environmental sustainability. Projects such as the restoration of the Luoyang Bridge, combined with the surrounding natural environment of mangrove forests, showcase the city’s dedication to preserving both its cultural and natural heritage.
The local government has made significant investments in eco-friendly tourism infrastructure, ensuring that the city’s development is aligned with sustainable practices. These efforts not only preserve Quanzhou’s beauty but also enhance its appeal as a destination for eco-conscious travelers.
A key element of Quanzhou’s tourism strategy is community involvement. The city actively engages local residents in heritage preservation and tourism development. Through volunteer programs, educational initiatives, and cultural workshops, Quanzhou is fostering a sense of pride among its citizens, who play an essential role in maintaining the city’s identity.
The Quanzhou Institute of Cultural Heritage and other local organizations work closely with the community to provide research, training, and resources for heritage protection. This partnership between the government, local institutions, and the public ensures the long-term sustainability of the city’s cultural heritage.
The integration of cultural heritage and tourism has proven to be a major economic driver for Quanzhou. The city’s arts and cultural tourism sectors contributed significantly to the local economy, generating billions in revenue. The city’s efforts to develop cultural industry parks, such as the Straits Sculpture Cultural Industrial Park, have also spurred innovation and provided opportunities for local artisans and businesses.
Tourism-related industries are thriving in Quanzhou, with new hotels, restaurants, and cultural attractions springing up to accommodate the growing number of visitors. The city’s success in combining cultural preservation with tourism development serves as a model for other cities looking to harness the power of their heritage for sustainable growth.
Quanzhou’s future looks promising as it continues to develop its cultural tourism sector while safeguarding its unique heritage. With its rich history, vibrant culture, and innovative tourism initiatives, Quanzhou is positioning itself as a global destination for those seeking to explore China’s past while experiencing its dynamic present.
As Quanzhou balances the delicate act of preserving its heritage and promoting sustainable tourism, it is not only enriching the lives of those who visit but also setting a global example for heritage tourism. The city’s commitment to cultural preservation and community involvement ensures that Quanzhou will continue to shine as a beacon of cultural heritage for generations to come.
Image: Xinhua Silk Road
The post Unveil the Secrets of Quanzhou, China: A UNESCO Heritage City Reborn for Modern Travelers appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Brigade Hotel Ventures, one of the foremost hospitality companies in Bengaluru, has announced an expansion plan which focuses on doubling the hotel portfolio by the year 2030. Increasing hotel inventory has been aligned with the Ministry of Tourism in India towards improving the increment of tourist employment in the. India as of late has seen a boost in growth within the traveling industry and it’s largely in part due to the target of the govt on developmental sustainability.
The hotel chain plans to add approximately 1,700 hotel keys across nine new properties, which will elevate its total inventory to about 3,300 keys by the end of the decade. Brigade Hotel Ventures’ expansion strategy is poised to play a key role in fulfilling the broader vision of the Ministry of Tourism to enhance India’s tourism infrastructure. By investing in new hotels, the company aims to make Bengaluru an even more attractive destination for tourists, both from India and abroad.
This strategic move is expected to significantly boost the city’s hospitality offerings, thus making Bengaluru an even more appealing option for tourists. With a focus on both quality and sustainability, Brigade Hotel Ventures seeks to provide a world-class experience while supporting the region’s long-term growth.
The hospitality expansion will have a far-reaching impact on Bengaluru’s tourism infrastructure. As the demand for both leisure and business travel grows, enhancing hotel capacity in the city is essential. Brigade Hotel Ventures’ plans will help in accommodating the increasing number of visitors drawn to Bengaluru’s vibrant tech industry, educational institutions, and cultural attractions.
This expansion also complements the Government of India’s efforts to develop tourism as a key driver of economic growth. Bengaluru, already one of the nation’s most popular destinations for both business and leisure, is well-positioned to benefit from an upgrade in its accommodation infrastructure. By meeting this growing demand, Brigade Hotel Ventures is contributing to the broader goal of making tourism one of the major contributors to the economy.
Brigade Hotel Ventures’ decision to expand aligns closely with the Ministry of Tourism’s initiatives aimed at developing India’s tourism infrastructure. This includes schemes like Swadesh Darshan 2.0, which focuses on the holistic development of tourism destinations across the country. By improving the range and quality of hospitality services, Brigade’s expansion supports this scheme, which encourages both private and public sector investment in tourism projects.
The Indian government has also been emphasizing sustainable tourism development. This focus encourages investments that benefit both the local economy and environment while preserving cultural heritage and natural resources. Brigade Hotel Ventures’ expansion is in line with these government objectives, with the company planning to incorporate sustainability initiatives into its new properties. This will likely involve using eco-friendly building materials, reducing energy consumption, and integrating green practices into day-to-day hotel operations.
Additionally, the company’s expansion reflects the government’s broader economic strategy to boost regional development. By bringing high-quality hotel accommodations to new areas within Bengaluru, Brigade Hotel Ventures is helping spread the economic benefits of tourism across the city, thus aiding in the balanced development of the region.
One of the key benefits of Brigade Hotel Ventures’ expansion is its potential to create significant employment opportunities. The hospitality sector is one of India’s largest employers, and with the growth of new hotels, Brigade is set to provide jobs in both the construction phase and once the properties are operational. From front-end staff, housekeeping, and maintenance personnel to managerial roles and hospitality training, the job opportunities will span a wide range of sectors.
The Indian government has long recognized the importance of skill development in the tourism and hospitality industries. Various initiatives, including the Pradhan Mantri Kaushal Vikas Yojana (PMKVY), aim to enhance the employability of workers in these fields. Brigade Hotel Ventures’ expansion provides an ideal opportunity to tap into this pool of skilled talent, further promoting the government’s efforts to provide relevant training and skills development in tourism and hospitality.
Moreover, as the company continues to expand, it will likely introduce training programs designed to build skills among local communities. These programs will ensure that employees are equipped with the necessary expertise to offer exceptional services to guests, thus elevating the overall tourism experience in Bengaluru.
The plans of Brigade Hotel Ventures to double its hotel portfolio by the year 2030 can be seen as a bold step. The plans strike a good balance between the company’s objectives as well as the broader tourism objectives of the country. The expansion will also develop Bengaluru’s infrastructure and add to the city’s global tourism. Brigade Hotel Ventures is giving a nod to the Pan India Approach and supporting the positive developments by providing investment to the country’s changing tourism landscape
The company is set to fulfill the increasing demand of accommodation as well as high class hospitality services which will help the company make an impact to the national tourism and the local economy. In this process, Brigade Hotel Ventures is also actively participating in the construction of Bengaluru’s global tourism as well as the country’s tourism policy investment.
The post Bengaluru’s Brigade Hotel Ventures Boosts Tourism With Major Expansion appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Travelers are facing major disruptions across South Africa, Zimbabwe, Egypt, and other regions as several airlines, including CemAir, Fastjet Zimbabwe, Air Cote D’Ivoire, and Royal Jordanian, have canceled over 30 flights. This has caused severe delays and cancellations at key airports such as OR Tambo, Harare, Lome, Cairo, and King Shaka. Passengers are stranded as these cancellations have left many without alternative travel options. CemAir and Fastjet Zimbabwe are among the hardest hit, with multiple canceled flights affecting travelers in South Africa and Zimbabwe. The situation has worsened with airports like OR Tambo and Harare seeing heavy disruptions.
The cities and airports include Johannesburg with OR Tambo International Airport and Durban with King Shaka International Airport in South Africa. In Zimbabwe, Harare is represented by Harare International Airport. Lome, the capital of Togo, has Lome Airport, while Cairo, the capital of Egypt, is served by Cairo International Airport. Finally, Dakar, the capital of Senegal, is home to Blaise Diagne International Airport. These airports have been impacted by significant flight cancellations and delays.
| Airport | Airline | Cancelled | Delayed |
|---|---|---|---|
| OR Tambo Int’l | CemAir | 4 | 2 |
| South African Airways | 3 | 18 | |
| Fastjet Zimbabwe | 3 | 4 | |
| King Shaka Int’l | CemAir | 2 | 0 |
| South African Airways | 1 | 5 | |
| Harare International | Fastjet Zimbabwe | 7 | 3 |
| Blaise Diagne | Air Senegal | 6 | 3 |
| Lome | ASKY Airlines | 1 | 9 |
| Air Cote D’Ivoire | 1 | 1 | |
| Cairo Int’l | Royal Jordanian | 2 | 2 |
The airlines include CemAir, South African Airways, and Fastjet Zimbabwe, which operate in South Africa and Zimbabwe. Air Senegal serves Senegal with flights from Blaise Diagne International Airport. ASKY Airlines and Air Cote D’Ivoire are based in West Africa, with ASKY Airlines operating in Togo and Air Cote D’Ivoire flying from Lome and Cote D’Ivoire. Lastly, Royal Jordanian operates from Cairo International Airport in Egypt. These airlines have been affected by significant flight disruptions, causing delays and cancellations for travelers.
Flight cancellations and delays are widespread across these airports, with Blaise Diagne in Senegal experiencing the highest percentage of cancellations (37%) due to Air Senegal. Harare International and King Shaka International also saw significant cancellations, particularly from Fastjet Zimbabwe and South African Airways, respectively. Other airports like OR Tambo International, Lome, and Cairo International also reported cancellations, though the percentages were relatively lower. Delays were a common issue, particularly with South African Airways at OR Tambo and King Shaka, and ASKY Airlines at Lome.
This disruption has led to stranded passengers and significant travel challenges, especially for those flying with smaller carriers like Fastjet Zimbabwe, ASKY Airlines, and Air Cote D’Ivoire, which had higher cancellation rates. Passengers are advised to monitor their flight status closely.
Flight cancellations and delays have caused significant disruption across multiple airports, including OR Tambo, King Shaka, Harare, Blaise Diagne, Lome, and Cairo. Airlines such as CemAir, Fastjet Zimbabwe, South African Airways, Air Senegal, ASKY Airlines, Air Cote D’Ivoire, and Royal Jordanian have been particularly affected, with Air Senegal experiencing the highest cancellation rate. These disruptions have left many travelers stranded, facing uncertainty and long delays. Passengers are advised to stay informed, check with airlines for updates, and seek alternative arrangements if necessary.
Source: FlightAware
Disclaimer: The information provided is sourced from FlightAware and airport websites. We do not guarantee its accuracy and have no intention to harm or malign any airlines. If you notice any discrepancies, please contact us at pr@travelandtourworld.com
Malaysia, Vietnam, China, Sri Lanka, Thailand, and other countries are playing a pivotal role in leading dynamic international participation at BTTF 2025 in Dhaka, showcasing their unique tourism offerings to a diverse audience. This year’s event promises exclusive and transformative experiences, with each participating nation bringing its best attractions, cultural highlights, and travel innovations to the forefront. As travel trends shift globally, these countries aim to captivate visitors with tailored experiences that cater to the growing demand for adventure, relaxation, and cultural exploration. Their participation underscores the importance of cross-border collaboration in the tourism sector, further enhancing Bangladesh’s position as a global travel hub.
The fair is organised by the Tour Operators Association of Bangladesh (TOAB) and sponsored by Biman Bangladesh Airlines. This partnership reflects the growing emphasis on promoting Bangladesh’s tourism industry. The three-day event will feature prominent tourism boards, airlines, travel agencies, and hotel chains from countries such as Pakistan, Nepal, Bhutan, the Maldives, Singapore, Vietnam, China, Sri Lanka, Thailand, Malaysia, and Turkey. These countries will have dedicated pavilions, where they will present their tourism offerings and engage with local visitors.
TOAB’s commitment to enhancing the tourism sector is evident in this year’s event, which promises to be more vibrant than ever before. With a focus on the resurgence of travel following the pandemic, BTTF 2025 aims to attract a broad audience and provide a dynamic platform for business and leisure travelers alike.
This year’s fair will occupy four halls at the BICC, featuring over 220 stalls spread across 20 pavilions. Each pavilion will showcase an array of tourism-related products and services, including vacation packages, wellness tourism, cultural tours, adventure holidays, and more. Visitors will have the chance to discover destinations across Asia and beyond, learning about diverse travel experiences, resorts, and cultural activities.
In addition to exploring travel opportunities, BTTF 2025 will host various B2B (Business to Business) sessions. These sessions will serve as a crucial networking opportunity for industry professionals, allowing them to form new partnerships, collaborate on business ventures, and explore fresh ideas within the tourism industry. Alongside these business sessions, seminars and presentations will take place, covering key topics such as the latest tourism trends, sustainable travel practices, and digital innovations in tourism.
The event will also feature cultural performances and screenings of documentaries highlighting Bangladesh’s scenic beauty and rich heritage. These activities aim to provide a deeper understanding of the country’s attractions, helping to position Bangladesh as a must-visit destination for international travelers.
To enhance the visitor experience, BTTF 2025 has introduced several incentives. Those who register through the official BTTF App will have a chance to win exciting raffle prizes. Additionally, visitors who pay for their entry tickets through bKash, the fair’s official payment partner, will receive exclusive cashback offers, making the event more attractive to the public.
These incentives not only encourage more foot traffic but also make the event more engaging for attendees, while offering added value to exhibitors looking to attract a larger audience.
BTTF 2025 is more than just a tourism exhibition; it is a vital catalyst for sustainable growth in Bangladesh’s tourism sector. The event is poised to increase the visibility of Bangladesh as a growing tourism destination, attracting international visitors and promoting the country’s cultural and natural heritage.
By facilitating business connections, attracting global players, and boosting local tourism enterprises, the fair is expected to have a significant economic impact. The event aligns with the government’s long-term vision to foster a more robust and sustainable tourism industry, contributing to the country’s overall development.
Malaysia, Vietnam, China, Sri Lanka, Thailand, and other countries are leading dynamic participation at BTTF 2025, offering exclusive tourism experiences that highlight their unique attractions and cater to evolving global travel trends. Their presence underscores the growing collaboration in the international tourism sector.
BTTF 2025 will run from 10 am to 8 pm daily at the BICC in Dhaka. Entry tickets are priced at Tk50, with free admission for students, freedom fighters, and July fighters. This ensures that the event is accessible to a wide demographic, including both industry professionals and the general public. The fair provides a unique opportunity to learn about global travel trends, discover new destinations, and network with key players in the tourism sector.
Whether you are a travel professional looking to connect with international businesses, a traveler seeking new vacation ideas, or someone passionate about tourism development, BTTF 2025 promises to offer a rich and engaging experience.
This year’s fair is set to be a significant milestone in Bangladesh’s tourism industry, helping to drive the sector’s growth and positioning the country as a key destination in the global travel landscape. With its extensive line-up of exhibitors, events, and networking opportunities, BTTF 2025 is not to be missed.
The post Malaysia, Vietnam, China, Sri Lanka, Thailand, and other countries lead dynamic international participation at BTTF 2025, offering exclusive and transformative tourism experiences to visitors in Dhaka appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Cancun, Riviera Maya, Mexico City, Guadalajara, Monterrey and the wider state of Quintana Roo are experiencing a dramatic rise in visitor numbers as Mexico enters its most anticipated cultural season of the year. The world-famous Day of the Dead festivities have turned these destinations into immersive cultural arenas filled with symbolic rituals, vibrant altars, traditional dances and colorful parades. From October 27 to November 2, both domestic and international travelers are arriving in record numbers to experience a celebration that blends ancestral belief with emotional depth and visual spectacle.
Tourism momentum has climbed sharply as rising global interest in cultural travel aligns with Mexico’s enhanced air connectivity, strengthened hotel infrastructure and powerful international promotion. Official tourism data projects around 1.6 million hotel rooms will be occupied during the Día de Muertos period, representing a 2.3 percent increase over the previous year. This surge highlights not only the economic value of Mexico’s cultural heritage but also its ability to attract high-volume tourism through meaningful and authentic experiences rooted in history, identity and tradition.
According to official tourism estimates, 73 percent of these reservations are being made by domestic travelers, reflecting strong national interest in maintaining cultural traditions, while 27 percent of bookings come from international visitors. The figures show that global fascination with Mexico’s spiritual heritage continues to grow, especially around Día de Muertos, a colorful and symbolic celebration designated by UNESCO as an Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity.
The Day of the Dead is far more than a holiday in Mexico – it is a ceremony of remembrance and love, honoring ancestors through altars, candles, marigold flowers, and artistic tributes. Rather than mourning death, families celebrate the cycle of life with joy, music, traditional cuisine, and offerings believed to guide the souls of loved ones back to the world of the living.
This year, tourism authorities are emphasizing the cultural depth and emotional resonance of the celebration, noting its growing ability to connect with international visitors seeking meaningful travel experiences. Many travelers are choosing Mexico not just for beaches and resorts, but to immerse themselves in authentic cultural identity and ancestral tradition.
While Día de Muertos is observed nationwide, several destinations are emerging as hotspots for travelers during this year’s festivities:
| Destination | Expected Tourism Role |
|---|---|
| Cancún | Leading hotel bookings, cultural shows and beachfront altars |
| Riviera Maya | Popular with families, archaeological tours and themed events |
| Mexico City | Hosts the famous Day of the Dead Parade and mega-offerings |
| Guadalajara | Combines mariachi heritage with traditional cemetery tributes |
| Monterrey | Offers large cultural festivals and open-air performances |
Tourist routes combining cultural immersion with scenic exploration are gaining popularity. Heritage towns like Pátzcuaro, Oaxaca, San Miguel de Allende, and Janitzio Island are also seeing strong visitor interest due to their visually stunning and deeply communal celebrations.
In the Caribbean state of Quintana Roo, the Day of the Dead takes on a special cultural form through the Mayan tradition known as Janal Pixan, which translates to “Food for Souls.” This regional variant blends ancient spiritual beliefs with colonial rituals, offering a unique cultural experience that many tourists are eager to explore.
Festivities will take place in Cancún from October 30 and 31 to November 1 and 2, featuring family altars, traditional gastronomy, music, and theatrical performances honoring ancestral spirits. One of the most anticipated events in Cancún will be a multi-day cultural performance in Puerto Juárez, titled “Puerto de los Suspiros” (Port of Sighs), which is expected to attract thousands of local and visiting spectators.
Mexico’s tourism sector is positioning Día de Muertos as a global cultural attraction, using media campaigns and immersive experiences to promote the holiday to international travelers. Tourism leaders highlight the celebration not only as a cultural treasure but also as a major economic driver that supports local artisans, traditional performers, indigenous communities, and family-owned businesses.
Craft markets, ancestral rituals, folkloric dance troupes, and cultural showcases are being integrated into tourism strategies across all 32 Mexican states. Government tourism departments have also emphasized the importance of safeguarding indigenous customs while expanding their reach to new generations and global audiences.
To meet the surge in travel demand, hotels and resorts across major tourist zones have introduced special packages that include cultural tours, altar-building workshops, cemetery visits, and Day of the Dead banquets featuring traditional dishes like pan de muerto and mole. Airlines operating flights from North America, Europe, and South America have reported increased seat capacity on routes to Cancún, Mexico City, and Mérida during the holiday period.
Many tourism operators anticipate that this year could see record spending levels, as travelers are increasingly seeking experiential tourism – trips that offer emotional connection, cultural education, and authentic interaction with local communities.
Across Mexico, preparations are underway not only to welcome visitors but also to restore cultural pride. The Day of the Dead continues to transcend generations, preserving indigenous roots and storytelling traditions that reflect Mexico’s view of life as a sacred journey. For many locals and visitors alike, the holiday is a reminder of shared humanity, memory, and spiritual continuity.
With traveler interest rising worldwide and festive programming expanding each year, Mexico’s Day of the Dead stands as one of the most powerful cultural tourism experiences on Earth – a celebration where tradition, emotion, and identity meet.
The post Cancun, Riviera Maya, Mexico City, Guadalajara, Monterrey, And Quintana Roo Record Powerful Visitor Surge As Mexico Day Of The Dead Celebrations Ignite Cultural Tourism Fever appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
China has rolled out significant upgrades to its railway system to enhance the overall passenger experience, including the introduction of high-speed trains and overnight sleeper services. The new high-speed trains are designed to reduce travel times on major routes, offering passengers faster and more efficient journeys. Operating on key intercity lines, these trains promise smoother, quicker travel for both commuters and travelers. Additionally, the overnight sleeper services provide long-distance travelers a convenient way to rest during their journey, arriving refreshed and ready for the day ahead. These innovations cater to the growing demand for more comfortable, flexible, and time-efficient travel, greatly improving the rail experience across the country.
One of the most impactful developments in China’s railway system is the addition of 266 new high-speed trains in the final quarter of the year. These trains, which operate on key routes like Beijing-Guangzhou, Beijing-Shanghai, Shanghai-Kunming, and Beijing-Harbin, have been designed to reduce travel times by minimizing stops along the way. As a result, passengers can now enjoy significantly faster journeys between major cities, reinforcing China’s ambition to streamline intercity travel and create a more time-efficient railway network.
This boost in high-speed services not only enhances the convenience of travel but also serves as a key element in fostering economic growth and regional integration. Shorter travel times help to strengthen the connections between bustling urban hubs, making it easier for people to move across the country for work, leisure, and business.
Understanding the need for greater flexibility in long-distance travel, China has introduced a new fleet of overnight high-speed sleeper trains on some of its most popular routes. These trains provide an option for travelers who prefer to rest during the night while traveling between cities. New connections between major cities such as Beijing and Chengdu, Beijing and Guiyang, Shanghai and Chengdu, and Shanghai and Yibin are set to benefit commuters and tourists alike.
The new overnight services are designed to connect important urban regions such as the Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei area, the Yangtze River Delta, the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area, and the Chengdu-Chongqing region. These sleeper trains are a game-changer for passengers looking to optimize their time, allowing them to sleep through the night and begin their day at their destination refreshed and ready to go. This initiative addresses the growing demand for more flexible travel options, enabling travelers to maximize their schedules while enjoying a comfortable journey.
In addition to expanding high-speed and overnight services, China has further enhanced its rail offerings by implementing metro-style intercity train services in regions with high commuter demand. For example, the Beijing-Tianjin intercity line now operates an impressive 232 trains daily, with some departures as frequent as every three minutes. This high-frequency service ensures that commuters have a reliable and efficient option for travel, reducing wait times and increasing the convenience of daily train journeys.
Other regions, such as the Yangtze River Delta, the Greater Bay Area, and the Chengdu-Chongqing area, are also benefiting from similarly high-frequency services. These intercity rail systems not only facilitate more seamless commuting but also promote regional development by improving connectivity between cities. The increased frequency of trains helps meet the growing demand for quick, convenient travel in these high-population, economically vital areas, contributing to a more integrated and efficient transportation system.
China’s railway system has also introduced several new passenger benefits aimed at enhancing convenience and affordability. Senior citizens and young travelers can now take advantage of more flexible ticketing options, which provide increased savings and greater convenience when booking their tickets. Students, in particular, benefit from an upgraded booking experience on the 12306 platform, which simplifies the process and offers wider discounts across all seat categories, including sleeper cabins.
In addition to these improvements, the system has fully digitalized its e-ticketing services, making it easier for passengers to purchase tickets online. Passengers can now access a variety of ticket types, such as multi-trip and periodic passes, available on 73 different routes. These digital innovations reduce the need for paper tickets and streamline the entire booking process, making it faster and more convenient for travelers.
China’s railway system is also making significant strides in practical and digital upgrades that improve the overall passenger experience. Quiet carriages are now available for passengers seeking a more peaceful environment during their journey. Additionally, the ability to pre-order meals at 94 stations adds another level of convenience for travelers, ensuring they can enjoy a meal during their journey without unnecessary delays.
Other notable improvements include pet transport services on 54 trains and luggage delivery options at 19 stations, making it easier for travelers to bring their pets or have their luggage delivered directly to their destinations. These new services cater to a broader range of passenger needs, ensuring a more enjoyable and comfortable travel experience for all.
The ongoing transformation of China’s railway system reflects a broader shift toward creating a people-centered transportation network. With a focus on improving speed, comfort, and convenience, these new initiatives ensure that the railway sector can meet the evolving needs of travelers. From high-speed trains to digital ticketing and personalized travel benefits, China is building a more efficient and accessible railway system that not only improves the quality of travel but also strengthens regional integration and economic ties.
China is enhancing the passenger experience by introducing high-speed trains to reduce travel times and overnight sleeper services for more comfortable, flexible long-distance travel, catering to the growing demand for faster and more convenient rail options.
These upgrades reflect China’s long-term vision for its railway sector, which is evolving from a traditional transport network into a modern, customer-focused service system. As China continues to develop its rail infrastructure, these improvements will help passengers travel more easily, comfortably, and efficiently, contributing to a seamless travel experience that supports both personal and professional journeys across the nation.
The post China Introduces High-Speed Trains and Overnight Sleeper Services to Improve the Overall Passenger Experience appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
To meet the needs of sophisticated customers at select European airports, Avis Budget Group has introduced Avis First, its latest premium car rental offering. The new, ultra-sleek service focuses on ensuring a consistent, high-end rental experience, and has already been introduced in North America, where it caters exclusively to premium travelers.
At the moment, Avis First operates at Rome Fiumicino and Geneva and Zurich airports, where it offers a transformative car rental experience. Passengers can enjoy virtual concierge services to streamline the car rental process. Avis First was designed to exceed the high service expectations of premium business travelers and families.
The premium service types focuses on seamless integration of all travel aspects, from airport arrival to vehicle return. Travellers who book Avis First will be greeted at the airport by an Avis representative. This service covers and includes premium escorting to the rental BMW vehicle for a comfortable journey. Avis First also includes effortless return, including rapid vehicle drop-off at a service point for a streamlined return.
Tourism Boost with Premium Services in Major European Destinations
The introduction of Avis First in Europe represents a significant enhancement for the tourism industry, particularly for travellers looking to explore these iconic cities with ease and luxury. Rome, Geneva, and Zurich are prominent destinations for both leisure and business tourists, and the availability of this premium service is expected to attract more visitors seeking high-end services during their travels.
Rome, a city steeped in history and culture, is one of Europe’s most visited destinations. The new service makes it easier for tourists arriving in the Italian capital to access luxury vehicles, allowing them to explore the city and its surroundings at their own pace. Whether for business or leisure, Avis First offers a premium and smooth experience right from the airport.
Geneva, known for its diplomatic significance and breathtaking lakeside views, also stands to benefit from the service, particularly as the city continues to attract international visitors. Business travellers and tourists alike will find the added convenience of a luxury car rental service at Geneva International Airport particularly appealing.
Zurich, Switzerland’s financial hub, is another prime destination where Avis First is expected to boost the local tourism market. With an increasing number of affluent tourists flocking to Zurich to enjoy its unique mix of natural beauty and cosmopolitan charm, the new service promises to offer a top-tier experience right from the airport, making Zurich’s attractions more accessible.
A Premium Experience for Families and Business Travellers
The launch of Avis First also responds to the increasing demand for convenience among families and business travellers who require premium services when travelling to and from airports. The service ensures that both groups can enjoy a hassle-free experience that allows them to focus more on their trip rather than the intricacies of airport logistics. This focus on customer convenience and comfort makes Avis First particularly appealing to those looking to enhance their travel experience.
As tourism continues to rebound across Europe, particularly following the easing of pandemic restrictions, services like Avis First provide a valuable offering for those looking to take their travel experience to the next level. By offering a premium car rental service that is easy to access, the service supports the tourism sector by attracting visitors who value both comfort and luxury.
Expansion Plans for Avis First in Europe
Avis Budget Group has announced that it plans to expand the availability of Avis First to additional European locations in the near future. The successful rollout at major airports in Rome, Geneva, and Zurich sets the stage for the company to introduce the service at other key destinations, enhancing the overall convenience and luxury of car rental services for European tourists.
With the growing focus on providing premium services for travellers, Avis First is poised to become a staple in European tourism, offering a solution that meets the needs of those seeking luxury and convenience in their travels. The service’s combination of personalisation, convenience, and high-end vehicles ensures that Avis First is well-positioned to elevate the European car rental experience for premium customers across the continent.
Overview
The expansion of Avis First to selected major cities of Europe is a milestone in the tourism and car rental industry branches which, for the very first time, is focused on high-end business travelers and their expectations for outstanding, elegant service. With more destinations coming soon, Avis First is poised to transform the industry by providing unmatched service to travelers arriving in Rome, Geneva and Zurich. As the service continues to expand across Europe, it is bound to become a critical component of the travel journey for people demanding effortless travel in premium comfort and style.
The post Avis First Brings Premium Car Rental To Rome, Geneva, Zurich appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Mexico is once again preparing for a weekend of deep emotion, color and cultural pride as the nation welcomes the arrival of Día de los Muertos, the Day of the Dead — a timeless tradition that celebrates life by honoring those who have passed into the spiritual world. Far from being a moment of mourning, the festival stands as a vibrant reminder that love transcends death and that memory is a bridge that connects generations.
Across every corner of the country, from the Yucatán Peninsula to Baja California, families are preparing ofrendas — home altars filled with candles, incense, photographs, sugar skulls, bright papel picado banners and favorite foods of departed loved ones. At the heart of every altar lies the cempasúchil, the fiery orange marigold whose fragrance is believed to guide spirits safely back to the world of the living. Entire streets, town squares and cemeteries transform into glowing pathways of petals and candlelight as families await their spiritual guests.
Observed annually on November 1st and 2nd, the Day of the Dead is a fusion of ancient Indigenous beliefs and spiritual customs. Rooted in pre-Hispanic rituals that honor cyclical life, the celebration was later shaped by cultural traditions introduced over centuries, evolving into one of Mexico’s most meaningful cultural expressions. The first day, known as Día de los Angelitos, welcomes the spirits of children, while November 2nd, Día de los Difuntos, is dedicated to adults who have passed.
Unlike somber memorials found elsewhere in the world, Mexico’s approach to remembering the dead blends story, music, art, humor and spiritual conviction. It is a celebration that carries the message that no one truly dies if they are never forgotten.
Every region in Mexico brings a unique cultural expression to this festival:
In 2008, UNESCO recognized the Day of the Dead as an Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity, describing it as a tradition that preserves collective memory and strengthens cultural identity. It has since become a symbol of Mexico’s artistic soul, spiritual resilience and intergenerational unity.
The magic of this festival has captivated travelers from around the world. Tourism analysts forecast that more than 1.6 million hotel stays will be registered across Mexico during this year’s celebrations — a rise of over 2% compared with the previous year. Popular destinations like Mexico City, Oaxaca, Pátzcuaro, Mérida, Guanajuato, Cancun and Puebla are reporting strong demand as both international and domestic travelers arrive to experience the festival.
Markets overflow with traditional pastries like pan de muerto — a soft sweet bread dusted with sugar — and steaming pots of tamales simmer in every town square. Mariachi bands play into the night while families share memories and stories that keep loved ones alive in spirit.
The Day of the Dead is more than a cultural event — it is a tribute to family bonds, a reaffirmation of community and a reminder that heritage lives on through tradition. It is a celebration where memory becomes a light, grief transforms into gratitude and the past walks hand-in-hand with the present.
As Mexico prepares for another year of heartfelt celebration, candles will be lit, altars will glow and doors will symbolically open to welcome home those who are never forgotten.
Image: AI
The post Mexico Tourism Grows During Day Of The Dead As Visitors Travel To Experience Authentic Cultural Heritage appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Camping World Holdings Inc. generated revenue of around US 1.8 billion dollars in the third quarter of 2025 which ended on 30 September, marking a 4.7 percent increase year on year. Simultaneously, total sales of new and used vehicles increased by 14.6 percent to 38,980 units.
Sales of new vehicles increased by 1.7 percent to 20,286 units and sales of used vehicles increased by 32.9 percent to 18,694 units.
The sharp increase in used-vehicle volume reflects shifting consumer dynamics in the RV tourism sector. As affordability becomes top-of-mind for travellers, used vehicles offer an accessible entry point into the mobile outdoor-travel lifestyle. Average selling price for used units fell modestly (by about 0.9 per cent) while gross margin on used vehicles improved to 18.3 per cent, underscoring the strength of the segment.
In contrast, the new vehicle segment saw an 8.6 per cent decrease in average selling price and a slight margin decline (to 12.7 per cent), indicating more pressure in the premium end of the market.
Beyond vehicle sales, the group’s products, service and other revenue amounted to US$208.6 million, down 7.2 per cent from the prior year. The fall was attributed to a shift in labour toward used-vehicle reconditioning rather than customer-pay work. Nevertheless, the gross margin in this segment improved to 45.2 per cent, driven by higher labour billing rates and more efficient inventory management.
This aftermarket and servicing element is central to the broader outdoor-travel ecosystem, as recreational vehicle owners invest in maintenance, upgrades and accessories that support tourism usage.
Year-to-date, the company reported a record 13.5 per cent market share in new and used units combined, an improvement of over 200 basis points. Same-store unit volumes for the company increased 15.6 per cent overall in the quarter (2.9 per cent for new, 33.4 per cent for used) indicating that core locations continue to leverage the tourism-driven demand for mobile adventures.
Gross profit rose to US 517.0 million dollars, up 3.7 per cent, with the overall gross margin at 28.6 per cent. Operating expenses dipped slightly: SG and A (selling, general & administrative) decreased by 0.8 per cent to US 411.0 million dollars.
Finance costs also improved floor-plan interest expense fell 19.3 per cent and other interest costs declined 13.6 per cent, aided by lower interest rates and reduced principal balances.
Adjusted EBITDA reached approximately US 95.7 million dollars, growing 41.8 per cent year-on-year, signalling improved operating leverage and tourism-driven momentum.
The strong performance of used-vehicle sales at Camping World underscores a broader trend: travellers are turning increasingly to flexible mobile accommodations such as RVs as part of their vacation planning. This shift is supporting the RV-dealer ecosystem, including vehicle sales, servicing and accessories.
Given the growing emphasis on affordability, used RVs present a lower-cost pathway for consumers to engage in outdoor and camp-style tourism. The increased service and maintenance revenue further supports sustained usage and longer-term vehicle retention, which in turn drives repeat tourism activity.
Moreover, the company’s consolidation of store locations (net store count fell to 197 as of 30 September 2025) suggests a focus on cost efficiency and profitability rather than pure branch expansion aligning with mature outdoor-tourism demand rather than speculative growth.
While the company anticipates continued positive momentum from the used segment and aftermarket services, new vehicle growth remains a concern because of the rising cost and pressure on affordability. This balanced position makes sense considering headwinds the broader tourism market may face like travel cost inflation or changes to discretionary spending.
That said, RV ownership still remains attractive, and with mobile and outdoor tourism growing rapidly, companies across the entire value chain- sales, service, and accessories- may be well positioned to take advantage.
For the outdoor-tourism ecosystem, the used RV channel is booming with sales reinforcing the need for affordable travel to flexible travel options in consumers for spontaneous travel or nature-based vacations.
In all, the results from Camping World’s strong third-quarter 2025 results reinforce the resiliency of RV-led tourism and used vehicle service and infrastructure in the market. With the growing demand of consumers on mobility, comfort, and outdoor experiences, the RV dealer model is a strong contributor to the tourism industry.
The post Chicago: Camping World Rides Tourism Surge On Strong Used-RV Market appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Atalanta held Milan to a closely-fought 1-1 draw on Tuesday evening, with Croatian attacking midfielder Mario Pasalic Football Italia’s Man of the Match.
Atalanta: Carnesecchi 6; Kossounou 6, Hien 6.5, Ahanor 5.5 (Djimsiti 6), Zappacosta 6; Ederson 6, De Roon 6 (Bresciani 6); Bernasconi 6.5 (Bellanova 6), Pasalic 7.5 (Musah N/A), Lookman 7, De Ketelaere 6 (Samardzic N/A)
Best Atalanta player: Pasalic – The Croatian playmaker had a ball out there tonight, creating plenty of chances for his side, including the assist for Lookman’s equaliser, and being a constant menace for the Rossoneri defence to deal with. His passing was near-perfect and today the 30-year-old outshone his compatriot Luka Modric.
Lowest Atalanta rating: Ahanor – Fairly poor performance from the teenager tonight, although feels harsh to judge him too much as he is a young player with an important role in this Atalanta side. However, He did not look as solid as his defensive teammates and was eventually substituted off with twenty minutes to play.
Coach: Ivan Juric 7 – Subs had a good impact on the game and he set up his side in such a way to make life very difficult for Allegri’s Milan. The Rossoneri have only lost once so far this season and it could have so nearly been two, with La Dea the more dominant side this evening. Juric needs to find a way to turn these close draws into victories moving forward.
Milan: Maignan 6; Tomori 5.5, Gabbia 6, Pavlovic 6.5; Saelemaekers 5, Fofana 6, Modric 6, Ricci 7, Bartesaghi 6; Leao 5.5 (Nkunku 6), Gimenez 5 (Loftus-Cheek 6.5)
Best Milan player: Ricci – After spending his first months in Milan hardly touching the pitch, with the Rossoneri preferring Modric, Fofana and Rabiot as a midfield three, Ricci is now settling in. He picked up an assist in his last match and a goal against Atalanta today was his first in Rossoneri colours.
Lowest Milan rating: Gimenez – A yellow card and an injury marred an already flat performance from the Mexican forward. Needs to sort himself out at Milan before the Rossoneri sign a replacement.
Coach: Allegri 6 – Another evening of making the right decisions on paper but his squad letting him down. Made just the essential substitutions and seems to be sorely lacking in any sort of back-up plan for when his side are struggling.
Relive all the action as it happened in today’s Serie A matches on our Live Blog.
AC Milan dropped points again, as Atalanta earned their fifth consecutive Serie A stalemate with the first Ademola Lookman goal since his summer drama cancelling out a Samuele Ricci strike.
La Dea were the only unbeaten side in Serie A, but with just two victories, including four consecutive stalemates. Giorgio Scalvini and Mitchel Bakker were still out of action, but they opted for Ademola Lookman and Charles De Ketelaere supported by Mario Pasalic. The Rossoneri were reeling after losing top spot with a 2-2 draw against Pisa, as Ruben Loftus-Cheek returned to the bench, with Christian Pulisic, Adrien Rabiot, Pervis Estupinan and Ardon Jashari injured.
See how it all unfolded on the Liveblog.
Milan took an early lead, as Honest Ahanor cleared a corner to the edge of the area where Samuele Ricci let it bounce and hit the half-volley into the ground, a deflection off Ederson completely wrong-footing Marco Carnesecchi.
Isak Hien nodded a corner just wide, but Atalanta lost captain Marten de Roon to a muscular problem, replaced by ex-Milan midfielder Marco Brescianini.
Ederson tested Mike Maignan from the edge of the box, while Ahanor nodded a Charles De Ketelaere cross wide at the back post, but Ahanor missed a sitter when his first touch was heavy and at full stretch he prodded over the bar from nine yards.
Atalanta did get back on level terms with the first goal Lookman has scored since his summer transfer rebellion. He ran onto the Mario Pasalic through ball and took a touch before smashing the unstoppable left-foot finish into the roof of the net from a tricky angle.
Christopher Nkunku replaced a quiet Rafael Leao for the restart, with Lookman and Bernasconi seeing attempts charged down, while Santiago Gimenez went off with an ankle knock.
Alexis Saelemaekers found himself in an ideal position after combining with Youssouf Fofana, but instead of going for goal, he tried to set up Nkunku and it fell apart.
Odilon Kossounou showed impressive calm to chest a Loftus-Cheek header back to Carnesecchi, anticipating Nkunku from a couple of yards in front of goal.
Bernasconi also threw himself in the path of a Saelemaekers volley after the Luka Modric corner was punched away, then Fofana scuffed a volley wide on the Bartesaghi knockdown at the back post.
Atalanta thought they had taken the lead on 85 minutes when Davide Zappacosta shrugged off a challenge and launched a curler from distance that Maignan flew to fingertip over the bar with one hand. On the resulting corner, Zappacosta also drilled wide of the near post.
Matteo Gabbia made a decisive block on former teammate Yunus Musah at the near post on a Berat Djimsiti assist.
Ricci 4 (M), Lookman 36 (A)
| 4' | Samuele Ricci | |||
| 9' | Santiago Giménez | |||
| Ademola Lookman (Assist: Mario Pasalic) |
 |
35' |
| 77' | Luka Modric | |||
| Marco Brescianini | 90+3' | |||
| 90+3' |  |
Matteo Gabbia |
Antonio Conte has not forgotten Inter protests about the refereeing and hopes the Lecce penalty against Napoli today was not ‘moaning influencing the referees.’
The tension was over the weekend when Napoli beat Inter 3-1 including a penalty that was awarded by the assistant referee with minimal contact between Henrikh Mkhitaryan and Giovanni Di Lorenzo.
Many pundits suggested that the spot-kick should’ve been overturned with a VAR review, and that the referee should not have blindly accepted the verdict of his assistant.
Inter protested at that decision, sending President Beppe Marotta to the press room, so Conte referenced this after Lecce received a penalty for Juan Jesus handball.
“It is not right for me to come here and complain, as too few days have passed since the last game with a very different type of behaviour from others,” said Conte in his press conference.
“We remain hopeful that the moaning is not influencing Rocchi and the referees. When Presidents arrive to speak to the media, they think that they are sending a strong message and influencing the narrative.
“We are not here to whine, but we’re not stupid either.”
The referee had not initially awarded the penalty to Lecce this evening at the Stadio Via del Mare, but it was given following a VAR On-Field Review.
It took quite a few minutes to find the footage from an angle that showed the hand bent back by the Kialonda Gaspar header.
Luciano Spalletti is ready to put pen to paper at Juventus, but the decisive element was his acceptance of a contract to June with automatic renewal for Champions League qualification.
As we had explained already, Spalletti was always the first choice for the job after the club decided to pull the plug on Igor Tudor not even three months into the season.
Roberto Mancini had already been on the outskirts from yesterday and was never really a Plan B, while Raffaele Palladino was only kept warm as an alternative in case the negotiations didn’t go well.
The former Italy boss was always the main focus and only an extraordinary change of strategy would see them drift away from that candidacy.
Today was delicate and the meeting with Spalletti laid the groundwork for the agreement, confirming it was never really a two-horse race.
Ultimately, what we suggested yesterday afternoon may well prove to be decisive, because he immediately accepted the proposal of a contract until June, with option for automatic renewal for another season in case of Champions League qualification.
Once that hurdle was out of the way, he was always leading the race and just hurtling towards the signature.
Watch as Ademola Lookman scores his first goal since the summer transfer chaos with Atalanta, blasting a ferocious strike into the roof of the AC Milan net.
The Nigeria international and African Player of the Year had tried to force through an exit to Inter, even going AWOL from training for several weeks, but eventually had to return and accept the situation.
It took a while for him to get back into the squad and find his form, but this evening he reminded people what he can do with a fantastic goal to surprise Mike Maignan.
He ran onto the Mario Pasalic assist, took a touch and then smashed the left-foot finish into the roof of the net from a tricky angle.
See how the game unfolds on the Liveblog.
Lookman had not found the back of the net in an Atalanta jersey since May 12 during a 2-1 Serie A win against Roma in Bergamo.
This allowed Atalanta to equalise after Samuele Ricci had given Milan the lead with an effort deflected off Ederson.
There’s no stopping that
Ademola Lookman opens his account for the season with a thunderous strike
@tntsports & @discoveryplusUK pic.twitter.com/deye49zHA4
— Football on TNT Sports (@footballontnt) October 28, 2025
Ademola Lookman that is some strike
The Atalanta man scores his first goal of the Serie A season pic.twitter.com/9a5J9C9OXV
— CBS Sports Golazo
(@CBSSportsGolazo) October 28, 2025
Antonio Conte raged against the ‘completely absurd’ treatment of the Napoli injury crisis after they scraped a 1-0 victory away to Lecce with a saved penalty.
The Partenopei were feeling the pressure at the Stadio Via del Mare after failing to win in their last four competitive away fixtures.
It went from bad to worse when Noa Lang limped off with a knock to the thigh just above his left knee, then Lecce were awarded a penalty for Juan Jesus handball.
Vanja Milinkovic-Savic came to the rescue by saving the Francesco Camarda penalty, then Frank Andre Zambo Anguissa nodded in a David Neres free kick for the 1-0 victory.
“These games are never easy, especially after a match like the one with Inter that used up so much energy,” Conte told DAZN Italia.
“We played against a very good team, it is always tough to play here in Lecce. I think we should’ve controlled the final stages better, even if we didn’t run many big risks. Mentality is first and foremost.
“It was a very good first half, then this penalty could’ve changed the course of the game, but our goalkeeper did well and we went on to deserve the victory.”
Check the Football Italia Player Ratings for Lecce 0-1 Napoli
Rasmus Hojlund made his return as a substitute after a few weeks out injured, but it is now confirmed that Kevin De Bruyne will be out for three to four months after a high grade lesion to the thigh.
Scott McTominay was rested today, moving Napoli back to the 4-3-3 formation that had seen them win the Scudetto last season.
“People forget that we are having to make do. People talk about these big reinforcements, now some even try to suggest we are benefiting from the injuries to Lukaku and De Bruyne. It’s completely absurd,” raged Conte.
“All we’ve got in goal now is Milinkovic-Savic, but some over the summer were asking why we had invested so much in a quality goalkeeper.”
Anguissa scored the goal today, but then had a bit of an odd exchange with Conte in the final minutes when urging the coach to ‘calm down’ after a particularly loud scream in his direction.
“I honestly didn’t see it, but in these moments you need guts, not calm. I am very happy for Frank, if he’s constantly switched on then there are few players like him, but he still needs to improve his finishing. We need to score goals from everyone, it doesn’t matter if they are strikers, midfielders or defenders.”
Lang limped off within 60 seconds of the restart, so why was that problem not identified during half-time to avoid wasting a substitution slot?
“Lang had two knocks in the same spot, so I think his muscle hardened. It is not a serious problem. I am glad for him too, having his first start, as we need everyone in this difficult moment. The important thing is that we never lack the right spirit,” concluded Conte.
This means that Napoli will go into the weekend top of the table, potentially alone if Roma drop points at home to Parma tomorrow evening.
Aaron Martin has lost some of the visibility he previously had in recent matches, despite an undeniably high level of performance.
Many have linked this situation to his contract expiring in June.
Genoa want to resolve the matter as soon as possible, in order to avoid the risk of losing the 1997-born left-back on a free transfer.
As we reported back on June 10, Martin’s profile is greatly appreciated by Lazio, and there have already been inquiries to understand the position of the Spanish specialist.
At the moment Lazio cannot make moves in the market, but in the future several issues will need to be defined (starting with Tavares), and the club will continue to monitor Martin. In the meantime, Genoa will continue to push for a renewal, as we have now entered an increasingly delicate phase.
The 28-year-old signed for Genoa in 2023 from Bundesliga outfit Mainz and has since made close to 70 appearances for the club in all competitions.
Atalanta director Luca Percassi will not be drawn on the row between coach Ivan Juric and goalkeeper Marco Carnesecchi, as they prepare to face AC Milan. ‘This is the start of a new era.’
It kicks off at the New Balance Arena in Bergamo at 19.45 GMT.
La Dea are the only side in Serie A still to taste defeat so far this season, but it has not necessarily translated into success, because they managed just two victories in eight rounds.
That includes a run of four consecutive stalemates, having wasted numerous scoring opportunities.
There was tension when coach Juric reacted angrily to goalkeeper Carnesecchi commenting that Atalanta would ‘get nowhere’ with their current form, so how does the club mediate?
“I am very fond of both, so I’ll just limit myself to saying we need to keep working one day at a time,” Percassi told DAZN Italia.
“This is the start of a new era, it takes patience and belief to get stronger every day, then we’ll see where we end up, but we’re not even halfway through the season yet.”
Some time to adapt is inevitable after nine years under the guidance of coach Gian Piero Gasperini, who left for a new challenge with Roma.
Atalanta have created numerous scoring opportunities during these eight rounds so far, but struggled to finish them off with goals.
“Considering the chances that we created, I think we deserved more points, but I couldn’t say how many,” added Percassi.
“We will keep working and the team will be able to express itself better with time. Tonight is a big game against a very strong Milan side who have a great coach in Max Allegri. It’s going to be an exciting match.”
Juventus are moving closer towards the appointment of Luciano Spalletti as head coach, with reports from Italy claiming an official announcement and presentation could be made as early as Thursday.
According to Sky Sport, Spalletti has nearly reached an agreement to take over the Bianconeri, shortly after Igor Tudor was sacked yesterday after a poor run of results.
After a strong start to the campaign, the Old Lady have struggled and a winless, scoreless run sped up Tudor’s exit from the club.
It will be Spalletti’s first club job since 2023, when he left Napoli after two years in charge.
For the following two years, the Italian would lead the Azzurri, taking over the Italian national team after the surprise resignation of Roberto Mancini.
In June, following a 3-0 loss to Norway, Spalletti was sacked by the Azzurri and led his final match in charge against Moldova.
AC Milan director of sport Igli Tare warns they ‘had not planned’ for six simultaneous injuries, but reassures Santiago Gimenez during his goal drought ahead of tonight’s trip to Atalanta.
It kicks off at the New Balance Arena in Bergamo at 19.45 GMT.
The Rossoneri fumbled the leadership of Serie A with a disappointing 2-2 home draw against newly-promoted Pisa on Friday, a result they snatched thanks to a last-gasp equaliser.
“We started this new project with great enthusiasm, the fans are behind us and we are going through a positive spell, so must try to find some consistency in this moment,” Tare told DAZN Italia.
Ruben Loftus-Cheek returns to the bench, but Christian Pulisic, Adrien Rabiot, Pervis Estupinan and Ardon Jashari are still out of action.
With the squad stretched thin, but no European competition to worry about, are Milan planning on investing in the January transfer window?
“We had not planned for six players to get injured during the break for international duty, that doesn’t happen every day,” replied the director of sport.
“When these moments happen, we must be aware that we have a strong squad, which the lads proved on the field. We’ve got to keep going until the start of December, then evaluate with the coach for the future.”
Santiago Gimenez starts this evening, but he had been on the market in the summer with links to Roma and has been going through a lengthy goal drought.
“He needs to relax, this is part of the journey for all strikers. I know full well, I played in the same role,” said the former Lazio centre-forward.
“Everyone has faith in him, the club, the coach, but above all his teammates, and tonight is an opportunity to prove himself a great striker.
“Gimenez has always scored lots of goals in his career, so this is just a bad spell, but at the same time he works so hard for the team and this is why the coach keeps faith in him.”
Napoli defeated Lecce 1-0 this evening, in a fine margin that Antonio Conte would have liked to see larger. Whilst Vanja Milinkovic-Savic pulled off a strong save to deny Francesco Camarda from the penalty spot, Andre-Frank Zambo Anguissa continues his run of good form with a winning goal and is Football Italia’s Man of the Match.
Lecce: Falcone 6; Veiga 6, Gaspar 6, Gabriel 7, Gallo 6; Coulibaly 6 (Maleh N/A), Ramadani 6, Berisha 6 (Pierret N/A); Pierotti 5.5 (Morente 6), Camarda 5 (Stulic 6), Banda 6.5 (N’Dri 5.5)
Best Lecce player: Gabriel – The Portuguese defender put in a solid shift in defence for Lecce today, constantly causing Napoli’s attack difficulties. Deserved a clean sheet for his performance but the 20-year-old continues to impress.
Lowest Lecce rating: Camarda – The 17-year-old has been a breakthrough star so far this season for Lecce but unfortunately had an evening to forget against an experienced Napoli tonight. The youngster had the opportunity to give his side the lead from the penalty spot but his effort was saved by Partenopei keeper Milinkovic-Savic.
Coach: Di Francesco 6.5 – Set up his team well this evening but was unfortunate not to get a result. If it were not for Milinkovic-Savic’s penalty save, the coach could have come away with at least a point but he should not be too disheartened about his efforts tonight.
Napoli: Milinkovic-Savic 7; Di Lorenzo 6, Buongiorno 6, Juan Jesus 5, Olivera 6 (Spinazzola 6.5); Zambo Anguissa 7.5, Gilmour 6.5, Elmas 5.5 (Gutierrez N/A); Politano 5.5 (McTominay 6), Lucca 5.5 (Hojlund 5.5), Lang 6.5 (Neres 6.5)
Best Napoli player: Anguissa – Although Milinkovic-Savic deserves plaudits for a strong penalty save, Anguissa has once again continued his run of good form with a decisive goal to give his team all three points. Looked confident all evening, despite the absence of McTominay and De Bruyne in the starting lineup.
Lowest Napoli rating: Lucca – The towering target man was once again ineffectual before being substituted around the hour mark. Hojlund’s return from injury marks another setback for the Italian striker.
Coach: Conte 6 – Coped well against a plucky Lecce but can consider himself lucky to come away with all three points.
Napoli scraped a victory away to Lecce thanks to another Andre Frank Zambo Anguissa goal, but also Vanja Milinkovic-Savic saving the Francesco Camarda penalty.
The Partenopei were back on top of the table after the dramatic 3-1 win over Inter, but it came at a cost, as Kevin De Bruyne will be out for several months with a serious thigh strain. Stanislav Lobotka, Alex Meret and Romelu Lukaku were also still on the treatment table, but Rasmus Hojlund and Amir Rrahmani were back on the bench. The 4-3-3 formation returned, with Scott McTominay and Leonardo Spinazzola rested. Lecce missed Riccardo Sottil, Matias Perez, Gaby Jean and Filip Marchwinski after the 3-2 defeat to Udinese.
See how it all unfolded on the Liveblog.
Napoli wore their special edition Halloween kit and Billy Gilmour saw his snapshot deflected wide, but Lorenzo Lucca accidentally charged down a Matteo Politano strike that was on target.
The hosts also threatened with Medon Berisha drilling wide from the edge of the area, while Politano turned over from six yards on the Matias Olivera pull-back.
Wladimiro Falcone made a huge save using his legs at the near post to deny Olivera, who had been sent clear by a smart Gilmour first-touch lay-off.
Francesco Camarda’s chest and half-volley was inches wide on the stroke of half-time, but wouldn’t have counted over handball.
Noa Lang hobbled off with a knock to the thigh just above the left knee moments after the restart, adding to the growing list of Napoli absentees.
There was a double chance to open the scoring when Lucca ran onto a long ball that Falcone rushed out to nod clear, then Politano’s follow-up was charged down with the goalkeeper off his line.
Kialonda Gaspar’s header on a corner seemed to strike the hand of Juan Jesus, which bent back on impact, so the Lecce penalty was awarded following a VAR review. Camarda stepped up, but Vanja Milinkovic-Savic confirmed his status as a specialist by parrying the spot-kick, meaning he has saved five of the last nine Serie A penalties faced.
Hojlund made his comeback from injury, with McTominay and Leonardo Spinazzola strengthening the squad from the bench for the final half-hour.
It paid off, as Napoli took the lead when a David Neres free kick was glanced into the far top corner off the head of Anguissa from six yards.
Elmas blasted wide and Nikola Stulic was too sluggish to make the most of a Danilo Veiga pull-back, while in stoppages Hojlund failed to meet the Neres assist.
Anguissa 69 (N)
Saved penalty: Camarda 56 (L)
| 26' | Mathías Olivera |
| Francesco Camarda |  |
56' | ||
| Ylber Ramadani | 62' | |||
| 69' | |
Frank Anguissa (Assist: David Neres) | ||
| Konan N’Dri | |
88' |
Napoli faced another injury blow this evening in their match against Lecce, with Noa Lang having to come off just after the start of the second half.
After a foul from Danilo Veiga in the first half, Lang appeared to suffer a bruise just above his left knee. The Dutchman attempted to play on and started the second half but only lasted a minute before signalling to the bench he needed to come off.
Lang was replaced by David Neres, you can follow all the action as it happens on our Live Blog.
It was not all bad news for the Partenopei, however, with Danish forward Rasmus Hojlund making his return from injury.
The forward, on loan from Manchester United with an obligation-to-buy, was brought on for struggling summer signing Lorenzo Lucca just after the hour mark.
It marks Hojlund’s first appearance since before the international break, when he scored in a 2-1 win over Genoa. In fact, the striker was on a run of six goals in four games for club and country before the injury forced a setback.
West Ham United midfielder Guido Rodriguez has been linked with a move away from the club in recent months.
He is all set to leave the club during the January transfer window. According to a report from Mexican outlet TV Azteca, the player could be heading to Club America in January.
He has played for the club in the past, and they were keen on securing his signature earlier this year as well.
Rodriguez joined West Ham United last summer, and he has not been a regular starter for them this season. The Argentina international needs to move on in search of regular playing time, and returning to his former club could be ideal.
However, he is earning €4.5 million per season at the London club, and Club America will not be able to afford that. Rodriguez will have to accept a major pay cut to secure a return to the Mexican club. It remains to be seen how the situation develops.
He needs to play regularly at this stage of his career, and leaving the London club would be ideal for him. Sitting on the bench at West Ham is unlikely to benefit him.
It is clear that Nuno Espirito Santo is not too keen on him. He is unlikely to get more opportunities until the end of the season. It would be ideal for him to seek an exit in January.
West Ham are unlikely to stand in his way either. He is not a player for them, and they will look to get his wages off their books.
It will be interesting to see if Club America come forward with an offer to get the deal done. He will be a free agent in the summer, but West Ham have an option to extend his deal for another year.
The post Report: Experienced ace could leave West Ham in January, former club keen appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Crystal Palace striker Jean-Philippe Mateta has been linked with a move away from the club in recent months.
He was linked with an exit during the summer transfer window, but the Eagles managed to hold on. Mateta is the best striker at the club, and they will not want to lose him easily. However, he is nearing the end of his contract, and Crystal Palace will be under pressure to cash in on him if he refuses to sign an extension with them.
He will be a free agent in the summer of 2027. It will be interesting to see if the French International is willing to commit his long-term future to the club.
According to former Premier League scout Mick Brown, Crystal Palace could look to sell the player at the end of this season if he refuses to sign a new deal with them. It remains to be seen how the situation unfolds.
“There is a possibility Mateta could leave in the summer,” Mick Brown told Football Insider.
“If it starts becoming clear that he’s not going to sign, they want to maximise the fee they’re going to get.
“So in the summer, I’m sure if he hasn’t signed a contract, Palace will be tempted by offers for him.
“Given his importance to the team, they could well be huge offers, and there are a number of clubs who need a striker and will be willing to pay big money to get one.
“Obviously, Palace don’t want to lose him, but they could end up in a situation where they have to.”
Crystal Palace have shown improvement in recent months, and they have won the FA Cup and the Community Shield recently. They will look to build on it and establish a team that is capable of securing European football fairly regularly.
They need to keep their best players for that to happen. They should do everything in their power to convince Mateta to sign an extension with them.
Palace are set to lose Marc Guéhi as well. He will be a free agent at the end of the season.
The post Insider claims “there is a possibility” Crystal Palace star could leave along with Guehi appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Tottenham Hotspur are interested in signing the Juventus striker Dusan Vlahovic, and Fabio Paratici could be leading the pursuit.
The 25-year-old Serbian has been linked with the move away from the Italian club, and they are prepared to sell him in January. According to TBR Football, he will be available for a fee of £20 million. Tottenham have the resources to pay up, and it remains to be seen whether they can get the deal done.
Other clubs are interested in signing the Serbian international attacker as well, but they are hoping to sign him on loan. On the other hand, Tottenham are prepared to offer a permanent deal in January. That has given them an advantage in the transfer race. Juventus are hoping to get rid of the player permanently.
Spurs could use more quality and depth in the attacking unit, and the Serbian would be the ideal acquisition. He has proven himself in Italy over the years, and he has the physicality for English football as well. He could compete with Dominic Solanke for the starting spot. The England International has not been able to find the back of the net regularly, and more competition for places would be ideal.
If Tottenham manage to get the best out of the 25-year-old striker, he could be an asset for them. He has the technical attributes for English football, and he could add a new dimension to the Tottenham attack. His ability to hold up the play and bring others into the game could prove to be invaluable. Vlahovic has six goals to his name this season.
It will be interesting to see if Spurs follow up on their interest with an official proposal. The reported asking price is quite reasonable for a player of his quality, and he could easily justify the investment in future.
The post Report: Tottenham have advantage in the race to sign £20m-rated star in January appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Chelsea and Liverpool continue to be linked with defenders, and the latest name on their radar is Dayot Upamecano.
The 27-year-old French international has performed well for Bayern Munich, and both clubs are interested in securing Upamecano’s signature. It will be interesting to see if they come forward with an offer in the coming months.
Graeme Bailey claimed on TBR: “In England we are thinking and talking about Marc Guehi, but in Europe the name many are talking about is French star Dayot Upamecano – who has really been looking the part at Bayern Munich under Vincent Kompany.
“Speaking to sources at a couple of Premier League clubs, they actually believe Upamecano is more likely to stay than leave, but I can tell you Bayern are really worried that Upamecano will have offers presented to him in early 2026 if an agreement with Bayern is not reached.
“And Chelsea, Liverpool and Man City are all very much in the mix for him, they all rate him highly.”
Chelsea have looked vulnerable defensively, and they need more depth in that area of the pitch. Most of their defenders are struggling with injury problems. The 27-year-old will add more quality and depth to their squad.
He has done quite well for the German champions, and he has the qualities to succeed in the Premier League as well. He has been linked with the move to England in the past, and it remains to be seen whether a move materialises in the coming months.
On the other hand, Liverpool need more depth defensively as well. They have looked quite poor at the back this season. They need to improve in that area of the pitch. Upamecano could be the ideal long-term replacement for his compatriot, Ibrahima Konate. Konate will be out of contract at the end of the season, and Liverpool need to fill the void left by him.
The 27-year-old is at the peak of his career, and this is the right time for him to take on a new challenge. The move to England could be ideal. He has won the league in Germany, and he may now seek a new challenge.
Chelsea and Liverpool are among the biggest clubs in the world, and the opportunity to join them can be hard to turn down for Upamecano.
The post Report: Liverpool & Chelsea “in the mix” to sign 27-year-old star who is “looking the part” appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Tottenham are looking to improve their attacking unit with the signing of Samu Aghehowa from Porto.
The 21-year-old has been in fine form for this season, scoring 11 goals in all competitions. Tottenham are keen on securing his signature, and they are now accelerating their efforts to get the deal done. The player has a £88 million release clause in his contract, and it will be interesting to see if Tottenham are willing to pay up.
As per Fichajes, they are not the only club keen on the attacker, and they will face competition from bitter rivals Arsenal.
It remains to be seen whether Porto sanctions his departure in the middle of the season. He is a key player for them, and his departure in January would be a devastating blow for the Portuguese outfit.
The Spanish attacker is highly rated across Europe, and he has a bright future. He has all the attributes to succeed in the Premier League, and Aghehowa could be a key player for Tottenham. Dominic Solanke has not been able to score goals consistently, and Richarlison has been quite mediocre since joining the club as well.
Meanwhile, Arsenal are keen on the striker as well. They have recently signed Viktor Gyokeres. They could certainly use two quality strikers, and the Spaniard could compete with the Swedish international for the starting spot. The competition for places will help both players improve.
Arsenal will be hoping to win the league title and the UEFA Champions League. They need multiple quality players at their disposal. Another striker would be ideal.
The 21-year-old will be attracted to the idea of moving to the Premier League. It would be a step up in his career, and regular football in England could help him improve further.
The post Report: Tottenham accelerating move for £88m-rated Arsenal target with 11 goals this season appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Barcelona have reportedly made an opening offer for Crystal Palace’s Colombian international right-back, Daniel Munoz.
That is according to Spanish outlet Fichajes, which claims that the Spanish giants have made a £26m offer for the 29-year-old.
The bid signifies an aggressive move by the Catalan giants to secure a natural, proven presence on the right flank, a position that new coach Hansi Flick has reportedly made a priority for reinforcement.
There are others interested in the player as well with La Liga heavyweights Atletico Madrid also keen on Munoz but Deco is said to be speeding up his pursuit in order to land the player before competition arrives.
Crystal Palace, however, are not willing to sell the player unless they receive a ‘concrete offer. The Colombian is contracted to the Eagles until 2028, giving the Premier League side control over his future.
Marc Guehi’s dream move to Liverpool was blocked by Crystal Palace on deadline day, with the club insisting he see out the remainder of his contract.
Despite the transfer setback, the England international has maintained his high standards, continuing to play a vital role at the heart of Palace’s defence.
Manager Oliver Glasner has since confirmed that Guehi will leave the club at the end of the season, with no plans to extend his current deal.
Interest in the defender remains strong. Liverpool are expected to reignite their pursuit, but they face fierce competition from European giants Barcelona and Real Madrid, both of whom have been closely monitoring his situation.
Crystal Palace are bracing for a potentially transformative summer, with the prospect of losing two of their key defenders in Guehi and Munoz.
Both players have been instrumental in Glasner’s setup, and their departures could leave significant gaps in both leadership and tactical structure.
The combined exit of the two players would strip the Eagles of much of their established backline leadership and quality, forcing the club into an extensive and expensive rebuild of its defence.
The post Report: Barcelona have made a surprise £26m offer for Crystal Palace star appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Manchester United are interested in signing the Borussia Dortmund midfielder Jobe Bellingham.
The 20-year-old is highly rated across Europe, and he is expected to develop into a top-class player. He has not had the best of spells at the German club, and he has struggled for regular opportunities. Naturally, he is being linked with the return to England.
There have been rumours of a loan move for Bellingham as well.
According to Fichajes, Manchester United view him as a priority target, and they are preparing a €50 million offer to sign him. It will be interesting to see if the German club is willing to sell the player in January.
There is no doubt that Bellingham is a promising young player with a bright future. He has been described as the ‘full package’ in the past. He will add creativity, control, drive and goals to the Manchester United midfield. They are looking to build a formidable squad for the future, and signing a promising young talent like him would be a wise decision.
Bellingham has been likened to Frank Lampard.
The midfielder will be desperate for regular football as well. If Manchester United can provide him with the necessary assurance, he is likely to be tempted to join them. They are one of the biggest clubs in the world, and they could provide him with a platform to showcase his qualities in the Premier League.
Regular football in England could accelerate his development and help bring out the best in him. It remains to be seen how the situation develops. There have been tensions between the player’s camp and the German club in recent weeks. Dortmund could be tempted to cash in if there is a lucrative proposal on the table.
Manchester United have shown improvement in recent weeks, and they will look to build on that with quality signings in January.
The post Man United considering £44m January offer for priority target who is the ‘full package’ appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Chelsea and Liverpool are interested in signing the Bayern Munich defender Kim Min-jae.
The 28-year-old has done quite well for the German club, and he helped them with the league title last season. He could prove to be a useful acquisition for both Premier League clubs. As per Fichajes, Tottenham are keen on Min-jae as well.
Chelsea have had multiple injury problems at the back this season, and they need depth in that area of the pitch. The 28-year-old South Korean could prove to be a useful acquisition. He has shown his ability in Italy and Germany. He knows what it takes to play for big clubs, and he could make an instant impact at Chelsea. He has the physicality and technical attributes for Premier League football as well.
On the other hand, Liverpool are keen on the player as well. They need to replace Ibrahima Konate, who will be a free agent at the end of the season. It remains to be seen whether they want 28 year 28-year-old Bundesliga star as his replacement.
The German club paid around €50 million to sign the defender. It will be interesting to see if they are prepared to sell him for a reasonable amount of money. He has been an important player for them, and Joshua Kimmich has described him as “outstanding” in the past.
Chelsea and Liverpool need to tighten up at the back if they want to win major trophies. The 28-year-old could help them improve in that department. It remains to be seen whether the two clubs follow up on their interest with an official proposal in the coming weeks.
The defender is at the peak of his career, and he will look to hit the ground running in the Premier League. It will be interesting to see where he ends up.
The post Report: Chelsea and Liverpool keen on “outstanding” 28-year-old Bundesliga star appeared first on CaughtOffside.
The mobile tech world never stands still. New phones featuring Qualcomm’s latest Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 flagship processor are just hitting the market. However, rumors about its successor, the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6, are already circulating. The next-gen SoC is expected to officially debut in late 2026, so there’s still a long way to go. However, early reports about the Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 chip hint at major performance improvements, including support for the LPDDR6 RAM and UFS 5.0 memory and storage standards.
Artificial intelligence has taken over multiple segments of the tech industry. The smartphone segment is no exception. The heavy implementation of AI by companies like Google and Samsung makes this abundantly clear. Well, the “Elite Gen 6” chip will be better prepared than ever for these tasks.
To handle the increasingly complex AI workloads, future silicon requires massive boosts in data speed. The Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 chip tackles this directly by reportedly introducing support for two critical, high-speed standards: LPDDR6 RAM and UFS 5.0 storage. These upgrades will dramatically increase how fast the chip can access and write data.
Perhaps the most compelling (and controversial) rumor centers on the manufacturing process. According to the source (tech tipster Digital Chat Station on Weibo), the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 chip will mark Qualcomm’s transition to the next-generation 2nm node from TSMC. Qualcomm reportedly plans to use TSMC’s more advanced N2P process. This next-level 2nm variant theoretically offers huge gains. It promises up to 18% better performance or a substantial 36% reduction in power consumption compared to the previous 3nm node.
However, it’s noteworthy that other voices in the industry express doubt about this timeline. They argue that due to TSMC’s expected production ramp-up, Qualcomm, along with other large customers, will only secure the initial N2 2nm process for a 2026 launch.
Skipping an entire lithography step seems ambitious. The simple shift to 2nm nodes guarantees major gains in both power efficiency and raw computational ability, regardless of the exact variant used.
Regardless of the precise manufacturing details, the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 looks set to be an exceptional leap forward. The combination of a 2nm design with the far faster LPDDR6 memory and UFS 5.0 storage promises significant improvements across the board. These technological advances, unfortunately, rarely come cheap. Analysts expect the Gen 6 to carry a higher price tag than its predecessor. This will likely translate into more expensive flagship devices for consumers.
The post Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 to Adopt LPDDR6 & UFS 5.0 Standards appeared first on Android Headlines.
The Samsung Galaxy S26 series is already making many headlines. Most conversations are focusing on the expected regional split between the Exynos 2600 and the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 processors. There is also discussion about the potential performance that the Exynos 2600 chip could offer. However, a newly spotted component suggests a nice upgrade might be hidden in a completely different part of the Samsung Galaxy S26: the Bluetooth and overall connectivity experience.
New leaks indicate the Galaxy S26 lineup could debut with a dedicated companion chip for connectivity. This approach mirrors steps taken by other industry giants toward greater hardware independence.
A fresh listing on the Bluetooth qualified products website reveals a new Samsung chipset: the Exynos S6568. Described as a Bluetooth and Wi-Fi companion chip, the S6568 aims to work alongside a main Exynos SoC. This move suggests Samsung is ready to offload crucial connectivity duties from its flagship processor.
The core technical headline is its support for Bluetooth 6.1. Announced earlier this year, Bluetooth 6.1 is the newest standard, promising better security features and noticeably improved power efficiency compared to its predecessor. Currently, no mass-market devices use this latest specification. So, the Galaxy S26 could be one of the first.
Why would Samsung introduce a separate chip for features like Wi-Fi and Bluetooth? The prevailing theory among tech analysts is that by dedicating the Exynos S6568 to these tasks, Samsung can significantly improve the performance and power efficiency of the main processor (the Exynos 2600).
This architectural approach allows the primary chip to focus solely on high-demand tasks. Think about running applications and processing complex graphics. The result should be a potential gain in battery life for the S26, faster performance during heavy use, and better thermal management. In the end, the phone should run cooler when you need it most.
The rumored S6568 certification coincides with other reports suggesting the Galaxy S26’s development schedule is changing. The launch, traditionally held in January, is now rumored to be pushed back to March 2026. This delay reportedly stems from an internal strategy reevaluation that involved shuffling the model lineup. The move would also imply the delay of the One UI 8.5 update to eligible Galaxy devices.
The primary battle between the Exynos 2600 and the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 will still define the S26 experience in many regions. However, the integration of the Exynos S6568 points to Samsung also prioritizing other core aspects of the user experience. Making the phone run cooler and last longer, all while offering the newest connectivity standard, sounds like a great move.
The post Galaxy S26's New Connectivity Chip May Bring Massive improvements appeared first on Android Headlines.
Google Chrome is generally thought of as a pretty safe browser to use, but that doesn’t make it an impenetrable fortress, and a Chrome exploit used to distribute malware is the latest proof of that. A zero-day is an exploit that, once discovered, is immediately used to attack an entity or other users. This gives the company that makes the software that contains the exploit zero days to prepare for its malicious use. Instead, they’re forced to work on patching the previously unknown vulnerability after the fact.
According to a report from Bleeping Computer, a zero-day was recently used to target a variety of entities by distributing malware. Reported targets include Russian media outlets, educational institutions, and financial institutions. The malware, known as ‘Dante,’ is said to be a piece of commercial spyware. It was also reportedly created by Memento Labs, an Italian company formerly known as Hacker Team.
Dante was initially discovered back in March of this year, as malware used as part of an attack called Operation ForumTroll that targeted Russian organizations. However, it wasn’t until recently that Kaspersky shared more intricate details of the malware and its inner workings.
As noted by Kaspersky, the initial point of infection from this malware occurred when users clicked a link in a phishing email. Once at the malicious website, the victims were “verified” and then the exploit was executed.
According to reports, these phishing emails were sending out invites to Russian organizations to attend the Primakov Readings forum.
Kaspersky further details that the Dante software, as well as other tools used in Operation ForumTroll, were developed by Memento Labs, linking the company to these attacks in some form. It’s worth noting that this company isn’t 100% confirmed to be behind the attacks. As noted by Bleeping Computer, there is a possibility that someone else was behind the zero-day attack and distribution of the malware.
The post 'Dante' Malware reportedly targeted Chrome users through zero-day exploit appeared first on Android Headlines.
Xbox has a new rival in town, and you might be surprised to know that it’s TikTok, as well as movies, that keep the Head of Xbox Game Studios up at night. Not PlayStation, not Nintendo. A social media application available on Android and iOS, and those motion picture films that you used to flock to theaters to see, but can now more easily than ever before watch from the comfort of your own couch.
It’s likely strange hearing that a video game company isn’t considering other video game companies its competitors anymore. That’s understandable. Xbox targeting TikTok and movies as its new rivals probably feels entirely random. As random as it might feel, if PlayStation were to stop competing with other video game companies and start targeting fast food chains. On a surface level, it doesn’t make any sense. But if you dig a little deeper, you can start to see the direction that Xbox is probably taking, in addition to the reason it’s taking it.
To be clear, this has always been the case. Video games are a form of entertainment, and as long as they’ve been around, they’ve had to compete for your time with any other form of entertainment. So, that’s not an entirely new aspect of things. However, things have changed quite a bit. Now more than ever, entertainment through mediums like movies and TikTok is commanding the time of everyone, from teenagers to full-blown adults.
TikTok consumption is on such a massive scale that it wouldn’t be surprising to learn if some users were avoiding all other forms of entertainment to scroll through new clips. There likely are some users out there who are like this. Microsoft and its Xbox team appear to think so, and this is likely a big reason why it considers TikTok one of its new main rivals.
This is just speculation, of course, but it’s the most reasonable assumption that can be made. TikTok, movies, and streaming video make up a huge chunk of media consumption these days. Naturally, Xbox wants users to spend time playing games as opposed to watching videos. So, it’s setting its sights on those types of services.
The days of Xbox being the third console behemoth in the market are long gone. This console platform of the early 2000s and 2010s has transformed into something entirely different. It’s not dead per se, but it’s certainly dead in the sense that the Xbox that fans have loved for two decades isn’t the same. Not only is Microsoft now targeting social media apps as its new rival, but its Xbox consoles won’t be traditional consoles anymore. The next Xbox will reportedly be a Windows gaming PC with an Xbox UI layer on top. It’s a new age for Xbox. For better or worse, this is the path Microsoft has chosen to take.
The post Xbox's new rival is TikTok, not PlayStation or Nintendo appeared first on Android Headlines.
Rumors of the next-gen Xbox console powered by Windows, making it a full-fledged gaming PC, began floating to the surface of the news cycle earlier this month. Now, it seems that those rumors actually have weight to them. So much weight that the rumors are reportedly true.
When the rumors first popped up, we said it sounded like the next console would just be an expensive gaming PC. That’s exactly what Microsoft is going for, according to Windows Central. (It is worth noting that this report is based on “trusted sources within Microsoft.” So, Microsoft itself has not publicly announced these details). This probably comes as no surprise to some. The ASUS ROG Xbox Ally X and ROG Xbox Ally launched on October 16, and both feature a new software experience. It’s called the Xbox Fullscreen Experience, and it’s designed to be more of a console-like user interface than Windows 11.
One of the main complaints that Windows 11 handhelds have had so far is that they don’t feel like handheld consoles, which is essentially what they are. The Xbox Fullscreen Experience takes steps to address that issue. In most ways, it does a fine job at this. All your games are accessible right from one place. This includes games across clients like the Xbox app, Steam, Ubisoft Connect, and more. The next Xbox console is following in these footsteps.
The important bit here for console fans is that the new Xbox will have a console-style UI. Similar to, or perhaps exactly like, the Xbox Fullscreen Experience for the ROG Xbox Ally X and ROG Xbox Ally. The console experience will be layered on top of Windows, just like those handhelds. It will also boot into this experience as soon as you power it on, as opposed to booting into Windows first.
There is a major difference, though. As Windows Central reports, those who prefer this console UI can stay within it indefinitely. With no requirement to ever leave it. That means updates, game installs, etc., will all be doable from this experience. For comparison, with the ROG Xbox Ally X, if you want to update anything, it all has to be done from the Windows side of things. It’s not a great experience, all things considered. The next console is reportedly not going to have this problem. That’s a big step in the right direction if you want a console to be a console.
That being said, gamers will have the option to move to the Windows layout if they want to play games from other clients, such as Steam, or play Windows games that run in their own client and aren’t available on Xbox.
It’s still unclear what the price is going to be. However, Xbox President Sarah Bond did confirm that the next-gen Xbox will be a “very premium, very high-end, curated experience.” So, chances are the next Xbox won’t be as affordable as some people are hoping.
The post The next Xbox console is indeed a gaming PC powered by Windows appeared first on Android Headlines.
You only really know about a company based on the public image it wants you to see. But what really goes on behind the scenes? Behind the glitzy product launches, what exactly takes place in the planning process? If you’re curious about how a carrier operates, PhoneArena managed to land an exclusive interview with a Verizon representative who spilled the beans on the company’s operations.
According to the interview with the Verizon representative called “Jim,” it uncovered some of the things that take place behind the scenes. For starters, Verizon is relying pretty heavily on AI. This comes in the form of an AI tool called “Personal Shopper.” This feature automatically builds a cart of so-called recommended items when customers open a new account.
While it might sound useful, Jim suggests that this usually results in a ton of irrelevant products, which makes it annoying for employees to manage. Employees are also pressured to meet strict sales quotas with mandatory upselling. These are not optional goals, and failing to meet a quota could jeopardize their employment.
Unfortunately, this has created a somewhat toxic environment. Due to the immense pressure to perform, some employees resort to deceptive tactics. We’re talking about hidden insurance or fees here. So, the next time you get your bill, you might want to take a deeper look at the charges.
All of this comes from the higher-ups too, where management encourages upselling for items like extra lines, even if a customer doesn’t need it.
Based on the interview, it sounds like Verizon resorts to some pretty shady tactics when it comes to upselling. However, it’s not all bad. It seems that despite the stressful sales environment and pressure to meet quotas, Verizon is apparently a pretty good employer. The carrier offers decent pay, commissions, and benefits.
Still, these pressures can lead to burnout, which results in employees leaving. But it seems that many of them eventually return. This is because the pay and benefits are simply too good to give up on.
Jim acknowledges some of the shady tactics Verizon uses, but he also notes that it’s the same thing at T-Mobile. “It’s just that you wear pink instead of a red shirt, and you hand out goodies on Tuesdays.”
The post Verizon's 'Personal Shopper' AI is Driving Reps Crazy & Hurting Sales appeared first on Android Headlines.
The post SOL vs XRP: Western Union Opts for Solana Over XRPL to Build Its Stablecoin appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The XRP community has lost a major opportunity to the Solana (SOL) ecosystem. On Tuesday, Western Union announced a strategic partnership with Anchorage Digital to launch a stablecoin dubbed USDPT on the Solana network.
“For 175 years, we’ve been connecting people, moving $150 billion a year. Digital assets are the next evolution. We looked at alternatives and came to the conclusion that Solana was the right choice,” Devin McGranahan, CEO of Western Union, noted.
Notably, Western Union once used Ripple Labs xRapid, which uses XRP, to facilitate cross-border payments. The pilot program between Western Union and Ripple did not gain traction, as it was negatively impacted by the recently concluded lawsuit against Ripple by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
Western Union has joined other institutional investors building on the Solana blockchain, including PayPal and Fiserv. The Solana network has been running for more than a year without any downtime amid its notable scalability and affordability.
The Solana chain is also compliant with existing regulations, including the recently enacted GENIUS Act by President Donald Trump.
The Solana’s global community has grown in the past years, fueled by its high throughput and cheap transaction rates. As such, Western Union will reach more global markets and users for its USDPT stablecoin.
The market impact of Western Union launching its stablecoin on Solana has a mutual benefit to both parties. As for Solana, the demand for SOL to facilitate USDPT payments will bolster its macro bullish sentiment.
On the other hand, Western Union has a higher chance of thriving in cross-border payments in the future, thus bolstering its stock market.
Google appears to be playing it safe with its upcoming budget offering, the Pixel 10a, if the latest CAD renders are anything to go by, with the tech giant eschewing any flashy design changes and opting for a predictable, if a tad boring, overall design language. Almost nothing appears to have changed between the Pixel 9a and the upcoming Pixel 10a, as per the new CAD renders As per the CAD renders published by the X user OnLeaks on behalf of Android Headlines, the following can be easily concluded: As for the budget offering's rumored specs, the following is known […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/pixel-10a-cad-renders-show-a-pixel-9a-clone/
Developer and publisher DON'T NOD has published its latest financial release which goes over its half-year results for 2025, which includes a few notable updates from the studio, like how its most recent release, Lost Records: Bloom & Rage performed "below expectations," and that the studio signed a deal with Netflix to make a narrative game based on "a major IP." It's definitely a disappointing result for DON'T NOD, particularly considering the fact that its last major releases last year, Banishers: Ghosts of New Eden and Jusant, also fell below expectations. The studio's total operating revenue took a 5% dip […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/lost-records-bloom-and-rage-missed-expectations-dont-nod-signs-deal-with-netflix/
Apple revamped its iPhone 17 lineup this year by introducing ProMotion technology to the base model, making it one of the best decisions it could ever make for its flagship smartphone family. Best of all, it brings a host of other upgrades while retaining that $699 price point, which is probably why the iPhone 17 has garnered immense popularity worldwide, particularly in China. Part of why Apple has been able to keep this price unchanged from the iPhone 16 is by keeping the display costs low. According to the latest report, the OLED panel in the iPhone 17 costs around 42 […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/iphone-17-oled-panel-around-42-percent-to-make-than-pro-models/
In the ongoing high-stakes court battle between Oppo and Apple, the former has only a few hours left to complete a transfer of required documents and device forensic reports on an ex-Apple engineer who stands accused of stealing proprietary intellectual property (IP) at the behest of Oppo. Apple accuses Oppo of using its former employee, Chen Shi, to steal Apple Watch secrets Before going further, let's summarize what has happened in this high-stakes saga so far: Apple is asking the court for injunctive relief on four counts: For its part, Oppo maintains that it has conducted a comprehensive search of […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/oppo-has-just-a-few-hours-left-to-hand-over-to-apple-evidentiary-documents-on-a-former-engineer-who-stole-apple-watch-secrets/
A new report from GamesIndustry.Biz, based on data provided by Alinea Analytics, shows that in the lead-up to launch, Call of Duty: Black Ops 7 trails "far behind" the numbers that Battlefield 6 was able to pull. Setting the parameters here: this is based on data from Steam pre-order sales for Battlefield 6 and Call of Duty: Black Ops 7, 18 days ahead of their respective launches. Within that 18-day lead-up period, Battlefield 6 was able to sell close to a million copies in pre-orders. Black Ops 7 has only managed 200K pre-order copies sold. These numbers start to look […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/call-of-duty-black-ops-7-far-behind-battlefield-6-pre-order-sales/
After Team Group, now Corsair also claims to have reached 14,900 MB/s of read speeds on its latest PCIe 5.0 SSD. CORSAIR Launches MP700 PRO XT and Compact 2242 Form Factor MP700 MICRO PCIe 5.0 SSDs with Blazing Fast Read/Write Speeds One of the leading hardware and peripheral manufacturers, CORSAIR, has released its two new high-performance PCIe 5.0 SSDs for enthusiasts, offering the best-in-class performance for PC builders. The first SSD is the MP700 PRO XT, which is its flagship offering, delivering up to 14,900 MB/s of sequential Read speeds and up to 14,500 MB/s of sequential Write speeds. If […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/corsair-unveils-its-flagship-mp700-pro-xt-pcie-5-0-ssd-offering-up-to-14900-mb-s-of-read-speeds/
With each passing month, artificial intelligence creeps into more industries. That does not exclude the gaming industry, which has long used artificial intelligence to populate its virtual worlds. Still, the generative AI that is taking root everywhere offers much more power, and also much greater risk, compared to what gaming developers were used to. Big companies like Microsoft, Amazon, and EA are already laying off (or thinking about laying off) employees to invest further into artificial intelligence. What do the actual developers think about this artificial intelligence revolution? Their takes, as you would expect, are quite varied. The creator of […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/dayz-creator-says-ai-fears-remind-him-people-worrying-about-google-wikipedia-ai-is-here/
The latest AIO cooler from Thermaltake will work with Intel's upcoming LGA 1954 platform, as spotted on the official website. Thermaltake Lists LGA 1954 as a Compatible Socket for MINECUBE 360 Ultra ARGB Sync AIO Cooler, Confirming Support for Intel Nova Lake Popular cooler and PC case maker, Thermaltake, has officially listed the Intel LGA 1954 socket as a compatible platform for one of its latest AIO coolers. Thermaltake's MINECUBE 360 Ultra ARGB Sync, which was showcased at Computex this year, lists the LGA 1954 on its compatibility list, which confirms that the cooler won't just be compatible with the […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/thermaltake-confirms-one-of-its-existing-aio-coolers-will-be-compatible-with-lga-1954-socket/
Pathea Games, the studio known for games like My Time at Portia, My Time at Sandrock, and the upcoming My Time at Evershine has just shadow-dropped something you'd be more likely to expect from Velan Studios after its game Knockout City, or even Psyonix as a spin-off from Rocket League with Superball, a new free-to-play 3v3 arcade hero football game that's out now on PC and Xbox Series X/S. Announced during the ID@Xbox and IGN Showcase, Superball is described as a mash between Rocket League, something that's made extremely obvious with its giant ball and arena style, and Overwatch with […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/rocket-league-minus-cars-f2p-superball-pathea-games/
Karim Hassinin spends his days chasing ghosts. Not the kind that haunt old houses, but the kind that pass through everything — including you — by the trillions every second. They’re called neutrinos, tiny invisible particles that make up the […]
The post Meet the University of Houston Grad Student on a Mission to Explain One of the Universe’s Greatest Mysteries: The Neutrino first appeared on Tech Startups.
Nvidia just made another billion-dollar move — this time into one of Europe’s oldest tech names. Nokia announced Tuesday that Nvidia will purchase $1 billion in new Nokia shares, marking the latest in a string of equity stakes the AI […]
The post Nvidia acquires $1B stake in Nokia to develop next-gen 6G and AI infrastructure first appeared on Tech Startups.
The American housing market is stuck in a slow lane. Building a single home can take months of back-and-forth approvals, engineering reviews, and paperwork before a shovel ever hits the ground. Palo Alto–based AI startup Spacial wants to change that—and […]
The post AI startup Spacial raises $10M in funding to automate permits and accelerate affordable home construction first appeared on Tech Startups.
For decades, cybersecurity has been about building taller digital walls—encrypting data, hardening servers, and patching vulnerabilities faster than hackers can find them. But what if there were no walls to climb, nothing to steal, and no data left to decrypt? […]
The post Israeli startup CyberRidge emerges from stealth with $26M in funding to make data “disappear” using photonic encryption first appeared on Tech Startups.
Apple and Microsoft are once again proving why they dominate Wall Street. Both tech giants surpassed the $4 trillion market capitalization mark on Tuesday, according to CNBC. The surge reflects growing investor confidence in their earnings strength and long-term bets […]
The post Apple and Microsoft each hit $4 trillion market cap milestone, trail Nvidia’s $4.6 trillion lead first appeared on Tech Startups.
Top 10 Tech News Stories Today — Your Quick Briefing on the Latest Technology News, Startup Trends, and Innovation Shaping the Future It’s Tuesday, October 28, 2025, and we’re back with the Top 10 Technology News Stories for the Day. […]
The post Top Tech News Today, October 28, 2025 first appeared on Tech Startups.
Billboards plastered across major U.S. cities are telling companies to “Stop Hiring Humans.” The message isn’t from a dystopian novel — it’s part of a viral marketing campaign by Artisan AI, a San Francisco startup selling virtual “employees” like Ava, […]
The post ‘Stop Hiring Humans’: Billboards Across the U.S. Promote Replacing Millions of Jobs With AI and Robotics first appeared on Tech Startups.
It’s Monday, October 27, 2025, and we’re back with the top startup and tech funding news stories shaping today’s innovation landscape. From AI-driven hiring platforms and chip design automation to fintech, healthtech, and back-office AI for traditional industries, investors continued […]
The post Top 10 Startup and Tech Funding News – October 27, 2025 first appeared on Tech Startups.
San Francisco–based AI startup Mercor is now valued at $10 billion after raising $350 million in a Series C round led by Felicis, with participation from Benchmark, General Catalyst, and Robinhood Ventures. The funding marks a fivefold increase in valuation […]
The post Mercor, an AI startup founded by 22-year-old college dropouts, raises $350M and hits $10B valuation in just two years first appeared on Tech Startups.
:max_bytes(150000):strip_icc():format(jpeg)/TAL-northern-lights-minnesota-NORTHERNLIGHTSTN1025-d2954be31e08405f9c876b1d94f2c541.jpg)
:max_bytes(150000):strip_icc():format(jpeg)/TAL-anna-maria-island-florida-DOMESTICWNTRDEST1025-21f3702a37c04cb881aec568fb730ef7.jpg)
Skylum has announced the Fall 2025 update to its award-winning Luminar Neo software, promising enhancements to existing tools and all-new features for photographers of all skill levels.
Atlanta Film Company has a very limited quantity of 250D 65mm motion picture film that has been hand respooled to fit 120 format for stills photography. Due to a change in motion picture film availability, this is a very limited run that probably won't be back once it's gone.
The influential Leica I 35mm camera turns 100 years old this year, and Chicago-based Tamarkin Camera, a premier Leica specialist, is celebrating Leica's centenary in style with a Leica-heavy Rare Camera Auction on November 15. Bidding is open now, so here are 10 of the most interesting lots Tamarkin has up for grabs, some of which are expected to sell for as much as $35,000.
We've completed our battery life and charging tests on the Xiaomi 17 Pro Max and the result are pretty great. Let's see the numbers. The Xiaomi 17 Pro Max puts its massive 7,500mAh battery to good use, scoring more than 4 hours of active use over the Xiaomi 15T Pro (which, granted, has 2,000mAh less battery). You need to look at the likes of the Oppo Find X9 Pro to find a better Active Use Score. Still, the Xiaomi is better in some individual tests - it has 12 hours more in the call test, and a few minutes more in the video playback test. The 29 hours dead the Xiaomi 17 Pro Max was...
Google launched most of the Pixel 10 family back in August, but one member is still missing: the Pixel 10a, the mid-ranger that will be the cheapest of the bunch. This is now portrayed in the CAD-based renders you can see below, ahead of its possible unveiling in early 2026. At one time it was even rumored to arrive before the end of this year, but the source of these shots now says it will be early next year instead. That still means it will land earlier in the year than its predecessor did, back in March. In the leaked CAD-based renders, the Pixel 10a looks pretty much identical...
There have been quite a few rumors over the past few days regarding the iPhone 20 family, expected to come out in 2027 and celebrate the first iPhone launch's 20th anniversary. The latest one concerns something we've heard about before, namely Apple getting rid of all physical buttons and replacing them with capacitive ones. This has been rumored multiple times for previous iPhone generations but never happened. And now a new rumor from China tells us it finally will - with the iPhone 20 handsets. These will allegedly be devoid of any physical buttons, and they'll also come with...
The first phones using Qualcomm's Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 SoC have started to come out last month, following the chipset's official announcement, and yet if you have, for some reason, been wondering what to expect from its successor, today a few details have been outed. The Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 is probably going to be unveiled in September 2026. It will allegedly be made on a 2nm process by TSMC, and this will enable some great gains in terms of power consumption and performance compared to its predecessor. The 8 Elite Gen 6 is said to support LPDDR6 memory and UFS 5.0 storage,...
Al Nassr faced Al Ittihad in the Round of 16 of the Saudi King’s Cup on Sunday, with Cristiano Ronaldo’s side entering as the clear favorite after a strong league run that has them atop the standings. However, despite Karim Benzema’s team being reduced to ten men early in the second half, Al Nassr suffered a shocking exit from the competition.
Al Ittihad opened the scoring after a lethal counterattack in the 15th minute, when Moussa Diaby delivered a precise cross for Benzema to slot home the first goal. Al Nassr equalized through Angelo’s powerful strike in the 30th minute after a deflection from a Ronaldo cross, but Houssem Aouar restored the lead in stoppage time of the first half with what proved to be the winner.
Pushing for a comeback after the break, Al Ittihad went down to ten men in the 49th minute when Ahmed Al Julaydan was shown a red card for a reckless challenge to Mohamed Simakan’s head, forcing the defender off with an injury. Despite the numerical disadvantage, Al Ittihad managed to hold firm, and with Ronaldo failing to convert key chances inside the box, Al Nassr suffered yet another setback in their pursuit of silverware.
After a strong 2025 summer transfer window that brought in stars like Iñigo Martínez, Kingsley Coman, and João Félix, expectations were high for Al Nassr to compete on all fronts. Despite a promising start to the 2025–26 season following their defeat in the Saudi Super Cup final, Benzema’s Al Ittihad brought Al Nassr’s impressive run to an end.
Since Matchday 1 of the Saudi Pro League on August 29, Al Nassr had built a 10-match winning streak across all competitions, six in the league, three in the AFC Champions League Two, and one in the King’s Cup. Interestingly, one of those victories came against Al Ittihad, but when the two sides met again in the King’s Cup, Al Nassr were unable to extend their dominant run.
After setbacks in both the Saudi Super Cup and the King’s Cup, Ronaldo has already missed two chances to lift a trophy with Al Nassr in the 2025–26 season. Still, the Portuguese legend and his team have opportunities left to add silverware before the campaign ends.
Al Nassr remain alive in two major competitions: the Saudi Pro League and the AFC Champions League Two. Manager Jorge Jesus has already emphasized that the league title is the club’s top priority this season, but the continental tournament could prove to be a more realistic path to success in 2025–26.
Barcelona’s defeat in El Clasico against Real Madrid last Sunday was not only a setback in the battle for the top of the La Liga standings but also appears to have had repercussions in other areas of the Catalan side. Lamine Yamal found himself under the spotlight — not only for his poor performance but also for the controversy surrounding him.
Yamal was scheduled to attend a commercial event on Tuesday to promote the launch of the OPPO Find X9 Series. However, “Barcelona decided at the last minute that another public appearance by the culer player was not the best idea,” reported Sport. “The Catalan club advised its player not to attend the launch event, and he accepted.”
This decision marks a clear shift in Barcelona’s media approach toward Lamine. Until now, he had been granted considerable freedom to make public appearances — for example, alongside popular streamers. It was during one of those appearances that Yamal made controversial remarks about Real Madrid, comparing them to Kings League’s Porcinos FC and stating, “They steal and complain.”
Comments like that, along with the constant attention to Yamal’s personal life, have kept him under continuous public scrutiny — a situation that has worsened due to his disappointing recent performances. Sport adds that the young winger is “aware that his outspoken moments have caused a controversy (perhaps exaggerated) that did not help the team ahead of the clash at Santiago Bernabeu.”
The massive conflict that erupted after the final whistle in El Clasico underscored that tension. In that moment, Yamal found himself at the center of the storm, engaging in heated exchanges with Real Madrid stars such as Vinicius Junior, Daniel Carvajal, and Thibaut Courtois.
During the 2024–25 campaign, Lamine Yamal delivered an outstanding performance, recording 18 goals and 25 assists in 55 matches across La Liga, Copa del Rey, Spanish Super Cup, and UEFA Champions League. His contributions were crucial as Barcelona captured three titles and reached the European semifinals, while the Spanish winger finished second in the Ballon d’Or voting behind Ousmane Dembele.
Just a few months later, however, the picture looks very different. Yamal has missed a significant portion of this season due to injury, and that absence has clearly affected Barcelona’s form. The club sits well off the top spot in La Liga and continues to show inconsistency in the Champions League.
Lamine Yamal has been sidelined for nearly 40% of Barcelona’s matches this season. Before his groin issues began, he had already contributed to five goals in just three games. Since then, he has played five matches, scoring once and adding two assists.
After the loss to Real Madrid, the good news for Barcelona is that they now have a full week of rest before their next challenge. That break could allow them to recover some of their many injured players, including Robert Lewandowski, Dani Olmo, and Raphinha.
On Sunday, they will face Elche in La Liga — a good opportunity to close the five-point gap with Real Madrid in the standings. After that, attention will shift back to the Champions League, where they will visit Club Brugge on Wednesday, November 5.
Paul Pogba emerged as one of the best soccer players in the world, shining with Juventus, France, and even Manchester United. Nonetheless, the midfielder faced an 18-month ban that prevented him from playing at an elite level. Despite this setback, AS Monaco extended him an opportunity to recover his form as a professional athlete, though he has yet to make his debut. For that reason, coach Sébastien Pocognoli decided to give an update on his conditioning, issuing a warning about his comeback.
“His (Pogba’s) absence has been a lot longer than Denis’, but for now, he is closer to making his return. For now, it is going well, so I am expecting to have him in the squad soon… The Paul from Manchester United or from his first stint at Juventus, was a few years ago now. All players evolve over time and through their experiences. We have to judge him exactly on what he is now, with his baggage but also his age,” Sébastien Pocognoli said in the latest press conference.
Even though Paul arrived at AS Monaco as a big star, the French side offered him a three-month tenure to recover his physical conditioning, according to team CEO Thiago Scuro’s report. With his, Pogba should have already made his debut with the team, but regaining competitive rhythm isn’t straightforward. While his recovery process might be delayed, taking the time to fully regain his level could be the best decision, especially considering the pressure of expectations.
While Paul Pogba might make a return to the field, he may not exhibit the same brilliance he once displayed at Juventus or with France. At 32 and having lost some competitive rhythm, he might transform his role into that of a less explosive yet more mature player. Consequently, Coach Sébastien’s remarks weren’t meant to suggest that Pogba can’t regain his peak level. Instead, he highlighted the need for fans to be patient.
We are delighted to announce the arrival of Paul Pogba 🇫🇷
— AS Monaco EN 🇲🇨 (@AS_Monaco_EN) June 28, 2025
The midfielder has signed a 2-season deal and is now tied to the Club until 30th June 2027 🆕 pic.twitter.com/SJN33IZhzw
Paul Pogba thrilled fans with the announcement of his comeback to AS Monaco after a lengthy absence. Although he has yet to make his official debut with the team, the midfielder is nearing his long-awaited appearance. He has also chosen to share the challenges of his comeback journey, revealing key details about his time before joining the French side.
“I am a determined person, who wants to come back and who wants to enjoy myself on the pitch again… The objective is therefore to make my return to the highest level while taking the time necessary, and being patient… Of course, there were moments of doubt, but I always wanted to look forward and towards the future. And looking at my kids, I told myself that I wanted them to see me play on the field!,” Paul Pogba said, via AS Monaco website.
Boxing Day has long been a cherished tradition in England and other Commonwealth countries, and one that has become synonymous with soccer. However, that tradition is reportedly on the verge of being disrupted, as the Premier League faces a unique scheduling situation that could almost break its Boxing Day custom.
According to The Times, only one Premier League match is expected to be played on Boxing Day, December 26, due to a congested calendar and broadcast constraints. With the 26th falling on a Friday, league officials are expected to move one of the 10 games to that date to preserve the tradition, while the remaining nine fixtures will likely be postponed to the weekend.
One of the major challenges Premier League organizers face is managing broadcast requirements and scheduling. Contracts stipulate that 33 rounds must be played on weekends each season, with only five rounds allowed during midweek, potentially pushing Boxing Day out of the midweek slate.
Additional complications have arisen this season compared to previous ones, such as the expanded formats of UEFA’s continental tournaments (Champions League, Europa League, and Conference League) as well as the FA Cup taking up more weekends. As a result, the weekend of Saturday, December 27, and Sunday, December 28, is expected to be used to fulfill broadcasting obligations.
Last season, the 2024–25 Premier League’s Matchday 18 was played largely on Boxing Day, with eight matches held on December 26 and two — Brighton vs. Brentford and Arsenal vs. Ipswich Town — the following day. This time, with even more scheduling constraints, dates and times for the Christmas fixtures have yet to be finalized, but officials appear to be edging toward a decision that could come closer than ever to breaking the Boxing Day tradition.
First established in 1880, Boxing Day soccer predates the Premier League’s creation in 1992 and has remained a constant for more than three decades. Should only one match take place on December 26, it would mark the fewest Boxing Day games in Premier League history.
The current record low dates back to 1993, when only three matches were played on Boxing Day. Since then, the fewest number of fixtures held on that date came in 1995 and 2023, both featuring six games. If just one match is played in 2025, it would officially set a new all-time low — and a significant break from one of English football’s longest-running traditions.
They’ve all tried. Erling Haaland, Kylian Mbappe, and Harry Kane — three of modern soccer’s most feared finishers — each had a chance to rewrite history in 2025. Their clubs, Manchester City, Real Madrid, and Bayern Munich, depend on them like few others. But even as their streaks grew and their form soared, one of Lionel Messi’s strongest and most impressive records remained untouched. More than a decade after he set it, the mark still stands tall, unbroken, and unmatched.
The 2025-26 season has offered plenty of fireworks — Haaland’s hat-tricks, Mbappe’s dominance in Madrid, and Kane’s ruthless form in Bavaria. Yet when all three stumbled within days of each other, the soccer world was reminded of one truth: Messi’s greatness exists on a different plane.
The Argentine has spent his twilight years continuing to rewrite record books across continents, but one of his most remarkable feats has turned into a barrier even the best of the next generation can’t climb. Back in the 2012-13 La Liga season, Lionel Messi didn’t just dominate — he transcended the sport. He scored in 21 consecutive league matches, the longest goalscoring streak in the history of Europe’s top divisions.
Across those 21 games, Messi netted 33 times and became the first player ever to score against every team in the same campaign. He finished the season with 46 league goals, guiding Barcelona to 100 points under Tito Vilanova. It was an era defined by his total mastery — four straight Ballons d’Or, 91 goals in a single calendar year, and a level of consistency that turned elite soccer into a personal playground.
To put it in perspective, the Premier League record for consecutive scoring games remains 11, set by Jamie Vardy in 2015-16 — exactly half of Messi’s feat. The closest anyone has come in Europe was Gerd Muller, who scored in 16 straight Bundesliga matches over half a century ago. Messi’s record sits alone, untouched and almost untouchable.
🇦🇷 Reminder: Lionel Messi holds the record for the longest scoring streak in Football history!
— Sholy Nation Sports (@Sholynationsp) October 27, 2025
☑️ 21 consecutive games
☑️ 33 goals
☑️ 9 braces
☑️ 1 poker
Seems unbreakable! 😳 pic.twitter.com/z3FwGe5qAi
Erling Haaland’s goalscoring streak of 12 games ended abruptly when Manchester City fell 1-0 to Aston Villa — his twelfth consecutive match with a goal coming to an end in early October. “It was City’s first defeat since August 31,” reported BBC Sport, as Matty Cash’s fierce strike proved decisive. Haaland even bundled the ball into the net late on, only for the goal to be ruled out for offside. That miss didn’t just end his run — it ended any remaining hope that the Norwegian might touch Messi’s level this campaign.
❌ | And then there was none
— Sofascore Football (@SofascoreINT) October 26, 2025
• 22 October: Kylian Mbappé's 11-match goalscoring streak for club and country comes to an end
• 25 October: Harry Kane's 10-match goalscoring streak for club and country comes to an end
• 26 October: Erling Haaland's 12-match goalscoring streak… https://t.co/EygX1ogM3b pic.twitter.com/JTM2djWiNp
Meanwhile, Kylian Mbappe’s own streak ended at 11 consecutive games after he failed to score against Juventus. The French superstar’s form for Real Madrid has been devastating —43 goals in 44 appearances in 2025— but not even that consistency was enough to threaten Messi’s reign.
🚨 𝗡𝗘𝗪: Lionel Messi's streak of scoring in 21 consecutive games is 100% safe again.
— The Touchline | 𝐓 (@TouchlineX) October 27, 2025
All 3 streaks of Haaland, Mbappé and Kane have come to an end. pic.twitter.com/FszNYM7kd5
Then there’s Harry Kane, whose run of 10 straight scoring games for Bayern Munich came to an end in a 3-0 win over Borussia Mönchengladbach. Despite firing 20 goals in his first 13 matches, the Englishman fell short, though his start to the season has been described as “career-best” by German media. Three elite strikers. Three record chases. All ending the same way.
Unless you’ve been living under a rock for the past five years, you’ve probably heard of Wrexham Association Football Club. Founded in 1864, Wrexham is the oldest club in Wales and the third-oldest professional association football team in the world. However, it wasn’t until the end of 2020 that the club began receiving worldwide attention following its highly publicized takeover by actors Rob McElhenney and Ryan Reynolds through Wrexham Holdings LLC.
These two Hollywood stars ushered in a new era of success through significant investment and the global fame of the Welcome to Wrexham documentary series, helping Wrexham achieve visibility surpassing even some Premier League clubs like West Ham and Brighton.
However, McElhenney and Reynolds haven’t been the only driving forces behind Wrexham’s meteoric rise. One man who has played a crucial role in the club’s historic ascent is Les Reed.
Born on December 12, 1952, in the London suburb of Wapping, Reed played for England at the schoolboy level and was one of the 97,000 in attendance for the 1966 FIFA World Cup Final at Wembley, where England beat Germany 4–2 in extra time. Unable to make his senior debut, Reed spent time at lower-league sides such as Cambridge United, Watford, and Wycombe before retiring early to pursue a coaching career and a degree in physical education.
Reed began coaching with non-league sides Finchley and Wealdstone, winning the Football Conference and FA Trophy with the latter, before joining the Football Association (FA) as a development officer in 1986. It was during this first of many stints with the FA that Reed’s career truly began to take off.
“The turning point came during my first period with the FA,” stated Reed in an exclusive World Soccer Talk interview. “My three-year contract was coming to an end, and by that time, I was running some of the highest-level coaching courses at the Lilleshall FA Centre — where the national school was — and overseeing courses for professional coaches. It was a time when coaching qualifications became mandatory. Many former players and long-time coaches had to complete these courses, including those who’d been in the game at the highest level for decades.”
“Quite a lot of them passed through my hands. One was Alan Curbishley, then reserve team coach at Charlton Athletic, who had just been offered the full-time manager role. He completed both his preliminary and full licenses with me as his tutor. Afterward, he called to ask me to join him as his assistant. I had to decide — stay with the FA coaching England youth teams, or take this opportunity that might never come again?”
“I took the chance. I was with Alan for three years; we earned promotion to the Premier League, and that’s where my reputation started to grow. After those three years, I was headhunted back to the FA as Director of Technical Development to set up the academy programs. I oversaw all national teams and became assistant coach to Kevin Keegan with the England men’s national team. That call from Alan probably changed my career — it gave me confidence and a reputation I’ve carried ever since.”
Reed hasn’t just left his mark on England’s national teams but also across the globe — in Northern Ireland, South Africa, the Republic of Ireland, Hong Kong, China, Thailand, Ghana, and Zimbabwe. After building a name at Charlton and later as Fulham’s Director of Football, he joined Southampton in April 2010 as Head of Football Development and Support, later becoming Vice-Chairman.
At Southampton, Reed oversaw youth development, scouting and recruitment, sports science, and medical operations — helping steer the club from England’s third division to a stable Premier League presence. One year after his side reached the 2017 EFL Cup Final, Reed returned to the FA as Technical Director before moving back into club management in 2021 — this time, with a Welsh club.
With nearly half a century of experience, Les Reed has established himself among the top football executives in the game — alongside names like Giuseppe Marotta and Sergey Palkin. Just a few months after purchasing Wrexham, McElhenney and Reynolds offered Reed a position as advisor to the board. He was immediately tasked with key decisions — replacing the manager, determining which players to retain, and which to release — and struck gold by appointing Phil Parkinson as manager.
With Parkinson leading from the touchline and Reed providing strategic oversight from his office in Spain, Wrexham have maximized their resources and risen rapidly through the divisions.
“I don’t have many encounters with Rob and Ryan. You won’t see me on the documentary. I stay very much in the background,” Reed explained. “Ryan once described me as their secret weapon. If they’re at a game and I’m around, we’ll have a general chat rather than a business one. They’re very approachable — if something important comes up, they’re open to hearing it. But as a consultant, I generally work through the board and executives. These days, I work more closely with Michael Williamson and Phil Parkinson. In the early days, I had more contact with the owners as the club grew, but now that it’s larger and has more people at the executive and operational level, my role is more behind the scenes.”
Wrexham have made history as the first team in England’s top five divisions to achieve three consecutive promotions, and they’re now aiming for a fourth — which would take them to the English top flight for the first time ever.
When Marcus Rashford and Jude Bellingham stepped out onto the Santiago Bernabeu pitch on Sunday evening, few could have predicted the layer of history that was about to unfold. The two Englishmen, facing each other in their respective colors for Barcelona and Real Madrid, turned one of soccer’s most iconic rivalries into a landmark moment that extended beyond La Liga’s fierce title race.
Since joining Real Madrid in 2023, Jude Bellingham’s time in Spain has been nothing short of eventful. After recovering from shoulder surgery earlier in the season, the 22-year-old midfielder returned to action determined to reassert his influence. His performance against Barcelona was a statement — and a decisive one at that.
In the thrilling 2-1 victory, Bellingham was at the heart of everything good his team produced. The Englishman “scored one and assisted another,” as Marca reported, helping Xabi Alonso’s side extend their lead at the top of La Liga to five points.
It was a night that reinforced his growing reputation as one of Europe’s most clutch performers. His first major contribution came midway through the first half, when he turned elegantly in midfield before releasing a diagonal ball to Kylian Mbappe, who finished clinically past Wojciech Szczesny. Moments later, when Marcus Rashford teed up Fermin Lopez for Barcelona’s equalizer, it looked like the pendulum might swing back.
Jude Bellingham vs Barcelona
— 🫵🏽 (@idoxvi) October 26, 2025
THE BEST. @BellinghamJude pic.twitter.com/de3njEu8Kj
But Bellingham responded almost instantly. A looping header from Eder Militao found its way to the Englishman, who tapped home from close range — his sixth goal of the campaign — to seal the win.
For Marcus Rashford, it was a night of mixed emotions. The 27-year-old forward, on loan from Manchester United, has quickly become a vital figure in Hansi Flick’s Barcelona. Rashford’s blistering pace and intelligence in attack have made him a reliable outlet during an injury-hit period for the Catalan side.
In the El Clasico, Rashford played a crucial role in creating Barcelona’s only goal. After dispossessing Arda Guler on the flank, he delivered a low cross for Fermin Lopez to level the score. Although his side ultimately fell short, the Englishman’s contribution did not go unnoticed.
RASHFORD TO FERMINNNNN pic.twitter.com/1056FV3Anv
— ethan. (@frdrjpi) October 26, 2025
With five goals and seven assists across all competitions this season, Rashford is finding his rhythm in Spain — and in doing so, helping to redefine what an English forward can achieve abroad.
The night wasn’t just about goals and assists — it was about legacy. Hidden within the excitement of Sunday’s derby was a remarkable milestone that quietly reshaped the narrative of the sport’s most storied rivalry.
For the first time in history, at least two English players faced each other in El Clasico. While both Real Madrid and Barcelona have had English representation in the past, such as Gary Lineker for the Blaugrana and David Beckham, Steve McManaman, and Michael Owen for Los Blancos, none had ever shared the same field in this iconic fixture — until now.
Bellingham and Rashford’s presence symbolized a new chapter for English soccer abroad. Even more striking, Trent Alexander-Arnold — another Englishman — was on Madrid’s bench, signaling that the influence of English talent in Spain’s elite duel could continue for years to come.
Kylian Mbappé and Erling Haaland have been two of the most prolific forwards in world soccer in recent years, consistently finding the back of the net and battling for Golden Boots. However, a former Mbappé teammate at Paris Saint-Germain has weighed in on the ongoing debate between the two superstars, and chose the Manchester City striker over the current Real Madrid ace.
Few players have had the chance to share the pitch with both Mbappé and Haaland, but Gianluigi Donnarumma is one of them. After several seasons at PSG, the Italian goalkeeper completed a move to Manchester City ahead of the 2025–26 season, giving him the opportunity to work alongside the Norwegian phenom.
In an interview with the Daily Mail, Donnarumma was asked which player currently has the most powerful shot in world soccer — and he didn’t hesitate to compare the two: “I think Erling has the most powerful shot in world football. He’s left footed, so he’s different from Kylian.”
The Italian goalkeeper then doubled down when asked which one he’d rather have on his team. “They’re both very difficult to face, but I’d rather have Erling on my team,” Donnarumma admitted, leaving Mbappé off his ideal lineup.
So far in the 2025–26 campaign, both Mbappé and Haaland remain among Europe’s most lethal finishers. The Frenchman has 16 goals in 13 appearances, while the Norwegian has 15 in 12 matches across all competitions. Both trail Bayern Munich’s Harry Kane in the Golden Boot race, but the battle between the two stars remains one of the most compelling storylines of the season.
Despite now being teammates at Manchester City, Donnarumma will have to deal with Haaland’s threat once again this season. During the November international break, Italy will face Norway in a crucial six-point clash at the top of UEFA World Cup Qualifying Group I.
The goalkeeper also discussed his relationship with Haaland and the challenge of facing him for their national teams: “I’d say we just got on well immediately. We have always respected each other, even before we met. We make a lot of banter about playing against each other in the national teams. It will be difficult to face each other, as it will be difficult to play against him. I know how strong he is and what chances he can create. It will be hard to face him both as a player and as a friend.”
Throughout his career, Donnarumma has faced Haaland twice — once in the 2023–24 UEFA Champions League group stage, when PSG defeated Manchester City 4–2 (with Haaland on the scoresheet), and more recently in the 2026 UEFA World Cup qualifiers, when Haaland scored again in Norway’s 3–0 win over Italy.
The drama of El Clasico did not end when the final whistle blew at the Santiago Bernabeu. While Real Madrid celebrated a 2-1 victory over Barcelona, the evening also exposed tension between Vinicius Junior and manager Xabi Alonso, whose relationship has been under scrutiny for weeks. What began as a substitution has now spiraled into one of the most talked-about moments in Spanish soccer — and Real Madrid has now reportedly made its decision on how to handle the controversy.
In the 72nd minute of the match, Alonso’s decision to substitute Vinicius was met with an eruption of anger. Cameras captured the Brazilian forward shouting in disbelief — “Me?! Coach, coach!” — before storming toward the tunnel. As he disappeared down the steps, he was overheard saying, “Always me, I’m leaving the team, it’s better if I leave, I’m leaving,” as reported by The Athletic.
Moments later, Alonso was seen muttering, “Come on, Vini, d*mn it” in visible frustration. The situation encapsulated a growing unease between the two figures. The Brazilian would later return to the bench, though the images of his fury spread rapidly across social media, overshadowing Madrid’s triumph over their fiercest rivals.
This was not an isolated moment. According to Cadena SER, the duo’s relationship has been strained since the summer. The Basque coach reportedly left the winger out of several key matches early in the season, leading to what some insiders have described as “a total lack of communication” between the two. Sources also revealed that Vinicius even asked his agent to explore an exit from Madrid during the final days of the transfer window.
🚨 The Full Clip
— KinG £ (@xKGx__) October 26, 2025
Xabi Alonso decides to substitute Vinicius at the 70th minute,
Vinicius was not happy and explodes in anger 🤬
He left the field 🤯🤯🤯pic.twitter.com/JKdWjmUtcx
Despite those tensions, the 25-year-old had been in strong form and seemed to be adapting to Alonso’s system before this outburst reignited doubts. The episode has forced Los Blancos’ leadership to intervene, hoping to mend a bond that remains crucial for both their immediate and long-term ambitions.
After the match, Alonso and Vinicius reportedly spoke privately in the dressing room. According to Marca and Mundo Deportivo, the conversation helped to calm the situation — and Real Madrid has since made its final decision. “Real Madrid do not intend to take disciplinary action against Vinicius, and will not fine him for his outburst,” reported Marca, confirming the club’s stance. The leadership at Valdebebas considers the incident “an emotional reaction, not a disciplinary breach.”
While some within the club were displeased by the display of frustration — especially given Vinicius’ status as one of the team’s captains — the hierarchy ultimately viewed it as a matter best handled internally. Alonso has been given full authority to decide if any sporting response is necessary, such as benching the forward in upcoming fixtures.
Aquí el enojo de Vinicius Jr con Xabi Alonso por sacarlo de El Clásico.
— MT2 (@madrid_total2) October 26, 2025
Incomprensible el cambio. Vini hizo un PARTIDAZO. pic.twitter.com/2f5QYU8xHj
Despite public speculation of a rift, the Whites have chosen to stand firmly behind Alonso. According to Diario AS, the board has “closed ranks around the coach, making it clear that his authority stands above any player.” Club sources described the Brazilian’s reaction as “exaggerated and unhelpful to the team dynamic.”
Gran triunfo para Xabi Alonso que dijo esto luego del partido. Hablará con Vinicius para calmarlo. pic.twitter.com/44XYiIntdP
— Juan Furlanich 🇦🇷🇻🇪 (@Jfurlanich) October 26, 2025
Alonso is expected to meet Vinicius again in training this week to clear the air and reset their working relationship. The manager’s calm handling of the situation has impressed the club’s executives, who believe it demonstrates his command of the locker room in his first full season in charge.
After skipping the 2025 CONCACAF Gold Cup, Christian Pulisic has drawn heavy criticism from fans and former players. Despite the backlash, he remains in top form and is expected to lead the national team in the 2026 World Cup under Mauricio Pochettino. Nonetheless, a former USMNT player added to the scrutiny by criticizing the 27-year-old star and highlighting a key role absent in the current roster for the upcoming major tournament.
“I don’t think that Christian Pulisic is the captain that this team needs or that this team wants… The notion that your best player is not necessarily equipped to be a captain is nothing new. We have seen it over the years and it is completely valid …That doesn’t mean he doesn’t have passion… But I just don’t think that this team has a captain that would qualify on the ‘Bad Boys’ of the Detroit Pistons,” Former USMNT player Alexi Lalas said, via State of the Union podcast.
In 2025, Tim Ream has been the most frequent captain for the USMNT, wearing the armband ten times. However, at 38, his ability to start in the 2026 World Cup is in question. Consequently, attention turns to Tyler Adams, the captain during the 2022 tournament, though his recent injuries and form issues have hindered his consistency. This situation has led Alexi Lalas to highlight the absence of a vocal leader in the squad that Pulisic may not accomplish.
While Alexi Lalas questions Christian Pulisic’s leadership qualities, AC Milan legend Marcel Desailly stands firm praising his talent and leadership capacities. Notably, the 27-year-old winger has experience with the captain’s armband for the USMNT, having made history on November 20, 2018, as the youngest captain at just 20 years and 63 days. Given this, Pulisic could be a prime candidate to lead the U.S. squad at the 2026 World Cup.
Alexi Lalas highlights the lack of a commanding vocal leader on the USMNT, while Mauricio Pochettino’s squad remains a puzzle. Despite securing wins against Japan and Australia in just four matches since the 2025 Gold Cup loss, they could not overcome the more formidable challenges posed by South Korea and Ecuador. For that reason, the team’s inconsistent performances continue to stir uncertainty rather than confidence.
Without facing formidable opponents in friendlies, doubts linger over the USMNT’s competitiveness. While they showcase strong offensive capabilities, defensive weaknesses raise significant concerns. However, coach Pochettino has revitalized the roster by integrating dynamic attacking talents, and as they gear up for the 2026 World Cup, testing themselves against some European nations could bolster their performances.
It’s the first midweek round of Serie A action this season, and while Milan travels to Bergamo to face an unbeaten Atalanta, one notable name is missing from the Rossoneri squad sheet. Christian Pulisic, Milan’s standout performer so far this season, has been ruled out of the crucial clash.
After a frustrating 2-2 draw against Pisa at San Siro last Friday, Massimiliano Allegri’s Rossoneri now find themselves chasing Napoli in the Serie A standings. The trip to the New Balance Arena in Bergamo comes at a delicate moment for the club, which remains unbeaten but has stumbled in recent weeks.
But as the teams prepare for kick-off, fans quickly noticed the absence of one of Milan’s most influential players — Christian Pulisic. The American winger, who has been directly involved in eight goals this season (six goals and two assists), was not included in the matchday squad. The American has been a driving force in Milan’s early-season resurgence, recently winning Serie A Player of the Month for September.
In fact, Pulisic is sidelined due to a low-grade hamstring injury picked up during the October international window. The setback occurred while the 27-year-old was representing the United States Men’s National Team in a friendly match against Australia on October 14 in Colorado. He was forced off the field in the 31st minute after feeling discomfort in his right leg. Milan’s medical staff later confirmed that the injury was mild but required careful management.
❗️ Christian Pulisic has suffered an injury in his right hamstring during the USA match vs Australia.
— Milan Matters (@MilanMatters) October 15, 2025
pic.twitter.com/mKxjWShVCa
Head coach Massimiliano Allegri provided an update in his pre-match press conference, ruling out any possibility of Pulisic featuring against Atalanta or Roma in the coming days. “Absolutely not against Roma,” Allegri said when asked about a possible early return. “We hope to have him on the bench against Parma.”
That timeline suggests that Pulisic will miss at least 10 more days of action, sitting out the club’s next fixtures against Atalanta and Roma, before potentially returning for the Parma clash on November 8, just before the international break.
According to Milannews.it, Milan is “prioritizing his long-term fitness rather than rushing him back.” The club’s medical staff reportedly advised Allegri to give the winger additional recovery time, especially with crucial fixtures ahead — including the Milan derby after the break.
The situation has also created tension between Milan and the U.S. Soccer Federation. Reports in La Gazzetta dello Sport suggest that CEO Giorgio Furlani is in discussions with the American federation to prevent the winger from being called up for the November friendlies against Paraguay and Uruguay.
The reasoning is simple: the matches carry no competitive significance, and the Serie A giant wants to avoid the risk of another transatlantic trip that could delay Pulisic’s full recovery. The Rossoneri’s stance is that keeping him at Milanello through the break would benefit both club and country in the long run.
Xiaomi is taking its next big software step with HyperOS 3, an update built on Android 16 that aims to deliver smarter AI features, smoother performance, and a slightly updated interface. The rollout begins with the Xiaomi 15T and 15T Pro in Europe, with more devices to follow in the coming months.
According to Xiaomi, the global rollout will expand in stages through early 2026. Beta users are the first to receive it—others can check for the update under Settings > About Phone > System Update.
The initial wave (October–November) covers the Xiaomi 15 series, 15 Ultra, Redmi Note 14, and Poco F7/X7 lineups. From November to December, it is expected to reach the Xiaomi 14 series, Poco F6, and several midrange Redmi models. The final phase (December–March 2026) includes older flagships like the Xiaomi 12 and 13 series, ensuring most recent devices get the upgrade.
One of the biggest additions is Hyper Island, a pill-shaped hub at the top of the screen that combines notifications, live activities, and quick actions into a single space. It works with over 70 apps and services, letting users control music or reply to messages without switching apps.
HyperOS 3 also introduces several AI-powered tools:
DeepThink Note Writing – expands ideas into detailed notes or summaries.
AI Voice Translation – provides real-time, multilingual translation.
AI Noise Reduction – improves recorded audio clarity.
Gallery AI Search – helps find photos by content or objects.
System-Wide AI Search – quickly locates apps and files.
AI Image Description & Summarization – turns visuals into context or captions.
Xiaomi says the update brings a 30% boost in overall performance, with apps opening 21% faster, energy efficiency up by 10%, and fewer frame drops in games. More than 100 small animation tweaks also make navigation feel smoother across the interface.
However, it’s still unclear whether these AI features will roll out across all models or remain exclusive to Xiaomi’s premium devices. Many of the tools, including image generation, are powered by Google AI and likely run on cloud servers rather than locally.
Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
(Source: Xiaomi)
The post Xiaomi HyperOS 3 launches globally with a host of smart features appeared first on Gizmochina.
In the world of smartphones, the line between “affordable flagship” and “true flagship” continues to blur. With the arrival of the Redmi K90 Pro Max and the Xiaomi 17 Pro Max, buyers now have two powerhouse options from the Xiaomi ecosystem. While both offer cutting edge hardware, the K90 Pro Max delivers near flagship hardware at a more accessible price point. Considering some of their specs are also identical, what’s the difference between the budget flagship and the brand’s true flagship?
The Chinese tech giant’s two new Pro Max models feature a very similar design language, with flat rear and front, a metallic frame on the side, and rounded corners. However, the Xiaomi 17 Pro Max’s unique secondary cover display on the back is a key highlight. This tiny 2.9-inch panel can not only display crucial information like date, time, and notifications, but it also doubles as a camera viewfinder, showcases live statuses (active tasks like cabs, music playback, others), features virtual pets, and much more.
On the front, Xiaomi equips both the Redmi K90 Pro Max and Xiaomi 17 Pro Max with the same 6.9-inch 2K OLED flat M10 LTPO panel with a 120Hz refresh rate, 3500 nits of peak brightness, DC dimming, and Xiaomi’s Dragon Crystal Glass for protection. So, apart from the cover screen, the visual experience is basically the same.
Another major aspect that remains unchanged between the two devices is the Qualcomm chip under the hood. The brand offers the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset, built on a 3nm process and designed for high performance. This flagship chip is paired with up to 16GB of RAM and 1TB of internal storage.
A massive 7,500mAh battery pack powers the Xiaomi 17 Pro Max, while the Redmi K90 Pro Max barely edges ahead with a 7,560mAh cell. The duo supports 100W wired fast charging, 50W wireless fast charging, and 22.5W reverse wired charging (22.5W reverse wireless charging support on the Xiaomi 17 Pro Max).
While Xiaomi’s top of the line smartphone gets a dual display setup, Redmi’s premium smartphone also gets a unique feature on the rear. Alongside its camera lenses, there is a dedicated woofer with ‘Sound by Bose’, which is a part of the 2.1 stereo sound field that includes the dual speakers.
Just like how the Redmi K90 Pro Max borrows the display from the 17 Pro Max, the K90 Pro Max borrows its main camera from another Xiaomi 17 series model. It arrives with a 50MP 1/1.31″ Light Fusion 950 sensor with OIS that is also found on the standard Xiaomi 17. This is paired with a 50MP ultra wide angle lens and a 50MP 5x periscope telephoto shooter (a first for the brand). For selfies and video calls, the front houses a 20MP camera.
On the other hand, the Xiaomi 17 Pro Max packs a larger 50MP Light Hunter 950L main sensor (1/1.28″), 50MP ultra wide angle lens, and 50MP periscope telephoto shooter with 5x zoom. There is also a 50MP shooter for selfies and video calls. Apart from better hardware, this model also brings Xiaomi’s collaboration with Leica.
Lastly, let’s talk about the pricing. Xiaomi sells the 17 Pro Max with a starting price tag of 5,999 Yuan (roughly 841 US Dollars) for the 12GB + 512GB starting option. Meanwhile, the 12GB + 256GB base variant of the Redmi K90 Pro Max costs 3,999 Yuan (roughly 561 US Dollars). The higher 12GB + 512GB option costs 4,499 Yuan. So choosing between the Redmi K90 Pro Max and the Xiaomi 17 Pro Max comes down to what you prioritize most.
If you’re looking for high-end performance, a large battery, and a strong all-around phone at a better value, the K90 Pro Max stands out as a very compelling option. But if you want every premium feature, a richer camera system, a secondary display and the absolute top tier of flagship finishing, the 17 Pro Max delivers that.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Tech enthusiast? Get the latest news first! Follow our Telegram channel and subscribe to our free newsletter for your daily tech fix! 
The post Redmi K90 Pro Max vs Xiaomi 17 Pro Max: What Sets the Budget Flagship Apart? appeared first on Gizmochina.
Oppo has recently unveiled the Find X9 smartphone for the global market, a couple of weeks after its launch in China.
The Find X9 comes with a 6.59-inch AMOLED display offering a 2760×1256 resolution, 120Hz refresh rate, and 3600 nits of peak brightness. It also features 3840Hz PWM dimming for reduced flicker. The design includes a flat aluminum frame and matte glass back, available in Titanium Grey, Space Black, and Velvet Red. It holds IP66, IP68, and IP69 ratings for dust and water resistance.
The Find X9 features the new Hasselblad Master Camera System, developed in collaboration with Hasselblad. It includes a 50MP main camera using the 1/1.4-inch Sony LYT-808 sensor with an f/1.6 aperture that captures 57% more light for better low-light shots. The setup also includes a 50MP ultra-wide camera with autofocus for macro photography and a 50MP periscope telephoto lens based on the Sony LYT600 sensor for optical zoom. A dedicated 2MP True Color Camera analyzes ambient light for accurate color output.
The LUMO Image Engine improves clarity and tone while using up to 50% less CPU power. It automatically adjusts between 50MP, 25MP, and 12MP modes depending on lighting to balance detail and noise.
Powering the device is the MediaTek Dimensity 9500 chipset built on a 3nm process. It delivers 32% faster CPU performance and cuts peak power draw by 55%. The Arm G1 Ultra GPU improves graphics by 33% and works with advanced vapor cooling for sustained performance.
The phone houses a 7025mAh battery in a slim 7.99mm frame. Using OPPO’s third-generation Silicon-Carbon technology, it maintains 80% capacity after five years of use. It supports 80W SUPERVOOC wired charging, 50W AIRVOOC wireless charging, and 10W reverse wireless charging.
Running ColorOS 16 based on Android 16, the phone adds AI tools like AI Mind Space, AI Recorder, and AI Portrait Glow. O+ Connect allows cross-device control with Windows and Mac, supporting screen mirroring and remote file access.
The OPPO Find X9 is priced at €999 (USD 1164) for the 12GB + 512GB variant. Global sales begin in early November 2025, with the Find X9 Pro launching alongside it. Both models will arrive in India in November.
Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
The post OPPO Find X9 Launched Globally with Hasselblad Cameras, Dimensity 9500 Chip & a Massive Battery appeared first on Gizmochina.
Insta360’s latest 360° action camera is proof that big performance doesn’t need to come with bulk. The newly launched X4 Air takes the company’s high-res 8K shooting chops and packs them into a body lighter than most smartphones — a move that could make full 360° capture more spontaneous than ever.
Announced on October 28, the X4 Air weighs just 165 grams (0.36 lbs) — that’s 38 grams lighter than the original X4. Its 46 x 113.8 x 37 mm matte-finish frame (in Graphite Black or Arctic White) feels purpose-built for creators on the go, slipping easily into a jacket pocket or small camera pouch.
Under the hood, you’ll find dual 1/1.8-inch CMOS sensors rated at 29MP with f/1.95 lenses, capable of shooting 8K video at 30fps or 6K at 24fps.
The camera carries over familiar modes from previous models — Active HDR, InstaFrame, timelapse, loop recording, and Road Mode — alongside FlowState stabilization and 360° Horizon Lock to keep footage smooth even when things get bumpy. Through the Insta360 app, creators can reframe, auto-edit, and export clips in minutes using built-in AI tools.
Power comes from a 2,010 mAh removable battery, good for around 88 minutes of 8K recording (the same as the Insta360 X5) or 100 minutes at 6K. As for charging, it hits 80% at around 36 minutes and 100% at around 57 minutes.
Pricing starts at $399.99 / €399.99 for the base kit, which includes the camera, battery, and essentials. The Starter Bundle adds an 114 cm invisible selfie stick, lens cap, and spare battery for $439.99 / €429.99. Both are available now via Insta360’s website and Amazon.
The X4 Air isn’t trying to reinvent 360° cameras — it’s streamlining them. By trimming weight and simplifying operation while keeping 8K clarity, Insta360 may have found the sweet spot for everyday creators who want cinematic results without a full backpack of gear.
The post Insta360 X4 Air launches as its lightest-ever 8K 360° action camera appeared first on Gizmochina.
OPPO has launched its flagship Find X9 Pro, introduced globally alongside the standard Find X9, just weeks after their debut in China. The new lineup brings major upgrades in imaging, performance, and battery efficiency, powered by the latest ColorOS 16 platform.
The Find X9 Pro features an Ultra XDR Main Camera with a custom 1/1.28-inch Sony LYT828 sensor and Real-Time Triple Exposure technology that captures details across both bright and dark areas in one shot.
Its standout feature is the 200MP Hasselblad Telephoto Camera, developed in partnership with Hasselblad. The 3x zoom lens uses a 1/1.56-inch Samsung HP5 sensor and an f/2.1 aperture, offering better light capture and detailed close-up shots from as close as 10cm. OPPO’s Active Optical Alignment system ensures precise lens calibration, improving resolution by up to 15%.
The setup is completed by a 50MP ultra-wide camera and a 2MP True Color sensor, forming OPPO’s most advanced imaging system yet. The LUMO Image Engine enhances dynamic range, color accuracy, and computational efficiency while cutting CPU and power load by up to 50%. Users can record 4K 120fps Dolby Vision HDR video or LOG footage with ACES certification for professional color grading.
The Find X9 Pro runs on the Dimensity 9500 SoC built on a 3nm process, paired with 16GB LPDDR5X RAM and 512GB UFS 4.1 storage. The All-Big-Core design delivers up to 32% faster performance while using less power. It packs a 7500mAh Silicon-Carbon battery, the largest ever in an OPPO flagship, supporting 80W SUPERVOOC wired, 50W AIRVOOC wireless, and reverse charging.
The phone sports a 6.78-inch LTPO AMOLED display with a 2780×1264 resolution, 1–120Hz adaptive refresh rate, 3840Hz PWM dimming, and 3600 nits peak brightness. It supports Dolby Vision for HDR playback.
Built with a matte aluminum frame and glass back, it weighs 224g and measures 8.25mm thick. It is IP66, IP68, and IP69 rated for dust and water resistance. Available in Silk White and Titanium Charcoal, it combines durability with a premium look.
Running on Android 16, ColorOS 16 brings smoother animations with Seamless Animation and the Luminous Rendering Engine. AI tools like AI Recorder, AI Portrait Glow, and AI Mind Space enhance productivity and creativity. The new O+ Connect feature allows real-time screen mirroring and cross-device control on Windows and Mac.
The OPPO Find X9 Pro (16GB + 512GB) is priced at €1299 (USD 1514). The Find X9 series will roll out globally in early November 2025, with India confirmed among the first launch markets.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories!
The post OPPO Find X9 Pro Launched Globally with 200MP Hasselblad Camera, Dimensity 9500 SoC & 7500mAh Battery appeared first on Gizmochina.
CLAW has launched the GH40 Wired RGB Gaming Headset in India. It is built for gamers who want clear sound, comfort during long sessions, and easy compatibility with different devices.
The GH40 features 50mm dynamic drivers that deliver deep bass and sharp highs, helping players hear every detail like footsteps, gunfire, and ambient sounds. The audio is balanced, making it suitable not only for gaming but also for music and movies.
It comes with a flexible noise-reducing microphone that keeps your voice clear and blocks background noise. This ensures smooth communication whether you are giving in-game commands or chatting with teammates.
Designed for long hours of use, the GH40 has a lightweight build, an adjustable padded headband, and soft ear cushions for lasting comfort. The 2-meter braided cable is strong and flexible, while the inline controller gives you quick access to volume and mic mute controls.
The headset connects through a 3.5mm audio jack, making it compatible with PCs, laptops, smartphones, PlayStations, and Xbox consoles. No setup or software is needed; you can plug it in and start playing right away. The earcups feature multicolor RGB lighting.
The CLAW GH40 Wired RGB Gaming Headset is available for ₹2,490, with a limited-time offer of ₹1,490 on Amazon.in and Originshop.co.in.
Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
The post CLAW GH40 Gaming Headset Debuts in India with 50mm Drivers and RGB Lighting appeared first on Gizmochina.
Dreame has officially stepped into the home audio segment with the launch of its first two soundbar systems: the Pano S1 and Pano S2. The S1 targets mid-range buyers at 2,199 yuan ($309), while the S2 is a high-end model priced at 4,098 yuan ($576). Both models support Dolby Atmos and come equipped with Bluetooth 5.4 for wireless streaming.
The Dreame Pano S1 is a 3.1.2-channel soundbar system with a total power output of 500 watts. It includes a main bar with nine speaker drivers and a separate 6.5-inch wireless subwoofer. The main bar features three full-range units, three tweeters, and two upward-firing speakers for Dolby Atmos. Dreame has used plant-fiber composite diaphragms in the full-range drivers and silk-dome tweeters to enhance audio quality across all frequencies.
The S1 supports a frequency range from 45Hz to 20kHz. Dreame has designed the subwoofer with an instant-fold surround structure to improve low-end performance. The system includes three sound modes: Music, Cinema, and Game, to suit different types of content.
In terms of design, the S1 uses a Bauhaus-inspired aesthetic and comes in Walnut Black and Walnut Grey finishes. It features a front-facing LED display and offers input options such as HDMI (eARC), optical, AUX, USB, and Bluetooth 5.4. The soundbar measures 863.4 × 102.2 × 61.5 mm, and the subwoofer measures 192 × 295 × 370 mm. The total weight is 6.8 kilograms without packaging.
The Pano S2 is a 5.1.2-channel system that includes a main soundbar, an 8-inch wireless subwoofer, and two independent rear speakers. It features 12 speaker drivers in total and delivers 630 watts of peak output. The main bar houses three full-range drivers, two tweeters, and two upward-firing Atmos speakers. The rear units each include two drivers, one tweeter and one full-range, for a more immersive surround sound experience.
The S2 covers a frequency response from 40Hz to 20kHz. Like the S1, it uses composite plant-fiber and silk-dome diaphragm materials to improve clarity and accuracy across the audio spectrum. The system supports the same three sound modes and uses Bluetooth 5.4 for stable low-latency streaming.
For connectivity, it includes HDMI 2.1 (eARC/ARC), optical, AUX, USB, and DC input. The Pano S2 features an Obsidian Black finish with a brushed metal nameplate. The soundbar measures 938 × 102.2 × 61.5 mm, the subwoofer measures 192 × 356 × 375 mm, and each rear speaker measures 205 × 102.2 × 61.5 mm. The total weight is 10.4 kilograms without packaging.
Dreame confirmed that both models were acoustically tuned in collaboration with audio specialists who have over two decades of experience.
In related news, Dreame has unveiled its V3000 Aura 4K Mini LED TVs featuring 2800 nits peak brightness and Dolby Atmos sound, along with the new 501L cross-door refrigerator offering -32°C deep freezing and VITA humidity control.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 
The post Dreame launches S1 and S2 Dolby Atmos soundbars featuring 500W-630W output appeared first on Gizmochina.
The iPhone Air arrived as Apple’s slimmest flagship yet, but talk of weak demand and slashed production quickly threatened to overshadow its debut. Now, a major analyst firm is pushing back, saying output is holding steady despite reports to the contrary.
In an October 26 investor note seen by AppleInsider, TD Cowen analysts said their supply chain checks show “no changes” to iPhone Air production for 2025. The firm’s data points to stable forecasts — around 3 million units for the September quarter and 7 million for the December quarter. Overall iPhone 17 series production remains at roughly 54 million and 79 million units for the same periods, suggesting solid demand across the lineup.
That view directly contradicts a string of more pessimistic reports earlier this month. On October 17, Japan’s Mizuho Securities claimed Apple had reduced iPhone Air production by a million units, shifting focus to other models instead. Days later, analyst Ming-Chi Kuo backed that narrative, citing scaled-back capacity.
TD Cowen, however, says its conclusions come from direct supplier verification rather than anonymous chain chatter. The firm suggests rival reports may have misread Apple’s short-term manufacturing adjustments. Cupertino’s just-in-time system often shifts builds within weeks based on early sales data — especially when Pro models outsell expectations at launch.
The iPhone Air occupies a unique middle ground in Apple’s lineup: slimmer and lighter than the Pro but priced higher than the base model at $999. Its launch faced minor headwinds, including eSIM regulatory delays in China and early complaints about its smaller 3,149mAh battery compared to the Pro’s 4,252mAh (eSIM model). Even so, TD Cowen’s note points to consistent output and confidence in the model’s long-term performance.
The Air’s projected 10 million-unit total for this cycle is modest next to the 50+ million Pro models, but it aligns with Apple’s segmented strategy. As the holiday quarter unfolds, real sales numbers will tell whether Apple’s ultra-thin gamble pays off — or if the early skepticism sticks.
Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
The post iPhone Air production cuts: TD Cowen counters earlier supply chain rumors appeared first on Gizmochina.
Samsung’s foldable lineup has come a long way, but one thing has stuck around since the very first model — that visible crease down the middle of the screen. Now, a new report suggests the Galaxy Z Fold 8 might finally be the one to smooth things out, both literally and figuratively.
According to Korean outlet Deal Site, Samsung plans to use an ASP laser-drilled metal plate under the main display to eliminate the crease entirely. The component, dotted with microscopic holes to allow bending without stress marks, should keep the screen looking flat while maintaining the device’s signature foldability. The technology was first rumored earlier this year and could debut in mid-2026. Interestingly, Apple is said to be exploring a similar approach for its first foldable iPhone, expected in 2027.
The report also mentions a welcome battery upgrade — a 5,000mAh (or slightly larger) cell, up from the Z Fold 7’s 4,400mAh. That extra capacity, combined with the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 2 chip, could give the Fold 8 far better endurance, especially when using its large 8-inch inner screen.
Another detail that may please long-time fans is the possible return of S Pen support. The stylus was dropped from the Z Fold 7 to keep the body slimmer, but Samsung seems to have found a way to integrate the digitizer without adding noticeable bulk. That would help the Fold 8 regain some productivity edge and keep existing Galaxy Fold users from jumping ship to rival brands.
With Apple’s entry set for 2027, 2026 could be a landmark year for the next generation of folding phones. If things go as planned, the Galaxy Z Fold 8 could arrive by mid-2026, with a starting price of around $1,999 — matching or slightly topping the Fold 7.
Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
The post Galaxy Z Fold 8 could eliminate the crease with a laser-treated back plate, pack 5000mAh battery, and reintroduce S Pen appeared first on Gizmochina.
Portronics has launched the Beem 550 Smart LED Projector in India. The projector targets users who want a portable, easy-to-use home entertainment device with built-in streaming capabilities.
It is priced at ₹9,999 ($113) and is available through Portronics.com, Amazon, Flipkart, and other major retailers. The company is offering a 12-month warranty with the product.
The Beem 550 projects in native 720p resolution and supports up to 1080p Full HD playback. It uses a 6000-lumen LED light source and offers a contrast ratio of 2000:1. Portronics claims the projector delivers clear and vibrant visuals even in well-lit rooms. The device supports projection sizes up to 100 inches with a throw distance ranging between 1.2 and 4 meters. The LED lamp is rated for up to 40,000 hours of usage.
Portronics has equipped the projector with autofocus and auto keystone correction. These features automatically align the picture and eliminate the need for manual setup. The built-in telescopic monopod stand supports adjustable height and angle, allowing users to set it up on a table or floor without additional accessories.
The Beem 550 runs on Android TV and includes popular streaming apps such as Netflix, Prime Video, Disney+ Hotstar, and YouTube. It allows direct streaming without the need for external devices. The projector comes with 1GB of RAM and 8GB of internal storage to handle streaming and app operations smoothly.
The device features a 5W bottom-mounted speaker and supports common audio formats like MP3, AAC, FLAC, WAV, and OGG. It also provides an AUX output for connecting external speakers or sound systems.
For connectivity, the projector offers dual-band Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 5.0, HDMI input, USB-A port, and screen mirroring support for seamless device pairing.
In related news, Portronics has recently introduced the Toad Ergo 4 vertical wireless mouse priced at Rs. 899, along with a compact $320 Pocket Projector capable of projecting screens up to 100 inches.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories!
The post Portronics launches Beem 550 Smart LED Projector with auto focus, built-in stand & Android TV appeared first on Gizmochina.
In a small garage turned workshop, a father and son have built what might be the world’s fastest drone — and it wasn’t made in a lab, but on a 3D printer. The Peregreen 3, a hand-crafted quadcopter designed by Mike Bell and his son Luke Maximo Bell, has reportedly hit 585 km/h (363.5 mph) in a test flight, breaking the previous drone speed record by 27 km/h.
The record-attempt flight, documented with GPS and onboard video, still awaits Guinness certification as of writing. But it continues a streak for the Bells, who have been chasing speed records for years. Their last model, the Peregreen 2, topped out at 480 km/h — already among the fastest in the world.
The Peregreen 3’s secret is brute force and clever engineering. Its electric motors pull 16.2 kW at peak power, almost double the output of its predecessor, with energy supplied by a 16 kW battery pack. The entire drone weighs 2.77 kg, a full kilogram heavier than before, but gains stability from custom APC propellers designed to avoid supersonic tip speeds.
After an early prototype caught fire, the pair introduced a 50 ml water-cooling system to replace air vents and reduce drag. They also reworked the GPS setup, mounting the receiver directly on the camera to eliminate interference. The result: a more aerodynamic, cooler, and faster craft.
Each flight lasts just under two minutes — full-throttle runs are capped at about 23 seconds to prevent total battery drain. But that’s long enough to prove their point: DIY engineering can still move at blistering speed.
With a few printers, CAD tools, and a lot of persistence, two builders managed to outrun billion-dollar research teams — and they’re already planning the next iteration.
Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
(Source)
The post 3D printed and hand-crafted drone breaks 585 km/h speed record appeared first on Gizmochina.
The Tecno Pop 10 has appeared on the Google Play Console, as reported by TheTechOutlook, revealing key specifications and hinting at an imminent launch.
Listed under the model number KM4s, the Tecno Pop 10 comes with 4GB of RAM and runs on Android 15. It is powered by the Spreadtrum UMS9230E processor, which includes two ARM Cortex-A75 cores clocked at 1.80GHz and six ARM Cortex-A55 cores running at 1.60GHz. The phone also features the ARM Mali G57 GPU for graphics. It is worth mentioning that this processor does not support 5G connectivity, but offers 4G LTE.
The listing mentions an HD+ display with a resolution of 720 x 1600 pixels and a pixel density of 280 DPI. This confirms that the Pop 10 will focus on basic performance and display quality suitable for daily use. Since the model name is already visible on the Play Console, it is likely that Tecno will announce the phone officially very soon.
Its predecessor, the Pop 9 4G launched last year with a 6.67-inch HD+ LCD display offering a 90Hz refresh rate. It runs on a MediaTek Helio G50 chipset paired with 3GB of LPDDR4X RAM and 64GB of eMMC storage. In terms of cameras, the device features a 13-megapixel rear sensor and an 8-megapixel front camera for selfies. It ships with Android 14 Go Edition layered with HiOS 14.
It is powered by a 5,000mAh battery that supports 15W charging. Other features include a 3.5mm headphone jack, a side-mounted fingerprint sensor, and an IP54 rating for dust and water resistance. We can expect its successor to feature an slightly bigger battery.
Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
(via: Thetechoutlook)
The post Tecno Pop 10 Appears on Google Play Console with Android 15 and Spreadtrum Chip appeared first on Gizmochina.
DJI looks set to expand its compact drone lineup again, with the Neo 2 now circling for takeoff. Leaks suggest the updated model will bring a slightly higher price tag — but still stay friendly to casual flyers.
The brand has recently hinted at an October 30 launch event under the tagline “Everything Under Control.” Now, leaker billbil-kun says that the event will be limited to China, with the global rollout following on November 13. The short delay likely gives DJI time to clear certifications and stock up for the holiday rush.
The Neo 2’s pricing has also surfaced, showing a small bump over early rumors. The base Fly Solo Bundle—which includes the drone and a single battery—will reportedly start at $259 in the US, £209 in the UK, and €239 in Europe. The Fly More Combo (three batteries, Motion 3 controller, and Goggles N3 adapter) is said to hit $429, while the top-tier Motion Fly More Combo could reach $599.
In return, buyers can expect meaningful upgrades, including 2-axis gimbal stabilization—a step up from the single-axis tilt setup on the previous model—and omnidirectional obstacle avoidance.
Even with the price hike, it’s far cheaper than models like the Mini 4 Pro ($759) while promising far better visuals than the original Neo, and is aimed at vloggers and hobbyists who value portability and affordability above all else.
With billbil-kun’s solid leak record and DJI’s teaser already live, expect full details by the end of the month. The Neo 2 may not just fly—it could easily become this season’s go-to travel drone.
Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
The post DJI Neo 2 global launch tipped for November 13, starting at $259 appeared first on Gizmochina.
Huawei and Beijing Automotive Group (BAIC) are set to launch the refreshed Stelato S9 in November 2025. The luxury sedan, positioned as a flagship under Huawei’s Harmony Intelligent Mobility Alliance (HIMA), showcases how the tech giant is embedding its smart systems deeper into the automotive industry. This will be the first major update since the S9 debuted in August 2024.
Although the car carries Huawei’s design and technology, it isn’t built by Huawei itself. Instead, it represents the company’s growing collaborations with major automakers to bring its hardware, software, and smart driving technologies to the road.
The 2026 Stelato S9 retains its large, flowing sedan design but adds new premium styling touches. The front continues with Huawei’s signature “Universe Headlight” layout, now upgraded to the “Brilliant Star River” design. A new “Universe Star” emblem and a “Nebula Through-type” taillight bar give it a more futuristic look.
With a length of 5.16 meters and a wheelbase of 3.05 meters, the sedan promises spacious interiors, particularly focusing on rear-seat comfort and luxury. Customization options include unique trims, alloy wheels, and electronic side mirrors.
One of the biggest upgrades is the introduction of Huawei’s Qiankun ADS 4 autonomous driving system. The setup includes 4 LiDARs, 4D radar, and 36 sensors for 360° environmental awareness. This technology enables advanced driver-assistance and semi-autonomous driving features.
Buyers can choose between two versions: a pure electric (EV) model built on an 800V platform with a range of over 800 km, or an extended-range electric (EREV) model that offers up to 1,300 km using a gasoline-powered generator. Prices start at RMB 309,800 (≈ USD 43,500).
The Stelato S9 isn’t Huawei’s first car, but it is the first vehicle co-developed with BAIC, expanding Huawei’s automotive footprint beyond its existing Aito, Luxeed, and Maextro brands. This collaboration reflects Huawei’s goal of merging AI, smart sensors, and EV technology into mainstream cars, strengthening China’s position in the global electric vehicle market.
For consumers, this means smarter, more connected cars at competitive prices, while for the industry, it signals a new phase where tech firms rival traditional automakers in innovation and intelligence.
Read More:
The post Huawei–BAIC Stelato S9: Huawei’s Flagship Smart Sedan Gets a Major Upgrade appeared first on Gizmochina.
Nothing has one more trick up its sleeve before this year ends. While the CEO previously claimed that the Phone (3) series is complete, the Nothing Phone (3a) Lite model was later confirmed, with its launch being right around the corner. But just a day ahead of its debut, the cheapest Nothing phone had its price, storage, and more details leaked. So here’s what we know.
The latest rumor arrives from known tipster Paras Guglani, who shared the details on X (formerly Twitter). PassionateGeekz, as he’s known on X, claims that the Phone (3a) Lite 5G will debut with 8GB of RAM and 128GB of internal storage. It is unclear if there are higher configurations planned, although this might likely be the case. Nothing will reportedly launch the Phone (3a) Lite in two color options, including Black and White.
In the Indian market, this device will target the budget segment thanks to its 18,999 INR price tag. Apparently, the India launch will arrive a short while after the 29th October 2025 global announcement. Meanwhile, first sales are expected to kick off on 4th November 2025. Apart from this, not a lot of details are available regarding this phone, so stick around for more.
I’ve already seen the Nothing Phone (3a) Lite, and let’s say I can’t reveal a lot of details at this moment. However, I am at liberty to say that the brand will release the Phone (3a) Lite in the Indian market in an exclusive color option. Once again, I can’t reveal the color, but there’s a clue in this article already.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!
The post Nothing Phone (3a) Lite Price, Storage, & More Leaked Ahead of Launch appeared first on Gizmochina.
Oppo has launched the Find X9 Series globally along with ColorOS 16. This is the first global smartphone lineup to use MediaTek’s new 3nm Dimensity 9500 processor. Oppo has also confirmed the India launch, and a dedicated microsite is now live on the Oppo India website.
The Indian microsite confirms that both the Find X9 and Find X9 Pro will arrive in the country. The Find X9 will be available in Titanium Grey, while the Find X9 Pro will come in Silk White. Oppo will also release the Enco Buds3 Pro+ in Blue and Black, and the Hasselblad Teleconverter Kit for the Find X9 Pro. The kit includes a teleconverter lens, a magnetic camera grip, a magnetic back cover, and a shoulder strap.
The Find X9 is powered by a 7,025mAh silicon-carbon battery with 80W wired and 50W wireless charging. The Find X9 Pro uses a larger 7,500mAh battery with 90W wired charging. Oppo claims up to 69 hours of mixed use for the X9 and up to 80 hours for the X9 Pro.
Both phones run Android 16 with ColorOS 16 and are powered by the Dimensity 9500 chip, offering up to 32% faster single-core performance than last year’s models. The Find X9 has a 6.59-inch 120Hz AMOLED display, while the Find X9 Pro features a 6.78-inch LTPO AMOLED screen that reaches up to 3,600 nits of brightness.
The Find X9 Pro features a 50MP Sony LYT-828 main camera, a 50MP ultrawide lens, and a 200MP 3x periscope telephoto camera, along with a 50MP selfie shooter. The standard Find X9 swaps the periscope for a 50MP telephoto lens.
In India, Oppo is offering a ₹99 Privilege Pack with the Find X9 Series. It includes a Premium Gift Box, a free 80W SuperVOOC adapter (via coupon), a ₹1,000 exchange discount coupon, and a two-year battery protection plan. Buyers who skip the pack will still get the Premium Gift Box.
Oppo will reveal India pricing and availability soon. In Europe, the Find X9 is expected to cost €999, and the Find X9 Pro €1,299, both with 12GB RAM and 512GB storage.
Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
(Source)
The post Oppo Find X9 Series Launch Teaser Reveals India Offers, Enco Buds3 Pro+, and Hasselblad Accessories appeared first on Gizmochina.
China has achieved a significant milestone in semiconductor technology that could alter the global landscape in chip manufacturing. A team led by Professor Hailin Peng from Peking University, working with domestic collaborators, has developed a method to reduce defects in chip lithography dramatically. Using cryo-electron tomography, a technique more commonly seen in biology, the researchers visualized how light-sensitive photoresist materials behave at the molecular level during chip production.
For the first time, scientists were able to see how photoresist polymers interact in liquid film and at gas–liquid interfaces, uncovering the hidden causes of defects that limit chip yields. The team’s new process reportedly eliminated up to 99% of these defects under industrial conditions, marking a turning point for China’s semiconductor ambitions.
Photoresist materials are essential for defining nanoscale circuits on silicon wafers. Until now, China has depended heavily on imports, with over 90% of its photoresist supply coming from Japan. By developing its own high-performance photoresist and imaging technology, China is moving closer to self-reliance in one of the most critical areas of chipmaking.
The discovery could improve manufacturing yields in processes like lithography, etching, and cleaning, vital steps for producing chips at 7nm and smaller scales. It also strengthens China’s position in the global semiconductor supply chain, which has long been dominated by companies in the U.S., Japan, and South Korea.
This development adds fresh urgency to U.S. efforts to maintain technological leadership. While American institutions such as the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) are advancing photoresist metrology and next-generation EUV lithography, China’s rapid progress suggests a narrowing gap.
The U.S. has invested heavily under the CHIPS and Science Act to bolster domestic semiconductor R&D, including materials and lithography systems. However, China’s success in solving long-standing material science problems shows it is no longer just catching up but setting new benchmarks in applied semiconductor research.
China’s progress in lithography materials signals more than scientific advancement; it’s a strategic move toward technological independence. By tackling one of the toughest bottlenecks in chip production, China is positioning itself as a formidable competitor in the race for semiconductor supremacy.
For the U.S., the challenge now is to accelerate innovation not just in chip design and fabrication, but in the underlying materials science that powers the future of computing.
Read More:
(via)
The post Tech War Intensifies: China’s Lithography Breakthrough Challenges U.S. Semiconductor Edge appeared first on Gizmochina.
Garmin‘s ecosystem has long been a haven for fitness enthusiasts relying on discreet wrist alerts, but a recent app tweak has silenced vibrations—leaving notifications visible but silent on their watches. This unheralded change, tied to the latest Garmin Connect update, has ignited frustration on forums, with the company acknowledging the inconvenience and promising a fix. As users scramble for workarounds, what went wrong in this smart notification sync?
The problem surfaced with Garmin Connect app version 5.18 for Android, released on October 8. Previously, smart notifications from an Android phone—texts, calls, apps—would trigger vibrations on Garmin wearables, irrespective of the phone’s Do Not Disturb (DND) status. Turns out users valued this for silent phone use while staying alerted via wrist buzz.
Post-update, DND on the phone now propagates to the watch, suppressing vibrations and alerts while still logging notifications in the watch’s center. This affects all models, with reports on the Garmin Forums detailing missed alerts despite permissions enabled. One Forerunner 255 owner downgraded to 5.17.2, restoring vibes, confirming the app’s role. Exceptions like certain CGM apps bypassing DND still vibrate, but most users face silence.
Users decried the unannounced shift, especially those relying on watches for subtle alerts in quiet environments. Support responses initially misunderstood, but a shared screenshot reveals Garmin confirming: “Starting with the 5.18 release… DND settings on an Android phone will carry over to notifications on Garmin watches.” They pledged a reversal in an upcoming update, though no timeline was given—potentially weeks away.
In the meantime, users who find this change inconvenient may try silencing the phone ringer/vibration instead of using DND or downgrading the Garmin Connect app to the previous version.
Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
(Source)
The post Garmin Connect app update causes notification issues for Android’s DND users appeared first on Gizmochina.
HKC has unveiled the UG27EQ, a 27-inch gaming monitor designed for competitive players, featuring a 2K resolution and an ultra-fast 400Hz refresh rate. It is priced at 1,999 yuan ($281) and available through retail channels in China.
The UG27EQ uses a 2560×1440 Ultrafast IPS panel that supports up to a 400Hz refresh rate and a GTG response time of 0.5ms. HKC has implemented a new dual-direction drive circuit that speeds up pixel transitions beyond what conventional line-by-line scanning allows. The liquid crystal layer also features a restructured architecture to further improve motion clarity.
In terms of color performance, the display offers HDR400 support and reaches 400 nits of brightness. It covers 98% of the DCI-P3 color gamut and 130% of the sRGB area, with 10-bit color (8-bit + FRC) rendering over a billion colors. The panel supports DC dimming and includes a hardware low blue light mode to reduce flicker and eye strain during extended gaming sessions.
HKC has integrated its DIC 2.0 motion blur reduction engine, offering three adjustable levels of dynamic blur elimination. The monitor also features a dedicated Flash Clarity mode that improves visibility in FPS games by automatically detecting flashbang effects and reducing their glare by up to 20%.
The UG27EQ supports adaptive synchronization with FreeSync Premium and G-Sync compatibility to eliminate screen tearing and stuttering. It also includes HKC’s Gaming Visiondock software, which lets players create custom presets, enable crosshair overlays, use sniper zoom assist, adjust dark-enhancement levels, and activate on-screen timers.
For connectivity, the monitor comes with DisplayPort 1.4, HDMI 2.1, a multifunction USB Type-C port, and a 3.5mm audio output. The Type-C port supports full-bandwidth 400Hz signal transmission, 15W reverse charging, and fast data transfer.
The stand supports height adjustment (150mm), tilt (-5° to 25°), swivel (±30°), and pivot (90°) for portrait orientation. The monitor is also VESA-mountable at 100×100mm.
In related monitor news, Redmi recently launched the Gaming Monitor G34WQ 2026, featuring a 34-inch WQHD curved display with a 180Hz refresh rate. The company also introduced the Redmi Monitor A24 2026 Multi-Function Stand Edition, which offers a 144Hz IPS panel and is priced at just $70.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories!
The post HKC launches 27-inch UG27EQ gaming monitor with 400Hz refresh, 0.5ms response & USB-C appeared first on Gizmochina.
OpenAI has announced its first developer conference in India, called DevDay Exchange, scheduled for November 4, 2025, in Bengaluru. The event will focus on connecting with Indian developers, educators, and enterprises, while also introducing new initiatives tailored for the local market. The decision to host this event in India highlights the country’s growing importance in OpenAI’s global expansion and its rapidly developing AI ecosystem.
To celebrate this milestone, OpenAI is offering a free one-year subscription to ChatGPT Go for all users in India. The promotion will begin on November 4 and will apply to both new users and existing ChatGPT Go subscribers. Those who already have an active subscription will automatically receive an additional 12 months of free access. The duration of this limited-time offer has not yet been disclosed.
ChatGPT Go was launched in India in August 2025 as OpenAI’s most affordable paid plan, priced at ₹399 per month. It provides ten times more usage compared to the free version and includes advanced features such as image generation, file uploads, and improved memory for more personalized conversations. The plan runs on OpenAI’s latest GPT-5 model, offering faster responses and higher reliability.
India has quickly become OpenAI’s second-largest market after the United States, with millions of developers, students, and professionals using ChatGPT daily. The launch of ChatGPT Go led to a sharp rise in paid users, with subscriptions doubling in the first month alone. This growth reflects India’s strong appetite for accessible and affordable AI tools.
OpenAI’s expansion aligns with India’s national “IndiaAI Mission,” which aims to build a stronger AI ecosystem. The company recently opened its first office in New Delhi and is hiring local teams to focus on education, enterprise, and community engagement. OpenAI is also collaborating with government programs and educational institutions to expand AI literacy and access beyond major cities.
OpenAI faces increasing competition from other major AI companies targeting India’s large and tech-savvy population. Perplexity has partnered with Airtel to offer free Pro access to 360 million users, while Google is providing a free one-year AI Pro membership for Indian students. These developments indicate a rapidly intensifying race to capture the growing Indian AI market.
OpenAI’s decision to offer a one-year free ChatGPT Go subscription and host its first DevDay Exchange event in India shows its long-term plans for the country’s AI growth.
Read More:
(via)
The post ChatGPT Goes Free in India for a Year And Here’s Why OpenAI Is Doing It appeared first on Gizmochina.
EarFun has launched its new flagship wireless earbuds, the Air Pro 4+, featuring Hi-Res Audio certification, adaptive hybrid noise cancellation, and a dual-driver setup for $99.99.
As per EarFun, the Air Pro 4+ is the first Hi-Res certified dual-driver wireless adaptive ANC earbuds in this price range. Each earbud uses a 10mm dynamic driver and an ultra-light FeatherBA balanced armature, producing deep bass, clear treble, and balanced mids. EarFun’s new Nano Side-Fitted Acoustic Architecture (NSAA) design positions the drivers at an 11-degree angle to reduce interference and improve sound clarity while keeping the earbuds light and comfortable.
Inside, the earbuds run on Qualcomm’s QCC3091 SoC with Bluetooth 6.0, supporting aptX Lossless, LDAC, and LE Audio for high-quality wireless audio. The QuietSmart 3.0 adaptive hybrid ANC system cuts up to 50dB of background noise using a six-microphone array and AI call enhancement with cVc 8.0 technology for clear voice pickup.
The Air Pro 4+ also supports Auracast, Google Fast Pair, and multi-device connectivity. It features in-ear detection, which pauses playback when removed, and a low-latency Gaming Mode with a 50ms response time for better sync between audio and visuals. Users can adjust EQ settings and manage updates through the EarFun Audio App.
Battery life reaches 54 hours in total with the charging case, including 12 hours per charge with ANC off and 8 hours with ANC on. A 10-minute fast charge provides up to 3 hours of playback, and wireless charging is also supported. The earbuds have an IP55 rating for dust and water resistance and are designed using data from 10,000 ear models for a secure and comfortable fit.
The EarFun Air Pro 4+ is available now on myearfun.com and the EarFun Official Amazon Store for $99.99.
Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
The post EarFun Air Pro 4+ Launch: Hi-Res Certified Earbuds with aptX Lossless and 50dB ANC appeared first on Gizmochina.
Oppo Find X9 and OnePlus 13 go head-to-head as two of 2025’s most anticipated flagships, each representing the best of design, performance, and camera innovation from their respective brands. This comparison matters because both phones share similar DNA under the BBK umbrella but cater to different user priorities, Oppo emphasizing balance and endurance, while OnePlus pushes boundaries in power and display technology. Choosing between them isn’t just about specs; it’s about deciding which flagship philosophy suits you best.
| Category | Oppo Find X9 | OnePlus 13 | Verdict |
|---|---|---|---|
| Processor & Performance | MediaTek Dimensity 9500 (3nm), efficient and balanced | Snapdragon 8 Elite (3nm), faster with better GPU and AI power | OnePlus 13 |
| Display | 6.59″ AMOLED, 3600 nits peak, 3840Hz PWM | 6.82″ LTPO 4.1 AMOLED, 4500 nits peak, higher resolution | OnePlus 13 |
| Battery & Charging | 7025 mAh, 80W wired, 50W wireless | 6000 mAh, 100W wired, 50W wireless | Oppo (battery) / OnePlus (charging) |
| Camera Capabilities | 50MP triple camera, great color accuracy, Hasselblad tuning | 50MP triple camera, supports 8K video, better HDR | OnePlus 13 |
| Price & Value | Approx. $650, excellent all-round balance | Approx. $700, more premium but pricier | Oppo Find X9 |
The Oppo Find X9 offers a sleek and compact design, making it easier to handle than most flagship devices. With a refined glass and aluminum frame combination, it gives off a premium, symmetrical aesthetic. Its IP68/IP69 protection ensures strong resistance against dust and water, making it reliable for long-term use. The OnePlus 13, on the other hand, feels more robust and substantial with its Ceramic Guard glass and eco-leather option, adding a touch of sophistication and durability. Its slightly larger size gives it a more commanding presence, but it may feel bulkier in hand. The Oppo model’s lighter and slimmer profile provides a more comfortable grip, while the OnePlus 13 feels like a tank built for endurance.
Overall, those who prefer elegance and comfort may lean toward the Oppo Find X9, while users who value strength and craftsmanship will find the OnePlus 13 more appealing.
Both phones showcase exceptional display technology, but they cater to slightly different preferences. The Oppo Find X9 features a vibrant 6.59-inch AMOLED panel with Dolby Vision and HDR10+ support, offering stunning brightness levels up to 3600 nits. Its ultra-high PWM dimming ensures minimal eye strain. Meanwhile, the OnePlus 13 raises the bar with a 6.82-inch LTPO 4.1 AMOLED display, capable of a massive 4500 nits peak brightness. Its adaptive refresh rate and 1440p resolution deliver unmatched clarity and smoothness, especially for gaming or HDR content.
While Oppo focuses on color accuracy and compact brilliance, OnePlus offers cinematic depth and visibility even under harsh sunlight. For media enthusiasts, the OnePlus 13 takes the lead in immersive visual experience.
The Oppo Find X9 balances portability and high-end visual quality, making it ideal for users seeking a refined, lightweight design. The OnePlus 13 dominates with a more advanced and brighter display suited for multimedia lovers. Overall, OnePlus offers a slightly more premium experience, but Oppo wins in ergonomics and compact elegance.
Powering the Oppo Find X9 is the MediaTek Dimensity 9500 chip, built on a 3nm process, delivering remarkable efficiency and thermal control. It excels in multitasking, offering consistent performance with its ultra and premium CPU cores. However, the OnePlus 13 takes performance to a flagship extreme with Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 8 Elite, which features custom Oryon cores and the new Adreno 830 GPU. This combination provides elite-tier gaming performance, AI-driven enhancements, and overall responsiveness that outpaces most competitors.
While both devices handle intensive tasks smoothly, the OnePlus 13’s raw processing power gives it an edge in heavy gaming and creative workloads. Oppo’s advantage lies in power optimization, which helps sustain smoother operation under prolonged usage.
The Oppo Find X9 comes with a massive 7025 mAh Si/C battery, one of the largest in its class, ensuring remarkable endurance even with heavy use. It supports 80W wired and 50W wireless charging, maintaining balanced heat management. In contrast, the OnePlus 13 packs a smaller 6000 mAh unit but compensates with faster 100W wired charging that fills up 50% in just 13 minutes. Both support reverse wireless charging, yet Oppo’s larger battery gives it a longer screen-on time, while OnePlus’s superior speed minimizes downtime.
The choice depends on whether longevity or fast charging matters more. Oppo edges ahead in endurance, while OnePlus dominates convenience.
The OnePlus 13 is a powerhouse built for maximum performance and rapid refueling, making it perfect for power users. The Oppo Find X9, however, impresses with its long-lasting battery and efficient power management, ideal for users prioritizing endurance over raw speed. Both excel in balance but serve slightly different user needs.
Both devices feature triple 50MP cameras, but the processing and optimization set them apart. The Oppo Find X9, backed by Hasselblad Color Calibration, excels in true-to-life tones, low-light clarity, and balanced highlights. Its periscope telephoto lens with OIS captures crisp zoomed shots, while its ultrawide sensor delivers vibrant landscape results. The OnePlus 13 mirrors this setup but introduces enhanced HDR algorithms and 8K recording support, offering higher dynamic range and better sharpness for professional-grade shooting.
While Oppo emphasizes color science and image realism, OnePlus focuses on versatility and video capability. Photography enthusiasts will appreciate Oppo’s detail preservation, while video creators will prefer OnePlus’s comprehensive shooting flexibility.
Both phones feature the same 32MP selfie sensor, producing sharp, natural skin tones. The Oppo Find X9 emphasizes realistic texture and accurate exposure, while the OnePlus 13 adds slightly stronger contrast for punchier selfies. Both support 4K video recording and gyro-EIS for stability, making them equally capable for vloggers or video calls.
Oppo’s selfie optimization feels more balanced for everyday shots, whereas OnePlus provides a more dramatic, social-media-ready tone.
The Oppo Find X9 shines for photography purists who value color accuracy and fine detailing. The OnePlus 13 stands out for its advanced HDR video recording and dynamic shooting options. Overall, Oppo excels in stills, while OnePlus takes the lead in motion and cinematic creation.
The Oppo Find X9 is priced around $650, while the OnePlus 13 costs about $700. The $50 difference reflects the performance jump and display upgrade that OnePlus provides. Oppo delivers immense value for money with a larger battery, an equally premium camera setup, and superior comfort in hand. The OnePlus 13, while slightly more expensive, justifies its tag with higher peak brightness, flagship-level Snapdragon performance, and cutting-edge materials.
For users prioritizing power and display excellence, the OnePlus 13 is worth the extra spend. However, for those seeking balanced performance and endurance at a lower cost, the Oppo Find X9 offers the smarter deal.
Disclaimer:
Prices are approximate and may vary based on country, region, and applicable taxes.
Both smartphones represent flagship excellence but appeal to distinct audiences. The Oppo Find X9 focuses on efficiency, endurance, and elegant design, offering a balanced all-around experience. The OnePlus 13, meanwhile, pushes boundaries with superior performance, a record-bright display, and top-tier camera versatility. Unique features like Circle to Search, advanced HDR video, and faster wired charging make OnePlus a futuristic choice. Oppo counters with its massive battery, refined ergonomics, and Hasselblad-tuned imaging.
For users who value power, display brilliance, and speed, the OnePlus 13 stands out as the ultimate flagship. Those prioritizing battery life, compact handling, and consistent photography will find the Oppo Find X9 the more practical and balanced choice. Both are great, but in slightly different arenas.
Read More:
The post Oppo Find X9 vs OnePlus 13: Which Flagship Truly Deserves Your Money? appeared first on Gizmochina.
As tablets evolve from bulky slates to travel-friendly powerhouses, Oppo is rumored to be crafting a compact contender that packs flagship punch. A new leak hints at a compact device wielding the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 and a premium OLED screen, poised to challenge Honor’s dominance in the segment. Could this be the portable productivity beast many creators have been craving?
Reliable Weibo tipster Digital Chat Station reports Oppo is developing a flagship tablet powered by Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5—the same 3nm silicon debuting in phones like the OnePlus 15. The standout feature? An 8.8-inch OLED display, blending vibrant colors, deep blacks, and likely a high refresh rate for buttery scrolling and gaming. This compact form factor— relative to the iPad mini’s 8.3 inches—positions it as a true one-handed wonder for Android users, ideal for note-taking, reading, gaming, or on-the-go editing.
Honor kicked off the Elite era with its 13.3-inch Magic Pad 3 Pro, but Oppo’s smaller canvas could appeal to users seeking portability without sacrificing power. It may launch as an Oppo Pad before rebranding to OnePlus globally, expanding reach via BBK’s shared ecosystem—much like the OnePlus Pad 2’s success.
No firm date exists, but the tablet could accompany the compact Oppo Find X9s in early 2026. This aligns with Oppo’s strategy of bundling tablets with flagships, as seen with the Pad 3 Pro and Find X8.
While details about the cooling system and overall performance targets remain unclear, the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5’s Adreno GPU should easily handle most demanding tasks. The tablet could go up against the performance-focused RedMagic Astra, offering similar power in a smaller 8.8-inch form factor versus the Astra’s 9.06-inch screen. However, Oppo hasn’t revealed the battery capacity yet — a key spec for a device running such a powerful chipset.
Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
(Source)
The post A 8.8″ tablet with Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 reportedly in the works appeared first on Gizmochina.
We finally have the first official glimpse of the long rumored Samsung Galaxy Z TriFold. This device has surfaced in various leaks and rumors, and now, the brand has officially offered a preview that showcases its massive screen real estate. So let’s check it out.
During the K-Tech Showcase, the South Korean tech giant had the tri folding phone showcased behind glass, mounting it as a showpiece. This was the real deal, but there were no teaser videos or render images shared during this event. But Samsung wasn’t too keen on revealing everything just yet, as journalists and other attendees weren’t allowed to hold the phone or use it, which is typical in a tech event.
Furthermore, we can only see the two Galaxy Z TriFold from the front. One is completely folded and appears like a regular smartphone, but the other is completely unfurled to show off the massive display size. While the Galaxy Z Fold 7 impressed with its super thin design, Samsung’s first dual hinge smartphone will likely be bulky. Based on what we know so far, the premium foldable will sport a 6.49-inch cover display, while the fully unfolded main screen could reach nearly 10 inches (9.96″).
It is expected to be equipped with the Snapdragon 8 Elite for Galaxy, with support for NFC, wireless charging, and reverse wireless charging. Samsung is reportedly planning on manufacturing only around 50,000 units of the Galaxy Z TriFold, with its launch being right around the corner. This is all the information we have at the moment, so stick around for more.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Tech enthusiast? Get the latest news first! Follow our Telegram channel and subscribe to our free newsletter for your daily tech fix!
The post Samsung Showcases Galaxy Z TriFold Before Official Release appeared first on Gizmochina.
Elon Musk’s company xAI has officially launched Grokipedia, an AI-powered encyclopedia designed to rival Wikipedia. Released as Version 0.1, Grokipedia uses xAI’s Grok AI model to automatically generate, verify, and update factual entries. Musk announced the launch on X, saying the platform is “better than Wikipedia even at 0.1” and added that Version 1.0 will be ten times better.
The first release includes about 885,279 articles created using xAI’s large-scale computing system. The homepage, titled “Grokipedia v0.1,” has a simple design with a clean layout and a single search bar for finding topics. Each entry provides concise summaries backed by listed sources and is updated continuously through the Grok model.
Unlike Wikipedia, users cannot directly edit pages. Instead, they can request corrections or updates through Grok, xAI’s conversational assistant. The assistant reviews submissions and processes approved changes automatically. Grokipedia is fully open source, meaning anyone can use or adapt its framework.
Most of the current content is adapted from Wikipedia under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 license. However, some users have raised concerns about missing inline citations and transparency. Public response has been mixed. Many praised the platform’s short, neutral summaries and clean interface, while others pointed out missing context, factual gaps, and potential AI bias.
Musk said the release was delayed to “purge out the propaganda” and ensure balanced coverage. Despite small technical issues after launch, Grokipedia is seen as an early step in AI-driven knowledge platforms.
Grokipedia is available at Grokipedia.com, and users can sign in using their X accounts. There are no Android or iOS apps yet.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.
The post Elon Musk Launches Grokipedia: xAI’s AI-Powered Alternative to Wikipedia appeared first on Gizmochina.
Oppo Find X9 Pro and Find X8 Pro represent two generations of Oppo’s cutting-edge flagship innovation. This comparison matters because it highlights how Oppo has refined its design, performance, and camera technology to meet the growing demands of premium smartphone users. With both models offering top-tier specs, the real question is whether the Find X9 Pro’s upgrades truly justify the leap from the already impressive Find X8 Pro, or if last year’s flagship still holds its ground in 2025.
| Category | Oppo Find X8 Pro | Oppo Find X9 Pro | Upgrades |
|---|---|---|---|
| Processor | MediaTek Dimensity 9400 (3nm) | MediaTek Dimensity 9500 (3nm) | Faster, more efficient performance with better thermal control |
| Camera System | Quad camera (max 50MP) | Triple camera with 200MP periscope lens | Major leap in zoom clarity and image detail |
| Battery | 5910 mAh | 7500 mAh | Longer endurance with improved battery efficiency |
| Fingerprint Sensor | Optical (under-display) | Ultrasonic (under-display) | Faster, more accurate unlocking |
| Software & OS | Android 15, ColorOS 15 | Android 16, ColorOS 16 | Better AI integration and longer update support |
The Oppo Find X9 Pro refines the design of the X8 Pro rather than reinventing it. Both share the same sleek aluminum frame and Gorilla Glass build, ensuring durability and premium aesthetics. However, the X9 Pro feels slightly more solid in hand, offering improved grip and better handling thanks to subtle refinements in curvature and weight balance. Its overall design looks more unified and futuristic, maintaining Oppo’s signature luxury appeal. The IP69 rating remains unchanged, but the new model exudes a more polished and premium vibe. The X8 Pro, though elegant, leans more towards a functional flagship design, while the X9 Pro feels more refined, almost art-like in its craftsmanship, giving it an edge in hand-feel and visual allure.
Both devices boast LTPO AMOLED panels with 120Hz refresh rates, HDR10+, and Dolby Vision. The Find X9 Pro, however, introduces a significant upgrade with 3600 nits of peak brightness, compared to the X8 Pro’s impressive but slightly lower 4500-nit output that only triggers under specific conditions. The X9’s color calibration and Ultra HDR image support deliver more vivid tones and contrast balance, making it ideal for HDR media and gaming. It’s smoother, sharper, and more adaptive, while the X8 Pro still remains top-tier for most users. The X9 Pro’s improved PWM dimming (2160Hz) also enhances eye comfort, an understated yet impactful enhancement.
The X9 Pro subtly improves on the X8 Pro’s foundation with superior ergonomics and refined visuals. Though the X8 Pro’s display is slightly brighter on paper, the X9 Pro’s visual experience feels more refined and consistent, positioning it as the more premium device overall.
Under the hood, the Find X9 Pro takes a leap forward with the new Dimensity 9500 chipset (3nm), a more advanced and power-efficient processor than the X8 Pro’s Dimensity 9400. This translates to smoother multitasking, faster app launches, and better thermal efficiency under load. The X9 Pro also benefits from a more optimized Arm G1-Ultra GPU, making it ideal for intensive gaming and AI-driven applications. Both phones support UFS 4.0/4.1 storage and up to 16GB RAM, ensuring lightning-fast read/write speeds.
While real-world differences may be subtle for casual users, power users will notice the X9 Pro’s superior stability during prolonged sessions. Its updated ColorOS 16 and extended software support add long-term value, making it a better choice for future-proofing.
The X9 Pro boasts a massive 7500 mAh battery, a major jump from the X8 Pro’s 5910 mAh pack. Despite similar 80W wired and 50W wireless charging, the X9’s larger battery ensures nearly 20–25% longer endurance in daily use. It supports multiple fast-charging protocols, including 80W UFCS and 55W PPS, making it more versatile with third-party chargers. The X8 Pro charges slightly faster due to its smaller size, but lags in sustained usage. The X9 Pro’s efficiency, combined with its new Si/C battery chemistry, results in cooler and more reliable long-term performance, ideal for heavy users.
The Find X9 Pro clearly dominates this category with stronger performance, better thermal control, and significantly improved battery life. It’s engineered for demanding users, offering both raw power and endurance that outpace the X8 Pro’s already impressive hardware.
The X9 Pro adopts a more streamlined triple-camera setup, replacing the X8 Pro’s quad-lens array with larger sensors and higher megapixel counts. Its new 200MP periscope telephoto lens is a standout, offering sharper zoom detail and better night performance compared to the dual-telephoto system of the X8 Pro. While the X8 Pro offers flexibility with dual zoom levels (3x and 6x), the X9 Pro’s larger sensor delivers superior clarity and depth in most real-world conditions. The new Hasselblad Color Calibration is more refined, producing true-to-life tones with better contrast and dynamic range. The overall photographic consistency in the X9 Pro feels more professional, balancing sharpness and color accuracy effortlessly.
Oppo upgrades the front camera on the X9 Pro to a 50MP sensor, a big jump from the X8 Pro’s 32MP unit. The results are noticeably sharper and more detailed, especially in low light. It also supports 4K@60fps video recording, which the X8 Pro matches but with slightly less detail and dynamic range. The X9 Pro’s improved PDAF and AI enhancements make portraits more natural, with better focus and skin tone management.
The X9 Pro emerges as a major step forward in camera performance, prioritizing image quality and sensor optimization over sheer lens count. It captures more cinematic tones and excels in both daylight and low-light shooting, giving it a decisive edge over the X8 Pro’s versatile but less refined setup.
Oppo Find X8 Pro retails around $650, while the Find X9 Pro comes in at approximately $800. The price gap reflects meaningful upgrades, a larger battery, next-gen processor, better camera sensors, and enhanced durability.
For users seeking performance longevity, improved photography, and premium feel, the X9 Pro justifies its higher price tag. However, the X8 Pro remains a strong contender for those who prioritize value, offering 90% of the experience at a lower cost.
Overall, the X9 Pro offers a more complete package with future-ready hardware that feels worth the premium for flagship enthusiasts.
Disclaimer:
Prices are approximate and may vary based on country, region, and applicable taxes.
Oppo Find X9 Pro refines the flagship experience with thoughtful upgrades, ultrasonic fingerprint sensor, satellite connectivity, larger battery, and a 200MP periscope camera, making it one of the most feature-rich Android phones in 2025. Its design polish, performance leap, and endurance improvements create a more balanced, mature flagship feel. While the X8 Pro still delivers exceptional value and camera versatility, the X9 Pro stands as a true evolution that focuses on refinement and reliability over novelty.
For those seeking the best Oppo has to offer, the Find X9 Pro is the more future-proof and premium choice.
The post Oppo Find X9 Pro vs X8 Pro: Major Upgrades You Can’t Ignore appeared first on Gizmochina.
Samsung might be ready to pull off its biggest fold yet. According to a new report from The Korea Herald, the company is preparing to show off its first tri-fold smartphone later this week during the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) 2025 summit in Gyeongju, South Korea, which will take place from October 31 to November 1.
The long-rumored device, which could debut as the Galaxy Z Tri-Fold or Galaxy G Fold, would mark Samsung’s next leap in foldable design. This launch timeframe aligns with Samsung’s earlier tease of a 2025 launch, but months ahead of most expectations.
Samsung was originally expected to unveil the tri-fold alongside its new XR headset, which launched last week. According to a report from last month, production issues pushed the foldable’s debut slightly back, preventing a joint launch with the XR. Still, the delay seems minimal — a relief for fans who’ve been waiting years to see Samsung finally bring a tri-fold phone to market.
Production will reportedly be limited to 50,000 to 200,000 units at launch, suggesting a soft entry aimed at gauging demand before a wider rollout. Initial markets may include the US, South Korea, China, Singapore, Taiwan, and possibly the UAE.
Pricing, however, won’t be for the faint of heart. The tri-fold is said to start at around $2,800, roughly $1,000 more than the Galaxy Z Fold7. The extra cost likely goes toward the intricacies of this ambitious design and the larger display panel.
The phone is expected to include a 6.5-inch cover screen that unfolds into a massive 10-inch display, giving users tablet-level space for multitasking and media. Expect S Pen support, refined hinge mechanics with reduced creasing, and tight integration with Galaxy Watches and Buds.
While the tri-fold will likely remain a niche device, it signals Samsung’s push to compete with rivals like Huawei, whose Mate XT tri-fold gained traction in China. If true, this could be the company’s most daring form factor since the original Galaxy Fold in 2019.
Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
(Source)
The post Galaxy Tri-Fold launch delay seems minimal; rumored to debut as soon as this week at the APEC 2025 summit appeared first on Gizmochina.
Honor has launched a new entry-level smartphone called the Honor X6b Plus in the Philippines. The phone sits in the budget category and may remain limited to the Chinese market. It weighs 192 grams, measures 8.39mm thick, and runs on the MediaTek Helio G85 processor, which offers basic performance and supports only 4G connectivity.
The phone features a 6.56-inch TFT LCD waterdrop screen with a resolution of 720 × 1612 pixels. It supports a 90Hz refresh rate, peak brightness of 780 nits, and shows 16.7 million colors. The display includes an always-on feature for showing the time and notifications.
The Honor X6b Plus runs on MagicOS 8.0 based on Android 14. It comes with 8GB of RAM and 256GB of internal storage. The Helio G85 chip includes eight cores (two Cortex-A75 up to 2.0GHz and six Cortex-A55 up to 1.8GHz) paired with an ARM Mali-G52 MC2 GPU.
On the back, the phone has a 50MP main camera (f/1.8), a 2MP depth sensor (f/2.4), and an auxiliary lens. It supports 1080p video recording at 30fps, 10x digital zoom, and modes like portrait, panorama, time-lapse, and HDR. The 5MP front camera (f/2.2) handles selfies and offers beauty, bokeh, and smile capture features.
The phone includes a 5100mAh battery that supports 35W SuperCharge (11V/3.2A). Connectivity options include dual SIM (4G LTE), Wi-Fi a/b/g/n/ac, Bluetooth 5.1, GPS, and USB Type-C. It also has a 3.5mm headphone jack and OTG support.
It also includes SGS-certified drop protection, a fingerprint sensor, gyroscope, compass, ambient light, and proximity sensors. The box includes a protective case, pre-installed screen protector, charger, and USB cable.
The HONOR X6b is priced at PhP 6,999 ($118), but early buyers can get it for PhP 5,999 ($101) along with free Earbuds II valued at PhP 1,299 ($22).
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.
The post Honor X6b Plus Debuts as Budget 4G Phone with 50MP Camera, SGS-certified Drop Protection and 5100mAh Battery appeared first on Gizmochina.
A new leak from tipster Digital Chat Station has revealed fresh details about the upcoming Redmi Turbo 5. The phone is said to feature a 6.5-inch flat LTPS display with a 1.5K resolution. It will come with a large 7,500mAh battery and support 100W fast charging.
The device is also expected to have an optical in-display fingerprint sensor, a metal middle frame, and an IP68 rating for dust and water resistance. According to the leak, Redmi has made major improvements in the overall design and build quality, especially in terms of materials and finish.
Earlier reports claimed that Redmi is speeding up the launch of the Turbo 5 to stay ahead in the mid-range market. Tipster Smart Pikachu shared that the phone will be powered by a new MediaTek Dimensity chipset, likely the Dimensity 8500 Ultra. This chip is also expected to appear in upcoming models like the Oppo Reno 15 Pro, Honor Power 2, and Realme Neo 8.
Previous leaks also mentioned a simple rear camera design, a metal frame, and an ultrasonic in-screen fingerprint sensor. While the older report suggested a larger 9,000mAh+ battery, the latest leak confirms a 7,500mAh capacity. Both leaks agree that the device will support 100W charging and offer full waterproofing, pointing to an IP68-certified build.
Redmi is now expected to launch the Turbo 5 in November 2025, earlier than the previously reported Q1 2026 window. The Turbo 5 Pro is said to arrive later, in the first half of 2026. Following past trends, the global market may see the same device launch under the Poco brand as the Poco X8 Pro, which has already appeared in European certification listings.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.
The post Redmi Turbo 5 Leak Details 1.5K Display, 7,500mAh Battery, and Improved Build Quality appeared first on Gizmochina.
The rumor mill has been consistently leaking details about the iPhone 18 series that’s arriving in 2026 and even the 20th anniversary iPhone 20 series, which is expected in 2027. A recent leak from tipster Setsuna Digital (via Weibo) offers an early glimpse at what could be a major shift in how Apple’s devices are controlled.
According to the post, Apple is preparing to move beyond the familiar click-mechanical buttons and into a new era of solid-state controls with haptic feedback, not just for iPhones, but also for its other devices.
According to the source, by the time the iPhone 20 debuts in 2027, Apple intends to mass-produce solid-state buttons for the power key, volume controls, operational buttons and camera control buttons. Rather than moving parts, these buttons would rely on pressure sensing and “local vibration” feedback to give a button-like feel.
Prior to that, the leak says the camera control button will be simplified on the 2026-era “iPhone 18”, dropping its capacitive layer and retaining only a pressure-sensing mechanism. Following that, Apple plans to adopt piezoelectric ceramic components to provide the haptic sensation in later models.
The broader initiative is expected to replace mechanical keys across Apple’s entire ecosystem, including future iPad and Apple Watch models. Internally linked to the long-rumoured “Project Bongo”, the effort reportedly focuses on eliminating accidental inputs while ensuring a consistent and reliable tactile experience for users at scale.
As these kinds of interface changes tend to require significant validation, the leak suggests this transition is still in the research and refinement phase. The promise is durability (fewer moving parts to break) and new gesture possibilities (firm press, long hold, swipe) but the challenge is getting the tactile feedback and responsiveness right before rollout. Until then, mechanical buttons will likely remain in place while Apple works behind the scenes.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.
The post iPhone 20 tipped to feature solid-state haptic buttons across all controls appeared first on Gizmochina.
After teasing the arrival of the iQOO 15 for the past few days, iQOO has finally confirmed its India launch date. It will arrive as one of the first Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5-powered smartphones in the country. Here’s everything to expect from iQOO’s next flagship phone.
The iQOO 15 is all set to launch on Nov. 26 in India. The teaser not only confirms the date but also offers a good look at one of the color variants heading to the market. In terms of design, it appears to be a refined version of what was seen on the iQOO 13.
The iQOO 15’s specifications are no secret since it has already debuted in China. One of its major highlights is that it will be iQOO India’s first phone to run the OriginOS 6 UI.
The device features a 6.86-inch AMOLED M14 LTPO display offering a 2K resolution and a 144Hz refresh rate. In China, it is available with up to 16GB of LPDDR5x RAM and up to 1TB of UFS 4.1 storage.
For photography, the phone is equipped with a 60-megapixel primary camera with OIS support, a 50-megapixel ultra-wide lens, and a 50-megapixel periscope telephoto camera. On the front, it has a 32-megapixel camera for selfies and video calls.
The iQOO 15 is an IP68/69-rated device featuring a metal middle frame and an ultrasonic in-screen fingerprint sensor. It also includes dual speakers, Wi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 6.0, NFC, an IR blaster, and a USB-C (3.2 Gen 1) port. Despite offering a large battery, the phone measures just 8.1mm thick and weighs around 215 grams.
At present, there is no information about the iQOO 15’s price for India. However, it is likely to be cost between Rs 60,000 to Rs 70,000 in the country.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.
The post iQOO 15 India launch date officially confirmed, here’s what to expect appeared first on Gizmochina.
Honor recently unveiled the Magic 8 and Magic 8 Pro in China. Rumours suggest that the brand is now working on the Magic 8 Ultra to rival the likes of the Xiaomi 17 Ultra, Oppo Find X9 Ultra, and Vivo X300 Ultra. A new Weibo post from a reliable tipster has revealed the key specifications of the Magic 8 Ultra.
According to the leak, the Honor Magic 8 Ultra will feature the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset. It is said to pack a 6.7-inch LTPO OLED display with a quad-curved design. The screen will support a 1.5K resolution and include an ultrasonic in-screen fingerprint sensor. It will also support 3D face recognition.
The Magic 8 Ultra’s rear camera setup is tipped to include a 50-megapixel OmniVision OV50R main camera with ultra-high dynamic range. A previous leak indicated that this new sensor would enter mass production in the first quarter of 2026. The rear camera setup will also include a periscope telephoto camera backed by a large sensor, which may offer a 200-megapixel resolution with 4.3x to 7x optical zoom.
The Magic 8 Ultra is expected to run MagicOS 10 based on Android 16. It is also said to house a large battery of around 7,000mAh capacity. While the latest leak does not mention charging speeds, it may support 120W wired and 50W wireless charging like the Magic 8 Prov.
According to other reports, the Magic 8 Ultra will debut in the first half of 2026. It is also likely to be accompanied by the Dimensity 9500-powered Magic 8 Mini, a compact flagship phone. As for 2025, Honor is expected to unveil the Honor 500 series in November in China, followed by the GT 2 lineup in December.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.
The post Honor Magic 8 Ultra leak reveals key details about display, chipset, main camera, battery, and more appeared first on Gizmochina.
OnePlus has just announced the OnePlus 15 and Ace 6 flagship phones in China, and the rumor mill is already buzzing with information about an upcoming OnePlus phone. There have been reports that the company may unveil the OnePlus Ace 6 Turbo before the end of this year in China. A new report, courtesy of SmartPrix has revealed almost everything about the device.
Designed for the gaming audience, the Ace 6 Turbo, having the “Macan” codename, will feature a 6.7-inch OLED screen that supports a 1.5K resolution and a 165Hz refresh rate. Qualcomm’s new Snapdragon 8 Gen 5 chipset is expected to power the device.
The Ace 6 Turbo is expected to house a massive 8,000mAh battery with 100W wired charging. For photography, it will have a 32-megapixel front camera and a 50-megapixel (main) + 8-megapixel (ultra-wide) dual-camera setup on the back. It will run on ColorOS 16-based Android 16 in China.
The Ace 6 Turbo will also have other features, such as an ultrasonic fingerprint scanner, an X-axis linear motor, dual speakers, and NFC. As per a new Weibo post (now deleted) by tipster Digital Chat Station, it will feature a metal frame and weigh around 216 grams. It will be available in four shades, such as Fresh Black, Electric Purple, Shadow Green, and a special customized edition.
While the device is almost confirmed to launch in China, the device is also being tested in India for a release. There’s a possibility that it may hit the Indian market too before the end of this year. In China, the device is expected to rival the likes of the Redmi Turbo 5 series, the iQOO Z11 Turbo series, and the Realme Neo 7 series.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.
The post OnePlus Ace 6 Turbo full specifications leaked well before launch appeared first on Gizmochina.
Retroid has launched its most powerful Android handheld console yet, the Retroid Pocket 6. The device is powered by the Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 chipset and is aimed at users who want smooth emulator performance along with native Android gaming support.
The Pocket 6 comes in two configurations. The base model has 8GB LPDDR5X RAM and 128GB UFS 3.1 storage, priced at $209. The higher-end version has 12GB RAM and 256GB storage, priced at $259. Both variants support microSD card expansion.
Retroid has retained the same 5.5-inch AMOLED panel from the G2. The screen supports a 1920×1080 resolution and a 120Hz refresh rate. The device also includes additional shortcut keys below the display for better usability. The body measures 210.4 × 86.6 × 17.2 mm and weighs 320 grams.
In terms of raw performance, the Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 provides flagship-tier power comparable to 2022-2023 Android flagships. It easily handles demanding emulators, high-end Android games, and high-frame-rate content without noticeable lag or stutter.
The console houses a 6000mAh battery supporting 27W fast charging and features an active cooling system to sustain performance during longer sessions. For connectivity, it includes Wi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 5.3, and a USB 3.1 Type-C port with DisplayPort 4K@60fps output, enabling direct connection to TVs or monitors.
The handheld also includes analog L2/R2 triggers, hall-effect 3D joysticks, and a 3.5mm headphone jack. It runs Android 13 and features official OTA support for incremental software updates.
Shipping for the Retroid Pocket 6 is scheduled to begin in early January 2026.
In related handheld news, Ayaneo recently introduced the Pocket Air Mini, a compact Android gaming handheld featuring the Helio G90T chip, 4.2-inch LCD, Hall joysticks, and active cooling, starting at $69.99.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories!
The post Retroid Pocket 6 launched with Snapdragon 8 Gen 2, 120Hz AMOLED display & 6000mAh battery appeared first on Gizmochina.
OnePlus has introduced a new range of official magnetic cases for the OnePlus 15, announced at the end of its latest launch event. The lineup includes three versions: a heat-dissipation “Custom Dot” case, an aramid fiber case, and a sandstone-textured variant. All models support the Oppo Mag magnetic ecosystem and are tailored to fit the OnePlus 15 precisely.
The Custom Dot Magnetic Case features a perforated matrix design that allows users to insert small red silicone blocks to create custom letters, shapes, or patterns. These blocks also double as pressable elements that provide a satisfying, stress-relieving tactile experience similar to fidget toys.
OnePlus has designed the hollow structure to improve airflow and cooling during gaming or charging. The case uses polycarbonate material that retains the feel of a bare phone while enhancing protection against scratches and drops.
The case includes a built-in magnetic ring that delivers up to 10N of magnetic force. It works with the Oppo Mag ecosystem, allowing users to attach wireless charging banks, cooling fans, magnetic stands, or car mounts.
The case has passed multiple tests covering magnet strength, material endurance, and overall reliability. It weighs 25 grams and measures 16.36 × 8.03 × 1.29 cm. It uses a combination of polycarbonate, silicone, and magnetic materials to offer strength, flexibility, and conductivity.
The aramid fiber case provides a thinner and more rugged option with a high-tech woven finish. The sandstone version uses OnePlus’s classic textured design for better grip.
The Custom Dot magnetic case costs 99 yuan ($14), or 69 yuan ($10) in a bundle. The aramid fiber case is priced at 199 yuan ($28), or 169 yuan ($24) in a bundle. The sandstone version also costs 99 yuan ($14) individually and 69 yuan ($10) in a bundle.
For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.
Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories!
The post OnePlus 15 gets a magnetic case with fidget dot features appeared first on Gizmochina.
Uniswap (UNI) has been consolidating since the October 10 market crash, with price action stabilizing but volatility still lingering. The decentralized exchange (DEX) token has struggled to regain its previous momentum, reflecting the broader uncertainty across the altcoin market. Analysts remain divided on its short-term outlook — some view Uniswap as a key driver of Ethereum’s DeFi ecosystem and a potential leader in the next recovery phase, while others caution that lingering liquidity stress and waning trader activity could spark more turbulence ahead.
Despite this cautious backdrop, new on-chain data suggests a shift may be underway. According to CryptoQuant insights, Binance whales have become increasingly active on UNI, with large transactions and outflows spiking to multi-month highs. Historically, this type of whale behavior — especially when coupled with heavy exchange outflows — has been associated with accumulation phases and strategic repositioning by major players.
As Uniswap’s fundamentals remain solid, with trading volumes and user engagement steadily recovering, the renewed whale activity could indicate that smart money is quietly preparing for the next market leg. Whether this accumulation marks the early stages of a trend reversal or just a temporary pause before further volatility remains to be seen.
In recent days, Uniswap’s native token, UNI, has seen a notable uptick in large-scale activity, signaling renewed interest from major market participants. According to on-chain data from CryptoQuant, whale wallets — typically identified by the top 10 largest transactions — have begun moving significant amounts of UNI out of Binance. These outflows represent transfers from exchange wallets to external addresses, a behavior that often indicates accumulation or long-term repositioning by large holders rather than short-term trading.
The data highlights a daily peak of 17,400 UNI withdrawn from Binance, alongside a monthly peak of 5,250 UNI, marking a three-month high in whale activity. Historically, such outflow spikes tend to occur during accumulation phases, as whales seek to reduce exposure to centralized exchanges and secure tokens for longer-term holding or staking opportunities.
This renewed movement comes at a time when UNI is still digesting the market correction that began in July, with prices stabilizing but failing to regain strong upward momentum. Analysts interpret this surge in whale activity as a potential early indicator of confidence returning to the asset. If sustained, it could mark the beginning of a structural reversal — a shift from post-crash consolidation to the early stages of renewed accumulation and recovery.
Uniswap (UNI) continues to consolidate near the $6.50 level after a sharp correction that began in July 2025. The weekly chart shows a prolonged period of sideways movement following a breakdown from the $12 resistance zone, where bullish momentum previously failed to sustain. Despite multiple attempts to rebound, UNI remains below the 50-week and 200-week moving averages, both of which now act as dynamic resistance levels.
The recent price action reflects investor hesitation, with the broader market still digesting the effects of the October 10 crash. However, volume analysis indicates that selling pressure has started to decline, suggesting that sellers may be exhausting and that accumulation could be forming at current levels.
From a technical perspective, the $6.00–$6.20 zone serves as immediate support, while a decisive reclaim above $8.00 would be required to shift market structure toward a potential mid-term recovery. Interestingly, the recent whale accumulation reported by on-chain data aligns with this stabilization phase — a pattern often seen near cyclical bottoms.
If Uniswap maintains support and market sentiment improves, UNI could attempt to retest the $10–$12 zone in the coming months. Conversely, a failure to hold above $6 could open the door for a retest of the 2024 range lows around $4.
Featured image from ChatGPT, chart from TradingView.com
A recent debate on the social media platform X has drawn attention to XRP’s long-term price outlook after an XRP enthusiast, Crypto Bitlord, proposed a rather wild scenario where the cryptocurrency teleports to $500 instantly. His post, which imagined XRP being used by the US government to pay off its $35 trillion debt, caused some reactions across the XRP community.
In response, well-known crypto analyst ChartNerd stepped in to temper expectations, explaining that while XRP’s future is bright, such a leap to $500 is far from realistic this market cycle.
ChartNerd’s comments immediately stood out for their grounded tone, especially amongst reactions filled with predictions of explosive, instant gains. Responding directly to Bitlord’s vision of XRP rocketing to $500, ChartNerd clarified that XRP’s price will not trade at that price target this cycle. “$XRP will not teleport to $500,” he said.
Instead of a three-digit price, the analyst noted that the XRP price can only realistically reach the double-digit threshold in this cycle. “Realistically, it could definitely teleport to $13-$27 this cycle,” he continued.
This double-digit price target, although very bullish compared to XRP’s current price action, pales in comparison to other bullish projections from other crypto analysts, with many anticipating triple-digit price targets and others even predicting a run to $1,000 and beyond.
As conversations around potential XRP ETFs continue to gain momentum, one commenter asked ChartNerd whether his projections accounted for the billions in possible ETF inflows and the tokens expected to be locked in treasury funds and liquidity pools over the next few months.
His response showed that his analysis was not detached from these developments. ChartNerd explained that even if XRP captured half of Bitcoin’s ETF trading volume from the past two years, the result would still translate to a market capitalization of roughly $1.2 trillion, bringing the price closer to his $27 upper target rather than $500.
Most ultra-bullish XRP price predictions are contingent on the cryptocurrency gaining adoption among banks and players in traditional finance. However, adoption models grow over years, not weeks, with ChartNerd adding that “these developments take time, and triple digits are not possible until many a year down the line.”
Another user remarked that Bitcoin once faced similar disbelief before breaching $100,000, meaning that XRP could surprise skeptics in the same way. ChartNerd, however, maintained his cautious stance with the response, “Highly unlikely imo, we shall see. I’ll stick to double digits.”
Such comparisons overlook the fundamental differences between Bitcoin’s and XRP’s market dynamics, especially when it comes to their circulating supplies.
At the time of writing, XRP is trading at $2.66, a 1% increase in the past 24 hours and a 9.2% rise over the last seven days. To reach the hypothetical $500 level, XRP would need to surge by roughly 18,690% from its current price. By contrast, hitting $13 or $27 would represent gains of approximately 388% and 915%, respectively.
The recent Dogecoin market action has seen its price now hovering below $0.20 after surging to $0.208 in the past 24 hours. Despite the consolidation, analysts and traders are watching the meme coin closely, believing that the next major move could redefine its long-term trajectory.
Among those voices is crypto analyst EtherNasyonaL, who predicted that Dogecoin’s third and most powerful bullish phase is still ahead. His technical analysis on the monthly chart presents a structure that reveals the groundwork for another massive uptrend to above $0.8 is already in motion.
The monthly candlestick price chart shared by EtherNasyonaL calls attention to Dogecoin’s cyclical nature since 2014, showing two completed bull waves and a third one forming. Each of these bullish waves was formed after Dogecoin broke above and then retested the upper trendline of a descending channel of lower highs that had confined its price action in the preceding years. This retest was also highlighted by a confluence of the 25 Moving Average (MA) indicator.
The first wave, which began in 2017, caused Dogecoin’s earliest exponential rise from near-zero levels, right when the meme coin entered into popular crypto discussions. The second, and far more explosive, bull wave occurred between 2020 and 2021, when Dogecoin surged from under $0.003 to an all-time high of $0.7316, which has stood until now.
Each bull run started once Dogecoin reclaimed its 25-month moving average as support, following extended consolidation periods that spanned multiple months. The current setup reflects the same condition, as the 25MA line has once again turned upward, and Dogecoin has successfully retested the upper trendline of its previous descending channel, as shown in the chart below.
Dogecoin 1M price chart. Source: @EtherNasyonaL on X
The analysis reveals that Dogecoin has recently broken free from a long-term downtrend that spanned between mid-2021 and early 2025. Notably, recent crypto market liquidation events in October have seen the Dogecoin price complete a successful retest of the resistance level, now turned support, around the $0.17 to $0.20 price range.
This successful retest also coincides with a simultaneous bounce off the bottom trendline of an ascending channel. EtherNasyonaL describes the current price action as Dogecoin “accumulating strength in the lower band of a years-long ascending channel.”
The projected trajectory on the chart above shows Dogecoin following its established pattern by moving from the lower region of the ascending channel to its upper boundary. If the third bull wave plays out as the previous two did, Dogecoin’s price could challenge its $0.73 all-time high and break into new price territories. The first price target in this case is the $0.8 mark, and then as high as $4 in the long term.
Institutional crypto demand is losing momentum amid ongoing regulatory uncertainty. Delayed ETF approvals have further slowed capital inflows into non-Bitcoin assets.
Despite overall market resilience, the latest CoinShares report reveals that institutional crypto demand for major altcoins such as Solana, Cardano, and Sui has cooled sharply in recent weeks.
CoinShares’ weekly data highlights a pronounced drop in institutional crypto demand across several leading altcoins. Solana recorded inflows of $29.4 million, while XRP saw $84.3 million, both far below their October peaks.
Just weeks ago, Solana saw a record-breaking $706.5 million in inflows that highlighted just how fast institutional sentiment can change. Cardano saw a flip from $3.7 million in inflows to $0.3 million outflows, as Sui slid into redemptions of $8.5 million.
Also Read: Major Win for Metaplanet as It Joins CoinShares Index – What This Means for Investors
Analysts observe that a lot of funds are dialing back on accumulation plans. Until they have a clear picture as to when ETFs will be approved and warn that institutional demand for crypto could continue to tread water in the short term.
With altcoins in the struggle, Bitcoin maintains its grip on global investment. Institutional crypto demand for Bitcoin soared last week, with inflows totaling $921 million.
Investors appear increasingly confident in Bitcoin’s ability to perform as a macro-hedge as inflation cools and the Federal Reserve prepares for another rate cut.
This renewed confidence has lifted cumulative Bitcoin investments to $9.4 billion since the last rate adjustment, highlighting how institutional crypto demand remains concentrated in the world’s largest digital asset.
Ethereum’s performance diverged from Bitcoin’s strength. After five consecutive weeks of positive inflows, Ethereum recorded $169 million in outflows, suggesting that institutional crypto demand for the asset is fading.
U.S. spot Ethereum ETFs also reported three straight days of net outflows, even as ETH briefly rallied above $4,200 before traders locked in profits. Market strategists link Ethereum’s weakness to regulatory uncertainty and profit-taking after its recent rally.
The U.S. remained the leader in institutional crypto demand, recording $843 million in inflows. Germany followed with a record-high $502 million, indicating sustained institutional participation in Europe’s largest economy.
Switzerland, however, registered $359 million in outflows, a figure analysts say largely reflects internal asset transfers rather than outright selling. These patterns illustrate a split market: strong institutional crypto demand in the U.S. and Germany versus cautious positioning in Switzerland and other European regions.
Despite lower institutional inflows, Solana continues to display technical strength. The token trades near $199, up 3.5% for the week.
Analyst curb.sol noted that Solana’s breakout from the $200 resistance zone signals a potential macro expansion, with long-term price targets near $1,000 and $2,000. If institutional crypto demand improves, Solana could spearhead the next phase of altcoin growth, much like its explosive rally in 2021.
Analyst Crypto Patel maintains a bullish long-term perspective. He projects that Solana could replicate its earlier 27,560% growth cycle, potentially reaching $9,200 by 2029. Patel described the current market as a Wyckoff-style accumulation phase.
He emphasized that a rebound in institutional crypto demand will likely depend on ETF approvals and renewed macroeconomic stability, both of which could trigger a strong capital rotation back into altcoins.
Despite weakness in altcoins, global crypto funds saw a combined inflow of $921 million last week. Daily data from Farside showed that Bitcoin exchange-traded products attracted $477 million on October 21 alone.
Global trading volumes remained high at $39 billion, indicating strong market activity. Liquidity and participation stay healthy even as institutional crypto demand cools temporarily.
The drop in institutional crypto demand also highlights a market that continues to be highly sensitive to U.S. regulatory news. EOS, ADA and Sui lost short-term momentum altcoins like Solana, Cardano andSUI have lost short-term resistance is possible profit taking into Bitcoin.
Analysts expect institutional crypto demand to return as ETF approvals advance. As monetary policy settles, paving the way for a fresh boom in the digital-asset space.
Also Read: $2 Billion Liquidity Incoming for BlackRock’s Bitcoin ETF as UK Traders Pile Into IBIT
Institutional Crypto Demand – Investment interest and capital inflows from large financial institutions into digital assets.
ETF – A regulated investment vehicle that tracks the price of an asset, such as Bitcoin or Ethereum.
Altcoins – Cryptocurrencies other than Bitcoin, including Solana, Cardano, XRP, and Sui.
Inflows/Outflows – The amount of money entering or exiting crypto investment products over a given period.
Regulatory Uncertainty – Lack of clear government policies affecting crypto investment decisions.
Liquidity – The ease with which assets can be bought or sold without affecting their price.
It refers to investment activity from large financial institutions, including hedge funds, asset managers, and banks, allocating capital to cryptocurrencies.
Delays in ETF approvals and regulatory uncertainty have reduced confidence among major investors, leading to temporary pullbacks in altcoin investments.
Solana, Cardano, Sui, and XRP have seen the largest drops in institutional crypto demand in recent weeks.
Yes. Institutional crypto demand for Bitcoin remains robust, as it’s viewed as a stable and liquid hedge during market uncertainty.
Read More: ETF Delays Hit Institutional Crypto Demand: Solana, Cardano, and Sui See Pullbacks">ETF Delays Hit Institutional Crypto Demand: Solana, Cardano, and Sui See Pullbacks
This article was first published on The Bit Journal. Bitcoin surged past $116,000 on Monday morning after U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent announced a “very substantial framework” for a trade agreement between Washington and Beijing.
Although a video of 79-year-old President Donald Trump dancing when he landed in Malaysia caught social media attention throughout the weekend, it was the words of Bessent that led to the optimistic reaction of global markets and investors, which boosted both stocks and cryptocurrencies.
The Bitcoin surge was accompanied by an increase in traditional markets, as stocks also opened higher in Asia and the U.S, reflecting renewed optimism on reducing trade tensions between the two largest economies in the world.
Trump arrived in Kuala Lumpur on Sunday to pay a visit to the 47 th Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) summit where his delegation is said to have assisted in brokering a peace deal between Cambodia and Thailand. Bessent, in the meantime, had signed various memorandums of understanding (MOUs) with Asian collaborators on rare earth mineral cooperation the strategic victory at a time of continued global realignments of supply chains.
Nevertheless, the greatest achievement was the behind-the-scenes talks made by Bessent with the Chinese officials, which led to a tentative framework of trade that sought to end months of trade stalemate. Bessent said during an interview on NBC:
“We’ve created a framework for the two leaders to discuss on Thursday in Korea.I think it will be fantastic for U.S. citizens, for U.S. farmers, and for our country in general.”
The markets reacted quickly to the announcement. Bitcoin surge momentum drove the price to $114,217.55 at the time of writing, a 1.93 percent rise on the last day and 4.73 percent on the week, respectively. The cryptocurrency has been ranging between $113,015.30 and $116,273.31 since Sunday, which is one of the most stable and bullish weekends of the cryptocurrency in the last several months.
Trade activity increased accordingly. The 24-hour trading volume of Bitcoin increased by 87.11 percent to reach $62.55 billion, and market capitalization increased by 1.95 percent. The crypto market dominance of the asset did not significantly change at 59.63, increasing by a small margin of 0.01%.
The enthusiasm was reflected in derivatives markets. According to Coinglass data, open interest in Bitcoin futures rose 3.05 to $76.18 billion and total liquidations reached $140.97 million. Bitcoin surge had a big impact on short positions where they sustained a loss of $123.30 million and long traders suffered a relatively small loss of $17.67 million.
The most recent Bitcoin boom, analysts argue, highlights the extent to which cryptocurrency markets are following macroeconomic trends and geopolitical changes. The recent surge of Bitcoin demonstrates how vulnerable the digital goods are to conventional market drivers such as trade policy and diplomatic co-operation, according to one Singapore-based trader.
The following week may be a key one. On Thursday, Donald Trump and Chinese President Xi Jinping will hold an initial meeting on the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) summit in South Korea where both the leaders are likely to agree on the specifics of the proposed trade setup.
Should the discussions lead to tangible gains, analysts foresee the potential further increase of the Bitcoin surge and even new all-time highs by early November.
As global markets ride a wave of optimism, all eyes now turn to Thursday’s APEC summit in South Korea. The anticipated Trump–Xi meeting could determine whether the current Bitcoin surge and stock market rally evolve into sustained economic momentum or fade with unmet expectations.
Follow us on Twitter and LinkedIn, and join our Telegram channel to be instantly informed about breaking news!
Bitcoin Surge: Rapid rise in Bitcoin’s price.
Scott Bessent: U.S. Treasury Secretary behind the trade deal news.
Trade Framework: Initial U.S.-China trade agreement plan.
Donald Trump: U.S. President attending ASEAN and APEC summits.
U.S.-China Trade Deal: Agreement easing economic tensions.
ASEAN Summit: Meeting of Southeast Asian nations.
APEC Summit: Asia-Pacific trade summit for U.S.-China talks.
Derivatives Market: Trading based on asset value changes.
Open Interest: Active futures contracts in the market.
Geopolitical Factors: Global political events affecting markets.
It rose after the U.S. announced a major trade framework with China.
He attended the ASEAN summit and helped broker a peace deal.
Stocks and crypto surged on renewed trade optimism.
All eyes are on the APEC summit for further trade progress.
Read More: Bitcoin Surges as U.S.-China Trade Breakthrough Sparks Market Rally">Bitcoin Surges as U.S.-China Trade Breakthrough Sparks Market Rally
Microsoft and OpenAI signed a deal extending Microsoft's rights to OpenAI models through 2032, confirming a 27% stake worth $135B
The post Microsoft Locks In OpenAI Partnership Through 2032 appeared first on Search Engine Journal.
© US District for the Northern District of Illinois
The Zebulon man’s 3-year-old son was found unharmed, while he allegedly killed his four other kids
.jpg?width=1200&auto=webp&crop=3%3A2)
© Johnston County Sheriff’s Office
‘Freaky Friday’ star made headlines last month after she broke down in tears over Kirk’s death despite her opposing views
© Getty
A number of people were also evacuated from properties close to the property
© PA
The comedians both left the show ahead of season 51
© Getty Images
Ravik was made a new professional dancer on the show for season 34
© Disney/Eric McCandless
Parents ‘underwhelmed’ by the high prices and ‘minimal effort’ put into displays at Cardiff’s Halloween Festival
© TikTok
Catherine Corcoran says she has not been paid in full for her role in Damien Leone’s horror franchise
© Etienne Laurent/AFP via Getty Images
All of Caribbean islands airports shut as world’s strongest storm of year so far set to make landfall
© NOAA
Select members of the media were able to watch the sequel on Monday
© © Universal Studios. All Rights Reserved.
An animation depicts how Hurricane Melissa, the most powerful storm recorded this year, has strengthened over the past 24 hours before it made landfall on Tuesday (28 October).
© CIRA
Bitcoin Magazine
France Proposes National Bitcoin Reserve, Wants to Buy 2% of Bitcoin Supply
A pro-crypto bill will be tabled today in the French Parliament by the center-right Union of the Right and Centre (UDR) party, led by lawmaker Éric Ciotti, marking the first time such a comprehensive legislative proposal on cryptocurrency has been introduced in France.
The initiative calls for a national Bitcoin Strategic Reserve and aims to position the cryptocurrency as a form of “digital gold” to strengthen financial sovereignty.
The proposed legislation would see France aim to acquire up to 2% of Bitcoin’s total supply — roughly 420,000 BTC — over the next seven to eight years, according to journalist Gregory Raymond.
To manage the reserve, the bill envisions the creation of a Public Administrative Establishment (EPA), similar in structure to France’s gold and foreign-currency holdings.
Funding for the Bitcoin reserve would come from multiple sources. Surplus nuclear and hydroelectric energy would power public Bitcoin mining operations, with adapted taxation for miners to encourage domestic participation.
BREAKING:
— Bitcoin Magazine (@BitcoinMagazine) October 28, 2025French politician Éric Ciotti introduced a bill to adapt “the new monetary order by embracing Bitcoin and crypto.” pic.twitter.com/fS7ILfhPq3
Back in July, French lawmakers submitted a proposal to convert surplus electricity into economic value through Bitcoin mining. The bill outlined a five-year experimental program allowing energy producers to use excess power — particularly from nuclear and renewable sources — for mining.
The July initiative aimed to tackle France’s recurring issue of energy overproduction, as producers were often forced to sell surplus electricity at a loss due to limited storage. The proposal described this as an “unacceptable economic and energy loss.”
This new bill would also allow France to retain crypto seized during legal proceedings, and a quarter of funds collected via popular savings schemes, such as the Livret A and LDDS, would be allocated to daily Bitcoin purchases — approximately 15 million euros per day, or 55,000 BTC per year.
Pending constitutional approval, citizens could also pay certain taxes in Bitcoin.
The bill also emphasizes the use of euro-denominated stablecoins for everyday payments, recognizing them as a credible alternative to traditional payment networks.
Transactions under €200 would be exempt from taxation and social contributions, and payment of taxes in euro stablecoins would be allowed.
The proposal explicitly opposes a European Central Bank-controlled digital euro, arguing that a centralized CBDC could threaten financial freedoms and personal privacy.
To support industry development, the legislation proposes adapting electricity taxation for mining through a progressive excise duty and flexible tariffs for data centers. It also encourages institutional adoption of Bitcoin and other crypto-assets via Exchange Traded Notes (ETNs) and calls for revisions to European prudential rules, which currently impose high risk-weightings on certain crypto-assets, limiting the use of crypto as collateral for “Lombard” loans.
Despite its ambitious scope, the bill faces steep political hurdles. The UDR holds only 16 of 577 seats in the National Assembly, making adoption unlikely without broader support, per Raymond.
This post France Proposes National Bitcoin Reserve, Wants to Buy 2% of Bitcoin Supply first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
As excitement builds for the 2026 FIFA World Cup, the U.S. joins Canada and Mexico in a groundbreaking partnership with FlixBus to connect all host cities across North America. FlixBus will offer fans an affordable and stress-free way to travel between the tournament’s host cities in the U.S., Canada, and Mexico.
Whether traveling from New York to Vancouver or Mexico City to Miami, FlixBus’s extensive network provides a seamless experience, making it easier for soccer fans to enjoy multiple matches without the hassle of expensive flights or long drives. Fans will be able to book tickets directly through FlixBus’s user-friendly platform, ensuring smooth travel between games.
With modern buses equipped with free Wi-Fi, power outlets, and ample legroom, FlixBus is setting a new standard for fan-friendly travel. This affordable and convenient option is perfect for soccer enthusiasts eager to experience the 2026 World Cup in North America.
As excitement builds for the 2026 FIFA World Cup, FlixBus is ensuring that soccer fans across North America have an easy, affordable, and stress-free way to travel between host cities. With the addition of Guadalajara to its network in spring 2026, FlixBus will provide seamless connections across the U.S., Canada, and Mexico, helping fans avoid the high costs and hassle of air travel while ensuring they can catch all the action.
From Dallas to Vancouver, Mexico City to Miami, and beyond, FlixBus will offer direct, budget-friendly service between every World Cup host city. Fans can easily book tickets using FlixBus’s modern platform and travel comfortably with Wi-Fi, power outlets, and ample legroom. This expanded network offers a reliable alternative to crowded airports and long drives, making it easier for soccer enthusiasts to enjoy the tournament without the stress of transportation.
FlixBus will serve all major World Cup destinations, including U.S. cities like New York, Los Angeles, and Miami, Canadian cities such as Toronto and Vancouver, and Mexican locations like Mexico City, Monterrey, and Guadalajara. This expansive network will give soccer fans a smooth and cost-effective way to hop between cities and catch multiple matches throughout the tournament.
By offering direct routes between major host cities, FlixBus allows fans to travel with ease. Imagine watching a game in Vancouver, hopping on a FlixBus to Miami for the next match, and continuing on to other exciting destinations – all within a unified system that saves time and money. The addition of Greyhound, FlixBus’s sister brand, ensures even more travel options for fans.
One of the major benefits of FlixBus’s intercity service is the relief it offers to host cities struggling with congestion during the tournament. By taking up to 30 private cars off the road with each full bus, FlixBus plays a crucial role in alleviating gridlock and helping cities stay moving, despite the expected surge of visitors.
“Global sporting events like this bring incredible energy, but they also create major challenges for fans trying to travel between cities,” said Karina Frayter, Head of Communications at Flix North America. “Our service is all about helping fans follow the game they love without the added stress of expensive flights or long, tedious drives.”
FlixBus offers an ideal solution for fans who want to avoid the hassle of airports or highways. Passengers can enjoy free Wi-Fi, power outlets, and comfortable seating with plenty of legroom – all while avoiding airport security lines and highway traffic. The journey also includes convenient on-board restrooms, making long trips more comfortable for fans traveling across multiple cities.
Fans can easily book their tickets online or through the FlixBus app, making it simple to plan travel between host cities. Whether traveling from a domestic or international location, FlixBus ensures a smooth and affordable experience that will make the 2026 World Cup even more unforgettable.
With FlixBus’s expanded network connecting all FIFA 2026 World Cup host cities, soccer fans across North America now have a budget-friendly and convenient travel solution. From avoiding airport chaos to offering comfortable, stress-free rides between matches, FlixBus is setting a new standard for traveling during one of the world’s most anticipated sporting events. Don’t miss out on the chance to experience the excitement of the 2026 World Cup – and get to your next match with ease, thanks to FlixBus.
The post US Joins Canada and Mexico as FlixBus Connects All 2026 FIFA World Cup Host Cities Across North America, Offering Fans Affordable and Stress-Free Travel appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
The WTTA High-Level Event & Anniversary Gala 2025 promises to be a landmark occasion for the global tourism industry, with key stakeholders from Saudi Arabia, India, and the UAE coming together for this pivotal event. Scheduled to take place in Saudi Arabia, India, and UAE, the event will not only mark an important milestone in the World Tourism and Travel Association‘s (WTTA) history but also serve as a platform for global tourism leaders to discuss the future of the industry.
As the world continues to recover from the impacts of the global pandemic, tourism is experiencing a resurgence, and this event will provide an opportunity to explore innovative solutions, new opportunities, and sustainable practices. The event will attract decision-makers, influencers, and innovators, setting the stage for groundbreaking discussions and partnerships that could reshape the travel landscape.
The WTTA High-Level Event & Anniversary Gala 2025 is a major international tourism event hosted by the World Tourism and Travel Association (WTTA). It aims to bring together top-level executives, government representatives, and influential thought leaders from the tourism and travel sectors. The event will include high-profile panel discussions, networking sessions, and presentations on the current state and future of tourism globally.
This year’s event, marking the WTTA’s anniversary, is set to take place across three key destinations: Saudi Arabia, India, and UAE. Each country plays a crucial role in the global tourism economy, and their participation in this gathering underscores the significance of the event.
The choice of Saudi Arabia, India, and UAE as host countries for the 2025 event reflects their growing importance in the global tourism sector. All three nations have seen significant growth in tourism over the past few years and are positioned to become key players in the industry’s recovery and future development.
These countries are committed to positioning themselves as leaders in sustainable, innovative, and inclusive tourism, making them ideal locations for a high-profile event like the WTTA High-Level Event & Anniversary Gala 2025.
The WTTA High-Level Event & Anniversary Gala 2025 will feature several key components designed to foster collaboration and innovation within the tourism industry:
The event will be held across three prestigious locations:
The WTTA High-Level Event & Anniversary Gala 2025 will take place in the fall of 2025, with specific dates yet to be finalized. This timing allows tourism professionals to engage in vital discussions about the state of the industry in the wake of ongoing global challenges. It also aligns with the peak travel season, ensuring high participation from global tourism leaders.
The WTTA High-Level Event & Anniversary Gala 2025 is expected to have a significant impact on global tourism. By bringing together top-level stakeholders from across the world, the event will catalyze new partnerships, initiatives, and strategies that will shape the future of the industry.
With a focus on sustainability, technological innovation, and inclusive tourism, the event will drive discussions about how the tourism sector can recover, grow, and thrive in the coming years. For Saudi Arabia, India, and the UAE, hosting the event further cements their position as leaders in the global tourism space.
The WTTA High-Level Event & Anniversary Gala 2025 promises to be a landmark event in the tourism industry, with Saudi Arabia, India, and the UAE providing the perfect backdrop for this important gathering. As global tourism continues to evolve, this event will be pivotal in shaping the industry’s future by fostering collaboration, promoting sustainable practices, and driving innovation. It is an event no tourism professional can afford to miss.
The post Saudi Arabia Joins India and UAE for WTTA High-Level Event And Anniversary Gala 2025: A Historic Gathering That Will Shape the Future of Global Tourism! appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
The first autonomous Dock2Dock voyage between Hardinxveld-Giessendam and Gorinchem was completed by Scylla’s innovative vessel, Lumière. This demonstration—a live showcase of innovative technology—was a precedent for autonomous navigation in river transport. This first of its kind achievement is a significant leap for the industry and the beginning of sustainable and efficient river cruising.
As a river cruising industry leader, Scylla, now together with Shipping Technology and Retina, could turn the dream of autonomous sailing into reality. The voyage featured innovative technologies aimed at improvements in autonomous vessel maneuvering, fuel consumption, and overall sustainability. This demonstration in real-time is a testament to the radical changes in river ship navigation from manual to autonomous systems.
A Step Toward Smarter and Safer Navigation
The Dock2Dock demonstration was possible due to the synergy of multiple technologies. During the voyage, Lumière was guided by Shipping Technology’s ST BRAIN and autonomous navigation system, and Retina’s M-Pilot maneuvering system. These systems enable the vessel to fully automate the undocking and docking sequence and traverse the waters with minimal human input.
Showcase purposes were aimed at demonstrating that autonomous technology is already operational and amplifying the efficiency, safety, and sustainability of shipping operations. It is important to state that the goal of such technology is not to replace the captain, but to provide high-technology assistive tools for safer and efficient navigation. This is aligned with operational sustainability, with a potential reduction of fuel operational cost.
David Woudenberg, Head of Product Development at Shipping Technology, discussed the potential of assistive autonomous systems, stressing that the goal is to enhance the human operational framework. The autonomous system is designed to take over navigation tasks and lower operational and repetitive manual tasks, thereby leaving the navigation and decision systems for human crew members.
Live Showcase, Autonomous Sailing
Real-time demonstrations of the operational system, such as Retina’s docking and autonomous sailing control systems of ST Sailing, that instantly switched control without human assistance. The systems made real-time calculations of the ship’s neural parameters, such as load, fuel consumption, and position, to compute the optimal sailing and steering parameters.
Autonomous docking closed the trip, although the captain maintained complete control during this phase, guaranteeing the Lumière reached its destination in Gorinchem safely. The entire demonstration was intended to illustrate the potential of these systems functioning together to create a more seamless and efficient navigation process for the vessel.
Reflecting on the occasion’s importance, Tom Panjer, founder of Retina, remarked that, although discussions of autonomous sailing have proliferated in the sector, tangible demonstrations, particularly those exhibiting full autonomy as opposed to simply remote-controlled navigation, have been conspicuously lacking. This demonstration represented a profound change in the field, providing clear evidence that the future of autonomous sailing is beginning to take form.
Projected Outcomes for River Travel
Lumière’s autonomous Dock2Dock voyage sets a precedent for the future of river cruising. The anticipated benefits of autonomous systems on river travel go beyond improved operational efficiency to encompass positive environmental changes as well. The new technologies respond to concerns over sustainable travel by improving fuel efficiency and adopting environmentally responsible sailing practices.
Integrating “just-in-time sailing” means that ships can predict the best time to arrive at certain points in a journey to decrease the amount of fuel burned waiting on the way. These innovations contribute to an overall positive outlook on the sustainability of autonomous river travel and its potential in positively altering the carbon balance of the entire maritime sector.
The Role of the Captain in Autonomous Sailing
The demonstration of autonomous sailing sought to produce evidence to the contrary of the presumption of no more human involvement in autonomous sailing. As was stated in the demonstration, the captain’s function is neither disappearing nor being diminished. The technology is a means of allowing the captain to concentrate on high-level decision-making, leaving the lower-level, inefficient, and primitive navigation systems to the captain.
The captain is still an integral part of the process, overseeing the autonomous machinery and taking command as necessary to maintain safety. This is best described as the union of advanced technology and human judgment—autonomous systems for safety, control, and efficiency, and human expertise for oversight and navigation.
A Sustainable Future for River Travel
Innovations in autonomous technologies by Scylla are likely to revolutionize the river cruising business. With this first demonstration on the Lumière, we take the first steps to developing more sustainable and pleasurable experiences in river cruising for all our customers.
The Lumière’s trip is a testament to Scylla’s river travel vision. With the implementation of more autonomous systems, Scylla and its partners will enhance the customer experience and engage in global sustainable travel and decarbonization initiatives.
Conclusion: The Future of River Cruising
The Lumière’s parallel autonomous Dock2Dock cruise showcases another advancement of the burgeoning autonomous river cruise industry. Achievements in autonomous technology in other industries suggest that the river cruise industry is on the cusp of safe, fully autonomous, self-navigating cruises. The excitement of self-navigating river travel automation technology suggests the potential for increased operational efficiencies and reduced ecological impacts for self-navigating river travel automation technology. The anticipation of safe, self-navigating river cruises is finally within reach for passengers and the industry alike.
The post Revolutionary Autonomous Sailing: Scylla’s Lumière Completes Historic River Voyage appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
One of the impressive feats of course way construction in the UK has got to be the Steel Cotton Rail Trail which connects the cities of Sheffield and Manchester. It goes over a distance of approximately sixty-two miles and has fourteen sections in it. It also aims to serve the diverse purposes of the city dwellers alongside the avid bikers and hikers. It provides the visitors with the rich history of the cities alongside a beautiful and scenic trail to walk on.
The trail traces a path between the two major cities, incorporating both industrial heritage and the stunning natural beauty of the Peak District. The route follows the Hope Valley Line, linking significant historical landmarks and offering panoramic views of the surrounding countryside. The Steel Cotton Rail Trail offers something for everyone, from urban explorers at the trailheads to summit hikers eager for a more challenging route through the hills and moors of the Peak District.
The journey begins at the heart of both cities, with easy access to transport links for day visitors. Whether you are looking to stroll along riverside paths or venture into more rugged terrain, the trail provides a variety of routes. This diverse experience draws attention not only to the area’s natural beauty but also to its rich post-industrial history, highlighting the once-thriving steel and cotton industries that shaped the region.
With a wide range of trail sections to choose from, the Steel Cotton Rail Trail is designed to cater to a variety of walking abilities and interests. The 14 sections are manageable for day trips, with the landscape transforming from urban to rural as you progress along the route. Families with children or older travellers can enjoy canal-side walks, while those seeking more strenuous adventures can scale the hilltops and moors that form the central parts of the trail.
The path includes a mix of natural environments and traces of the industrial past, such as the Peak Forest Canal and remnants of the historic Peak Forest Tramway. This blend of heritage and nature makes the trail particularly appealing for tourists and outdoor enthusiasts looking to explore the Peak District beyond its popular spots like Edale and Kinder Scout. As the trail progresses, hikers are invited to experience the region’s tranquillity and connection to its industrial roots.
The Steel Cotton Rail Trail is unique in that it juxtaposes the beauty of nature with the remnants of industrial heritage. Throughout the route, hikers will pass through areas shaped by the industrial revolution, such as the limestone quarries of the Peak Forest area. The trail follows the path of the Peak Forest Canal and leads walkers to the Bugsworth Basin, once the busiest inland port on the canal system.
In towns like New Mills, the trail links natural landscapes with remnants of the area’s manufacturing past, including the Torr Vale Mill, the UK’s longest-running textile mill, which ceased operations in 2000. These post-industrial landscapes present a fascinating contrast to the lush greenery and peaceful riverside paths that make up the rest of the journey.
The trail provides a unique opportunity for visitors to experience a side of the Peak District they might otherwise miss, allowing them to delve into the area’s heritage while simultaneously enjoying its natural beauty. For tourists seeking an immersive experience, the Steel Cotton Rail Trail offers a captivating journey through history, offering insights into the region’s industrial and ecological evolution.
The trail’s creation is expected to boost tourism in the region by attracting visitors from both Sheffield and Manchester, as well as from further afield. As interest in heritage and nature-based tourism grows, the Steel Cotton Rail Trail provides a fresh way to experience the Peak District’s stunning landscapes and unique history.
Not only will the trail cater to walkers and cyclists, but it will also attract history enthusiasts, offering a chance to explore the industrial heritage of the area. The trail is expected to draw more day-trippers, particularly those from urban areas looking to experience the countryside without venturing too far from the city. Local businesses, including cafes, pubs, and accommodation providers, stand to benefit from the increase in foot traffic, potentially boosting the region’s economy.
The popularity of walking and cycling trails in the UK has grown significantly in recent years, with many tourists opting for more sustainable forms of transport during their trips. The Steel Cotton Rail Trail will allow visitors to explore at their own pace, offering them a chance to slow down and immerse themselves in the area’s heritage and natural beauty.
While the trail is already a significant addition to the Peak District’s tourism offerings, there are calls for improvements in transport links to make the trail more accessible to visitors. More frequent and reliable train services would enhance the appeal of the trail for day-trippers and longer-stay tourists alike, providing easier access for those travelling from Sheffield or Manchester.
Moreover, the integration of the Steel Cotton Rail Trail with other regional walking routes, such as the Goyt Way and the Midshires Way, could further enhance the visitor experience. With these connections, the trail could become part of a broader network of walking routes across the Peak District, promoting sustainable tourism and outdoor activity in the region.
The Steel Cotton Rail Trail captures lingering portions of Britain’s fascinating history while allowing people to Roam through the scenic wilderness of nature. It Engraves itself as an indelible relic of civilization. Hence, it acts as a magnet for visitors and travellers in the Peaks. Whether a lingering walk with family or a hike full of stiff challenges, the trails bestow a sheer edifying experience. Such a diligent effort to capture the trails for public walk must surely be appreciated. For the lovers of family trails, a blend of history and miles of beauty, your search ends here, be a part of trail and your family will cherish the experience for years to come.
The post Sheffield And Manchester, England: New Walking Trail Linking Industrial Heritage To Scenic Peak District Views appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Travelers have been left grounded across China, Indonesia, Philippines, Thailand, and Cambodia as several airlines, including Hainan, SKY ANGKOR, PAL Express, and more, face significant disruptions. With 28 cancellations and over 100 delays, passengers are experiencing frustration and uncertainty at major airports. Cities like Manila, Cebu, Phnom Penh, Jakarta, and Bangkok are among the hardest-hit. As a result, many flights have either been delayed or completely canceled, causing major inconvenience for travelers across the region. These delays and cancellations have left thousands stranded, with no clear timeline for when normal operations will resume.
The cities and airports affected by flight disruptions include Bangkok with Suvarnabhumi Bangkok International Airport and Samui; Siem Reap with SKY ANGKOR; Ho Chi Minh City with Tan Son Nhat International Airport; Jakarta with Soekarno-Hatta International Airport; Bali with Ngurah Rai/Bali International Airport; Manila with Manila International Airport; Cebu with Mactan-Cebu International Airport; and Phnom Penh with Techo International Airport. These cities and their respective airports have experienced significant flight disruptions, including cancellations and delays, affecting numerous travelers across Southeast Asia.
| Airport | Cancelled | Delayed | Airline |
|---|---|---|---|
| Suvarnabhumi Bangkok Int’l | 4 | 20 | Bangkok |
| 3 | 0 | SKY ANGKOR | |
| Samui | 3 | 16 | Bangkok |
| Tan Son Nhat Int’l | 1 | 5 | Cambodia Angkor Air |
| Jakarta-Soekarno-Hatta Int’l | 1 | 0 | Hainan Airlines |
| 1 | 51 | Batik Air | |
| 1 | 15 | Garuda Indonesia | |
| Ngurah Rai/Bali Intl | 1 | 7 | Jetstar |
| Manila Int’l | 2 | 24 | Philippine Air Lines |
| 2 | 13 | PAL Express | |
| Mactan-Cebu Int’l | 2 | 2 | PAL Express |
| 2 | 3 | Philippine Air Lines | |
| Techo International | 3 | 0 | SKY ANGKOR |
| 2 | 10 | Cambodia Angkor Air |
The airlines impacted include Bangkok Airways, SKY ANGKOR, Cambodia Angkor Air, Hainan Airlines, Batik Air, Garuda Indonesia, Jetstar, Philippine Airlines, and PAL Express. These carriers have faced a combination of cancellations and delays, leaving thousands of passengers stranded at various airports in Thailand, Indonesia, Philippines, Cambodia, and China. As a result, travelers have experienced significant travel disruptions, with many flights either delayed for extended periods or completely canceled.
Here’s a detailed overview of flight cancellations across various airports and airlines:
Overall, the highest number of cancellations occurred at SKY ANGKOR (Siem Reap) with 50% of its flights canceled, followed by Techo International in Phnom Penh, which had a 37% cancellation rate. Other airports, like Suvarnabhumi and Manila International, had much lower cancellation rates. These disruptions have left many travelers stranded, especially at airports in Southeast Asia, where both domestic and international flights have been affected.
Flight cancellations can be frustrating, but knowing the right steps to take can help minimize stress. Here’s what you can do if you find yourself in this situation:
Stay Updated
Monitor your email, phone, and the airline’s app for rebooking confirmation or further announcements.
Stay Calm and Check for Updates
As soon as you learn your flight is canceled, stay calm and check for updates. Many airlines will notify you via text, email, or their app. Visit the airline’s website for real-time updates on the situation.
Contact the Airline
Reach out to the airline’s customer service either in person at the airport or over the phone. If you’re at the airport, head to the service desk. If you’re not, try calling or using the airline’s online chat system to avoid waiting in long queues.
Know Your Rights
Familiarize yourself with the airline’s policies regarding cancellations. Many airlines offer rebooking options or compensation, especially if the cancellation is within their control. In the EU, for example, passengers are entitled to compensation under certain conditions.
Consider Alternative Flights
Ask the airline about the next available flight. If you can’t find a suitable option, consider booking a new flight through another airline, or check for other forms of transport like trains or buses.
The flight disruptions across Southeast Asia have caused significant inconvenience for travelers, with 28 cancellations and over 100 delays. Airports in Thailand, Indonesia, Philippines, Cambodia, and China have been particularly affected, with airlines such as Hainan, SKY ANGKOR, PAL Express, and Bangkok Airways facing widespread cancellations. The most severe disruptions occurred at SKY ANGKOR and Techo International, while other airports experienced more moderate impacts. Passengers are advised to stay informed about their flight status and consider alternative travel options to minimize the effects of these disruptions.
Source: FlightAware
Disclaimer: The information provided is sourced from FlightAware and airport websites. We do not guarantee its accuracy and have no intention to harm or malign any airlines. If you notice any discrepancies, please contact us at pr@travelandtourworld.com
The post Travelers Left Grounded in China, Indonesia, Philippines, Thailand, and Cambodia as Hainan, SKY ANGKOR, PAL Express, and More Airlines Face 28 Cancellations and Over 100 Delays, Affecting Manila, Cebu, Phnom Penh, Jakarta, Bangkok appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Participant countries at the Allianz Motor Day 2025 in Brussels focused on the importance of mobility on The Dangers of Driving Drones and the need for an autonomous vehicle (AV) and drone penetration strategy for Europe ensuring safety at all levels. With AVs moving away from testing phases to ongoing structures all over Europe, Allianz expressed the importance of continuous testing to foster road safety and stimulate the European tourism market. Their emphasis was based on the projected autonomous vehicle safety record, which, as the Allianz insurers’ research indicates, is of high importance for countries based on tourism.
Safety Gains and Impact on Tourism
The integration of autonomous vehicles into European roads promises a substantial reduction in traffic accidents, a critical factor for regions that depend heavily on tourism. According to Allianz’s research, the safety of AVs, driven by advanced driver assistance systems (ADAS), could lead to a 20 percent reduction in traffic accidents by 2035. This safety boost is expected to rise to over 50 percent by 2060, as autonomous vehicles become more prevalent, offering considerable benefits for tourists and travelers within the European Union.
Tourism, which thrives on safe and efficient transportation systems, could see direct advantages from AVs. With fewer accidents on the road, tourists will experience smoother journeys, particularly in countries with high traffic density such as Italy and France. Regions that attract significant numbers of tourists, such as coastal and historical cities, will also benefit from reduced road congestion and fewer delays.
Tourism Mobility Boost: A More Accessible Future
The Allianz report also emphasizes the potential of autonomous vehicles to increase accessibility for tourists, including those with disabilities and older adults. As the EU prioritises inclusive mobility, AVs could provide enhanced travel experiences, helping to improve access to popular tourist destinations for individuals who might otherwise face transportation challenges.
By supporting the widespread deployment of automated systems, Allianz highlights how this could open up European cities and landmarks to a broader audience, including those with reduced mobility. Countries with well-developed tourism infrastructures, such as Germany and Switzerland, could leverage autonomous vehicles to further enhance their reputation as accessible destinations. This could stimulate local economies by attracting new demographics of tourists, increasing the number of visitors year-round.
A Standardised Approach to Autonomous Vehicle Testing
Allianz’s position also stresses the importance of uniform safety and testing standards for autonomous vehicles across the EU. Currently, regulations on AV testing and certification remain fragmented, making cross-border travel within Europe difficult and inconsistent. Allianz advocates for the establishment of an EU-wide driving license for autonomous vehicles, which would involve a combination of digital simulations, practical tests, and real-world evaluations to ensure safety standards are met. This harmonisation would allow for easier movement of AVs across European borders, fostering a more integrated transport system that benefits both tourism and business travel.
With autonomous vehicles likely to become a common feature on European roads in the coming decades, creating a cohesive framework for testing and certification is essential. For tourists, this will mean less friction when travelling across different countries, as vehicles will be universally accepted and tested to meet the same high standards.
Enhanced Data Sharing for Safety and Efficiency
A vital component of Allianz’s proposal includes the establishment of a European-wide database of accident and safety-related data, which would help ensure that AVs can be held accountable for their actions. The company stresses that access to critical vehicle data should be available to regulatory authorities, insurers, and manufacturers, with a focus on improving road safety for everyone, including tourists.
The European Commission’s current regulations on data exchange, such as the EU Data Act, are expected to play a crucial role in streamlining the sharing of this information. Transparent and secure sharing of safety data will also boost confidence among consumers, encouraging more tourists to embrace autonomous vehicles during their European travels.
Impact on Insurance and Cost Efficiency
For the tourism industry, Allianz also highlights the need for new insurance models that accommodate the changing dynamics of autonomous vehicles. As AVs reduce accident frequencies, insurance premiums are expected to decrease, benefiting both vehicle owners and tourists. With fewer accidents and more reliable transport, tourists will likely see a reduction in costs associated with car rentals and travel insurance, making Europe an even more attractive destination.
However, Allianz warns that while accident frequency will decline, the rising complexity of AVs will increase repair costs, particularly related to sensors and software. The insurance industry, therefore, must adapt by evolving pricing models that reflect both safety performance and technological complexity, ensuring that tourists can still benefit from affordable and reliable transportation during their stay.
A Safer, More Accessible Future for European Tourism
Allianz’s support of an expansive EU legal framework for regulating autonomous vehicles demonstrates innovative thought toward enhancing road safety, mobility and tourism across Europe. With focus on safety standards and promotion of autonomous system innovation, Europe’s transport could be much safer and more accessible for countless tourists, yielding growth in fundamental tourism economies.
With the advancement and proliferation of AV technologies, these suggestions should be made a priority by European governments to guarantee that tourists relish an effortless and safe means of traversing the continent.
The post Allianz Urges EU Standards For Autonomous Vehicle Safety appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
In a historic shift, Italy has joined Spain, Finland, Portugal, France, Turkey, and Germany in what can only be described as jaw-dropping exhibition growth across Europe. The latest figures reveal a staggering 2,240 events and a mind-blowing 23 million square meters of exhibition space, making 2024 a groundbreaking year in the exhibition industry.
This phenomenal expansion has attracted over 53 million attendees, a testament to the growing demand for face-to-face business platforms across the continent. The collaboration among these countries highlights a major trend in the exhibition world: unparalleled growth and opportunity. With major nations like Italy taking part, the European exhibition market is on a record-breaking trajectory. Travel and Tour World urges readers to dive into this exciting development, as this is just the beginning of a new era of exhibition dominance. Don’t miss out—keep reading to discover how these numbers are reshaping the European exhibition industry forever!
UFI, the Global Association of the Exhibition Industry, has published the latest edition of its Euro Fair Statistics report, providing a comprehensive look into the exhibition market across 16 European countries. The report, which includes certified data from 11 national and regional organizations, represents an estimated 55% of the European exhibition sector. The newly released figures highlight the continued recovery and expansion of the industry, with 2,240 exhibitions held in 2024, showcasing the sector’s resilience and growing demand for face-to-face business platforms.
The 2024 Euro Fair Statistics report covers a total of 2,240 exhibitions, including 235 UFI Approved Events. These exhibitions occupied 23.1 million square meters of registered net space and attracted a total of 53.8 million registered visits. Additionally, the events hosted 594,444 exhibiting companies. This data underscores the vibrant nature of the European exhibition market, reflecting ongoing growth as businesses continue to invest in physical events.
The report also reveals that 40% of these events were dedicated to trade visitors, while 30% targeted the public and the remaining 30% served both audiences. This breakdown highlights the diverse nature of exhibitions, which cater to a wide range of industry sectors and audiences, ensuring that the exhibition space remains a vital platform for business interaction and consumer engagement.
The increase in events and market coverage is evident in the 2024 report, with UFI estimating that the data represents nearly 55% of the European exhibition sector. Chris Skeith OBE, UFI CEO, commented, “The number of events covered by the ‘Euro Fair Statistics’ report has continued to grow in recent years.” He also noted that this year’s data collection process was enhanced by asking national bodies to specify whether reported figures referred to visitors or visits, thus improving the accuracy of the data.
The 2024 report reflects the changing demands in the exhibition industry, with organisers adapting to shifts in the market, particularly in response to the increasing importance of face-to-face engagement. As the sector recovers from previous disruptions, the continued growth in event numbers and attendance is a positive sign for the future of in-person exhibitions across Europe.
The comprehensive data in the Euro Fair Statistics report is made possible through the collaboration of national and regional organizations, including AEFI (Italy), AFE (Spain), ATFEO (Finland), BDO & Associates (Portugal), CENTREX (Central and Eastern Europe), CLC-VECTA (The Netherlands), FEBELUX (Belgium), FKM (Germany), SOKEE (Greece), TOBB (Turkey), and UNIMEV-OJS (France). These organizations have provided certified data that reflects the diverse nature of exhibitions across different European regions, contributing to a fuller picture of the market.
By consolidating data from these diverse sources, UFI can provide a comprehensive and accurate representation of the European exhibition sector, further solidifying its role as a key resource for the industry.
The findings of the Euro Fair Statistics report suggest a promising future for the European exhibition market. The increase in events, coupled with rising attendance, indicates a recovery that is outpacing expectations. As businesses and organisations continue to prioritize face-to-face engagement, the exhibition sector is likely to remain an essential element of the European economy.
With continued investment in exhibition platforms and the development of new ways to engage audiences, the industry is well-positioned to thrive in the years ahead. As UFI continues to enhance its data collection methods and provide insights into market trends, the association remains a central figure in shaping the future of the global exhibition industry.
The post Italy joins Spain, Finland, Portugal, France, Turkey, Germany in jaw-dropping exhibition growth in European history—more than fifty-three million attendees and counting with two thousand two hundred and forty events, twenty-three million square meters space. appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Former Chelsea star John Obi Mikel has joined the growing list of football figures praising Mikel Arteta’s Arsenal, describing the Gunners as the most complete team in the game right now. The former Nigerian international, known for his honest and measured takes, couldn’t hide his admiration for the depth and balance in Arsenal’s current squad.
Speaking on The Obi One Podcast via the the official X handle, Mikel highlighted how Arsenal’s transformation under Arteta has elevated them beyond domestic rivals and placed them among Europe’s elite. He noted that their strength is not just in their starting XI but in the quality of players available on the bench a key factor in sustaining success across multiple competitions.
According to him, no other team in world football currently matches Arsenal’s overall squad depth and ability to change games from the bench. He said;
Arsenal have the best squad, not just in the Premier League, not just in England… In world football right now, I bet you there’s no better squad. Depth squad. Name one squad—you’re not talking about the 11 that start—what do you have on the bench that comes in and win games? Arsenal, it’s not better sometimes. It’s not just the starting 11 that wins your game; it’s who you bring off the bench.
Mikel’s comments come at a time when Arsenal have been nothing short of exceptional. The Gunners currently sit top of the Premier League table, showcasing their consistency and composure under Mikel Arteta. Their latest win a narrow but deserved 1-0 victory over Crystal Palace came courtesy of former Palace player Eberechi Eze, whose performances continue to impress in red and white.
Still on the Obi one podcast, Mikel obi had alot of other talking points, he believes that this could be Arsenal’s year and they could go all the way to win the premier league title. Watch the full video below:
— The Obi One Podcast (@obionepodcast) October 27, 2025
‘IT’S ARSENAL’S TO LOSE’
Even @mikel_john_obi is coming round to the thinking that this WILL be Arsenal’s year…4pts clear in the table
Just 3 goals conceded
6 clean sheets in nine games pic.twitter.com/AWQ2TlEndh
In Europe, Arsenal have been just as ruthless. Their 4-0 demolition of Atlético Madrid extended their perfect record in the Champions League this season, positioning them among the favourites to go all the way.
For Mikel, Arsenal’s rise is no fluke it’s the product of smart recruitment, elite coaching, and remarkable team spirit. Coming from a Chelsea legend, his endorsement speaks volumes about how far the Gunners have come.
Atlético Madrid’s 2-0 win over Real Betis on Saturday didn’t just end on the pitch; it carried over to social media, where one fan’s comment lit up X with contrasting opinions about who truly deserved the points.
Softfootball reported that although Betis dominated the ball and created more opportunities, they were unable to convert, with Atlético’s defence and goalkeeper Jan Oblak making crucial interventions. The match statistics highlight a clear disparity between control and efficiency Betis had more shots, corners, and possession, but Atlético’s clinical edge in front of goal proved decisive.
Atletico uploaded video highlights of both goals via their official X account.
Watc the Videos below:
What a way to score your first goal, Álex
— Atlético de Madrid (@atletienglish) October 28, 2025
A work of art#LaLigaHighlights pic.twitter.com/DBXPva401q
With all his love, for the newest member of the family
— Atlético de Madrid (@atletienglish) October 28, 2025#LaLigaHighlights pic.twitter.com/WSbhrze9xj
Following the match, a fan using the handle Iamrafael07 @adimoranwa16121 on X sparked a heated discussion on social media, claiming that Atlético didn’t deserve the win, as Betis were the better team. Well, everybody knows that. Betis is a quality team; in fact, Softfootball initially reported Diego Simeone praising the side before the encounter and emphasising their quality. However, regardless of Rafael’s frustration, goals win games in football.
He posted:
Not really, Betis were the better team in that game by far. That scoreline doesn’t reflect the match, but fair play to Atletico.
His take quickly picked up traction. Many agreed, pointing to the numbers after the game, in fairness Betis had 57% possession, 17 shots, and dominated much of the play. Yet Atlético, with barely nine attempts, scored twice and walked away looking comfortable.
Some users backed Rafael’s claim, arguing that Atlético were efficient but far from superior. Citing that this is what Diego Simeone’s side is best known to do; however, not everyone shared the sentiment. With others accusing Betis of wastefulness and praising Atlético for their classic ruthlessness.
User PeeFC @BigPresh_25 on X mocked Betis’ inconsistency. Meanwhile, Galacticos @Madridfan on X defended Atlético’s approach as a very solid display of character and grit.
PeeFC reacted:
Just for them to lose against a relegation team at home lol.
Galacticos defended Atlético’s approach:
“Solid performance from Atlético. They made it look easy — clinical, disciplined, and back in the top four where they belong!”
And Super Power Uniform (@S_PowerUniform) framed it as a title-race statement, as Atletico is definitely playing catch-up to the likes of Real Madrid and Barcelona and form them to take full advantage. This is a good way to to approach it.
He tweeted:
It’s a great win to keep up the chase for the top spot.
What began as a simple opinion turned into a thread full of arguments about football’s oldest question, does possession mean dominance, or do goals decide everything?
For Rafael, it probably wasn’t that deep. He just saw what many fans did: a team that played better football but walked away with nothing. For others, it was classic Atlético’s organized, ruthless, and never needing to impress anyone but the scoreboard.
By the end of it all, the stats doesn’t matter much. Betis had the ball; Atlético had the win. And on X, Rafael’s post had already done its job reminding everyone that in football, beauty doesn’t always beat efficiency.
Polygon Labs has announced a strategic partnership with Manifold Trading as it looks to boost Polygon’s decentralized finance (DeFi) ecosystem.
The platform revealed the integration with the quantitative trading firm via a press release on October 28, 2025.
The news came as POL, the native token of the Polygon network, gained amid broader market optimism.
At the time of writing, POL hovered above $0.20.
Institutional-grade execution is the main take of Polygon Lab’s partnership with Manifold.
According to the announcement, the integration represents a deliberate effort to elevate the infrastructure of DeFi platforms within Polygon’s ecosystem.
At its core is Manifold’s proprietary quantitative models and high-frequency trading algorithms.
The integration brings the firm’s institutional infrastructure and experience to Polygon.
The alliance focuses on integrating Manifold’s execution engine directly into Polygon’s AggLayer, with Manifold deploying its sophisticated order routing and market-making tools tailored for DeFi environments to the Ethereum scaling solution’s network.
“Access to deep, stable liquidity is foundational to any mature financial system,” said Maria Adamjee, head of investor relations at Polygon Labs. “Manifold’s ability to actively manage spreads, size, and responsiveness across multiple venues makes them an ideal ecosystem partner as we continue scaling institutional-grade DeFi across the Polygon ecosystem.”
This integration is expected to roll out progressively.
At the centre of this partnership is the infusion of institutional liquidity into the DeFi ecosystem, addressing longstanding challenges such as fragmented pools and volatile pricing.
Manifold’s quantitative models excel in providing deep liquidity through automated market-making and predictive analytics, which can dynamically adjust to market conditions.
“Polygon has become one of the most active venues for DeFi innovation,” said Noah Hanover, quantitative developer at Manifold. “We’re focused on supporting market stability and depth at scale, so that traders, protocols, and capital allocators can operate in a liquid, reliable environment.”
The integration aligns with broader market and regulatory trends.
Many top platforms are incorporating features such as on-chain proof-of-reserves and compliance hooks to appeal to enterprise adopters.
Polygon, which recently activated its Rio upgrade to boost network transaction speed, efficiency, and cut fees, is one of the platforms eyeing greater traction.
Part of the growth has earned recognition. Ethereum co-founder Vitalik Buterin recently lauded Polygon’s role in pioneering zero-knowledge proofs.
POL is the native token that powers the Polygon ecosystem.
It functions as the platform’s native gas and staking token, which means it helps to secure the network as well as allow users access to the growing number of apps built on Polygon.
This marks POL as a token with real utility, a factor that has seen its price grow significantly amid both retail and institutional demand.
At the time of writing, POL traded above $0.20, a key level for bulls following recent declines
The post Polygon partners Manifold to boost DeFi ecosystem appeared first on CoinJournal.
Digital assets performed well on Tuesday as Bitcoin reclaimed $117,000.
The broader sector has turned bullish amid optimistic updates and tomorrow’s Fed decision on interest rates.
In a groundbreaking move that has stirred the altcoin space, US regulators have reportedly approved exchange-traded funds linked to Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera.
This marks a crucial moment for the digital assets industry, with diversified ETF offerings beyond Bitcoin and Ethereum.
Enthusiasts can now access Bitwise Solana, Canary HBAR, and Canary Litecoin exchange-traded funds on the New York Stock Exchange.
The decision follows the new policies that allow issuers to evade the lengthy review procedures by the SEC.
The new financial products are experiencing significant investor appetite.
According to ETF analyst Eric Balchunas, the Bitwise SOL staking ETF saw its trading volume hit $10 million within the first 30 minutes.
It has eclipsed Hedera and Litecoin at $4 million and $400k, respectively.
Here's numbers fter 30min$BSOL: $10m$HBR: $4m$LTCC: $400k
— Eric Balchunas (@EricBalchunas) October 28, 2025
Meanwhile, the approval will boost investor exposure in SOL, LTC, and HBAR through regulated channels.
That eliminates the complexity of navigating wallets and finding legitimate brokers.
The new funds have already debuted on leading United States exchanges as the gap between DeFi and TradFi blurs.
The latest approvals increase alternatives for investors.
Until recently, institutional players remained restricted to Bitcoin and Ethereum-related financial products.
Now, the landscape has transformed dramatically.
Solana, known for speed and its vibrant DeFi, meme token, and NFT ecosystem, has been among the hottest blockchains in the past few months.
With SOL ETFs live, the project can anticipate remarkable liquidity and market stability.
Such fundamentals can help Solana cement its status as a serious “Ethereum Killer.” SOL is trading at $199 after gaining more than 3% the past week.
The OG Litecoin has remained relevant through the years due to its constant network uptime and strong fundamentals.
An LTC ETF approval confirms that regulators still perceive Litecoin as a time-tested token that can serve conservative investors navigating cryptocurrencies.
LTC is trading at $98, bracing for impressive upside breakouts.
Finally, Hedera’s exchange-traded fund offers an opportunity for individuals exploring the blockchain role in tokenized assets, sustainability, and business solutions.
HBAR gas soared over 10% the previous day to $0.2018.
Donald Trump’s meme token led the gainers today. TRUMP gained more than 14% the past 24 hours to $7.11.
Trump Media’s deal with Crypto.com to launch Truth Predict is fueling TRUMP’s surges.
NEW: 🇺🇸🎥 President Trump’s Truth Social has partnered with #Crypto.com to launch “Truth Predict.”
The new feature will make Truth Social the world’s first social media platform to offer federally compliant prediction markets on politics, economics, and sports. pic.twitter.com/7GUWns4AvB
— Bitcoin.com News (@BTCTN) October 28, 2025
Under the agreement, Truth Social will channel event contracts through CDNA, a CFTC-registered exchange and clearinghouse.
The partnership provides the platform with a federally compliant framework to offer prediction markets tied to elections, economic data, commodity prices, sports results, and other real-world events.
Trump Media is promoting the initiative as the first instance of a publicly traded social media company integrating prediction markets directly into its platform.
The new feature will display real-time market pricing, allowing users to respond to live developments.
Social elements will be integrated alongside trading functions, enabling users to discuss positions, share forecasts, and trade simultaneously.
User engagement will be directly linked to trading activity — participants who earn “Truth gems” through interactions can convert them into CRO digital tokens, which can then be used to purchase event contracts.
The post Altcoins today: Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETFs debut; TRUMP rebounds appeared first on CoinJournal.
Rafael Leao, Luka Modric and Santiago Gimenez start for Milan, who try to end Atalanta’s unbeaten record with Charles De Ketelaere and Ademola Lookman.
It kicks off at the New Balance Arena in Bergamo at 19.45 GMT.
The Rossoneri had been on top of the Serie A table until their surprising 2-2 draw with Pisa at San Siro.
Christian Pulisic, Adrien Rabiot, Pervis Estupinan and Ardon Jashari are still out of action.
Leao is partnered by Gimenez rather than Christopher Nkunku, while Ruben Loftus-Cheek is back on the bench after shaking off a muscular problem.
Fikayo Tomori returns to the defence after being dropped in favour of Koni De Winter.
Atalanta are the only Serie A side to remain unbeaten so far this season, but that doesn’t translate to a successful run, because only two of those were victories and they’ve drawn four on the bounce.
With Nikola Krstovic and Gianluca Scamacca struggling for goals, coach Ivan Juric opts for De Ketelaere and Lookman together supported by Mario Pasalic.
These are familiar faces, as both De Ketelaere and Pasalic are former Milan players, so are Yunus Musah and Daniel Maldini on the bench.
Giorgio Scalvini and Mitchel Bakker are the only remaining absentees.
Atalanta: Carnesecchi; Kossounou, Hien, Ahanor; Zappacosta, De Roon, Ederson, Bernasconi; Pasalic; De Ketelaere, Lookman
Milan: Maignan; Tomori, Gabbia, Pavlovic; Saelemaekers, Fofana, Modric, Ricci, Bartesaghi; Gimenez, Leao
| 4' | Samuele Ricci | |||
| 9' | Santiago Giménez | |||
| Ademola Lookman (Assist: Mario Pasalic) |
|
35' |
| 77' | Luka Modric | |||
| Marco Brescianini | 90+3' | |||
| 90+3' | |
Matteo Gabbia |
Remo Freuler’s future is back in the spotlight as Bologna work to secure a contract extension for the experienced midfielder.
The 33-year-old is tied to the Rossoblù until June 2026, and initial discussions have already taken place in recent weeks.
However, progress has been slow, and another club may now be considering an approach.
According to reports from Il Resto del Carlino, via TuttoMercatoWeb, Roma boss Gian Piero Gasperini has made an exploratory call to Freuler to understand the player’s openness to a future move to the capital.
The two know each other extremely well, with Freuler having made 254 appearances under Gasperini during their long spell together at Atalanta, the most he has played for any coach in his career.
For now, concrete steps are yet to be taken, but Roma’s interest could increase pressure on Bologna to accelerate renewal talks and avoid letting the situation drift.
Luciano Spalletti has made it clear this is not a matter of salary or contract length. During the meeting with Juventus, after the contacts we reported already yesterday afternoon, Spalletti reaffirmed his strong desire to take charge in Turin.
He is open to every formula: a deal until June with a two-year option, or a straight contract until 2027. The idea of reaching the club’s minimum target of Champions League qualification and then being one year away from expiry does not concern him now; that would be a matter to evaluate later.
Spalletti is convinced that through his work he can put the ship back on course after the recent wrecks.
Now, the next move belongs to Damien Comolli and his timing. One could say that after dismissing a coach, the club should already have the replacement ready.
But Comolli identified Spalletti as his target since Saturday, the eve of the defeat to Lazio, and it is up to him to assess the financial side of the operation.
There is no doubt inside the club regarding Spalletti being the most suitable candidate to pull Juventus from this situation. From this point, it is simply a matter of moving from theory to execution.
Raffaele Palladino remains the plan B only in the case of sudden changes of direction, second thoughts or unforeseen developments in the coming hours.
From yesterday afternoon onward, Roberto Mancini has been removed even as a plan C, not just as plan B. The expectation now is to finalise talks with the man who has always been the first choice.
Napoli team manager Gabriele Oriali has spoken to the press before the Partenopei’s trip to Lecce in Serie A on Tuesday evening. Oriali discussed several topics, including the 6-2 defeat to PSV last week, as well as the injuries of both Kevin De Bruyne and Romelu Lukaku.
Speaking to DAZN Italia, Oriali said “There are always three points up for grabs in every game. We need to keep the Eindhoven defeat in our minds always as a warning of what can happen when we don’t play with that focus and unity,”
Napoli were expected to meet a resistant PSV in Eindhoven last week but nobody forecasted such a heavy defeat for Antonio Conte’s side. However, the Partenopei bounced back at the weekend with a 3-1 win over Inter in a game that may carry additional significance as we get further through the campaign.
“We were coming off a heavy defeat that was unexpected, so everyone’s mood was bad going into the Inter game, not just Conte.”
Kevin De Bruyne was taken off with an injury in the win over Inter and early forecasts predict that the Belgian will not return until a couple of months into 2026.
On the former Manchester City man’s condition, Oriali said “We don’t know yet how long he will be out for, as the surgery is meant to be tomorrow, but we’ll have a better idea then. It is going to be 3-4 months unfortunately, as he had settled in very well and was giving a big hand to the team.”
Finally, the Napoli man discussed Romelu Lukaku’s recovery. The forward suffered an injury in pre-season that saw him miss the start to the campaign, and led to the Partenopei signing Rasmus Hojlund from Manchester United.
“However, Lukaku is on his way back this week and we hope to get him ready soon. I won’t stand here listing all the injuries we’ve had, but we got through it anyway, and those who replaced them did very well.”
Teun Koopmeiners’ difficult start to life at Juventus is increasingly becoming a talking point in Turin. The Dutch midfielder arrived with the expectation of becoming a key part of the new project, but performances so far have fallen short of the level shown at Atalanta.
Used in multiple roles under Igor Tudor, he has yet to find continuity or influence matches in the way the club envisioned.
Koopmeiners has made clear his preference to play deeper in midfield rather than as an advanced playmaker, and his future will be re-evaluated in the winter window.
While the club have shown faith, there is an acceptance that the balance in midfield is still lacking and reinforcements could be required.
Among the profiles Juventus continue to monitor is Borussia Dortmund midfielder Felix Nmecha, via CalcioMercato. The Germany international impressed against the Bianconeri in the Champions League and was observed again recently during Dortmund’s European win in Copenhagen.
However, competition from Premier League and La Liga sides, plus a valuation approaching €50m, makes any January move complex.
Lecce host Napoli at the Via del mare this evening as Antonio Conte’s side look to go temporarily three points clear at the top of Serie A.
After an impressive victory at the Stadio Maradona against Scudetto rivals Inter at the weekend, Napoli appear to be getting their momentum back on track following a brutal week before.
After a disappointing 1-0 loss to Torino and heavy 6-2 thumping at the hands of PSV last week, Conte’s side bounced back with a convincing 3-1 win over Inter.
Unfortunately for Conte and the Partenopei, talismanic midfielder Kevin De Bruyne suffered an injury in the win and the Partenopei must now deal without the Belgian midfielder for some time.
Furthermore, Scott McTominay heads to the bench as Conte opts for a midfield triad of Billy Gilmour, Eljif Elmas and Andre-Frank Zambo Anguissa.
Additionally, Lorenzo Lucca starts up front, with Politano and Noa Lang working from the flanks. This marks Conte’s return to his 4-3-3, after utilising a 4-1-4-1 for a majority of the season so far.
Lecce (4-3-3): Falcone; Gallo, Gabriel, Gaspar, Veiga; Berisha, Ramadani, Coulibaly; Banda, Camarda, Pierotti
Napoli (4-3-3): Milinkovic-Savic; Di Lorenzo, Juan Jesus, Buongiorno, Olivera; Anguissa, Gilmour, Elmas; Politano, Lucca, Lang
| 26' | Mathías Olivera |
| Francesco Camarda | |
56' | ||
| Ylber Ramadani | 62' | |||
| 69' | |
Frank Anguissa (Assist: David Neres) | ||
| Konan N’Dri | |
88' |
The penalty awarded to Napoli during their 3-1 win over Inter continues to provoke debate, as newly released RefCam audio has shed fresh light on how the decision was reached.
The incident, involving a coming together between Henrikh Mkhitaryan and Giovanni Di Lorenzo, broke the deadlock at the Stadio Maradona and significantly shifted the momentum of the match.
The footage, published by Serie A, shows referee Maurizio Mariani well-positioned and initially inclined to let play continue, as per CalcioNews24.
However, the audio captures intervention from his assistant Daniele Bindoni, who suggests the contact may be sufficient for a penalty. Mariani is heard asking, “Are you sure?”, before reversing his judgment and pointing to the spot after a brief pause.
Kevin De Bruyne converted to give Napoli the lead.
The sequence has reignited frustration among Inter supporters and raised broader concerns about consistency, communication protocols, and perceived external pressure on match officials.
It is surprising to see Juventus signings Jonathan David and Loïs Openda suddenly being written off as “flops”, when they are clearly nothing of the sort.
And if someone wanted to say it, it would have been more credible to do so on September 2nd – not at the end of October. What is certain, however, is that those two, especially those two, were the core of the disagreement between Tudor and Comolli.
The coach had pushed to keep Kolo Muani, both for tactical continuity and because his adaptation to the system was already complete. Instead, he did not appreciate the repeated delays in negotiations, accepted David without enthusiasm, almost endured Openda’s arrival, and expressed strong doubts about Zhegrova.
Once Comolli had acted, the club expected those investments, significant investments, to be valued, rather than constant tactical resets and formation changes born out of improvisation.
The change of coach at Juventus is not only about stopping the negative run of three consecutive defeats and four games without scoring. It must also redirect the club’s transfer strategy.
That does not mean forcing the new manager to rely blindly on the attackers signed in July and August. But it also cannot mean discarding them on principle or using them without a clear and coherent plan.
Chelsea are hoping to sign Guela Doue during the January transfer window.
The 23-year-old has done quite well for French outfit Strasbourg, and Chelsea are interested in securing his signature.
According to Football Insider, Chelsea are front-runners to get the deal done because of their relationship with the French outfit. Both clubs are owned by BlueCo, and it will be interesting to see if Chelsea can negotiate a reasonable deal for the defender.
Chelsea have recently sent scouts to watch Doue as well.
Pete O’Rourke claimed: “Obviously, Chelsea are probably frontrunners due to their relationship with Strasbourg as both clubs are owned by Blue Co.
“You’re probably looking between £20-25million for Doue in his current form. He’s under contract with the French club until 2029, so they’re under no real pressure to sell him just now as well.”
They are looking to add more quality and depth to the full back areas, and Doue would be a solid long-term investment. He has shown his quality in France, and he has the ability to do well in England as well. The opportunity to move to the Premier League will be quite exciting for him. It would be a huge step up in his career.
Regular football in England could help him improve further and fulfil his potential. Chelsea are one of the biggest clubs in the world, and they have done well in grooming young players in the past. They could play a key role in his development.
The 23-year-old will be excited to take on a new challenge at this stage of his career, and he will hope that the two clubs can finalise a deal. The report claims that a deal could be done for a fee of around £20-25 million. Chelsea certainly have the financial muscle to pay the asking price, and the deal could look like a bargain if the defender manages to fulfil his potential with them.
The post Report: Chelsea are now “frontrunners” to complete £20-25m transfer in January appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Manchester United are looking to improve their midfield unit during the January transfer window, and they are looking to sign Conor Gallagher from Atletico Madrid.
The 25-year-old England international has been linked with a move to the Premier League in recent months. He was heavily linked with a return to English football during the summer transfer window as well. It seems that Manchester United are now prepared to make their move for Gallagher.
According to a report from Fichajes, they would be willing to offer €60 million (£53m) in order to get the deal done. Atletico Madrid do not want to lose a key player in January unless there is an exceptional offer on the table. It will be interesting to see how they react to the €60 million proposal when it is presented.
Manchester United need more quality and depth in the middle of the park, and the 25-year-old would be the ideal acquisition. He knows the league well, and he could make an instant impact. They need his physicality and work great in the midfield, and Gallagher could be a quality addition.
The midfielder has struggled for regular game time at the Spanish club, and he could consider returning to the Premier League. Manchester United have an exciting project, and they have done some impressive business in the summer. They have shown improvement in recent weeks, and the player could be tempted to join them.
Even though Manchester United have not been able to fight for major trophies regularly, they are one of the biggest clubs in the world, and the opportunity to play for them can be hard to turn down. Gallagher could be tempted, especially if they are willing to provide him with regular opportunities.
The post Report: Man United ready to offer £53 million for England international in January appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Chelsea are looking to reduce their wage bill and get rid of some of their expendable players like Malo Gusto.
Malo Gusto could be on his way out of the club, and Italian outfit Juventus are preparing an offer of €50 million to sign him. Bayern Munich were linked with Gusto in recent months as well.
According to a report from Fichajes, Chelsea are prepared to consider selling the French defender. It remains to be seen of the situation develops. Gusto is hardly an indispensable asset for them. If they can sell him for €50 million, it could prove to be a sensible move for the London club.
The opportunity to join the Italian club could be exciting for the French defender as well. They are one of the biggest clubs in the world, and they could provide him with the platform to compete at a high level. He has not been a regular starter for Chelsea, and he could look to move on.
There is no doubt that he has the technical attributes for Italian football, and he could do well at Juventus. It seems that the move could be ideal for all parties.
There is no doubt that the 22-year-old is a quality player. However, he has been quite inconsistent with the English club. It would make sense for Chelsea to sell him and invest the proceeds into the playing squad. They have done well to improve the team in the recent windows, but they are not at the level required to win the league title or the UEFA Champions League. They need established stars along with the pool of young talent, they have at the club.
Selling the 22-year-old will certainly help them improve the team in future. It remains to be seen whether all parties can agree on a deal in the coming months.
The post Chelsea ready to reduce their wage bill, Euro giants will offer €50m for wide player appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Manchester United are hoping to sign the Real Madrid midfielder Eduardo Camavinga.
According to a report from Fichajes, the 22-year-old midfielder is now a priority target for the Premier League club, and they will have to pay around €80 million in order to get the deal done. Real Madrid have made it clear that they will not entertain low offers for the player.
It will be interesting to see if Manchester United are willing to pay up. Camavinga has been linked with Liverpool as well. There have been rumours that Liverpool could look to pay £69 million for the player.
The versatile French international would be an exceptional acquisition if they manage to get the deal done. They need more quality and depth in the middle of the park, and Camavinga is tailor-made for them.
Camavinga is capable of operating anywhere across the midfield, and he is capable of operating in the wide areas, as a winger or a full-back. Xabi Alonso recently labelled him as “exceptional” after a solid performance from him in the wide areas.
The French International is quite young, and he will only improve with coaching and experience. He could develop into a key player for Manchester United in the long run. It will be interesting to see if they come forward with an offer to him. The asking price is affordable for a club with their resources.
Meanwhile, Manchester United will need to convince the player to join them as well. They will need to convince him that their project is capable of helping him fulfil his ambitions.
The 22-year-old will want to win major trophies in his career, and he will only join a club where he will be able to win silverware. It will be interesting to see if he is prepared to consider a move to Old Trafford.
The post Man United learn asking price for “exceptional” La Liga star who is a priority target now appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Liverpool are looking to improve their defensive unit with the signing of the Ecuador international defender Joel Ordonez from Club Brugge.
The 21-year-old central defender has done quite well for the Belgian club, and Liverpool views Ordonez as an option to improve their defensive unit.
They have looked vulnerable at the back season, and they will need to replace Ibrahima Konate at the end of the season as well. The French International will be a free agent soon, and Liverpool need to start planning for life without him.
The 21-year-old Ecuador International could prove to be an excellent addition. He has proven himself in Belgium, and he has done quite well at the international level with his country as well. Ordonez has been labelled as “outstanding” in the past. He has been linked with Chelsea as well.
He has the physicality and technical attributes for English football, and Liverpool are ready to break the Bank for him. According to a report from Bolavip, Liverpool would be willing to pay around €40 million for the defender. They are ready to offer him a huge salary in excess of €3 million per season.
The defender will be attracted to the idea of joining the Premier League champions. It would be a huge opportunity for him, and he will look to prove himself in England. The money on offer is quite tempting for the player as well. It remains to be seen whether his club is willing to accept the €40 million offer when it is presented.
Liverpool should look to get the deal done in January. They have been in disastrous form in recent weeks, and they will look to get their season back on track. Signing the right players in January could help them bounce back strongly.
The post Huge salary on offer: What Liverpool are willing to do to sign “outstanding” South American appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Chelsea and Manchester United are among the clubs interested in signing the Leicester City attacker, Jeremy Monga.
The 16-year-old winger is highly rated across England, and he has a bright future. The talented young attacker is on the radar of multiple clubs, and it will be interesting to see if they decide to come forward with an offer to sign him
He is not eligible to sign a professional contract with the Foxes until June 2026, and clubs like Chelsea and Manchester United will look to take advantage of the situation and sign the player. On the other hand, Leicester City will hope to keep him at the club until June so that they can persuade him to sign a professional deal with the club.
Manchester City and Tottenham are keen on Monga as well.
Graeme Bailey claims on TBR: “Monga is a generational talent. At just 16, he already has more first-team appearances than players like Rio Ngumoha and Max Dowman, who have made huge impacts in the Premier League this season.
“But let’s not forget, Monga has already played in the Premier League and previously turned down approaches before signing his scholarship.
“Interest remains high, and there is a belief that by January he could be ready to make a move.
“Leicester are hoping that giving him regular first-team opportunities will convince him to stay until the summer, when he can sign a professional deal.
“At that point, the club could either sell him or at least secure a fee, rather than risk losing him for minimal compensation.”
Chelsea and Manchester United have done well to bring talented young players in recent windows, and they are looking to build a formidable team for the future. Monga has been on the radar of clubs like Real Madrid as well.
The 16-year-old would be a solid long-term acquisition. They have done well to groom several talented young players into established stars in the past, and Monga will certainly fancy his chances of fulfilling his potential with the two clubs.
The post Report: Chelsea and Man United monitoring “generational talent” from English outfit appeared first on CaughtOffside.
If you’re looking for a 360-degree camera, Insta360 has become more or less the standard. But if the Insta360 X5 is a bit out of your price range, the company unveiled the Insta360 X4 Air today. This is a compact 360-degree camera that brings 8K video recording to creators who have a smaller budget.
The X4 Air captures 8K 360-degree video at 30fps and 4K at 50fps. It features dual 1/1.8-inch CMOS sensors that can deliver vibrant colors. But this doesn’t mean it can’t take photos. If you have to take photos, they max out at 29MP. This is lower than Insta360’s flagship models, although it should be more than enough for most creators.
While it is cheaper than the X5, Insta360’s FlowState stabilization, 360-degree horizon lock, and Invisible Selfie Stick effect are all here. The camera is waterproof up to 15 meters without extra housing and weighs just 165 grams (46 x 113.8 x 37 mm), making it 30 grams lighter than its predecessors.
The camera has a built-in 2,010mAh battery that runs for 90 minutes on 8K while charging fully in 57 minutes. Another standout feature is the user-replaceable lenses. This means you can swap them out easily if they get scratched. Other features include gesture control, voice activation, and twist-to-record, perfect for solo vloggers.
The X4 Air sits below the X4 and X5 in Insta360’s lineup. While it sacrifices some photo resolution and slow-motion frame rates, it retains important features like stability and immersive shooting capabilities.
The Insta360 GO Ultra, which launched earlier this year at $449, offers a different form factor with a wearable design. Meanwhile, competitors like the DJI Osmo Nano are also targeting budget-conscious creators with similar pricing strategies.
For casual users who want to experiment with 360 content or creators stepping up from smartphone cameras, the X4 Air is a good place to start. It’s priced around $399 at launch. This is less than the $500+ X4 and $550+ X5 when they first launched. The Insta360 X4 Air is available now on the company’s official site, Amazon, and select retailers globally. It also comes with a free one-year subscription to Insta360+.
The post Insta360 X4 Air Launches: 8K 360 Video Just Got Affordable at $399 appeared first on Android Headlines.
On app stores like Apple’s and the Google Play Store, there are certain applications that are designed for adults. Now, it looks like Google wants to implement age verification across the board, requiring users to show proof they are 18 or older to download certain “mature” apps from the Play Store.
This is according to a post on X by Artem Russakovskii, where he shared screenshots of the age verification system in action. Basically, users need to show Google proof of their age, if not they might not be able to download many apps from the Play Store. This is part of Google’s larger efforts at identifying the ages of their users on search and YouTube.
Based on the screenshots, users have several ways of verifying their age. This comes in the form of uploading a government-issued ID, taking a selfie, using a credit card, or using a third-party service. If you’re already using a credit card in your name to buy from the Play Store, we reckon this shouldn’t be an issue.
At the moment, it is unclear what kind of limitations users might face if they do not verify their age. Presumably, at the very least, they will be blocked from downloading apps designated for adults. However, if the limitations go beyond that, it is going to be very annoying.
Now, you might think that this is just Google’s way of collecting more information on you. That was our first instinct too. However, according to Russakovskii, Google isn’t entirely to blame for this. According to him, Google is just adhering to the law. In the US alone, there are several states that have implemented age verification requirements. This is also true for other countries like the UK.
Google obviously needs to play nice with these states and countries if it wants to keep operating in them. However, for users, these extra steps will be a pain. It would be less of an issue if the process were seamless. But we’ve already seen Google’s reliance on AI has resulted in adults getting banned.
The post Age Check Hits Play Store: You Might Need an ID to Download Some Apps appeared first on Android Headlines.
Launched in March of this year, the Google Pixel 9a has quickly become a favorite for those seeking a powerful yet affordable smartphone experience. Its impressive photographic features have also helped its popularity. To help you protect and enhance this device, we’ve scoured the market for the best cases and accessories so you don’t have to. Below you will find our top pick that will cover most of your needs and requirements.
For a great blend of style, protection, and a slim profile, the Spigen Liquid Air is our top choice for the best overall case for the Google Pixel 9a.
The Spigen Liquid Air’s matte black finish with a subtle geometric pattern not only looks modern; it also provides an excellent grip, significantly reducing the chances of accidental slips. This case is crafted from a flexible TPU material that is easy to install and feels comfortable in hand.
Despite its lightweight and slender design, the Liquid Air doesn’t compromise on protection. It features Spigen’s Air Cushion Technology in the corners to absorb shock from drops and bumps. The raised edges around the screen and camera provide an extra layer of defense against scratches when you place your phone on flat surfaces. It’s a case that offers substantial protection without adding unnecessary bulk, making it ideal for everyday use.
If a secure hold is your primary concern, the dbrand Grip Case is second to none. Engineered with a unique micro-etched texture on the sides, this case offers an exceptional level of grip that inspires confidence when holding your Google Pixel 9a.
The tactile feedback from the textured rails on dbrand’s Grip Case ensures that the phone stays firmly in your hand, preventing accidental drops.
Beyond its grippy exterior, the dbrand Grip Case provides military-grade impact protection. So, you can be sure your device is safe from everyday tumbles. One of the standout features of this case is its customizability. You can pair it with a wide array of dbrand’s signature skins to personalize the look of your Google Pixel 9a. So, this case will not only offer you a secure grip, but you will also be able to adapt it to your unique style.
Among case users, there are many who want to protect their phone from scratches and scuffs without adding bulk. For these cases, the Spigen Thin Fit MagFit case is an ideal solution.
As one of the thinnest cases on the market, the Spigen Thin Fit adds virtually no bulk to your phone, preserving its original form factor and feel. The case is so slim that you’ll barely notice it’s there if the color matches that of your device. As a bonus, it integrates a magnet to add compatibility with MagSafe accessories.
This Spigen case is designed with precision, ensuring a snug fit and easy access to all buttons and ports. It features a subtle lip around the camera to protect the lens without adding bulk. While it won’t offer the same level of drop protection as a thicker case, it excels at preventing the everyday nicks and scratches that can blemish your device.
When it comes to robust protection, the OtterBox Commuter Series is a top contender case for the Google Pixel 9a.
The OtterBox Commuter Series case is built with a dual-layer design, featuring a soft inner slipcover and a hard outer shell. Both work together to absorb and deflect impact from drops and falls. It’s a case designed for those who lead an active lifestyle or work in demanding environments. It even boasts of exceed 3x the MIL-STD-810G 516.6 military drop standards.
The Commuter Series also includes port covers to block out dust, dirt, and lint from getting into the jacks and ports. Despite its rugged construction, it maintains a relatively slim profile that allows for easy pocketability.
Maybe you are looking for both rugged protection and the convenience of a built-in kickstand. In this case, the Spigen Tough Armor AI (MagFit) for the Google Pixel 9a is an excellent choice.
This case provides heavy-duty defense with its combination of a shock-absorbent TPU interior and a durable polycarbonate exterior. It’s also fortified with Air Cushion Technology for superior drop protection. It even has magnets to support MagSafe gadgets and accessories.
The integrated kickstand is a standout feature. It allows for hands-free viewing in landscape mode, perfect for watching videos or making video calls. The kickstand sits flush with the back of the case when not in use, maintaining a sleek profile. The Tough Armor offers a sweet balance of functionality and protection for your Google Pixel 9a.
For those who like to put some premium fashion on their phones, the Bellroy Leather Case for the Google Pixel 9a is the ultimate choice.
Like other leather cases from Bellroy, this one is designed in direct collaboration with Google. This guarantees a perfect fit and smooth, seamless access to every feature of your Google Pixel 9a.
Crafted from eco-tanned leather, the case doesn’t just protect your phone—it evolves, gaining a unique patina over time. It keeps a remarkably slim profile yet delivers serious protection. You’ll find a soft microfiber lining inside to cushion your phone, plus subtly raised edges that safeguard the screen and camera. If you value genuine leather and precision design, this is your case.
To simplify your daily carry, the Smartish Wallet Slayer Vol. 1 for the Google Pixel 9a is a nice solution.
The TORRO Folio Case is an elegant way to protect your device. Made from genuine top-grain leather, it promises a classic look and exceptional durability that ages beautifully over time.
Inside, the case features a soft microfiber lining to safeguard your screen. Its true advantage lies in the utility: multiple card slots replace your wallet, and a simple fold creates a built-in stand for media viewing. The TORRO case offers robust protection that never sacrifices the sophisticated touch of premium leather.
Protecting the display of your Google Pixel 9a is essential. The Supershieldz Tempered Glass Screen Protector offers high-quality protection at an affordable price.
Made from high-quality tempered glass, it provides excellent scratch resistance and can withstand minor impacts. It’s a nice option to keep your screen in pristine condition.
The Supershieldz screen protector is designed to be highly transparent, ensuring that you don’t lose any of the vibrant colors or sharpness of your Google Pixel 9a’s display. It also features a hydrophobic and oleophobic coating to reduce smudges and fingerprints. The package typically includes multiple protectors, making it a great value and ensuring you have a spare on hand.
Colors: Clear
Build Materials: Glass
Dimensions: N/A
Weight: N/A
For the best wireless charging experience with your Google Pixel 9a, the official Google Pixel Stand (2nd Gen) is the top choice.
This wireless charger is designed to provide fast and efficient wireless charging. Plus, it turns your Pixel into a smart display while it powers up. You can use it to control smart home devices, display your favorite photos, and more.
The Pixel Stand is a premium accessory that not only charges your phone quickly but also enhances its functionality. It comes with a power adapter and cable, so you have everything you need to get started right out of the box. For a seamless and feature-rich charging experience, the Pixel Stand is an excellent investment.
The Google Pixel 9a doesn’t come with a power brick in the box. If you don’t have one at home, the Anker 312 Charger (30W) is an excellent and affordable option for fast charging.
This compact and powerful charger can charge your Google Pixel 9a at its maximum supported speed via USB-C.
The Anker 312 features a foldable plug, making it incredibly portable and perfect for travel. It also incorporates Anker’s safety features to protect your device from overcharging and overheating. For a reliable, fast, and compact charging solution, the Anker 312 is a must-have accessory for your handset.
The post Best Google Pixel 9a Cases & Accessories appeared first on Android Headlines.
If you’ve ever been on a car trip with the family, then you know how irritating it can be if everyone needs to charge their devices and there’s not enough charging ports to go around. That’s why this deal on the UGREEN 145W retractable car charger is such a good deal. For $34.99, you get a car charger that can charge up to four devices at once. Not only that, but it has one of the USB-C cables already available as it retracts into the charger when not in use. Then, there are three other ports available, so you can plug three more cables in to charge three additional devices. Normally, this car charger would cost you $50.
That price means this is 30% off right now, and it’s the lowest price in the last 30 days. Just imagine, for $35, you could solve everyone’s charging problems for the next family road trip. Alternatively, this serves as a great way to charge several of your own devices at a time. Like your phone, earbuds, and maybe a gaming handheld if you take one with you everywhere you go. And with a 145W output, you have plenty of juice to charge everything simultaneously. It’s also worth noting that this has enough power to charge your laptop.
While you could probably find a car charger for less money, it probably won’t be as good as this one or as useful.
The post This UGREEN car charger covers the whole family for only $35 appeared first on Android Headlines.
There aren’t many excellent phones you can pick up for a price under $500, which is what makes this deal on the 2024 Motorola razr so good and, dare we say, tempting. At its normal price of $699.99, the 2024 Motorola razr is a pretty good value, but at its current sale price of $399.99, it’s almost like you’re stealing from Motorola and Amazon.
This is a 43% discount for a foldable smartphone, which is evidence of two things. One, foldable smartphone prices are likely starting to come down to more reasonable levels, and Amazon probably has some stock of this phone that it’s trying to chew through. Either way, if you like the idea of a foldable phone but have held off because of the cost, now is the perfect time to get this one.
The 2024 Motorola razr is powered by a 4,200mAh battery that should last you all day and then some. The phone has pretty fast charging as well. So when the battery drains completely, it shouldn’t take long to power the phone back up. It has a 50MP camera for photos as well, and it comes unlocked so it can work on any major US carrier. The large cover screen display isn’t just for show. It can display the time, date, and even run several apps, allowing you to interact with some of the phone’s features.
The post The 2024 Motorola razr at $400 is a price you can be proud to pay appeared first on Android Headlines.
Ah, the OPPO Find X9 series. One of my favorite smartphone series out right now. Why? Well, it’s got everything I love about OnePlus, with a more efficient chip and a more versatile camera system. At least, that was the case with the Find X8 and Find X8 Pro. Is that still the case for the Find X9 Pro this year? Let’s find out.
The OPPO Find X9 Pro takes everything we loved about last year’s model and turns it up a notch — with a sleek new flat design, a powerhouse Dimensity 9500 chip, and one of the best battery experiences you’ll find on any flagship.
OPPO did invite us to London for a pre-briefing of the new Find X9 series in early October. OPPO paid for lodging and transportation, but this is not a paid or sponsored review. OPPO did not see this review before it was published.
| Display | 6.78″ FHD+, LTPO AMOLED 120Hz |
| Processor | MediaTek Dimensity 9500 |
| RAM | 12GB/16GB |
| Storage | 256GB, 512GB and 1TB (UFS 4.1) |
| Cameras | 50MP primary; 200MP 3x periscope telephoto; 50MP ultrawide |
| Battery | 7,500mAh |
| Charging | 80W wired, 50W wireless |
| Colors | Silk White, Titanium Charcoal, Velvet Red |
Much like the OnePlus 15, the OPPO Find X9 Pro also underwent some big design changes this year. The curved display is now gone in favor of a flat one. The round camera module is also gone. It’s now a squircle in the left hand corner. The sides are now fully flat, and reminds me a lot of the iPhone. Which has been a trend for smartphones over the past couple of years. Not that it should be a surprise.
We have the silk white color here, which actually looks really nice. I definitely would have liked to get the Velvet Red color, but that is exclusive to China unfortunately. While the name says “silk” it is not slippery at all. In fact, that is the single biggest upgrade over the Find X8 Pro from last year, at least for me. I had the Pearl White Find X8 Pro and it was so slippery, like holding a bar of soap. So thank goodness OPPO fixed that this year.
The Alert Slider is also gone this year, which we expected. After all, OnePlus and OPPO both announced this would happen a few months ago. Not to mention, the Find X8 Ultra also ditched the Alert Slider. Instead, we have the AI Key, which opens up Mind Space. Something we’ll talk more about in a bit. The right side still has the camera button which is capacitive – something Apple still hasn’t learned – as well as the power and volume rocker. With the USB-C port, SIM card slot and speaker on the bottom.
In the hand, the OPPO Find X9 Pro does feel really good. It’s one of the best feeling phones in the hand in quite some time. Part of this comes down to the overall size as well. It measures in at 161.3 x 76.5 x 8.3mm thick, which is actually pretty small. And that’s despite having a 6.78-inch display. Remember the bezels are incredibly thin here, we’re looking at about 1.15mm.
If you’ve used an OPPO phone before, then you know what to expect from the build quality. Which is a pretty incredible feeling piece of tech in the hand, that feels nice and solid as well.
Moving onto the display, this display looks incredible and offers thin bezels with insane brightness. We’re looking at a 6.78-inch display here, with 1.15mm thick bezels, and up to 3,600nits of peak brightness – or 1,800nits in high brightness mode. That said, I’ve not had any issues seeing this display outdoors, and no one should, even in direct sunlight.
The color reproduction on this panel is also incredible. It’s truly one of the best displays I’ve seen in quite some time on a smartphone. I truly enjoyed watching content on this display, even on YouTube and Netflix.
Auto brightness also works very well here, though, we haven’t really had that issue in quite some time, on phones. It stayed nice and bright, whenever i needed it, and dimmed when I was in a dark room as expected.
OPPO has absolutely nailed this display.
The number one thing I was excited to check out with the Find X9 Pro was the performance. You see, this is the first device I’ve used with the new MediaTek Dimensity 9500 chipset inside. OPPO told us in our briefing that this chip was about 55% more efficient versus the Dimensity 9400 in the Find X8 series, which is quite incredible, since that was already a crazy efficient chip. And, well that appears to be true. We’ll touch on that more in the battery life section, however.
In day-to-day usage, the OPPO Find X9 Pro did perform quite well. I never noticed it getting hot, nor slowing down. In fact, as a little teaser for our battery life test video that’s coming soon, the OPPO Find X9 Pro stayed significantly cooler than the Find X8 Pro. We’re talking double digits lower.
So performance is top-notch here, and we’d expect nothing less from OPPO and ColorOS 16.
Now, we gotta talk benchmarks. This is running the Dimensity 9500 with 16GB of RAM, so we’re expecting some good numbers here, and we got just that. To be clear, each benchmark was run in “Performance mode” and after the device had cooled down to about room temperature (around 72 degrees Fahrenheit), to make sure the numbers were accurate.
| Device | Geekbench CPU Single | Geekbench CPU Multi | Geekbench GPU |
|---|---|---|---|
| OPPO Find X9 Pro | 3,483 | 10,344 | 29,999 |
| OPPO Find X8 Pro | 2,790 | 8,285 | 21,502 |
| Google Pixel 10 Pro XL | 2,267 | 6,034 | 2,948 |
First up is Geekbench 6. This test will test out the raw performance of the CPU in single- and multi-core tests, as well as the GPU. This is a great way to see the raw performance compared to other devices.
Here, we are comparing it to the Find X8 Pro from last year which had the Dimensity 9400, as well as the new Pixel 10 Pro XL with its Tensor G5 inside. As we can see, the Dimensity 9500 is quite a bit faster than the Dimensity 9400 was. About 24% in single-core and about 25% in multi-core. While the Tensor G5 just got destroyed.
| Device | AnTuTu Score |
|---|---|
| OPPO Find X9 Pro | 3,403,118 |
| OPPO Find X8 Pro | 2,552,179 |
| Google Pixel 10 Pro XL | 1,240,243 |
Next up is AnTuTu. This test will test well, basically every aspect of the phone. From the CPU, to RAM, to battery and everything in between. We got our highest score ever on AnTuTu here, if we don’t count reference devices. So quite impressive, almost 1 million higher than the Find X8 Pro.
The last benchmark we run here is a video export benchmark. What we do is, we load up a 60-second video into Capcut and then export it at 4K60, timing how long it takes to export. For most phones, this is incredibly fast. But the Find X9 Pro did struggle here with a time of 14.2 seconds. That’s more than double the Find X8 Pro’s time and the Pixel 10 Pro XL. This makes me think there’s going to be an update to address video rendering times for the Find X9 series in the future.
Now, let’s move onto thermals. We have a slew of tests that we run on each device, to test out how hot they get. The first one is 3D Mark Wildlife Extreme Stress Test. This test is designed to push your device to its absolute limit and does show us how much the device will throttle. With the Find X9 Pro, we’re looking at a pretty good result here, at 112.4 degrees Fahrenheit. Yes, it is higher than the Find X8 Pro, but it also had better stability and much less throttling.
Next up is Genshin Impact. We run this at full brightness and max graphics settings for an hour and then measure the temperature. For most phones, it says under 100 degrees, and that’s the case again here, coming in at 92.4.
| Device | Genshin Impact | Camera 4K60 – 5Min | Camera 4K60 – 10Min |
|---|---|---|---|
| OPPO Find X9 Pro | 92.4 | 86.4 | 87.8 |
| OPPO Find X8 Pro | 95.6 | 92.8 | 95.7 |
| Google Pixel 10 Pro XL | 105.8 | 94.6 | 98.7 |
Finally, we do a camera test, where we record 4K60 video for 10 minutes, taking the temperature at 5 minutes and again at 10 minutes. We actually got some of the lowest temps ever on this test, at just 87.8 degrees after ten minutes. So good job, OPPO, on the cooling here.
When it comes to battery life, you won’t be surprised to hear this, but this 7,500mAh capacity battery does last quite a long time. It’s definitely a two, maybe three day phone for most people. Even for heavy users. During normal use for me, it’s hard to use more than 20% in a single day.
Now, I did take this to the Lady Gaga concert in London, which OPPO invited a group of us too (OPPO paid for it and covered food, lodging, and transportation), despite taking videos and photos for over three hours, the phone still had 20% left after that long day.
Another example is when I went to New York City for a pre-briefing on the Galaxy XR. I used the Find X9 Pro as my main camera for that event. That included taking a boatload of photos and videos as well as communicating with the team on Slack and handling emails, etc. Still, after the end of the day, I was down to 40%. Most phones would have needed a charge halfway through, so that is quite impressive.
Unfortunately, we did not get a charger in the box. I believe that this is becuase its the EU model. And in Europe, you can only include USB-C chargers in the box, which OPPO (and OnePlus) are still doing USB-A. But, I have plenty of OPPO chargers and OnePlus chargers at home, so that wasn’t a big deal. We’re still looking at the same charging speeds, but a much larger battery, so charging is slower overall. But for me, I usually plug it in overnight and unplug in the morning so that’s not a problem for me.
Now, let’s talk benchmarks. For the battery, we charge the phone to 100%, set the brightness to about 150 nits and unplug it while it’s playing a YouTube video nonstop until it dies. On the OPPO Find X9 Pro, it performed quite well in this test. But I was expecting it to do a bit better, to be honest.
| Device | Battery Life Time |
|---|---|
| OPPO Find X9 Pro | 24 hrs, 28 mins |
| OPPO Find X8 Pro | 25 hrs, 30 mins |
| Google Pixel 10 Pro XL | 23 hrs, 43 mins |
Moving onto charging, the Find X9 Pro was slower than the Find X8 Pro as expected. After all, it does have a 26% larger battery this year – just let that sink in for a moment. Still, it only took 10 more minutes to fully charge it.
| Device | Charging time |
|---|---|
| OPPO Find X9 Pro | 1 hr, 6 mins |
| OPPO Find X8 Pro | 56 mins |
| Google Pixel 10 Pro XL | 1 hr, 19 mins |
And finally, we did a side-by-side battery test with several apps to see how much better the Find X9 Pro performs over the Find X8 Pro, and it blew it away. You can see that test below.
The Find X9 Pro is the first to launch with OPPO’s version of Android 16, which is ColorOS 16. And the company is really focusing on “smoothness” here. Not like ColorOS wasn’t already incredibly smooth, but now it is even more smooth. It’s actually really incredible just how smooth this software is.
Not only has OPPO cleaned up the code base, but also made changes to the animations to make them feel smoother. Parallel Animation debuted in ColorOS 15 last year, and now it has evolved into Seamless Animation. Which extends that parallel capability across the entire OS, to make it feel even more responsive and visually connected.
For most people, you likely wouldn’t notice a difference between ColorOS 15 and ColorOS 16, I barely noticed a difference, to be quite honest. But it does add support for Aqua Dynamics, which is basically Android’s version of the Dynamic Island. Of course, we do need apps to support, it, and very few do right now. But it does look quite nice.
One of the bigger features you’ll find here, actually debuted on the OnePlus 13s earlier this year, and that’s Mind Space. The new AI Key on the left side activates Mind Space, and it works quite nicely. Did you find something you wanted to keep? Press the AI Key, and it’ll save that screenshot for you, analyze and it help you with the next step. For instance, I took a screenshot of the tweet from University of Michigan Football advertising their next game against Purdue. Mind Space was able to identify the game, location, time and even the game’s sponsor, which is not even identified as a sponsor on the poster.
Basically, Mind Space is like Google’s Pixel Screenshots on steroids. And the best part is, you don’t have to use it, if you don’t want to.
But that’s ColorOS 16. Even smoother and faster than ever before, and it’ll be rolling out to other OPPO devices very soon.
Finally, let’s talk about the camera. Personally, the most exciting feature for me, on Find X9 Pro. For the Primary sensor here, we’re looking at the Sony LYT-828 which is a 50-megapixel 1/1.28″ sensor size with a f/1.5 aperture. On paper, a pretty good lens, right? In practice, it’s a pretty good lens. Here are some samples from that primary sensor, as well as some that are cropped into 2x.
Then there’s the 50-megapixel Samsung 5KJN5, this is a pretty popular ultrawide lens for OnePlus and OPPO, and has been used for many years. So we know exactly what to expect here. It’s a decent lens, and for as rare as I use the ultrawide, it does the job.
Finally, the new addition. The 200-megapixel Samsung S5KHP5. This is a 1/1.56″ sensor size at 70mm and has a f/2.1 aperture. Because this is such a large sensor with so many megapixels, OPPO is cropping in for 6x and even up to 10x optically. Which means that the 6x telephoto lens is gone.
This telephoto lens is quite good though. I was able to get some really good shots at 3x, 6x, 10x even up to 30x. But like with most smartphone cameras, after around 30x, the pictures do look quite bad. But that’s where OPPO’s Teleconverter kit comes into play. Here’s some samples from the telephoto lens.
Obviously, a teleconverter kit like this is not new. Vivo actually launched one earlier this year with the X200 Ultra, but for OPPO, it is new. And I absolutely love this thing. It is a bit cumbersome to put on, and I hope that’s something that OPPO works on in the future. But being able to pop on this teleconverter lens and get a 10x optical zoom on your smartphone is really incredible.
You can get up to 40x optically, and up to 200x digitally. It works well up to about 60x, after that the photos do tend to fall apart.
It’s important to note, that right now the software is still a bit early, and so after you go up past 40x, the camera does freeze and crash. Hopefully that’s something that OPPO fixes rather soon. Also important to note, that after you put the teleconverter lens on, you do need to switch over the teleconverter mode in the settings. It doesn’t switch over automatically, unfortunately.
It’s hard to say if you should buy the OPPO Find X9 Pro. There’s a lot of things at play here. For instance, I do not know pricing, but if it is competitive, then it is definitely a good option. If you have the Find X8 Pro, it might not be a worthwhile upgrade. Find X7 Pro and earlier, definitely worth it.
This is a pretty incredible device, and one that I really, really wish was available in the US. But I have been using it on T-Mobile (Google Fi) here in the US for the past month, and it does work pretty well. So you can import it if you’d like.
The post OPPO Find X9 Pro Review: Hasselblad Optics, Monster Battery, No Compromises appeared first on Android Headlines.
Samsung’s Galaxy S25 Edge is the company’s thinnest phone, and as of right now, it has a price that’s almost as thin as its design, thanks to Amazon’s currently available deal. With a price that’s nearly as low as it was during Amazon’s October Prime Day, this is definitely a deal you probably want to take advantage of, especially since this deal is for the 512GB model, making this the all-time low price for this variant. The Galaxy S25 Edge can now be picked up for $729.99. While that’s not quite as low as the $689.99 price from a few weeks ago, you’re getting double the storage for almost the same cost. The 512GB model also usually costs $1,219.99, so this is almost $500 off.
If you like the Galaxy S25 series but wanted a phone that was thinner than any of those three models, the Galaxy S25 Edge is that device. It features the best parts of the Galaxy S25 Ultra but with a lower price and a thinner body. That includes the 200MP main camera, as well as all of the Galaxy AI smarts. Another important distinction to make is that the storage amount is 512GB. This is only $40 away from the price of the 256GB model a few weeks ago. That’s truly where the value lies in this deal.
The Galaxy S25 Edge is running on Android 15 but should be getting the upgrade to Android 16 soon enough. You’ll still get plenty of awesome features out of the box, though. For instance, the Morning Brief, Midday Brief, and Evening Brief will lay out key pieces of information about your day during those times. It’s pretty useful if you like to compartmentalize your day.
The post The Galaxy S25 Edge 512GB is nearly down to Prime Day pricing appeared first on Android Headlines.
Less than two weeks after announcing the Find X9 series in China, OPPO is now announcing it for the rest of the world. This is a huge change of events for OPPO, as typically the Chinese launch comes many months ahead of the global launch – not 12 days before.
The launch event took place in Barcelona today, where they announced the Find X9 and Find X9 Pro, both of which use the MediaTek Dimensity 9500 chipset. This does not include the Find X9 Ultra, unfortunately, which will likely launch in the Spring.
OPPO is touting this phone as “The Ultimate Concert Phone,” and a big reason for that is the massive 200MP 3x telephoto sensor on the back. This year, instead of having a 3x and a 6x telephoto, there’s just a single telephoto sensor. However, since it is so large and has so much resolution, OPPO is able to sensor crop to get 6x optically and even 10x. And digitally up to 120x.
Unlike OnePlus, OPPO is sticking with Hasselblad this year, so the cameras are all tuned by Hasselblad, including the Teleconverter kit. This includes a 10x telephoto camera that snaps onto the back of the OPPO Find X9 Pro for some really incredible photos.
The main sensor is the Sony LYT-828 sensor, which is a 1/1.28″ sensor size and 50 megapixels. Providing for some really great photos, even at 1x as well as a sensor-cropped 2x.
This seems to be the generation that will see loads of 7,000mAh-capacity phones. We’ve already seen the Xiaomi 17 Pro Max with a 7,500mAh battery, the OnePlus 15 was announced with a 7,300mAh and now OPPO is doing the same. It uses the same size batteries around the world, including in Europe.
The OPPO Find X9 has a 7,025mAh battery while the Find X9 Pro has a 7,500mAh capacity battery. These are both about 25% larger versus their predecessors. Combine that with the 55% improvement in efficiency with the Dimensity 9500 and you have a recipe for incredible battery life.
Both the Find X9 and Find X9 Pro will be available globally beginning in early November. With the Find X9 coming in 12GB/256GB, 12GB/512GB and 16GB/512GB. While the Find X9 Pro is offered in 16GB/512GB globally. OPPO has not yet announced pricing.
The post OPPO Find X9 Series Launches Worldwide With 200MP Power and Over 7,000mAh Batteries appeared first on Android Headlines.
OnePlus announced its new flagship smartphone, the OnePlus 15, in China, its homeland. It is coming to global markets, but we’ll have to wait a bit before that happens. Therefore, at this point in time, we still haven’t reviewed the phone, but we can compare it to its predecessor. For more information, however, you’ll have to wait for our review, which will come after the global launch. For the time being, we’ll stick to the facts. In this article, we’ll compare the OnePlus 15 vs OnePlus 13.
As per usual, we’ll kick things off with the spec sheets of both phones and work our way from there. We’ll be comparing their designs, displays, performance-related details, battery setups, camera offerings, and the last is the audio section. Let’s get to it, shall we?
| OnePlus 15 | OnePlus 13 | |
|---|---|---|
| Dimensions | 161.42 x 76.67 x 8.10-8.20mm | 162.9 x 76.5 x 8.5 mm or 8.9 mm |
| Weight | 211/215 grams | 210/213 grams |
| Display | 6.78 AMOLED | 6.82-inch LTPO 4.1 AMOLED |
| Refresh rate | 1-120Hz (adaptive), up to 165Hz for gaming | 1-120Hz (adaptive) |
| Resolution | 2772 x 1272 | 3168 x 1440 |
| Chipset | Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 | Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite |
| RAM | 12GB/16GB (LPDDR5X) | 12GB/16GB/24GB (LPDDR5X) |
| Storage | 256GB/512GB (UFS 4.1), non-expandable | 256GB/512GB/1TB (UFS 4.0) |
| Main camera | 50MP (f/1.8 aperture, 1/1.56-inch sensor size, OIS, 84-degree FoV) | 50MP (f/1.7 aperture, 1/1.43-inch sensor size, 1.12um pixels ize, multi-directional PDAF, OIS) |
| Ultra-wide camera | 50MP (OV50D sensor, 1/2.88-inch sensor size, f/2.0 aperture, 116-degree FoV, 6P lens) | 50MP (f/2.0 aperture, 1/2.75-inch sensor size, 120-degree FoV, PDAF) |
| Telephoto camera | N/A | N/A |
| Periscope telephoto camera | 50MP (S5KJN5 sensor, 1/2.76-inch sensor size, 3.5x optical zoom, 4P lens, OIS, f/2.8 aperture, 30-degree FoV) | 50MP (f/2.6 aperture, 1/1.95-inch sensor size, 0.8um pixel size, 3x optical zoom, OIS) |
| Selfie camera | 32MP (Sony IMX709 sensor, 1/2.74-inch sensor size, f/2.4 aperture, 5P lens) | 32MP (f/2.4 aperture, 1/2.74-inch sensor size, 0.8um pixel size) |
| Battery size | 7,300mAh | 6,000mAh |
| Charging | 120W wired, 50W wireless, 5W reverse wired | 100W wired, 50W wireless, 10W reverse wireless, 5W reverse wired (charger not included) |
| Colors | Absolute Black, Mist Purple, and Sand Dune | Black Eclipse, Arctic Dawn, Midnight Ocean |
The OnePlus 15 does look notably different than its predecessor, that’s hard to deny. Still, there are a lot of similarities between the two phones. From the front, they do look very similar. The corner curvature is a bit more pronounced on the new model. Both smartphones have flat displays, but the OnePlus 15 does not have the quad-curved glass approach of the OnePlus 13. It’s flat flat now. Both devices have a centered display camera hole up top, and thin, uniform bezels around the display. The thing is, those bezels are thinner on the OnePlus 15, they’re only 1.15mm thick.
Both devices have flat frames, but still different. The OnePlus 13 includes chamfered edges, and a smaller flat surface. The OnePlus 15’s frame does curve towards the edges, but only slightly. The power/lock and volume up and down buttons sit on the right-hand side of both smartphones. The OnePlus 13 also has an alert slider on the left. Well, that slider has been replaced by a customizable button on the OnePlus 15, even though it sits in the same spot as the slider.
If we flip them two phones around, you’ll see notably different backplates. The OnePlus 13’s backplate does curve on all sides, the same as the glass on the front. The OnePlus 15’s is flat, and it only curves slightly towards the very edges. The camera islands are also different, OnePlus went from a circular one, to a squarish one. They also look notably different. The OnePlus 15 also doesn’t come in an eco leather variant, unlike the OnePlus 13. All models of the OnePlus 15 have glass on the back.
The new model is slightly shorter, slightly wider, and slightly thinner. The weight of the two phones is basically the same, there’s only a slight difference. Both devices also offer outstanding water and dust resistance ratings, though the OnePlus 15 has the upper hand in that area as well.
The OnePlus 15 features a 6.78-inch LTPO AMOLED display, which is flat. It can project up to 1 billion colors, and its refresh rate goes up to 165Hz, but only during gaming. Dolby Vision is supported, as is HDR10+ content, and HDR Vivid. High-frequency PWM dimming is also a feature here, while the display can get immensely bright when needed. The screen-to-body ratio is at around 91% here, while the resolution is 2772 x 1272. The display aspect ratio is 19.5:9, while we still don’t have any information regarding display protection.
The OnePlus 13, on the other hand, has a 6.82-inch LTPO AMOLED display, which is flat with a curved glass on top of it. This display can also project up to 1 billion colors, and it has an adaptive refresh rate (1-120Hz). It has high-frequency PWM dimming, Dolby Vision, HDR10+, and HDR Vivid support. The peak brightness is immensely high, while the screen-to-body ratio is at around 90%. The resolution here is 3168 x 1440, while the Ceramic Guard glass protects the display.
There’s really not much to complain about here, if anything. Both displays are large, vivid, offer great viewing angles, and have good touch response. Both of them are also very sharp and can get very bright when you need them to. The OnePlus 13’s is a bit sharper, but that’s not something you’ll notice at all. The OnePlus 15’s display allows you to utilize a higher refresh rate in games. You’ll be fine with either of these two panels, in all honesty. Just note that we still didn’t test out the OnePlus 15’s display at this point, more info is coming in our review. On paper, though, it looks great.
The OnePlus 15 is fueled by the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 processor, Qualcomm’s latest and greatest chip. That processor is boosted by 12GB or 16GB of LPDDR5X RAM and UFS 4.1 flash storage. The OnePlus 13, on the flip side, utilizes the Snapdragon 8 Elite chip, along with LPDDR5X RAM and UFS 4.0 flash storage. Neither phone supports storage expansion, in case you were wondering.
The OnePlus 13 didn’t really slow down over time. The phone still offers outstanding performance, though, granted, it launched back in January (global version). We’re expecting something similar from the OnePlus 15, too. That phone offers an extremely powerful spec sheet, even more powerful than the OnePlus 15. Not only is the SoC more powerful, but the storage is faster. We’ll have to test it out to be sure.
The OnePlus 13 did great with gaming, as it is not only immensely powerful, but it also has proper cooling. Based on the specs, the OnePlus 15 should be able not only to match that, but do even better than the OnePlus 13. Once again, we’ll have to wait and see, but based on past models, we’re not expecting problems in the gaming department, not at all.
The OnePlus 15 features a 7,300mAh battery on the inside, while the OnePlus 13 includes a 6,000mAh battery. To put things into perspective, the OnePlus 13 already has a large battery for its size, let alone the OnePlus 15. Both of those battery packs are silicon-carbon batteries, too, by the way. The OnePlus 13 offers great battery life, so we do have high hopes for the OnePlus 15, too.
We still didn’t get around to testing its battery, as the global model is not official yet at this point, but it has a more power-efficient SoC, storage, and a notably larger battery. The OnePlus 15 should be able to beat the OnePlus 13 in the battery life department, easily. Whether that will happen, we’ll see, but that’s what we expect to happen. That’s the only scenario that makes sense based on everything. Either way, you shouldn’t really worry about battery life on either phone, OnePlus made sure it’s all good in that department.
The OnePlus 15 does support slightly faster charging than its predecessor, 120W vs 100W wired charging. If we had to guess, we’d say that they’ll charge in about the same time. Larger battery and faster charging in the OnePlus 15 should even things out. Do note that users in the US will get 80W wired charging, almost certainly, just like they did with the OnePlus 13. Both smartphones also support 50W wireless charging and 5W reverse wired charging.
The OnePlus 15 has three 50-megapixel cameras on the back, just like the OnePlus 13. The thing is, all three of those cameras have smaller sensors, not to mention that Hasselblad is not a part of the picture anymore. We still didn’t do our full-fledged camera test on the OnePlus 15, but on paper, things are not looking great. In fact, the OnePlus 13 does seem to have a better camera setup than the OnePlus 15.
The OnePlus 15 features a 50-megapixel main camera (1/1.56-inch sensor size), along with a 50-megapixel ultrawide unit (1/2.88-inch sensor size, 116-degree FoV). The third camera on the back is a 50-megapixel periscope telephoto camera (1/2.76-inch sensor size, 3.5x optical zoom).
The OnePlus 13, on the other hand, uses a 50-megapixel main camera (1/1.43-inch sensor size), a 50-megapixel ultrawide camera (1/2.75-inch sensor size, 120-degree FoV), and a 50-megapixel periscope telephoto camera (1/1.95-inch sensor size, 3x optical zoom). On top of that, Hasselblad is a part of the picture, not to mention that the aperture on the main and periscope telephoto cameras is wider on the OnePlus 13.
We do already have some camera samples of the OnePlus 15 out there, in case you’d like to check those out. As things stand at the moment, the OnePlus 13 could take the win in that department, we’ll see.
Both of these phones include stereo speakers. The ones on the OnePlus 13 are actually really good. They’re not only plenty loud, but offer good quality output as well. We’re hoping to get something similar out of the OnePlus 15.
Neither phone has an audio jack, but you can connect your headphones via their Type-C ports. The newer phone includes Bluetooth 6.0 for wireless audio connectivity, while the OnePlus 13 supports Bluetooth 5.4.
The post Phone Comparisons: OnePlus 15 vs OnePlus 13 appeared first on Android Headlines.
The post How High Can XRP Price Go After the FOMC Meeting Today? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The U.S. Federal Reserve will announce its latest interest rate decision at the FOMC meeting today, October 28. The market expects a decent 25 basis point rate cut, a move already priced in by most investors. For that reason, the immediate impact on crypto markets may be limited.
At the time of writing, XRP is trading at $2.65, down about 1% over the last 24 hours. While price action remains muted, traders are closely watching how XRP might react once the rate decision is official.
The broader crypto market has been relatively quiet this week. XRP, in particular, has lagged behind some altcoins that recently surged following ETF approvals, such as Hedera (HBAR) and Litecoin (LTC).
Hedera, for example, jumped nearly 10% in a day after confirmation of its upcoming ETF. That strong move caught many off guard, as the approval was widely expected but apparently not fully priced in. The sharp rally has led some analysts to believe the same could happen with XRP once its own ETF finally gets approval.
A rate cut generally increases liquidity across markets, encouraging investors to move money into risk assets, including cryptocurrencies. If today’s decision confirms the expected cut, it could support a gradual rebound in XRP and the broader market.
Still, analysts warn that the scale of XRP’s next move will depend on how investors interpret the Fed’s tone. A more uncertain outlook from the central bank could limit gains in the short term.
From a technical standpoint, XRP faces strong resistance near $2.75 to $2.80, levels that it needs to reclaim to build upward momentum. Some short-term downside toward $2.55 remains possible before a new leg higher.
However, sentiment is improving as market conditions stabilize and excitement builds around a future XRP spot ETF. If fundamentals continue to strengthen, XRP could target the $3 mark soon.
The post Big News: First Spot ETFs for Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera Go Live with $14.4M in First-Hour Volume appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The first-ever spot exchange-traded funds (ETFs) for Solana (SOL), Litecoin (LTC), and Hedera (HBAR) have officially begun trading on Wall Street, marking a historic moment for digital assets beyond Bitcoin and Ethereum.
In the first 30 minutes of trading, Bitwise’s Solana ETF ($BSOL) recorded over $10 million in volume, while Hedera’s $HBR ETF traded $4 million and Litecoin’s $LTCC ETF saw $400,000.
Alt szn catalyst?
— Surf (@Surf_Copilot) October 28, 2025
SOL, HBAR, and LTC spot ETFs launched with $14.4M in first-hour volume.
BTC moves modestly with ETF flows (0.42 corr), while ETH’s nearly double (0.79).
If these mirror ETH, altcoins could soon move with TradFi money. Watch institutional flows. pic.twitter.com/WqVxbO5mKx
Bitwise’s Solana ETF stands out for offering 7% annualized staking rewards with zero management fees, a move designed to attract long-term institutional investors. The underlying SOL tokens are held in secure custody with Coinbase Custody and BitGo, ensuring transparency and compliance with regulatory standards.
This sudden wave of approvals followed a quiet but important change in SEC regulatory guidance earlier this month. As explained by Bloomberg analyst, the update appeared in a Q&A issued by the SEC’s Division of Corporate Finance, specifically Question 11 of 22, which altered the language around the registration process for securities. While the text referenced initial public offerings, ETF issuers interpreted it as a green light for spot crypto funds.
Canary Capital was the first to apply this revised framework on October 7, filing for both its Litecoin and Hedera ETFs. Bitwise followed on October 8 with the Solana Staking ETF, and Grayscale submitted its $GSOL filing the next day. Bloomberg analyst Eric Balchunas confirmed that the SEC’s swift certification of Form 8-A filings was the final step before listing.
Despite the partial U.S. government shutdown, these approvals moved quickly, meaning the SEC’s ETF review pipeline has become more efficient and perhaps more open to digital assets.
The arrival of these altcoin ETFs marks the first big expansion of regulated crypto investment products since the approval of Bitcoin and Ethereum spot ETFs. For the first time, institutional investors can gain direct exposure to blockchain networks that power smart contracts, payments, and decentralized applications beyond the two dominant cryptocurrencies.
The post Why Hedera (HBAR) Token Price Up Today? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Hedera (HBAR), the native cryptocurrency of the Hedera Hashgraph network, has stunned the crypto world with a sharp 15% jump in just 24 hours, hitting the $0.20 mark. The sudden surge has reignited investor excitement and placed one of today’s top gainers.
With growing institutional interests, traders believe more 50% to 60% gain is coming for HBAR’s token?
Here’s the key reason why HBAR token price is jumping today, while other cryptocurrency struggling to surge.
Launch of the First HBAR ETF
The main driver behind HBAR’s rally is the launch of the Canary HBAR ETF on Nasdaq. This marks the first-ever exchange-traded fund offering direct exposure to HBAR, allowing large investors to buy the token in a regulated and secure way.
The fund holds real HBAR tokens in custody with BitGo and Coinbase Custody, providing assurance for institutions concerned with compliance and security.
Expansion in Stablecoin Utility
Adding more momentum, the Hedera Foundation announced that USDC, one of the largest stablecoins, is now available on Bybit. This expansion enhances liquidity and trading opportunities within the Hedera ecosystem, solidifying HBAR’s position in stablecoin-powered payments and DeFi activities.
Major Network Upgrades and Partnerships
Hedera has recently rolled out key network upgrades aimed at improving speed, scalability, and transaction efficiency. Alongside this, several new DeFi and NFT integrations have expanded its ecosystem.
Strategic partnerships and ongoing developer initiatives have also increased attention toward HBAR’s real-world applications, further boosting investor sentiment.
The HBAR ETF listing opens a new era for Hedera, as greater Wall Street interest could further boost price and profile while validating the project’s long-term potential.
At the same time, several pseudonymous crypto traders believe HBAR is on the edge of a major price breakout. Based on current chart patterns, they predict a 50–60% price surge could soon follow.
The accompanying chart shows a clear bullish setup, suggesting that HBAR may be preparing for a sharp upward move as momentum continues to build.
The post Circle Launches Public Testnet For Arc With Participation from Over 100 Institutions appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Circle has officially launched the public testnet for Arc, an open Layer-1 blockchain network built to support developers and companies, driving more economic activity onchain.
This is a major milestone for Circle and it’s already attracting participation from over 100 companies across the financial and technology sectors.
Arc is now available for developers and enterprises to deploy, test and build on what Circle describes as the new Economic Operating System (“OS”) for the internet.
CEO Jeremy Allaire said that the testnet is “seeing remarkable early momentum”, as leading companies, protocols, and projects begin to build and test.
He highlighted that these participants collectively serve billions of users and handle trillions in assets worldwide, underscoring Arc’s goal to connect local markets to the global economy. He described Arc as enterprise-grade infrastructure designed to enable a more open, inclusive, and efficient financial system built natively on the internet.
The Arc Ecosystem is Taking Shape
— Jeremy Allaire – jda.eth / jdallaire.sol (@jerallaire) October 28, 2025
With today’s public testnet launch, we’re proud to share that leading companies across major sectors of the global financial system and onchain economy are already engaging in the early Arc ecosystem.
Collectively, these organizations manage… pic.twitter.com/dI3aCIzS43
Arc is a big step toward building a more open and programmable financial infrastructure for the global economy. It is designed to make onchain transactions faster, smarter, and easier to use, with predictable dollar-based fees, sub-second transaction finality and opt-in configurable privacy.
With its integration to Circle’s full-stack platform, Arc enables a wide range of use cases across lending, capital markets, foreign exchange and global payments.
Leading capital markets firms engaging with Arc include Apollo, BNY, Intercontinental Exchange, and State Street.
Other participating banks, asset managers, and insurers include Absa, Clearbank, BlackRock, Goldman Sachs, HSBC, Deutsche Bank, Standard Chartered, Invesco, SBI Holdings and others.
Circle notes that payments are emerging as one of Arc’s most powerful use cases, making it easy for people and businesses to move money instantly and without friction. The same infrastructure also supports AI-driven systems that can autonomously send and settle value in real time.
The technology and payments firms engaging with Arc, include AWS, Mastercard, Visa, Cloudflare, Brex, Nuvei, among others. Stablecoin issuers from various regions are also active on the testnet.
Arc is also partnering with leading developers and infrastructure providers including MetaMask, Ledger, Fireblocks, Alchemy and Chainlink.
Anthropic is enhancing the developer experience on Arc with Claude code-powered builder tools. Crosschain partners include Across, Wormhole and Stargate while Elliptic, Quicknode, and TRM will ensure that Arc stays fast, secure, and reliable.
Arc is bringing together leading players from across the digital asset ecosystem, from decentralized and centralized exchanges to market makers, lenders, and custodians. DEXs like Uniswap and Curve provide onchain liquidity, while Coinbase, Kraken, and Robinhood expand global access.
Major market makers like Galaxy Digital, Wintermute, and GSR enhance liquidity, and lending platforms such as Aave and Maple support credit and capital efficiency. Custodians like BitGo and Zodia Custody help keep assets secure.
Circle notes that the testnet launch marks the beginning of a network designed to evolve into a distributed, community-driven system.
Over time, it plans to expand validator participation, introduce transparent governance models, and involve the community in its evolution.
NVIDIA has shown off its next-gen Vera Rubin Superchip for the first time at GTC in Washington, primed to spark the next wave of AI. NVIDIA Has Received Its First Rubin GPUs In The Labs, Ready For Vera Rubin Superchip Mass Production Next Year, Around The Same Time or Earlier At GTC October 2025, NVIDIA's CEO Jensen Huang showcased the next-gen Vera Rubin Superchip. This is the first time that we are seeing an actual sample of the motherboard, or Superchip as NVIDIA loves to call it, featuring the Vera CPU and two massive Rubin GPUs. The motherboard also hosts […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/nvidia-shows-next-gen-vera-rubin-superchip-two-massive-gpus-production-next-year/
NVIDIA has announced a surprise partnership with Nokia to bring 6G connectivity by utilizing the firm's new AI-RAN products, involving Grace CPUs and Blackwell GPUs. NVIDIA's Collaboration With Nokia Allows Merging CUDA & Computing Tech With Existing RAN Infrastructure Team Green has managed to integrate AI into everything mainstream, and it seems that the telecommunications industry is now expected to benefit from the next wave of AI's computing capabilities. At the GTC 2025 keynote, NVIDIA's CEO announced a pivotal partnership with Nokia, formally entering the race for achieving 6G connectivity through a new suite of AI-RAN products combined with Nokia's […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/nvidia-announces-a-massive-partnership-with-nokia-bringing-next-gen-6g-connectivity/
Amazon is laying off more than 14,000 corporate jobs today, and per a report from Bloomberg, the video games division, Amazon Game Studios, is not immune to the cuts. While Amazon doesn't specify exactly how many people from its video games division will be laid off, a statement from Steve Boom, Amazon's head of audio, Twitch, and games, does call the cut "significant," and says that the cuts are happening despite Amazon being "proud" of the success it has had. While the studio's MMO, New World, isn't mentioned by name, the statement does say that Amazon is halting its game […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/amazon-video-game-division-hit-significant-cuts-amid-mass-14000-layoff/
Qualcomm will keep pace with Apple and announce its first 2nm chipset in late 2026, the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6, directly succeeding the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5. A tipster now shares some partial specifications of the chipset, claiming that it will feature LPDDR6 RAM and UFS 5.0 storage, bringing in a wave of improvements. However, the rumor also mentions that the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 will utilize TSMC’s more advanced ‘N2P’ process, which has been refuted on a previous occasion. Based on TSMC’s 2nm production timeline, its N2 wafers will be available in higher volume for customers like […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/snapdragon-8-elite-gen-6-to-get-lpddr6-and-ufs-5-0-support-but-will-stick-with-tsmc-n2-process/
Zack Fair's gameplay in Final Fantasy VII Rebirth is set to be significantly expanded by a new mod introducing new mechanics and skill for an overhauled combat experience. This Zack gameplay overhaul mod is being developed by NSK, the modder behind the Zack and Sephiroth Combat Fix mod whichaddressed some issues for the two characters and expanded their possibilities when added to the regular combat party outside their small playable segments. Judging from the video showcase shared a few days ago on YouTube, the changes being made to Zack's gameplay are going to be significant, leveraging his unique Charge mechanics […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/final-fantasy-vii-rebirth-zack-gameplay-mod/
It's a big day for Battlefield 6, with both its Season 1 update now live for players to jump into, and its new free-to-play battle royale mode, Battlefield REDSEC, also now available. EA and Battlefield Studios confirmed yesterday what was already rumored, that REDSEC would be revealed and launched today, and now it's here for all players on PC, PS5, and Xbox Series X/S. Once the gameplay trailer that was teased yesterday was over, the mode and the new season was officially live for all players to jump into, and we got our first major question of the day answered. […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/battlefield-6-season-1-battlefield-redsec-out-now-pc-ps5-xbox-series-x-s/
The Pro 27Q-10 is probably the cheapest QHD OLED gaming monitor available on the market and is currently available for just 2,399 Yuan in China. Lenovo Debuts Legion Pro Series OLED Monitors, Starting at $337; Available in Both 2K and 4K Variants with Up To 280Hz Refresh Rate Competition in the OLED display category is getting aggressive, and while we already have some QHD OLED gaming monitors available for as low as $450-$500, Lenovo just brought the price to under $350. Lenovo is the most popular PC brand on earth, isn't just involved in desktops and laptops; it is also […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/lenovo-launches-legion-pro-27q-10-the-cheapest-qhd-oled-monitor-at-just-337/
President Trump is expected to meet with NVIDIA's CEO, Jensen Huang, during his visit to South Korea, where he will congratulate him on the firm's recent achievements. President Trump Will Congratulate NVIDIA On Producing The First Blackwell Chip Wafer In the US Well, the timing of a meeting between President Trump and Jensen Huang is indeed a 'massive' coincidence, to say the least, especially since both the US and China have agreed on a trade deal framework, which is expected to reduce hostilities between the two nations. While speaking with business leaders in Tokyo, Japan, President Trump announced his meeting […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/president-trump-to-meet-nvidia-ceo-jensen-huang/
OpenAI has been working for quite a while now with the famous Apple designer, Jony Ive, to come up with a consumer AI device, one that would supposedly render smartphones obsolete, devastating Apple's legendary moat around its iPhones in the process. Now, we have just received the clearest sign yet that OpenAI is indeed working on such a device. What's more, Microsoft will no longer exercise any influence over the upcoming "Apple iPhone killer." OpenAI and Microsoft have successfully renegotiated their tie-up, removing the latter's influence over the former's upcoming "Apple iPhone killer" consumer device, among other things Microsoft and […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/microsoft-will-no-longer-have-any-say-in-openais-upcoming-apple-iphone-killer-consumer-device-decisions/
Wrekcreation, the sandbox open-world arcade racing game from Three Fields Entertainment, a studio founded by former Criterion developers who worked on the Burnout series, is out now on PC, PS5, and Xbox Series X/S. Published by THQ Nordic, Wreckreation gives players the freedom to create whatever kinds of tracks they want, from the kinds of things you'd only expect to see in Hot Wheels Unleashed to something super realistic if that's more your speed, and race the wide variety of vehicles on them to your heart's content. With more than 400 square kilometres of space to create tracks in and […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/sandbox-racer-wreckreation-out-now-pc-ps5-xbox-series/
The advent of AI and Meta's launch of its smart glasses have injected fresh air into the sector after Google decided to shelve its smart glasses in 2023, the sector has seen increased interest. In fact, Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg has gone as far as to suggest that courtesy of AI, users who do not use smart glasses can find themselves at a cognitive disadvantage. To understand the smart glasses industry and how the gadgets can impact consumer electronics manufacturing, semiconductor fabrication and AI GPU production, we decided to talk to Vuzix Corporation's President, Enterprise Solutions Dr. Chris Parkinson. Vuzix […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/smart-glasses-can-be-the-future-of-chip-manufacturing-and-smartphone-ai-gpu-production-says-vuzixs-enterprise-solutions-head/
TSMC's former SVP, known for his key role in driving the Taiwan giant's chip technologies, is reportedly being pursued to join Intel Foundry, which could be a significant hiring move for Team Blue. Intel's Pursuit of TSMC's Former Executive Shows the Firm's 'Hunger' Towards a Comeback in the Chip Industry Intel has been scaling up its chipmaking ambitions since the change in leadership, and under CEO Lip-Bu Tan, the foundry division has vowed to gain recognition in the semiconductor industry. Structural changes are being made within the department, including adjustments to the management hierarchy and the approach towards specific chip […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/intel-foundry-reportedly-pursuing-former-tsmc-executive/
Developer ArenaNet has launched the sixth major expansion for Guild Wars 2 today, with Visions of Eternity now available to players on PC. Visions of Eternity adds a new island to explore called Castora, with two new maps to explore, a new storyline, and plenty more. The new storyline kicks off with whispers and rumors of the island of Castora, with the Tyrian Alliance stepping in to uncover more about the magical island once they discover that the Inquest has begun sniffing around for Castora. Alongside two new maps included with the new expansion, Shipwreck Strand and Starlit Weald, players […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/guild-wars-2-visions-of-eternity-expansion-out-now-pc/
Royal Caribbean Group is bringing its Royal Beach Club concept to Europe for the first time with Royal Beach Club Santorini, set to open in summer 2026.
The exclusive beach club marks a major expansion for the company as it grows its land-based vacation portfolio from two to eight destinations by 2028.
The Santorini beach club will welcome passengers from both Royal Caribbean International and Celebrity Cruises, combining the iconic Greek island’s volcanic beaches with the company’s signature experiences and authentic local culture.
Guests will enjoy an “Ultimate Santorini Day” that includes exploring the famous white-washed buildings and blue-domed churches in Oia, along with strolling through shops, cafes and art galleries in Fira.
“Expanding our Royal Beach Club Collection to include Santorini, one of the world’s most popular and beautiful locations, is a bold step forward in growing our vacation portfolio,” said Jason Liberty, president and CEO of Royal Caribbean Group.
Royal Caribbean Group stated the beach club will feature an innovative solution to alleviate congestion throughout Santorini by better distributing arriving passengers.
Cruisers will be able to pick from one of three locations, minimizing crowding while maximizing time spent enjoying the destination’s sights and sounds.
“With this new beach club, we are able to bring the best of what the island has to offer with the signature service Royal Caribbean is known for,” said Michael Bayley, president and CEO of Royal Caribbean International.
Royal Beach Club Santorini joins Royal Caribbean Group’s growing collection of eight land-based destinations spanning The Bahamas, Haiti, Mexico, Chile, Greece and the South Pacific.
The company currently operates Perfect Day at CocoCay in The Bahamas and Labadee in Haiti.
The first Royal Beach Club experience is scheduled to launch in The Bahamas this December.
Additional destinations include Royal Beach Club Paradise Island in The Bahamas, the Southernmost Hotel on Earth The Cormorant at 55 South in Chile, Royal Beach Club Cozumel in Mexico, Perfect Day Mexico, and Royal Beach Club South Pacific in Lelepa, all opening between 2025 and 2028.
:max_bytes(150000):strip_icc():format(jpeg)/TAL-dark-clouds-jamaica-HURRICANEMEL1025-a09de114bd514492af747121a0b6aca9.jpg)
Comet C/2025 A6 (Lemmon) made its closest pass to Earth this week and was even visible to the naked eye. Humanity may not see it again for another 1,300 years.
Moment has introduced a wide range of new carrying solutions for photographers today, including a 23-liter camera backpack, small and lightweight slings, and the glorious return of the photographer's vest.
Nikon has announced the availability of firmware version 3.00 for the Zf camera, which adds a new in-camera Film Grain feature and improvements to focusing assistance.
The winners of the 2025 and 16th Epson International Pano awards have been announced, and Alex Wides (Alessandro Cantarelli) has been crowned the 2025 Open Photographer of the Year, as well as heading the Nature/Landscape category.
Exactly 12 days ago, Oppo announced its Find X9 and Find X9 Pro flagships in China and the pair are now making their way to global markets. Both phones feature MediaTek’s Dimensity 9500 SoC and massive 7,025 mAh (Find X9) and 7,500 mAh (Find X9 Pro) silicon-carbon batteries. Charging speeds top out at 80W for wired top-ups, and you also get 50W wireless and 10W reverse wireless on both phones. Find X9 gets a 6.59-inch AMOLED (FHD+ 120Hz) while Find X9 Pro goes up to a 6.78-inch FHD+ AMOLED with the same refresh rate. In terms of cameras, Find X9 Pro brings a 50 main...
Motorola is about to dunk its feet into the slim smartphone game internationally with the Edge 70, which is expected to be a rebranded X70 Air, a model that made its debut in China earlier this month. As we wait for the global launch, a couple more press renders have been outed showing the Edge 70 and confirming some of its specs - the 4,800 mAh Silicon Carbon battery with 68W wired charging support, the 5.99mm thickness, the 159g weight, and the 50MP main camera. Motorola Edge 70 in Pantone Bronze Green (left) and Pantone Lily Pad (right) These colors will apparently be called...
The past few weeks have tested Milan’s resilience. With several key players out, including Christian Pulisic, Massimiliano Allegri has had to juggle his options while keeping the team near the top of the Serie A table. Yet, as the Rossoneri prepare for another crucial fixture, there’s growing optimism that their American star could be nearing a long-awaited return.
Since the international break, Milan’s focus has shifted from on-field performances to the mounting list of injuries. Pulisic has been the headline absence, but he’s not been alone. Adrien Rabiot, Ruben Loftus-Cheek, Pervis Estupinan, and long-term absentee Ardon Jashari have also spent weeks in the treatment room. The result has been a stretched squad and a noticeable dip in attacking sharpness.
The American star has been out since October 14, when he sustained a right hamstring injury during international duty with the U.S. men’s national team in a friendly against Australia. The 27-year-old was forced off early in the first half, and the club’s medical staff confirmed afterward that it was a low-grade strain — not serious, but enough to require a few weeks of recovery.
The timing of the injury couldn’t have been worse. Pulisic had been one of the standout players of the Serie A season, registering six goals and two assists in eight matches, and earning both Serie A Player of the Month and AC Milan’s MVP for September. His performances had turned him into one of Allegri’s most dependable attacking weapons.
La consegna del premio @EASPORTSFC Player of the month di Settembre a Pulisic 🇺🇸🏆#MilanPisa pic.twitter.com/MeyYdEfsaH
— Lega Serie A (@SerieA) October 24, 2025
According to La Gazzetta dello Sport, Pulisic’s recovery is progressing smoothly. The player himself recently reassured fans with a message on Instagram: “It’s been a tough couple of weeks, but recovery is going great and I’m hungry to get back out there.”
That determination has been echoed by the coaching staff, who are carefully managing his workload in training. Allegri has no intention of rushing him, insisting that the team must prioritize long-term fitness over short-term gains. “Given the importance of both him and Jashari, we will not rush either back,” Allegri told the media. “It will take time to reintegrate them and, above all, for them to regain full fitness.”
📸 Pulisic on Instagram pic.twitter.com/SBKEQj7xIj
— Milan Posts (@MilanPosts) October 23, 2025
However, the negative tone at Milanello is beginning to change. In his latest press conference, Massimiliano Allegri offered a cautiously positive update, hinting that Milan’s injury crisis may soon ease. “Absolutely no Pulisic against Roma, but against Parma, we hope to have him on the bench,” the club’s boss said. “His recovery is going well.”
That sentence alone provided the Red and Blacks’ fans with a sense of relief. After nearly a month without their most explosive winger, the hope is that Pulisic could return for Milan’s final match before the international break — against Parma on November 8.
After Friday’s frustrating 2-2 draw against bottom-placed Pisa, Milan finds itself in urgent need of redemption as it prepares to visit Atalanta on Tuesday night. It was a night where Massimiliano Allegri’s men looked in control, only to surrender their advantage and rely on a dramatic late equalizer to avoid an embarrassing defeat. This upcoming midweek trip to Bergamo comes at a crucial time for the Rossoneri, who are battling to stay within touching distance of Serie A leader Napoli. Christian Pulisic, Luka Modric, and Santiago Gimenez all dominate pre-match discussions for different reasons — one recovering, one leading, and one under scrutiny.
The absence of Pulisic, Milan’s attacking heartbeat this season, remains a major blow. Allegri has confirmed that his American talisman will not feature until at least the game against Parma. In his pre-match press conference, the coach admitted, “Absolutely not against Roma. We hope to have him on the bench against Parma.”
With several attacking options unavailable, the big question remains — will Allegri trust experience and flair to reignite Milan’s rhythm, or stay loyal to the under-fire starters who have yet to convince?
It’s been a season of resilience and improvisation for Milan. Injuries to key players have forced the experienced tactician to field makeshift lineups, testing the limits of his squad depth. Alongside Pulisic, Adrien Rabiot, Ardon Jashari, and Pervis Estupinan remain sidelined, though there’s finally a glimmer of good news: Ruben Loftus-Cheek is back in full training and has made the bench.
🗣 Allegri’s words ahead of the Atalanta match:
— AC Milan (@acmilan) October 27, 2025
🗓 The schedule
🏄♀ Leão
📈 Consistency pic.twitter.com/rdFbW7othM
The injuries have forced the Italian coach to rely heavily on his defensive core and veteran leaders. Mike Maignan continues as the immovable presence in goal, while Matteo Gabbia and Strahinja Pavlovic retain their places in the back three. However, Fikayo Tomori has returned to the starting lineup after being rested.
Milan’s midfield remains unchanged, with Luka Modric, Youssouf Fofana, and Samuele Ricci dictating the play. Modric’s experience has brought balance and intelligence to the team, though the Croatian maestro’s presence also raises questions about the club’s tempo — can he still control a high-intensity Serie A battle against Atalanta’s pressing?
The real intrigue lies in attack. Santiago Gimenez, once heralded as Milan’s long-term answer up front, is facing a defining stretch. After a string of muted performances, the Mexican striker is running out of chances. His partnership with Rafael Leao will be tested again, but fans are beginning to grow restless.
As reported by Sky Italia, “It could be a final chance for Santiago Gimenez up front, given there has been a fair bit of criticism of the Mexican recently.” Whether Allegri decides to persist with him or rotate could depend on tactical needs — and perhaps the coach’s growing impatience.
The buildup to Tuesday’s clash has been dominated by speculation over Allegri’s tactical gamble. Many expected him to “keep things largely the same,” thus Luka Modric and Santiago Gimenez are again handed key roles.
Atalanta confirmed XI (3-4-3): Carnesecchi; Kossounou, Hien, Ahanor; Zappacosta, Ederson, De Roon, Pasalic, Bernasconi; De Ketelaere, Lookman.
Milan confirmed XI (3-5-2): Maignan; Tomori, Gabbia, Pavlovic; Saelemaekers, Fofana, Modric, Ricci, Bartesaghi; Gimenez, Leao.
Despite a litany of injuries, Barcelona entered the clash against Real Madrid with high expectations but faced a reality check with a tough defeat in El Clasico. Post-match, Lamine Yamal drew heavy criticism for his underwhelming performance, which left the team’s offense struggling. In a surprising twist, a doctor provided a candid assessment of Yamal’s groin recovery and his impact on his latest performance, sparking concern among fans.
After the final match of the UEFA 2026 World Cup Qualifiers, Lamine returned to Barcelona grappling with significant pubic issues. Despite his appearances against Girona and Olympiakos, fans noticed a dip in his performance, with neither his speed nor his dribbling seeming as sharp. Following the defeat to Real Madrid, Dr. Pedro Luis Ripoll offered a frank evaluation of Lamine’s physical condition, raising concerns about his form.
“It is an injury that is frankly difficult to treat. It’s characterised by pain that reduces the player’s ability to move and shoot by almost 50%, which is exactly what we saw in El Clasico… He hardly shoots at goal, he has difficulty moving, he constantly stretches… It’s a disabling pain that allows the player to participate in matches but keeps him away from his best level and significantly diminishes his performance,” Dr Pedro Luis Ripoll said, via El Larguero.
Lamine continues to work towards full recovery, as Barcelona navigate a spate of injury setbacks. With Dr. Ripoll analysis, the 18-year-old prodigy may assume a diminished role in forthcoming fixtures to prioritize his rehabilitation. Fans, meanwhile, express discontent with the decision to field Yamal before he reaches optimal fitness, fearing not only the potential for aggravating his injury but also suggesting that Roony Bardghji, might have delivered superior performances.
Since debuting in April 2023, Lamine Yamal has quickly emerged as a crucial player for Barcelona. Despite achieving elite status by securing second place in the 2025 Ballon d’Or ranks, the young star has faced challenges, including controversial remarks before the Real Madrid clash and backlash from a lavish birthday celebration. To minimize distractions, the Culers have reportedly stepped in with measures to shield him from further controversies.
According to Spanish media outlets such as Diario Sport and Mundo Deportivo, Barcelona are displeased with Lamine’s off-field statements and behavior. Rather than exerting pressure, the club is opting to support the 18-year-old by collaborating with his agent, Jorge Mendes, to oversee his social media presence and public appearances. This strategy aims to reduce the exposure of his private life, allowing him to concentrate on soccer.
This Tuesday, Al Nassr will face their first major test of the 2025–26 season. In the Round of 16 of the King Cup of Champions, they’ll take on one of Saudi Arabia’s strongest teams, Al Ittihad. This single-elimination clash will draw special attention as it features two global superstars — Cristiano Ronaldo and Karim Benzema.
CR7 and his teammates have enjoyed an almost perfect start to the 2025–26 campaign. After the disappointment of losing the Saudi Super Cup final to Al Ahli, they’ve bounced back with a string of victories in both the Saudi Pro League and the AFC Champions League Two, allowing them to sit atop the standings in both competitions.
However, the King Cup of Champions could present their first true challenge of the year. After defeating Jeddah in the opening round, they now face Al Ittihad — a dangerous opponent — in a knockout match that will send one of the two clubs home. Benzema’s side advanced to this stage after overcoming Al Wehda.
Recent history favors Al Nassr, though. The teams have already met this season in the Saudi Pro League, where Al Nassr earned a convincing 2–0 victory that put them at the top of the table and led to the dismissal of then-Al Ittihad coach Laurent Blanc.
In recent weeks, head coach Jorge Jesus has carefully managed the workload of his key players to prevent injuries and focus on what he considers the team’s most important competitions. That’s why, although Ronaldo has featured in every Saudi Pro League match, he hasn’t played a single minute in the AFC Champions League Two.
This Tuesday, however, the situation will be different. Given the high stakes of a knockout match — and against such a strong rival as Al Ittihad — the coach will field his strongest possible lineup in the King Cup of Champions.
Al Nassr’s confirmed lineup: Bento; Nawaf Boushal, Mohamed Simakan, Inigo Martinez, Ayman Yahya; Abdul Al-Khaibari, Angelo Gabriel; Kingsley Coman, Joao Felix, Sadio Mane; Cristiano Ronaldo.
While Al Nassr have been fully focused on the Saudi Pro League, Al Ittihad are juggling several competitions. They aim to defend their domestic crown while also pursuing the AFC Champions League Elite title — a key goal to secure qualification for both the Intercontinental Cup and the FIFA Club World Cup.
Within that context, Sergio Conceicao knows he cannot afford a loss against Al Nassr in the King Cup of Champions, so he will send out his best available squad. The confirmed XI: Predrag Rajkovic; Ahmed Al-Julaydan, Danilo Pereira, Saad Al-Mousa, Mario Mitaj; Roger Fernandes, Houssem Aouar, N’Golo Kante, Fabinho; Moussa Diaby, Karim Benzema.
Lamine Yamal was far from his best during Sunday’s El Clásico against Real Madrid, with FC Barcelona clearly feeling his dip in form in a game that marked their second defeat of the 2025-26 La Liga season. After the match, Hansi Flick’s assistant coach Marcus Sorg addressed the 18-year-old’s struggles at the Santiago Bernabéu.
Despite dominating possession, Barcelona struggled to create clear chances against a Real Madrid side that was nearly flawless in attack, posing a constant threat in the final third. In contrast, Yamal found himself shut down by the opposing defense, repeatedly forced to pass the ball backward under pressure.
After the game, Sorg spoke to the press about how Real Madrid managed to neutralize Barcelona’s young star: “Often they played two against one and tried to prevent him from entering the area. It’s normal. He is young, he has to improve, and we will help him.”
The German assistant also analyzed how Real Madrid’s strategy specifically targeted Yamal’s biggest strengths. “He needs rhythm, games… It’s normal. He’s 18, and we have to give him time and help him. It’s normal, opponents try everything against him and adjust to defend well. We have to work more and help him bring out the best version on the field,” he state.
Yamal had raised tensions before the game with a bold statement that didn’t sit well with Real Madrid players and fans. Once the match began, however, he was far from his usual level, managing only two off-target shots, completing four dribbles, and losing possession 22 times.
Sorg was also asked whether the hostile crowd might have affected the Barcelona prodigy: “It’s possible. Perhaps a little. Because he’s learning to deal with the crowd, the booing… It’s a process. It’s true that he’s usually very motivated, and today wasn’t very easy for him.“
Barcelona were already missing key attackers such as Robert Lewandowski and Raphinha, a major setback compared to recent El Clásico matchups. However, one of the biggest surprises came on the sideline: while Xabi Alonso stood on the touchline, Hansi Flick watched from the stands.
Flick served a one-match suspension after being sent off during Barcelona’s previous game against Girona. With the club’s appeal denied, assistant coach Marcus Sorg was left in charge from the bench at the Bernabéu.
Despite Dani Carvajal’s injury, Real Madrid showcased formidable depth in their roster with a victory over Barcelona. Kylian Mbappe and Jude Bellingham shone brightly, demonstrating their scoring prowess. Meanwhile, Vinicius Jr’s understated performance led to a substitution, sparking an unexpected reaction. In the aftermath, club legend Toni Kroos weighed in with his insightful analysis of the situation.
With Xabi Alonso’s arrival, Vinicius Jr. had to adapt his game as Kylian Mbappe now drives the offense. Consequently, the Brazilian star has been forced to make more defense efforts, reducing his offensive impact. In the match vs Barcelona, he registered just one shot on goal, leading to his substitution him with Rodrygo. On his way out, he prompted: “Always me! I’m leaving the team!”. Despite this, Toni Kroos decided to support the Brazilian star.
“When you play an exceptional match, especially in a game like this, you’re not happy. I never liked being substituted either. But to be fair, I’ve never gone straight to the dressing room afterward… In the cold light of day and with a bit of distance, he’ll probably think: ‘Well, I can hold back the anger a little longer.’… Even so, I want to point out that it’s an emotionally exceptional situation to be down there in a match like that,” Toni Kroos said, via Einfach mal Luppen.
Although Kroos attempts to downplay the situation, Vinicius Jr has reportedly paused his contract renewal with Real Madrid. Spanish media suggest the club aims to mediate a resolution between the Brazilian star and coach Xabi Alonso to secure Vinicius’s future with the team. The club is reportedly upset with his actions, but it has refrained from imposing the fines that typically apply to other players in similar cases.
Real Madrid appear to be navigating tensions between Vinicius Jr. and coach Xabi Alonso, yet they firmly back Alonso’s decisions. For that reason, the upcoming games could offer insights into the Brazilian star’s future. After defeating Barcelona, Los Blancos will play Valencia CF on November 1, followed by a crucial clash against Liverpool on November 4. While rotations may occur against Valencia, coach is likely to deploy his strongest lineup against the Reds.
In case Xabi Alonso opts for Rodrygo or another alternative on the left wing against Liverpool, he might reveal his intentions about Vinicius’ future role and whether he’ll remain pivotal or shift focus to a different player profile. While this scenario puts the Brazilian in a tense situation, it opens the door for others to showcase their commitment and vie for the left winger spot, potentially swaying the coach’s decision.
Lionel Messi experienced the abrupt departure of coach Tata Martino at the end of the 2025 season, the same manager who guided Inter Miami to their first two major titles. Heading into the 2026 campaign, the Argentine star could reportedly face his former boss as a rival in Major League Soccer.
Following the 1–1 draw against D.C. United, Atlanta United announced on Sunday, October 19, the dismissal of coach Ronny Deila, who had only been appointed in December 2024. After enduring the worst season in the club’s history, the board has reportedly set its sights on a familiar face as its top managerial target for 2026.
According to The Athletic, Gerardo “Tata” Martino has emerged as the leading candidate to fill the vacant head coach position at Atlanta United. While other names are also being considered and interviews are ongoing, the report notes that Martino remains the frontrunner to take over the club he once led to glory.
Atlanta United have just wrapped up their worst season since joining MLS in 2017. Despite key signings such as Alexei Miranchuk, Emmanuel Latte Lath, and the return of Miguel Almirón, the Five Stripes struggled to turn things around, finishing with only five wins, 13 draws, and 16 losses, ranking 29th, just above D.C. United. The disappointing campaign has prompted the front office to return to its roots.
Martino was Atlanta United’s first-ever head coach, leading the club to its maiden title with the 2018 MLS Cup and quickly earning league-wide respect. After a successful stint with Messi’s Inter Miami, the Argentine tactician is currently a free agent, and with speculation mounting over a potential MLS return, Atlanta appears eager to bring him back to the sidelines.
Martino announced his departure from Inter Miami late in 2024, citing “personal reasons” for his decision to return to Argentina. With those matters now seemingly resolved, the veteran coach has once again been linked with a move back to MLS.
Earlier in October, reports connected Martino with Son Heung-min’s Los Angeles FC following Steve Cherundolo’s announcement that he would leave the club at the end of the 2025 season. Although initial talks reportedly stalled, Atlanta United now seem poised to make the strongest push to secure Martino’s return to the league.
Google has expanded the What’s happening feature within Google Business Profiles to restaurants and bars in the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand. It is now available for multi-location restaurants, not just single-location restaurants.
The What’s happening feature launched back in May as a way for some businesses to highlight events, deals, and specials prominently at the top of your Google Business Profile. Now, Google is bringing it to more countries.
What Google said. Google’s Lisa Landsman wrote on LinkedIn:
How do you promote your “Taco Tuesday” in Toledo and your “Happy Hour” in Houston… right when locals are searching for a place to go?
I’m excited to share that the Google Business Profile feature highlighting what’s happening at your business, such as timely events, specials and deals, has now rolled out for multi-location restaurants & bars across the US, UK, CA, AU & NZ! (It was previously only available for single-location restaurants)
This is a great option for driving real-time foot traffic. It automatically surfaces the unique specials, live music, or events you’re already promoting at a specific location, catching customers at the exact moment they’re deciding where to eat or grab a cocktail.
What it looks like. Here is a screenshot of this feature:
More details. Google’s Lisa Landsman added, “We’ve already seen excellent results from testing and look forward to hearing how this works for you!”
Availability. This feature is only available for restaurants & bars. Google said it hopes to expand to more categories soon. It is also only available in the United States, United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand.
The initial launch was for single-location Food and Drink businesses in the U.S., UK, Australia, Canada, and New Zealand. It is now available for multi-location restaurants, not just single-location restaurants.
Why we care. If you manage restaurants and/or bars, this may be a new way to get more attention and visitors to your business from Google Search. Now, if you manage multi-location restaurants or bars, you can leverage this feature.
A widely shared seasonality snapshot is making the rounds ahead of month-end: a Coinglass heat map of Bitcoin’s monthly returns, reposted by trader Daan Crypto Trades. The table spans 2013–2025 and shows November as the statistical outlier in Bitcoin’s calendar—both for eye-popping gains and for sharp drawdowns in certain years.
“November is Bitcoin’s best month based on historical performance. By far,” Daan wrote on X, pointing to an average November change of +46.02% across the dataset. That figure is visibly distorted by November 2013’s +449.35% surge, the single largest monthly move on the board. He added: “The average gain over all these months is +46.02%. But this is heavily skewed by a single monthly gain in November 2013. Bitcoin went up +449.35%!! that month.”
The raw counts back up the reputation without the hyperbole. Out of the 12 Novembers listed (2013–2024), 8 finished green—2013 (+449.35%), 2014 (+12.82%), 2015 (+19.27%), 2016 (+5.42%), 2017 (+53.48%), 2020 (+42.95%), 2023 (+8.81%), and 2024 (+37.29%)—while 4 were negative—2018 (-36.57%), 2019 (-17.27%), 2021 (-7.11%), and 2022 (-16.23%).
The median November change sits at +10.82%, a more conservative central tendency that dampens the 2013 effect. Excluding 2013 entirely, the simple average for November drops to roughly +9.35% across the remaining 11 years, underscoring how one month can skew mean-based seasonality.
Context from the broader table matters. November’s average is the highest of any month on Coinglass’s grid, ahead of October’s +20.30% average, while December shows a far more mixed profile with a +4.75% average but a -3.22% median—an imbalance consistent with outlier-driven months.
September, long maligned by traders, retains a negative average (-3.08%) over the full period. The 2024 row itself captures the push-and-pull of this cycle’s narrative: double-digit gains in February, March, May, October, and November, offset by meaningful drawdowns in April, June, and August, and a negative December print to close the year (-2.85%).
Daan’s framing extends beyond simple seasonality. “November & December is when the 2013, 2017 & 2021 cycles topped out. It’s also where the 2018 & 2022 cycles bottomed out,” he noted. That observation lines up with the historical inflection points most market participants remember: the late-2013 mania and subsequent crash, the December 2017 peak, the November 2021 all-time high, and the December 2018 and November 2022 washouts.
The Coinglass grid cannot timestamp intramonth highs or lows, but the clustering of major pivots into the final two months of the year is consistent with the market’s folklore and with the returns pattern that shows both exceptionally strong up months and some of the cycle’s most punishing down months in this window.
The practical takeaway—again in Daan’s words—is not categorical bullishness, but regime risk: “All in all, an eventful last 2 months of the year generally speaking. Whether it’s on the bullish or bearish side, volatility and big market pivots have been the theme into the end of the year.” The heat map supports that characterization.
November’s distribution spans the widest extremes on record—from +449.35% at the top to -36.57% on the downside—with a two-thirds hit rate for green months and a median gain in the low double digits. December, by contrast, has produced both cycle tops and cycle bottoms despite a modest average, a reminder that average and median statistics can obscure the path risk that defines Bitcoin’s fourth quarter.
Seasonality is not destiny, and the sample is limited. Still, the data-backed message is clear: as November approaches, Bitcoin’s historical pattern has been less about quiet trend continuation and more about variance—the kind that has marked both euphoric blow-offs and capitulation lows.
At press time, BTC traded at $114,487.
Crypto analyst CasiTrades has predicted that the XRP price could still crash to $1.4 in the final wave of this downtrend. This comes despite bullish catalysts such as the Fed rate cut, which could lift the altcoin to new highs.
In an X post, CasiTrades stated that exchanges are aligning toward their .618 retracements, with Binance showing a crash to between $1.35 and $1.46 for the XRP price. She noted that this next wave down would complete the macro Wave 2 correction, setting the stage for the next Wave 3 impulse that could send XRP toward $6.50 or $10.
This came as the analyst remarked that the XRP price was at a major decision point, with the price continuing to test the Wave 4 highs. She noted that this resistance is making another wave down a possibility. To invalidate the move down, CasiTrades stated that XRP needs to break and hold above $2.82 on Binance.
However, so far, the XRP price hasn’t done so, with CasiTrades noting that the price is still ranging between support and resistance. She explained that this leans toward this being a Wave 4, with the altcoin one final move lower before the next macro impulse. The analyst ruled out a V-shaped recovery, noting that price typically breaks through resistance immediately and decisively, which is not happening with the current price action.
She further remarked that the hesitation suggests that selling pressure isn’t fully exhausted for the XRP price. However, CasiTrades assured that the deeper support levels aren’t a reason to panic, as they are high conviction accumulation zones. Meanwhile, the analyst highlighted a discrepancy in the price action on different exchanges.
She noted that the XRP price on Binance wicked to $0.77 during the $19 billion liquidation event, while on Coinbase, XRP never reached its .618 retracement level. CasiTrades then reiterated that until $2.82 breaks, the price action favors one final wave down before the next major move up.
Crypto analyst Egrag Crypto has assured that the bull run isn’t over for the XRP price, despite predictions that the top may be in. He stated that as long as XRP holds above $2.20 and $1.97 as monthly closes, then there is no structural break. He also believes that the altcoin and other risk assets are about to “roar.”
Egrag Crypto noted that quantitative tightening is still active and that Fed rate cuts are just beginning. In line with this, he declared that the last leg up is still waiting to play out. He claimed that cycles don’t end when 50% of traders are cautious, but do when everyone is “drunk on euphoria.”
At the time of writing, the XRP price is trading at around $2.6, down in the last 24 hours, according to data from CoinMarketCap.
What to Know:
The Trump family has made another bold move in the corporate crypto world as the publicly listed treasury and mining firm American Bitcoin (ABTC) announced a 1,414 Bitcoin addition to its holdings.
That’s roughly $163M at current prices and brings $ABTC’s total stash to about 3,865 BTC – approximately $446M.
Backed by Donald Trump Jr and Eric Trump, American Bitcoin is the public-facing vehicle formed after a merger between Canadian miner Hut 8 Corp and Gryphon Digital Mining.
In a media release, American Bitcoin emphasized that its business model goes beyond simply buying $BTC; it also mines the cryptocurrency directly, which the company says gives it a cost advantage over peers that purely purchase from the market.
To drive the point home, ABTC relies on a metric called ‘Satoshis per share,’ or SPS. With 100M Satoshis per Bitcoin, ‘sats’ are the smallest unit of value in $BTC. By dividing the number of shares by the total number of sats in the Bitcoin it holds, ABTC can tell shareholders exactly how much $BTC their holdings represent.
Following the announcement, ABTC’s stock rose by more than 11% in a single session, as the news resonated with investors hungry for exposure to public company-level crypto strategies.
Bitcoin is up by around 4.7% in the past week, and sits just under $115K, near a two-week high.
ABTC forms part of the growing push for crypto treasuries, and signals confidence in Bitcoin’s near-term trajectory. That trajectory bodes well for key altcoins as well. Even as ABTC amasses Bitcoin, tokens like $HYPER, $PEPENODE, and $WLFI are emerging as the best altcoins to buy right now.Bitcoin Hyper ($HYPER) plans to introduce a next-gen Layer-2 ecosystem that will address Bitcoin’s biggest pain points – slow speeds, high costs, and smart-contract compatibility.
And the project will do this by merging Bitcoin’s monetary dominance with Solana’s high-performance virtual machine (SVM) environment.
The Hyper Layer-2 will use a Canonical Bridge architecture on the SVM that allows native $BTC to be minted, wrapped, and deployed across a fast, low-fee ecosystem. And with zero-knowledge proofs and final settlement on the original Bitcoin Layer-1, it will all be executed without compromising Bitcoin’s top-tier security model.
Bitcoin Hyper enables real-time payments, DeFi participation, and on-chain micro-transactions that unlock Bitcoin’s liquidity for practical utility.The project’s hybrid framework positions it as a natural upgrade to Bitcoin, capable of scaling transaction speeds from Bitcoin’s current seven transactions per second to multiple thousands, courtesy of the SVM. Meanwhile, its native token, $HYPER, will power validator staking, bridge operations, and ecosystem governance.
Discover more about this exciting Layer-2 project in our detailed Bitcoin Hyper review.
The combination of new utility and proven reliability bode well for $HYPER’s performance, which is why it’s no surprise that the Bitcoin Hyper surpassed the $25M milestone yesterday.
It’s also part of the reason our $HYPER price prediction shows that the token could potentially increase from its current price of $0.013185 to $0.08625 by the end of 2026 – for 554% gains. To get in now, check out our step-by-step guide to buying $HYPER.
Being a presale, though, its price rises in stages, while the staking APY decreases as more holders stake their tokens. With little over one day left before the next price increase – and staking APY currently at 47% – there’s no time like the present to join the presale at its early-bird price.
Ready to jump in? Visit the official Bitcoin Hyper presale website right away.
PepeNode ($PEPENODE) deploys an innovative ‘mine-to-earn’ infrastructure play that transforms how meme coin culture and the blockchain intersect.
With a virtual server-room model, you’ll be able to use your $PEPENODE tokens to buy mining rigs and nodes to outfit your server rooms. And the more nodes you have, the more $PEPENODE you’ll mine.
Rewards are also up for grabs courtesy of this gamified project – and they’re not limited to $PEPENODE. Rewards include other popular meme coins like $PEPE and $FARTCOIN.
This novel platform brings together the fun of blockchain gaming and the raw potential of meme coins. For PepeNode investors, mine-to-earn opens the door for several ways to earn from the project:
Discover how to buy PepeNode in our easy-to-follow guide.
Fancy being a virtual crypto miner? Head to the official $PEPENODE presale today.
World Liberty Financial ($WLFI) – like all Trump projects – is as politically charged as it is business-motivated. Launched in parallel with Donald Trump’s pro-crypto policies, World Liberty Financial includes the $WLFI token as well as stablecoins like $USD1.
$WLFI blends meme-coin energy with a treasury-backed investment protocol tied to the Trump movement’s populist narrative. Its mission is to empower holders through decentralized finance, tokenized assets, and a particular brand identity.
$WLFI recently gained viral traction after a White House-themed tweet referenced GameStop and crypto freedom and sent trading volume surging past $220M in a single day.
Currently trading at $0.1465, $WLFI is up by more than 14% in the past week, reflecting an appeal that lies partly in its growing ecosystem and partly in political mood affiliation.
Buy your $WLFI today through MEXC and other leading platforms.
To recap: American Bitcoin’s $163M bet on Bitcoin highlights just how much institutional corporate interest there is in the crypto space. Projects like $WLFI show how that interest bridges from corporate projects to leading altcoins, and $HYPER and $PEPENODE stand to benefit.Always do your own research; this isn’t financial advice.
Authored by Aaron Walker, NewsBTC – https://www.newsbtc.com/news/american-bitcoin-pumps-post-btc-buy-next-altcoins-to-soar
Strategy Inc., the company led by Michael Saylor that rebranded from MicroStrategy, was hit with a junk credit grade on Monday as S&P Global Ratings flagged its heavy concentration in Bitcoin and weak dollar liquidity.
According to S&P, the firm’s balance sheet is tied closely to the price of Bitcoin and carries risks that traditional ratings models find hard to treat as stable collateral.
Based on reports, Strategy’s Bitcoin stack is enormous — about 640,808 BTC on its books — worth roughly $73 billion to $74 billion at recent prices.
S&P said that while the company owns a large digital-asset hoard, the volatility of that asset and the company’s limited cash flow make it risky under S&P’s credit rules.
S&P assigned a B- issuer credit rating and kept the outlook stable. That B- places the company squarely in non-investment-grade territory, signaling a higher chance of stress if markets turn against it.
S&P Global Ratings has assigned Strategy Inc a ‘B-‘ Issuer Credit Rating (Outlook Stable) — the first-ever rating of a Bitcoin Treasury Company by a major credit rating agency. https://t.co/WLMkFqkkCb
— Michael Saylor (@saylor) October 27, 2025
Reports have disclosed that S&P was particularly concerned about a mismatch: most obligations are owed in US dollars, but most of the company’s value sits in Bitcoin. This gap can force the sale of Bitcoin to meet dollar payments if prices slide.
Analysts and commentators pointed to sizable convertible securities and preferred-stock commitments that add cash demands on the company. According to filings and market write-ups, the firm faces billions of dollars in convertible and preferred obligations spread over coming years.
Saylor and Strategy have made repeat purchases of Bitcoin as part of their stated plan. Those buys have created big unrealized gains on paper, but S&P’s methodology largely treats the token differently from traditional equity when measuring risk-adjusted capital.
S&P noted that, for now, Strategy still has access to capital markets, which is why its outlook is stable rather than immediately negative.
But the rating agency warned that a sharp drop in Bitcoin’s price or any sudden tightening of funding channels could trigger a further downgrade.
Market participants will watch funding costs, preferred dividend payments and convertible notes for signs of stress.
Investors reacted with mixed signals in early trading. Some buyers treated the downgrade as a formal recognition of a known risk, while others judged the move as a calibration that won’t stop Saylor’s accumulation strategy if markets stay calm.
Trading volume and price swings in both Strategy shares and Bitcoin may rise as traders reassess odds.
Featured image from Gemini, chart from TradingView
In a bid to dethrone Wikipedia, Elon Musk’s xAI has launched Grokipedia, an AI-generated online encyclopedia. With over 885,000 articles, xAI Grokipedia promises to deliver faster and more factual information.
According to recent reports, xAI, the company behind Elon Musk’s Grok platform, gave birth to a rival to the online knowledge powerhouse. The tech billionaire claims that the platform will be a “massive improvement over Wikipedia,” addressing it as a “woke” Wikipedia.
Tech billionaire Elon Musk launched xAI Grokipedia, an alternative to the uncontested titan, Wikipedia. Criticizing Wikipedia for harbouring “editorial bias” and “ideological narratives,” Musk intends to position his platform to provide fast, factual, and less biased information. In a September X post, Musk wrote,
“We are building Grokipedia @xAI. Will be a massive improvement over Wikipedia. Frankly, it is a necessary step towards the xAI goal of understanding the Universe.”
Despite initial technical hiccups, xAI Grokipedia went live at grokipedia.com on Monday. The platform, powered by Grok, aims to transform the way online knowledge is created and shared. After launching in the afternoon, the site experienced a brief outage due to high traffic, but was restored by the evening.
Notably, Grokipedia, the AI-powered online encyclopedia, boasts around 885,000 articles, a significant difference from Wikipedia’s vast repository of over 7 million articles in English alone. While Wikipedia has a more extensive collection, Grokipedia’s AI-driven approach enables faster updates and potentially more objective information.
Both platforms differ significantly in their approaches to content generation, editing access, and neutrality. Grokipedia uses an AI system in xAI’s Grok model to create and edit articles, using AI technology to update articles more quickly and with less potential bias than human editing allows. On the other hand, Wikipedia is entirely dependent on human volunteers to research, create, and edit entries.
While Grokipedia provides users the ability to submit feedback, the editing function is less available, whereas Wikipedia allows article editing and contributions from anyone.
According to Musk’s Twitter post, even in its early stage, Grokipedia is superior to Wikipedia; he noted that “version 0.1” is “better than Wikipedia,” promising that “Version 1.0 will be 10X better.”
Significantly, the xAI Grokipedia launch stems from Elon Musk’s long-standing criticism of Wikipedia. He believes that the latter is dominated by “far-left activists” and has an “extremely left-biased” editorial approach.
Musk has repeatedly expressed concerns about Wikipedia’s editorial bias, transparency, and potential manipulation of information. In a December 2019 post, he noted,
“Just looked at my wiki for 1st time in years. It’s insane!…Btw, can someone please delete ‘investor’. I do basically zero investing.”
Currently, many of the articles on the new platform appear to be derived from the existing online encyclopedia. But Musk aims to transition away from relying on Wikipedia’s content by the end of the year, leveraging xAI’s Grok model to generate articles instead. In his recent statement, reiterating the vision of xAI Grokipedia, the tech leader stated,
“The goal of Grok and Grokipedia is the truth, the whole truth and nothing but the truth. We will never be perfect, but we shall nonetheless strive towards that goal.”
To summarize, Grokipedia, an xAI initiative from Elon Musk, has launched with more than 885,000 articles and intends to compete with Wikipedia. Technical issues were apparent in the early experience, but the platform is billed as more regular and frequent, with quality articles produced faster.
Despite Grokipedia’s capacity to produce overwhelming amounts of information with an AI model, there are still considerable concerns about the potential for bias and whether it is factually correct. Moving forward, it will be interesting to see whether xAI can improve Grokipedia by balancing rapid updates with building reliability and trust with users; all attempts at launching in Version 1.0 are pointed to being ’10X better.’
Read More: Will Elon Musk’s xAI Grokipedia Replace Wikipedia?">Will Elon Musk’s xAI Grokipedia Replace Wikipedia?
XRP closed October with a mixed tape, yet the setup for November looks constructive. A repeatable price pattern, a genuine supply squeeze on exchanges, and a new institutional treasury building a billion dollar position all point to one thing: higher probability of topside tests.
A recent analysis mapped a close above 2.77 as the trigger that can open Fibonacci targets in the 2.75 to 3.00 area, with stretch room if momentum accelerates.
For search clarity and reader intent, the XRP price November discussion starts with levels. The first inflection is 2.77 on a daily close. Hold above that pivot and the classic 0.5 to 0.618 retracement zone lines up around 2.75 to 3.00, where sellers usually test the bid.
If liquidity thins and momentum runs hot, prior impulses have reached into the low 3s, which keeps 3.20 to 3.40 alive as a secondary path. The baseline case is more modest, but still positive, because the structure respects higher lows and a tightening range into that 2.77 gate.
The XRP price November story is not only technical. On chain flows set the tone. Data aggregators tracked one of the largest two day exchange outflow events on record around Oct. 19 to Oct. 20, with more than 2.6 billion XRP leaving centralized venues. Heavy withdrawals reduce near term sell supply and often precede relief rallies when bids reappear. The signal is not perfect, but combined with price holding support, it tilts odds toward upside follow-through.
New corporate demand shapes the XRP price November narrative as well. A Ripple-affiliated venture called Evernorth plans to become the largest publicly traded XRP treasury via a listing that aims to raise more than 1 billion dollars for accumulation.
The rationale is simple to understand and hard to ignore. A permanent buyer with a mandate to add on weakness can smooth drawdowns and intensify rallies. Reuters reported that the deal is expected to close in the first quarter of 2026, with strategic backers across crypto finance.
The team has been vocal in public.
“I am proud to share that we have launched Evernorth, a first of its kind institutional vehicle built to accelerate XRP adoption,” said CEO Asheesh Birla in a post on X, linking to the treasury’s introduction video. In a later update he added, “We are combining institutional discipline with on chain innovation to grow XRP per share and redefine what a digital asset treasury can be.”
Both messages underline a long horizon and an intent to keep accumulating.
Crypto market strategists have weighed in on flows across assets. “Inflows into altcoins seem to be confined to SOL and XRP at present,” wrote a leading European research head in a public thread, echoing a broader rotation into higher liquidity names while smaller tokens lag. Stronger breadth in these flows would further support the XRP price November case, but concentration in the leaders often comes first.
Good price calls do not rely on one data point. The XRP price November framework tracks several inputs. Exchange reserves trended lower into late October, consistent with those outflows. If reserves keep falling while open interest rises at a measured pace, price can pop on relatively small buy programs. If open interest spikes too quickly, unwinds can wash out gains.
Funding remains the real-time compass. Modest positive funding with rising spot volume is healthy. Aggressive positive funding without spot confirmation often precedes a shakeout. For short-term traders, derivative heat maps show a pocket of resting short-side liquidity just below the first resistance cluster, which can create a fast move if price rips through overhead levels.
Macro still matters. Digital asset products drew hefty weekly inflows in late October, a sign that investors continue to add exposure even after sharp swings. A sustained bid across the complex would support the XRP price November roadmap, especially if the pace of inflows persists as policy clarity improves. If flows stall, risk assets can slip back into chop.
Map three paths. In the base case, the XRP price November move respects the 2.77 trigger, grinds into 2.90 to 3.00, and consolidates while funding stays contained. In the bullish case, spot demand from treasuries and advisors aligns with falling exchange supply, extending the push toward 3.20 and possibly 3.40 if breadth improves.
In the risk case, a failed breakout below 2.77 meets a burst of positive funding and crowded longs, knocking price back toward the mid 2s. None of these paths require perfection. They require discipline about levels and respect for the data in front of the market.
Public voices will continue to influence tone. One high-profile trader on X said, “New all-time highs in November,” summarizing the current optimism in a single line. Whether that proves prescient or just enthusiastic color matters less than the sequence of daily closes and the behavior of flows. Long term holders look at the broader adoption arc and the entry of corporate treasuries. Short-term traders watch the gate at 2.77. Either way, the XRP price November discussion is now in the driver’s seat.
The market likes simple stories. The XRP price November story blends a familiar breakout pattern with tangible supply dynamics and a new corporate accumulator. It will not be a straight climb. It rarely is. But if price clears 2.77 and the outflows persist while institutional demand scales, higher prints are reasonable. If those conditions fade, the trade becomes range bound again. Clarity lives in the data. The next daily closes will tell the tale.
What is the key level to confirm momentum in November?
Analysts watch a daily close above 2.77 to validate upside targets in the 2.75 to 3.00 band derived from the 0.5 to 0.618 retracement.
Why do exchange outflows matter for price?
Large withdrawals reduce immediate sell supply. The Oct. 19 to Oct. 20 window saw more than 2.6 billion XRP leave exchanges, which historically improves the odds of relief rallies.
How does Evernorth influence market structure?
A dedicated treasury with a mandate to accumulate creates steady bid support. The initiative targets more than 1 billion dollars for XRP purchases as it prepares a public listing.
Are fund flows supportive into November?
Yes, late October showed sizeable inflows into digital asset products, which helps overall risk appetite if sustained.
Exchange reserve depletion
A trend where coins move from exchanges to self custody or treasuries, shrinking near term sell pressure and often tightening available liquidity for spot buyers.
Fibonacci retracement zone
A technical range, commonly the 0.5 to 0.618 band of a prior move, used to estimate probable resistance and profit taking zones after a rebound. In this case it aligns with 2.75 to 3.00.
Institutional crypto treasury
A publicly traded or regulated vehicle that accumulates a specific digital asset as a balance sheet holding, potentially buying on weakness and influencing market microstructure over time.
Derivative liquidation pocket
A cluster on heat maps where forced buy or sell orders may trigger if price touches certain levels, often accelerating moves and creating slippage in thin conditions.
Read More: XRP Price November Outlook: How High Can It Run">XRP Price November Outlook: How High Can It Run
This article was first published on The Bit Journal: Why did the MSTR stock price double despite being given a dismal S&P credit rating, and what does that say about the status of Bitcoin as a financial asset?
The world’s leading Bitcoin treasury firm, Strategy, saw its MSTR stock price double despite receiving a dismal S&P credit rating of B-. The firm maintained that Strategy’s weak liquidity and narrow focus could easily lead to its future collapse.
According to a post by Strategy on the social media platform X, S&P Global Ratings placed the Bitcoin treasury firm in speculative, non-investment-grade territory — aka “junk-bond” status — despite the outlook remaining stable. However, Strategy CEO Michael Saylor noted that his company was the first digital asset treasury to receive an S&P credit rating, which, he said, was a clear indication of the company’s ongoing success.
Despite the low rating, which indicates a lack of confidence, Strategy’s MSTR stock price turned positive, rising 2.27%, implying about 114% upside from Friday’s close and suggesting that investors had confidence in the firm’s long-term Bitcoin strategy. The special attention from investors at a time when the S&P credit rating took a dim view could serve as a milestone for the cryptocurrency industry.
The firm defended its decision to give a poor S&P credit rating, citing Strategy’s balance sheet as overwhelmingly tied to Bitcoin and stating that its low dollar liquidity and negative risk-adjusted capital outweighed strong access to prudent debt management and capital markets. S&P opines that the company’s structure creates an inherent currency mismatch: most assets are held in bitcoin, while debt and dividend obligations are denominated in U.S. dollars. Commenting on their report, the firm stated in their press release:
“We view Strategy’s high bitcoin concentration, narrow business focus, weak risk-adjusted capitalization, and low U.S. dollar liquidity as weaknesses.”
In reaction to the rating, Matthew Sigel, head of digital assets research at VanEck, posted on X saying:
“The company can service debt for now, but is vulnerable to shocks.”
However, crypto economics are known to live and die on community hype, and Strategy’s branding could be an “X factor” that the S&P credit rating may not have incorporated into its system. Even now, new digital asset treasury firms are still referred to as “MicroStrategies,” a nod to the original company’s outsized reputation. Also, the S&P credit rating may have overlooked that TradFi is increasingly integrated with the broader crypto industry.
Despite the firm’s dismal S&P credit rating, Strategy assigned it a stable outlook, citing its past success in maintaining access to capital markets and managing debt maturities. With the next major maturity date set for 2028, the Bitcoin treasury firm has room to improve, as long as Bitcoin’s price doesn’t collapse.
Strategy: A company that has a dual business model: it sells AI-powered enterprise analytics software, but its primary Strategy is to hold a large amount of Bitcoin on its balance sheet.
MSTR: MSTR is the stock ticker for Strategy Inc. (formerly MicroStrategy).
Bitcoin treasury firm: A publicly traded corporation that holds a significant amount of its corporate assets in Bitcoin as part of its treasury strategy.
Initially, the company focused on developing software for data mining and business intelligence. Currently, the firm’s Strategy involves leveraging its balance sheet to acquire BTC as a primary treasury reserve asset.
At their core, Bitcoin treasury companies are firms dedicated to accumulating a digital asset, regardless of whether that was the business’s original intent.
MicroStrategy raises capital through convertible notes to buy Bitcoin, which helps Bitcoin’s price rise as they buy a lot of it. The MSTR stock price rises as the value of their bitcoin assets increases, and with a higher stock price, Strategy can raise even more money and buy more bitcoin.
Read More: S&P Calls It Junk, Market Calls It Gold: Why MSTR Soars 114% With Bitcoin">S&P Calls It Junk, Market Calls It Gold: Why MSTR Soars 114% With Bitcoin
Ever wondered which cryptocurrency could redefine your portfolio in 2025? Investors are buzzing as MoonBull ($MOBU) takes center stage, promising unprecedented gains and a thrilling early-stage opportunity.
While XRP trades live at $2.64 with a daily volume of over $4.1 billion, and Polygon (previously MATIC) shows a live price today of $0.2043, crypto enthusiasts are racing to claim a stake in the next potential 1000x project. The excitement is palpable, and missing out on MoonBull ($MOBU) presale at its current stage could be a regret many won’t forget. MoonBull stands out as the next crypto to buy and hold, offering unmatched early-stage rewards. This article will cover the developments and updates of all three coins: MoonBull ($MOBU), XRP, and Polygon.
MoonBull ($MOBU) stands out as the next crypto to buy and hold, introducing a game-changing staking program at Stage 10 of the presale that offers holders an impressive 95% APY. Tokens can be staked anytime through the MoonBull dashboard, with rewards calculated daily, while a 2-month lock-in ensures structured growth without restricting flexibility. A dedicated pool of 14.6 billion $MOBU sustains the system, promoting stability, long-term engagement, and rewarding early believers for their commitment to the project.
With a total supply of 73.2 billion tokens, MoonBull’s 23-stage presale leverages strategic lock-ups, auto-liquidity, reflections, burns, and referral incentives. 50% fuels presale stages, 10% ensures liquidity, 20% supports staking, 11% powers referrals, 5% drives community incentives and burns, and 2% each secures influencers and team alignment. Unsold tokens will be burned, maximizing scarcity and rewarding early believers. MoonBull stands out as the next crypto to buy and hold.
The MoonBull ($MOBU) presale is live, and the frenzy is real. Currently in Stage 5, the price sits at $0.00006584, with a presale tally surpassing $500K and over 1,500 token holders. Stage 5 investors are enjoying an
ROI of 163.36%, with a total projected ROI from Stage 5 to the listing price at 9,256%. A $500 investment now would secure 7,594,167.68 tokens, potentially worth $46,780.07 at listing. Price increases are projected at 27.40% per stage until Stage 22 and 20.38% in Stage 23. Every passing moment without participation risks missing an explosive surge. The MoonBull presale is the gateway for early believers to secure massive rewards in the next crypto sensation. Don’t let this opportunity slip away.
The live XRP price today is $2.64, reflecting stability with a 24-hour trading volume of over $4.1 billion. Crypto price forecasts suggest XRP could maintain its bullish momentum in the short term, making it a strong candidate for investors looking for steady gains.
XRP’s price prediction highlights moderate growth potential, making it a reliable choice for portfolio diversification. For traders eyeing live prices and short-term fluctuations, XRP remains one of the most watched cryptos this week, offering insight into the broader market sentiment.
Polygon, previously known as MATIC, trades at a live price today of $0.2043 with a 24-hour trading volume of $110,140,007.52. Analysts’ crypto price predictions indicate a potential for incremental gains, supported by the network’s scalability solutions and increasing adoption.
The Polygon crypto price forecast positions Polygon as a practical option for investors seeking exposure to Ethereum layer two solutions. While gains may not match the explosive potential of meme coins, Polygon offers steady growth and reliable market presence, appealing to long-term crypto holders.
MoonBull ($MOBU) presale is shaping up as the most talked-about event in crypto this month. While XRP holds steady at $2.64 and Polygon trades at $0.2043, MoonBull’s 23-stage presale, staking rewards, and referral bonuses create an irresistible scenario for early investors. The project’s total supply and tokenomics are structured to reward believers while ensuring liquidity and market stability.
Investors eager to ride the next wave of crypto mania should act fast, as the MoonBull presale is gaining momentum rapidly. Don’t miss the chance to be part of a project where every token counts and massive gains await. MoonBull ($MOBU) is the next crypto to buy and hold. So, secure your stake now before it rockets.
Website: Visit the Official MOBU Website
Telegram: Join the MOBU Telegram Channel
Twitter: Follow MOBU ON X (Formerly Twitter)
MoonBull ($MOBU) presale offers early access with over 9,000% projected ROI, making it one of the best cryptos to buy now for early-stage investors seeking maximum rewards.
MoonBull’s structured presale stages, staking program, and referral bonuses make it a top crypto to invest in this week with high-profit potential.
Stage 5 participants in MoonBull ($MOBU) enjoy a projected ROI of 9,256%, ranking it among high-profit cryptos for early investors.
By joining the MoonBull presale, investors can secure tokens early and ride the next 1000x crypto wave before prices surge in the market.
MoonBull ($MOBU) presale with 23 stages, staking, and referral incentives provides the best early-stage rewards for ambitious crypto enthusiasts.
Presale: Early phase of token sale offering discounted rates and exclusive rewards.
APY: Annual Percentage Yield, representing staking returns over a year.
Tokenomics: Structure of a cryptocurrency’s supply, distribution, and incentives.
ROI: Return on investment, measuring the potential gains from holding a token.
Liquidity Pool: Funds reserved to ensure smooth trading and reduce volatility
Summary
MoonBull ($MOBU) presale is now live, capturing the attention of crypto enthusiasts worldwide. Spanning 23 stages, it offers early investors the chance to secure tokens at the lowest entry price while enjoying the potential for massive ROI. With an incredible 95% APY staking program and a well-structured tokenomics, MoonBull delivers both rewards and stability. While XRP trades at $2.64 and Polygon at $0.2043, MoonBull emerges as the next crypto to buy and hold, blending scarcity, community engagement, and explosive early-stage opportunities for maximum excitement and growth.
Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice. Cryptocurrency investments carry risks. Always conduct independent research before investing in any project.
Read More: Top Crypto Updates – Is MoonBull Poised to Eclipse XRP and Polygon as the Next Crypto to Buy and Hold in 2025? ">Top Crypto Updates – Is MoonBull Poised to Eclipse XRP and Polygon as the Next Crypto to Buy and Hold in 2025?
This article was first published on The Bit Journal.
BitMine Immersion Technologies has jumped into the top tier of institutional crypto treasuries with total crypto, cash and “moonshot” investments of $14.2 billion, anchored by a whopping 3,313,069 ETH position; seemingly the largest Ethereum treasury in the world.
Chairman Tom Lee has described the strategy as pursuing what the firm calls its “alchemy of 5%” of Ethereum’s total supply.
For BitMine Ethereum holdings, this means $ETH is no longer just a speculative token, but a corporate reserve asset.
BitMine’s recent announcement divulged that they now hold 3.31 million ETH tokens, or roughly 2.8% of Ethereum’s total supply.
The breakdown includes 192 BTC, $305 million in unencumbered cash, plus their “moonshot” investments, all totaling $14.2 billion.
Earlier in August, they reported 1.71 million ETH and crypto + cash assets of $8.8 billion.
BitMine’s ETH strategy started with a $250 million private placement announced on June 30 2025, specifically for ETH accumulation.
From there; they scaled fast and by July; they had over 300,000 ETH worth over $1 billion.
By early August, they had 833,137 ETH ($2.9 billion). By August 24th; they had 1.71 million ETH with $8.8 billion in assets.
BitMine’s move resonates with a trend in corporate treasuries where instead of just Bitcoin, Ethereum is becoming a reserve asset. By holding ETH as a core treasury holding, BitMine is signaling that they believe in ETH’s role in decentralized finance, staking, smart-contracts and tokenization.
Tom Lee drew a historical parallel, calling the ongoing evolution: “[The] end of Bretton Woods … as transformational to financial services in 2025 as ending Bretton Woods was 54 years ago.”
BitMine’s ETH accumulation has had effects. Their stock (BMNR) has gone up big time and is now one of the most traded stocks in the US with daily volumes in the billions.
Big investors like ARK Invest, Bill Miller III, Founders Fund (via Peter Thiel) and others are also reportedly behind the strategy.
For ETH markets, big public-treasury holders like BitMine set a new precedent: corporate accumulation, staking and ecosystem integration are part of how ETH is valued.
Going forward, market observers could monitor include how BitMine manages and deploys its ETH; whether it stakes, uses it for DeFi yield or holds it passively. The firm’s target of 5% of ETH supply is ambitious.
Also; how other companies respond; will more firms add ETH to their reserves? The whole ecosystem may change if BitMine Ethereum holdings becomes the corporate crypto strategy.
Finally; how this accumulation impacts ETH tokenomics, staking; supply concentration and market perceptions will make headlines.
Ethereum (ETH): a crypto-asset used for the Ethereum blockchain; for smart contracts; staking and DeFi.
Treasury holdings: assets held long-term by a company for reserve or strategic purposes; not for short-term speculation.
Staking: locking cryptocurrency to support blockchain operations; and earn rewards.
Tokenization: converting real-world assets or rights into digital tokens on a blockchain.
Circulating supply: total number of tokens available in the market; for a given cryptocurrency.
Private placement: issuing securities directly to a limited number of investors; often used to raise capital for strategic initiatives.
As of October 27, 2025; BitMine holds approximately 3,313,069 ETH.
$14.2 billion in crypto, cash and “moonshots.”
BitMine says its holdings are about 2.8% of the total ETH supply.
ARK Invest, Founders Fund (via Peter Thiel), Bill Miller III, Pantera Capital and Galaxy Digital.
The company’s internal target is 5% of the total ETH supply, its “5% alchemy” goal.
Read More: BitMine Becomes Ethereum’s Biggest Corporate Holder With 3.3 Million ETH in Reserves">BitMine Becomes Ethereum’s Biggest Corporate Holder With 3.3 Million ETH in Reserves
The crypto market is heating up fast as 2025 approaches, and investors are hunting for the Top cryptos with 100x potential before the next big rally. From powerful layer-one ecosystems to meme-driven legends, this lineup blends narrative, fundamentals, and adoption. Each coin on this list brings innovation, growing networks, and a loyal community base that could drive extraordinary gains. These are the projects analysts believe could deliver life-changing returns once momentum reignites across global crypto markets.
Amid this surge of opportunity, BullZilla ($BZIL) stands out as the apex meme beast roaring across Ethereum. It merges mathematical precision with cinematic storytelling, capturing investor attention everywhere. Alongside Avalanche’s speed, MoonBull’s fairness, and La Culex’s humor, the list also features giants like Hyperliquid, Cardano, Binance Coin, Stellar, and Sui. Together, they represent the Top cryptos with 100x potential that balance innovation, utility, and hype, ready to roar when the next bull cycle begins.
At Stage 8, BullZilla ($BZIL) trades near $0.0001924, with its Mutation Mechanism increasing price every 48 hours or each $100K raised. The Roar Burn Mechanism reduces supply, while The HODL Furnace yields a fiery 70% APY. With a listing target of $0.00527141, early believers eye over 2,600% ROI potential. This mix of mythic storytelling, deflationary mechanics, and Ethereum security cements BullZilla’s place among the Top cryptos with 100x potential, where math meets meme and belief meets blockchain.
BullZilla’s blueprint is pure conviction: Zilla DNA divides 50% presale, 20% staking, 20% vault, 5% burn, 5% team, all locked, transparent, and fair. The Zilla Launch Sequence extends through 2026, combining lore, liquidity, and trust. Its automatic stage-based price rises create structured FOMO. This is more than a meme coin, it’s an engineered ecosystem of narrative-driven growth. Among the Top cryptos with 100x potential, BullZilla roars the loudest.
When emotion fuses with engineering, legends are born. BullZilla’s investor appeal lies in certainty: price hikes are coded, burns are automatic, and staking yields are real. Its deflationary model tightens supply as the community grows stronger, transforming entertainment into equity. Each stage feels like a countdown to a historic launch, where conviction becomes currency. Early entrants are not just buyers, they’re believers fueling the loudest presale in crypto, where every roar signals rising value across Ethereum’s blue-fire ecosystem.
When in doubt, zoom out: the roar is just getting started!
BullZilla unites cinematic storytelling, automated burns, and high-yield staking under one Ethereum framework. It delivers emotional engagement plus tangible on-chain mechanics that strengthen value and community conviction across every presale stage.
Each completed lore chapter triggers a live token burn, permanently removing $BZIL from supply. This automatic deflation increases scarcity, creating continuous upward pressure on price while showcasing transparent blockchain activity.
Yes. BullZilla’s smart contract is audited, and its team is verified for transparency and investor safety. Built on Ethereum, it ensures trust, security, and credibility through open-source compliance and rigorous verification.
Avalanche ($AVAX) dominates blockchain innovation with near-instant finality, eco-efficient validation, and cross-chain interoperability. Its developer-friendly environment keeps attracting tokenized finance, NFT projects, and enterprise partnerships. Avalanche combines low fees with institutional scalability, making it ideal for real-world applications. As DeFi ecosystems and gaming platforms expand, AVAX remains a core infrastructure asset. Analysts continue ranking it among the Top cryptos with 100x potential for 2025 because it solves congestion, reduces costs, and delivers sustainability without sacrificing speed or security.
MoonBull ($MOBU) reshapes meme-coin fairness through its 23-stage structured presale model. By limiting whale influence and ensuring transparent pricing, it builds equitable access for retail investors. MoonBull’s Ethereum-based framework combines 2% liquidity, 2% reflections, and 1% burn for steady supply control. Staking launches later with a powerful APY, encouraging long-term holding. Its community-voting system and educational focus help differentiate it from speculative memes, cementing MoonBull’s status as one of the Top cryptos with 100x potential in the 2025 cycle.
Each presale stage has fixed pricing and duration, guaranteeing equal access. This transparent structure minimizes manipulation, ensuring fairness for every participant and rewarding conviction over timing.
MoonBull’s staking starts at Stage 10 with 95% APY, letting holders earn daily rewards while boosting ecosystem liquidity and strengthening long-term community engagement.
La Culex ($CULEX) is the upcoming viral swarm uniting humor and resilience. Modeled after mosquito persistence, it symbolizes unstoppable community energy. With its low-supply structure and high-engagement branding, Culex seeks to recreate the organic buzz that made Dogecoin legendary. Its marketing emphasizes participation and creativity over speculation, empowering holders to shape campaigns themselves. As it prepares for launch, analysts expect La Culex to inject fresh life into meme culture and secure a spot among the Top cryptos with 100x potential.
It symbolizes persistence and humor in crypto culture, rallying investors through collective energy and meme engagement, a swarm built for viral growth and strong community identity.
Official dates remain unannounced, but social leaks hint at a late-2025 debut. Early followers anticipate its community campaigns will mark one of the year’s most talked-about meme launches.
Hyperliquid ($HYPE) redefines on-chain trading by combining institutional-grade speed with DeFi freedom. Its transparent order books and low latency deliver centralized-exchange performance without custodial risks. As traders seek efficiency and security, Hyperliquid offers a next-generation experience for perpetual contracts and spot markets. Continuous volume growth and cross-chain support signal expanding demand. With on-chain derivatives set to boom, Hyperliquid is widely ranked among the Top cryptos with 100x potential, bridging professional liquidity and Web3 innovation.
Cardano ($ADA) continues to deliver scientific development and governance precision. Its Hydra scaling solution and peer-reviewed protocols maintain security while expanding throughput. Cardano’s focus on education, sustainability, and real-world deployments in Africa and Latin America sets it apart from competitors. With governance voting and DeFi growth accelerating, ADA demonstrates longevity and utility rather than speculative flashes. These qualities secure its ranking among the Top cryptos with 100x potential, where patient innovation consistently outperforms short-term hype.
Binance Coin ($BNB) remains the heartbeat of the largest crypto ecosystem, fueling exchange operations, DeFi apps, and payments. Its automatic burn program reduces circulating supply quarterly, driving long-term value. BNB’s integration across the Binance Smart Chain and global merchant platforms cements its relevance. With massive user adoption and utility spanning multiple industries, BNB stays resilient through market shifts. Its sustainable tokenomics and Web3 expansion keep it securely listed among the Top cryptos with 100x potential for the upcoming bull run.
Stellar ($XLM) bridges traditional finance and blockchain efficiency through affordable, instant cross-border payments. Its partnerships with financial institutions and government projects demonstrate mainstream utility beyond crypto trading. By focusing on financial inclusion and remittance innovation, Stellar proves blockchain can simplify global commerce. As regulators embrace tokenized money, XLM’s reputation for security and speed strengthens its appeal. Its consistent progress and real-world impact cement Stellar as one of the Top cryptos with 100x potential in the coming year.
Sui ($SUI) revolutionizes scalability through parallel transaction processing and object-based architecture. Designed by former Meta engineers, it delivers speed, security, and simplicity for NFTs, gaming, and DeFi. Its developer ecosystem grows rapidly thanks to easy smart-contract tools and low fees. Sui’s focus on user experience and real-time performance positions it to support mainstream apps on Web3. These technical advantages make Sui one of the Top cryptos with 100x potential, uniting scalability and accessibility for mass adoption.
From narrative brilliance to engineered scarcity, BullZilla stands as the apex of the meme-coin revival. Its automatic price escalations, 70% APY staking furnace, and Ethereum foundation merge entertainment with real investment strategy. Each stage strengthens conviction, creating a community that thrives on both story and sustainability. BullZilla isn’t merely a token; it’s an evolving ecosystem designed to reward belief and precision. With every roar and burn, the beast redefines what it means to hold conviction in crypto’s volatile arena.
While MoonBull champions fairness and La Culex delivers humor, BullZilla unites both elements into one dominant force. It’s mathematical precision wrapped in mythic storytelling, transforming meme culture into tangible wealth potential. Holders aren’t chasing hype, they’re fueling history. As Ethereum’s flames forge every transaction, BullZilla’s rise becomes inevitable. The future isn’t just bullish; it’s BullZilla-shaped, where belief meets blockchain, ROI meets narrative, and every stage becomes another chapter in crypto’s loudest, most legendary success story to date.
Follow BZIL on X (Formerly Twitter)
This article is for informational purposes only and not financial advice. Cryptocurrency investments involve substantial risk and volatility. Always perform independent research and consult a licensed financial professional before investing. Past results do not guarantee future performance.
Read More: Santa’s Secret List? Analysts Reveal the 6 Top Cryptos with 100x Potential Before Christmas Day">Santa’s Secret List? Analysts Reveal the 6 Top Cryptos with 100x Potential Before Christmas Day
Donald Trump appeared to wander off while being given a tour by new Japanese prime minister Sanae Takaichi.
© AP
A total of 9,462,185 Penalty Charge Notices were given out last year, new data from London Councils has revealed
© PA
© Department of Defense
Court records show that at least two of the men are employees of the restaurant Yucatan
© Google Maps/ABC13
Scottish musician accused Shakira of ‘stripping off’ for attention in her 2010 music video
© Getty Images
© Jordan Reynolds/PA
Three roads will remain closed until 2026
© Steve Parsons/PA
The estate is fortified by high fences, with access restricted to security-controlled entry points
© Sophie Wingate/PA Wire
Prunella Scales played Sybil, the long-suffering wife of bumbling hotelier Basil Fawlty
© BBC
The new legislation is intended to improve the experience of private renting in England
© Getty
Hyperhidrosis is a medical condition that affects one to three per cent of people in the UK
© BBC/Studio Lambert/Euan Cherry
The siblings performed during Game 2 of the 2025 World Series in Toronto
© Getty Images
Comedian previously condemned Smith’s ‘sickening’ behavior, saying it was ‘gross’ that he wasn’t immediately escorted out of award show
© Getty
The post Securitize IPO to bring tokenization to Nasdaq at $1.25B appeared first on StartupHub.ai.
The Securitize IPO is a bellwether moment, creating the first publicly-traded company focused purely on the infrastructure for tokenizing real-world assets.
The post Securitize IPO to bring tokenization to Nasdaq at $1.25B appeared first on StartupHub.ai.
The post FriendliAI Expands Ultra-Fast AI Inference Platform with Nebius AI Cloud Integration appeared first on StartupHub.ai.
Enterprises can now deploy large-scale AI inference with FriendliAI’s optimized stack on Nebius AI infrastructure, combining top performance with cost efficiency.
The post FriendliAI Expands Ultra-Fast AI Inference Platform with Nebius AI Cloud Integration appeared first on StartupHub.ai.
As the 2025 holiday season approaches, a recent survey conducted by Upgraded Points has revealed valuable insights into American travelers’ plans for the holidays. With more than 2,300 U.S. adults surveyed, the study explores travel distances, preferred transportation modes, financial constraints, and personal motivations influencing holiday travel. The results highlight how a combination of budget considerations, family obligations, and work commitments are shaping how, when, and where people travel between Thanksgiving and New Year’s.
The findings also show that while home for the holidays remains a tradition for many, a significant number of Americans are opting for long-haul trips, especially around Christmas, with certain states seeing more holiday travelers than others. Travelers are navigating logistical hurdles, such as high travel costs and busy airports, which has influenced their choices for driving or flying.
This survey offers a snapshot of the evolving travel habits and challenges that Americans face as they balance family traditions, the cost of travel, and the desire to reconnect with loved ones during the festive season.
According to the survey, Ohio leads the pack with 62% of residents planning to travel for the holidays, followed by Connecticut at 58%, and Texas at 56.1%. Other states with high travel rates include Iowa, Washington, and Virginia, all with at least 54% of residents planning to hit the road or board a plane for the holidays. These trends reflect regional shifts in travel patterns and the growing desire for more flexible travel options.
On the flip side, Nevada has the highest percentage of residents staying home during the holidays, with 72.7% opting for a quieter season. Other states with a higher tendency to stay home include Utah, Hawaii, and Michigan, where over 65% of respondents plan to skip holiday travel.
The survey reveals that many Americans are preparing for long journeys. Colorado residents top the list of long-distance travelers, with 24.5% planning to travel 500 miles or more. Other states with significant shares of long-distance travelers include Arizona (20.8%), Missouri (19.2%), and Massachusetts (18.0%). These long-haul trips often come with substantial time commitments, as 20% of travelers in these regions expect to spend 10 hours or more en route to their holiday destinations.
This shift towards longer travel distances underscores the growing trend of Americans venturing farther to celebrate the holidays, reflecting the importance of family and shared traditions despite the costs and time involved.
With 74% of survey participants indicating they will not be flying this holiday season, it’s clear that driving is becoming the preferred mode of transportation. Many travelers cite airport stress, delays, and the overall inconvenience of flying as reasons to opt for road trips instead. The fear of long lines at security checkpoints and the rising costs of airfares are major deterrents, making the car an increasingly popular choice, particularly for those planning shorter trips.
Interestingly, 14% of Americans specifically plan to drive long distances to avoid airport hassle, reflecting a growing desire for more control over the travel experience. On the other hand, 26% of Americans will still choose to fly at least once, often for longer trips or for destinations that are impractical to reach by car.
High travel costs are one of the most significant barriers to holiday travel this year. The survey indicates that 21% of Americans are choosing to skip travel altogether because of the cost, while 20% are cutting down on gifts to make travel more affordable. Nearly 30% of respondents expect to spend $1,000 or more on travel expenses, which includes airfare, hotels, and other associated costs.
In response to these financial constraints, many Americans are adjusting their travel plans to fit within their budgets. Some are opting for shorter trips, while others are exploring alternatives to air travel to save money. This shift in priorities suggests that travelers are becoming more conscious of the financial impact of the holiday season and are making efforts to balance family traditions with financial realities.
The survey reveals a divide in holiday travel motivations. 44% of Americans say they feel obligated to travel home for the holidays, with family obligations often taking precedence over personal preferences. However, 42% of respondents indicate they would rather take a vacation instead of visiting family, showing a growing preference for relaxation or exploration rather than traditional family gatherings.
This split highlights how Americans are navigating the tension between family expectations and personal desires during the holidays. As work commitments also play a role, 12% of Americans will stay home due to their job responsibilities, further complicating the decision to travel.
The findings from Upgraded Points’ survey reveal that holiday travel in 2025 is as much about logistics as it is about emotion. As Americans juggle the financial, personal, and emotional aspects of travel, many are opting for more manageable trips to preserve family traditions while avoiding the stress and costs associated with the busy holiday season. With flexible travel options, better planning, and smart budgeting, this year’s holiday travel season is shaping up to be a mix of old traditions and new adaptations.
The post USA Stunning 2025 Holiday Travel Survey: How Americans Are Navigating Family Expectations, Costs, and Long-Distance Trips for Thanksgiving and Christmas appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Tourism is one of the fastest-growing sectors in the global economy. While it brings significant economic benefits, it also poses challenges related to environmental conservation, social well-being, and economic equity. To ensure that tourism contributes to sustainable development, robust frameworks for measurement and policy are crucial. The UN Tourism Regional Workshop on Measuring the Sustainability of Tourism in Asia and the Pacific, scheduled for November 18-20, 2025, in Brunei Darussalam, is a critical step in advancing these efforts.
The workshop, organized by the United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO), will focus on introducing and implementing the Statistical Framework for Measuring the Sustainability of Tourism (SF-MST). The event aims to bring together tourism professionals, policymakers, statisticians, and other stakeholders to discuss the sustainable development of tourism in the region. With its emphasis on environmental, social, and economic sustainability, the workshop is set to catalyze a regional effort to make tourism more responsible and inclusive.
The Statistical Framework for Measuring the Sustainability of Tourism (SF-MST) is a comprehensive tool designed to help governments, businesses, and organizations track the sustainability of tourism practices. It provides a standardized approach to measuring the economic, social, and environmental dimensions of tourism and helps policymakers make data-driven decisions to promote long-term sustainable practices in the sector.
The SF-MST framework provides key indicators and methodologies for assessing various sustainability factors, including the carbon footprint of tourism activities, community engagement, economic contribution, and the preservation of natural and cultural heritage. By applying these indicators, countries can gain valuable insights into their tourism industry’s impact and make informed decisions that benefit both the sector and the broader society.
The Asia-Pacific region is one of the most dynamic and diverse in the world when it comes to tourism. Countries such as Thailand, Japan, India, and Indonesia are not only top global destinations but also regions with unique environmental and cultural assets. However, as the tourism sector continues to grow, these areas face growing pressures to balance tourism with sustainability. This is especially important in a region where tourism’s rapid expansion can sometimes lead to over-tourism, environmental degradation, and socio-economic inequality.
The UN Tourism Regional Workshop provides a platform for stakeholders across the region to discuss these challenges and explore solutions. One of the main goals of the event is to introduce the SF-MST framework to Asia-Pacific nations, enabling them to better measure and manage the sustainability of their tourism industries. The workshop will also promote greater regional cooperation, where countries can learn from each other’s successes and challenges in integrating sustainability into tourism development.
The workshop will address several important themes within the scope of sustainable tourism:
Environmental Sustainability: Understanding the environmental impact of tourism and adopting practices to reduce its ecological footprint is paramount. Discussions will focus on the role of renewable energy, waste management, conservation of biodiversity, and carbon emissions.
Social Sustainability: Tourism’s impact on local communities will be a focal point of the workshop. Topics like fair employment practices, equitable benefits distribution, cultural preservation, and community empowerment will be explored.
Economic Sustainability: The economic side of tourism sustainability focuses on creating a balanced, resilient economy. This includes supporting local businesses, creating job opportunities, and fostering inclusive growth that benefits all segments of society.
Data and Indicators: Accurate data is vital for measuring tourism sustainability. The workshop will delve into key metrics for assessing the sector’s environmental, social, and economic impacts, helping countries track progress and adjust policies as needed.
Policy and Governance: Effective governance is crucial in promoting sustainable tourism practices. The event will also include sessions on policy-making, international collaboration, and how countries can implement best practices at the national level.
Brunei Darussalam’s choice as the host country for this significant event underscores its commitment to sustainable tourism development. The country has made great strides in prioritizing environmental protection and promoting responsible tourism. As the host nation, Brunei will showcase its own efforts and serve as a model for other nations in the region to follow.
With its focus on sustainable development, Brunei is the perfect setting for such a workshop. The country’s pristine natural landscapes, cultural heritage, and commitment to conservation make it an excellent example of what responsible tourism looks like in practice.
The UN Tourism Regional Workshop on Measuring the Sustainability of Tourism is not just a one-off event; it is part of a broader initiative to reshape the tourism industry into one that is sustainable, equitable, and resilient. By fostering collaboration between governments, the private sector, and civil society, the workshop is an essential step in creating a future where tourism continues to benefit economies while protecting the planet and empowering local communities.
The discussions, insights, and strategies shared at this event will play a pivotal role in driving positive change across the Asia-Pacific region and beyond. As tourism continues to evolve, events like this workshop will be instrumental in shaping a sustainable future for the industry.
As the tourism industry faces both unprecedented growth and increasing calls for sustainability, the UN Tourism Regional Workshop offers an invaluable opportunity for nations in Asia and the Pacific to come together and chart a sustainable course for the future. Through collaboration, shared knowledge, and the use of frameworks like SF-MST, we can ensure that tourism remains a force for good—supporting economies, preserving cultures, and protecting the environment.
The post UN Tourism Regional Workshop on Measuring Sustainability in Asia-Pacific – November 2025 appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Rome has emerged as a leading destination for travelers with celiac disease and gluten sensitivities, offering a diverse array of gluten-free dining options. This transformation is the result of Italy’s proactive approach to celiac disease awareness and its integration into the country’s culinary culture.
The Italian Celiac Association (Associazione Italiana Celiachia – AIC) has been instrumental in promoting gluten-free dining across Italy. Established in the early 1980s, AIC has worked tirelessly to raise awareness about celiac disease and to train restaurant staff on safe food preparation practices. Through its “Eating Out” program, AIC certifies restaurants that adhere to strict guidelines to prevent cross-contamination, ensuring that individuals with celiac disease can dine out safely.
This initiative has led to a significant increase in the number of certified gluten-free establishments in Rome and throughout Italy. As of the latest data, Rome boasts over one hundred certified gluten-free restaurants, a testament to the city’s commitment to inclusivity and quality dining.
The rise in gluten-free dining options has had a positive impact on Rome’s tourism industry. Travelers with dietary restrictions are increasingly seeking destinations that cater to their needs, and Rome’s reputation for gluten-free dining has made it a preferred choice. According to a study conducted by the Italian Ministry of Health, the number of tourists visiting Italy with dietary restrictions has been steadily increasing, with a significant portion choosing Rome for its culinary offerings.
This influx of gluten-free travelers has not only boosted the tourism sector but has also contributed to the local economy by supporting restaurants, bakeries, and other food establishments. Furthermore, the demand for gluten-free products has encouraged local producers to innovate and expand their offerings, further enriching Rome’s food scene.
Rome’s culinary landscape offers a plethora of gluten-free options that cater to various tastes and preferences. From traditional Roman dishes to innovative creations, diners can enjoy a rich gastronomic experience without compromising their health.
Many classic Roman dishes are naturally gluten-free or can be easily adapted. Restaurants like Armando al Pantheon and Piatto Romano serve high-quality gluten-free versions of staples such as carbonara, amatriciana, and cacio e pepe. For instance, Trattoria da Cesare al Casaletto offers gluten-free mezze maniche and even gluten-free supplì (fried rice balls), with separate frying methods to prevent cross-contamination.
Pizza lovers can indulge without worry at establishments like Mama Eat, which boasts separate ovens for gluten-free pizzas, and 3.0 Ciro Cascella, known for its Neapolitan-style gluten-free pizzas made with Caputo Fioreglut flour. It’s important to note that while this flour is gluten-free, it contains deglutinated wheat starch, which may not be suitable for individuals with wheat allergies.
For baked goods, New Food Gluten Free bakery provides gluten-free cornetti (Italian croissants) and Roman-style pizza. Celiachiamo, a gluten-free market with multiple locations, offers a variety of pastries, cookies, and bomboloni (filled doughnuts).
Dessert enthusiasts need not miss out. Gelateria Torcè offers gluten-free cones made from corn flour, delivering a sophisticated taste and texture. For those with a sweet tooth, various patisseries and gelaterias across Rome provide gluten-free options, ensuring that every meal can end on a sweet note.
The Associazione Italiana Celiachia (AiC) plays a crucial role in supporting the gluten-free community in Italy. They offer an app that helps travelers find certified gluten-free restaurants and provides information on gluten-free products and services.
Additionally, many hotels and accommodations in Rome are becoming increasingly aware of the needs of gluten-free travelers. Some establishments offer gluten-free breakfast options, and staff are often trained to handle dietary restrictions, ensuring a safe and enjoyable stay for all guests.
Rome’s dedication to providing gluten-free dining options serves as a model for other cities worldwide. Through collaboration between health organizations, the culinary community, and the tourism sector, Rome has created an inclusive environment where all travelers can enjoy its rich culinary heritage. Whether you’re seeking traditional Roman dishes or innovative gluten-free creations, Rome offers a diverse array of options to satisfy every palate.
The post Rome’s Flourishing Gluten-Free Dining Scene: A Boon for Travelers and the Tourism Industry appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Oceania Cruises, renowned for its culinary excellence and immersive destination experiences, is set to offer the ultimate global journey in 2027. The luxury cruise line’s Around the World voyage, aboard the Oceania Vista, will take guests on an extraordinary 244-day journey that spans across six continents and includes 125 ports in 53 countries. With the flexibility of 17 unique segments ranging from 9 to 20 days, travelers have the option to experience a global adventure that suits their personal preferences, timelines, and interests.
Oceania Cruises has thoughtfully crafted this once-in-a-lifetime voyage to allow passengers to explore the world on their terms, offering an unparalleled opportunity to experience different cultures, cuisines, and coastlines. The world cruise will journey from the sparkling skylines of Miami and Los Angeles to the stunning French Polynesian islands, onward to Asia’s dynamic cities, and through Europe’s most celebrated marquee ports. Guests can explore remote corners of the globe, enjoying immersive shore excursions, gourmet dining, and world-class service aboard the elegant Oceania Vista.
The 2027 voyage represents Oceania Cruises’ dedication to providing guests with personalized, luxurious travel experiences. Whether guests opt for the entire 244-day journey or choose specific segments, the voyage promises to offer memorable experiences, combining refined luxury with the thrill of discovery. The Oceania Vista offers spacious, all-veranda accommodations, exquisite dining at specialty restaurants like Toscana, Red Ginger, and Jacques, and enriching onboard activities including cooking classes and art workshops. The journey promises to be an enriching experience from start to finish, combining global exploration with the comfort and luxury for which Oceania Cruises is renowned.
Oceania Cruises offers 17 distinct segments within the 2027 Around the World voyage, each one thoughtfully designed to offer a unique travel experience. Here’s a glimpse at some of the remarkable segments:
These are just a few of the incredible itineraries offered by Oceania Cruises as part of the Around the World Voyage. Each segment is designed to immerse guests in local culture, art, and cuisine, creating an unforgettable travel experience.
Guests embarking on the 2027 Around the World voyage will experience the ultimate in luxury aboard the Oceania Vista, an elegant ship that offers spacious all-veranda accommodations. Each stateroom is among the largest at sea, providing comfort and privacy as guests travel from one breathtaking destination to the next.
Onboard dining is nothing short of extraordinary. Oceania Vista features four specialty restaurants that are always included in the cruise package:
Beyond dining, guests can enjoy a wide range of enrichment activities, from cooking classes at the Culinary Center to art workshops in the Artist Loft. The ship also boasts a variety of bars and lounges, perfect for unwinding after a day of exploration. The Aquamar® Spa + Vitality Center provides a serene space for relaxation, complete with a tranquil terrace to take in the views.
One of the defining features of Oceania Cruises is its commitment to destination immersion. With over 1,000 shore excursions offered throughout the voyage, guests can explore each port of call with the guidance of expert local guides. From small-group tours focused on local cuisine, art, and history, to excursions that delve into the architecture and natural landscapes of each region, Oceania Cruises ensures that every guest can connect with the culture and beauty of the destinations they visit.
Exclusive shore excursions include experiences such as Culinary Discovery Tours
, where guests can sample regional delicacies, and food and wine pairing lunches that bring the flavors of the world to life. Oceania’s commitment to enriching travel experiences means that every stop is an opportunity to gain new insights and make lasting memories.
The Around the World Voyage with Oceania Cruises offers more than just a cruise – it is a life-changing journey that combines luxury, exploration, and cultural discovery in one unparalleled experience. Whether you opt for the entire 244-day adventure or a shorter segment, each leg of the journey promises to deliver:
This voyage represents the pinnacle of luxury cruising, offering an experience unlike any other.
The post Oceania Cruises Unveils 2027 Around the World Voyage with 17 Unique Segments Across Six Continents for the Ultimate Global Exploration appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Sun Country Airlines has made it easier than ever for travelers to plan their future vacations, extending its booking schedule through September 8, 2026. This update allows customers to book affordable, nonstop flights to over 100 destinations across the United States, Mexico, Central America, Canada, and the Caribbean, making it the perfect time to start planning for summer 2026 getaways.
Expanded Route Network for Summer 2026
As part of this new booking schedule, Sun Country Airlines is offering an expanded selection of flight destinations to meet the increasing demand for both popular vacation spots and hidden gems. These flights will remain available year-round, making it simple for those who want to escape to vibrant cities or serene destinations.
For those seeking more variety in their travels, Sun Country Airlines is offering flights to lesser-known yet equally captivating locations. These cities are renowned for their proximity to beautiful national parks, providing travelers with perfect getaways for hiking, skiing, or simply immersing themselves in nature.
If your idea of a perfect vacation includes stunning coastlines and cultural hubs, Sun Country Airlines has increased its routes to popular coastal destinations. The airline also offers convenient flights to Toronto and Vancouver, both beloved for their cosmopolitan flair and natural beauty, offering more international options for travelers seeking adventure north of the border.
Exciting New Routes for Future Travelers
In an effort to continually provide new and exciting travel options for passengers, Sun Country Airlines is adding new routes starting May 21, 2026. Additionally, Sun Country will offer nonstop flights from Tulsa to Cancun, providing a tropical escape for those looking for a sun-soaked getaway.
The new routes provide even more flexibility for passengers looking to explore destinations that may have previously required multiple layovers or more complicated connections. As travel demand continues to grow, Sun Country Airlines is committed to providing passengers with an ever-growing array of flight options to enhance their travel experiences.
Affordable Travel Options for Everyone
One of the standout features of Sun Country Airlines is its ability to keep fares affordable while maintaining excellent service and convenient travel options. By extending its booking schedule through summer 2026, Sun Country is giving travelers more time to plan and book their trips at the best possible prices. Whether you’re planning a solo adventure, a family trip, or a romantic getaway, Sun Country’s reasonable rates make it easier for everyone to embark on their dream vacation.
The airline offers competitive prices on both domestic and international flights, making it a great choice for families, groups, or solo travelers who want to stretch their travel budgets without compromising on comfort or convenience. With nonstop routes to numerous destinations, Sun Country Airlines offers travelers the chance to save time and money, getting to their vacation spots faster and for less.
Looking Ahead to Summer Adventures
As we look toward the summer of 2026, Sun Country Airlines’ extended booking schedule offers plenty of time to plan unforgettable vacations. Whether you’re booking a trip to an iconic destination or exploring a new location off the beaten path, Sun Country Airlines is committed to making travel more accessible and affordable.
Start thinking about your next big adventure and consider the incredible destinations available to you, all at reasonable prices. With nonstop flights and a wide range of exciting locations to choose from, there’s no reason to delay your vacation plans. Take advantage of the extended booking schedule, start planning now, and get ready for a summer of exploration, relaxation, and fun.
The post Sun Country Airlines Offers More Travel Choices in 2026 appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
To promote active engagement and encourage inclusivity for senior citizens, Uzbekistan has chosen to proclaim November 2025 as “Tourism Month for Seniors.” Designed to run from November 1 to November 30, 2025, this initiative aims to assist the elderly, stimulate domestic tourism, and give the older population the chance to appreciate the country’s cultural and natural treasures. The state endeavors to support their citizenship and well-being through accessible tourism during this important time of their lives.
This is part of the country’s ongoing domestic tourism development initiatives which meets the unique needs of older citizens to enjoy their retirement years traveling the diverse natural and historical attractions, and experiencing the different cultural aspects of the country.
Special Discounts for Senior Tourists Across Uzbekistan
A key component of the Tourism Month for Seniors initiative is a series of special discounts on various aspects of travel. Hotels, airlines, rail services, and cultural sites across the country are offering discounted rates to seniors to make travel more affordable and enjoyable. These offers are part of the broader aim to encourage seniors to engage in tourism and leisure activities, fostering a sense of adventure and exploration among older adults.
In particular, seniors will benefit from accommodation discounts of up to 20% at hotels and other lodging facilities across Uzbekistan. The aim is to make travel more comfortable and affordable for senior citizens, providing them with better access to the country’s extensive tourist infrastructure.
Affordable Travel with Uzbekistan Airways and Railways
Uzbekistan’s national airline, Uzbekistan Airways, has joined the initiative by offering 15% off on economy-class tickets for men over 60 and women over 55. This discount applies to all domestic flights within Uzbekistan throughout November, allowing senior citizens to explore the diverse regions of the country at a more affordable rate. For those seeking to experience the vibrant cities of Tashkent, Samarkand, and Bukhara, this initiative makes it easier for older travelers to visit the country’s cultural hubs.
Additionally, Uzbekistan Railways is offering a 20% discount on domestic fares (excluding high-speed Afrosiyob trains), making rail travel a convenient and cost-effective option for seniors looking to explore the scenic landscapes of Uzbekistan. This is especially significant for seniors who prefer train journeys for their comfort, allowing them to visit smaller towns and villages that may not be as easily accessible by air.
Discounts for Cultural and Heritage Sites
In addition to travel discounts, the Tourism Month for Seniors initiative also focuses on promoting access to Uzbekistan’s rich cultural and historical heritage. Seniors will be able to purchase tickets for state museums and heritage sites with discounts of up to 10%. This includes some of the most iconic attractions in Uzbekistan, such as the Registan Square in Samarkand, the Kalon Minaret in Bukhara, and the Historic Centre of Shakhrisyabz, all of which are recognized as UNESCO World Heritage Sites.
Moreover, seniors visiting pilgrimage sites managed by the Charitable Public Fund “Waqf” will receive a 20% discount, further encouraging spiritual and cultural tourism across Uzbekistan. These initiatives are designed not only to promote historical exploration but also to provide seniors with meaningful and enriching experiences that enhance their quality of life.
Fostering Socially Inclusive and Active Tourism
The Tourism Month for Seniors is more than just a promotional campaign; it represents a strategic effort to ensure that seniors are not excluded from the benefits of tourism and travel. In many countries, older adults may face barriers to travel due to financial limitations, physical accessibility issues, or a lack of tailored offerings. However, by creating inclusive tourism opportunities through discounts, Uzbekistan is addressing these challenges head-on.
In addition to making travel more affordable, the initiative also seeks to create comfortable travel experiences for seniors. Special attention will be paid to ensuring that the infrastructure supports the needs of older travelers, with accessible accommodations, transportation, and tourist facilities. This approach underscores the importance of creating an environment where seniors can enjoy leisure and cultural activities without facing undue obstacles.
Tourism as a Catalyst for Social Participation
The initiative is designed not only to boost domestic tourism but also to promote the social participation of seniors. By encouraging older citizens to travel, engage with cultural activities, and visit historic sites, the government hopes to create opportunities for them to remain active members of society. Tourism, in this sense, becomes a means of enhancing social inclusion, improving mental and physical well-being, and offering a sense of fulfillment through exploration.
Traveling also provides seniors with the chance to connect with others, whether through organized group tours, cultural events, or simply meeting fellow travelers. The social aspect of tourism is particularly important for older individuals, as it helps combat isolation and fosters a sense of belonging and community.
Impact on Local Economies and Job Creation
The Tourism Month for Seniors campaign is expected to have a positive impact on the local economy. The influx of senior tourists will stimulate demand for various tourism-related services, including hotels, restaurants, transportation, and guide services. This increased demand will support the local economy, creating job opportunities and encouraging businesses to cater to the needs of senior visitors.
For regions outside of Uzbekistan’s major cities, such as Fergana and Khiva, the initiative provides an opportunity to tap into a growing market of senior travelers who seek a more relaxed and culturally immersive experience. The initiative will also help diversify Uzbekistan’s tourism offerings, positioning the country as an attractive destination for a broad demographic of travelers.
A Step Toward Inclusive and Sustainable Tourism
Announcing November as Tourism Month for Seniors in Uzbekistan is a positive move in promoting inclusive and sustainable tourism. Uzbekistan has made its tourism framework designed for cross-generational clients by providing senior citizens specifically adjusted discounts and services. The initiative fosters Soviet-era nostalgia and promotes senior domestic tourism and local economy stimulation, as the older population is primarily target clientele for the services and benefits associated with the initiative.
Advancing the tourism sector in Uzbekistan should embrace tourism oriented community practices, and will position the country as a leader in community or place based tourism in the region. The positive influence of the initiative is straightforward and notable: easing the advancement of socio-economic patterns in the tourism sector, these take into consideration the older generation as a target clientele, resilient and sustainable socio-economic patterns.
The post Tourism Month for Seniors in Uzbekistan Aims to Promote Cultural Exploration, Here’s All You Need to Know appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
To include more exclusive vacation options, Royal Caribbean Group is opening Royal Beach Club in Santorini, Greece, in the summer of 2026. This new beach club is located in one of the most desirable places in the world and will provide guests with an unparalleled vacation in luxury. This beach club will be in the itinerary of Royal Caribbean and Celebrity Cruises and will provide world-class service to the guests. This will create the perfect vacation in the Mediterranean in one of the most beautiful places on earth, Santorini.
Santorini is known for its volcanic beaches and whitewashed buildings with distinctive blue domes. It is a culturally rich and beautiful place to visit and has a great deal of history. Because of all these features, Santorini is the perfect place to build the Royal Caribbean Beach Club and create the Santorini experience. This beach club guarantees that guests will have easy access to world-class service and unforgettable experiences.
A New Chapter in Vacation Options for Royal Caribbean
With this new addition, Royal Caribbean Group has started to expand land-based vacation offerings to eight global destinations by 2028, an increase from two. This new addition has been made to ensure that customers have multi-dimensional vacation experiences, thus further reinforcing the Royal Caribbean brand.
The addition of Santorini to the Royal Beach Club Collection is an example of the all-inclusive packages Royal Caribbean Beach Club is recognized for. As stated by the executives, the beach club will provide an alternative way to indulge in the island, offering an experience that encompasses Santorini’s rich culture and calm coastlines while alleviating the challenges of overcrowding that restrict most visitors. Royal Beach Club will become an oasis of Aegean tranquility, featuring a dedicated relaxation club where guests have exclusive access.
An Exclusive Beach Club: Royal Beach Club Santorini
What differentiates the Royal Beach Club Santorini from other ‘beach clubs’ within the Santorini archipelago is the balance of exclusivity, comfort, and cultural connection. Guests will have the opportunity to visit Santorini’s iconic sights, the delightful settlements of Oia and Fira, tour the local shops, and relish the famed art galleries and cafes. In addition to these cultural activities, patrons will have access to the Royal Beach Club to indulge in the comfort and hospitality of Royal Caribbean.
The beach club will ease congestion on the island, as Royal Caribbean’s executives stressed. Guests will have the freedom to start their day from any of three departure points, optimizing the flow of travelers. This thoughtful distribution system will increase the overall flow of travelers and let guests appreciate the charm of Santorini, unspoiled and unhurried.
Expanding the Beach Club Collection
As with all new developments for Royal Caribbean, The Royal Beach Club Santorini will be just like the latest in developments after the success of Perfect Day at Coco Cay, which transformed the cruise line industry in the creation of exclusive island retreat experiences. This will be attempted at several destinations, with the Santorini beach club expected to open in the summer of 2026.
Additionally, the company has plans to premiere more beach clubs in the coming few years, located in the Bahamas, Mexico, and the South Pacific. This planned and calculated expansion aims to diversify the company’s vacation offerings to include more land-based excursions, along with the traditional sea cruise, to provide more varied travel experiences.
The Santorini Beach Club: A Stellar Experience
For an unforgettable beach day, guests will have all of their needs satisfied at the Royal Beach Club, including dining, exclusive beachside Mediterranean-view private cabanas, and much more. A touch of relaxation and adventure, along with some cultural exploration, will give guests their essence of Santorini, and the combination of the island’s natural beauty and Royal Caribbean’s luxurious service will provide guests with an unforgettable vacation.
A New Era for Royal Caribbean’s Land-Based Experiences
The Santorini beach club is the first of many land-based expansions for Royal Caribbean Group. This initiative is part of the company’s continued goal to redefine destination travel by integrating seamless cruise and land-based travel. With its focus on cultivating exclusive and branded destination locations, the company is affirming its commitment to service and curated experiences.
Conclusion: Grand Vacations Are Coming to Santorini
Opening in summer 2026, Royal Beach Club Santorini will redefine luxury travel by seamlessly combining unique experiences in cultural immersion and exclusive relaxation on the beach. With Royal Beach Club Santorini, Royal Caribbean is setting a new standard in providing guests with unforgettable experiences in the world’s top travel destinations. As the company shifts into land-based destinations, customers will enjoy unique and thoughtfully designed experiences that will enhance their world travel. By Santorini’s picture-perfect shores and charming villages, Santorini will soon provide a luxurious, integrated Mediterranean holiday that will appeal to grand vacationers.
The post Unlock The Ultimate Santorini Getaway With Royal Caribbean’s Exclusive Beach Club appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
The essential role of connectivity in forging a sustainable future for the travel industry was thoroughly examined during the esteemed Skift Transatlantic Summit 2025. A compelling presentation was delivered, outlining how digital connectivity acts as the core mechanism for cultivating responsible tourism practices on a global scale. It was asserted that the seamless flow of information and access to advanced technological tools are not merely conveniences but fundamental necessities for the industry’s long-term health. The discussion was centered on the strategic use of platforms and data to manage visitor flows effectively, a process considered paramount in the age of widespread travel.
The imperative for balancing economic growth with social and environmental stewardship has become a defining characteristic of the modern travel landscape. The traditional challenges of overtourism, including the strain on local infrastructure and the erosion of cultural authenticity, are being addressed through innovative digital solutions. It was explained by Wendy Olson Killion, the Chief Executive Officer of Rome2Rio, that a critical shift in how travelers discover and access destinations is currently being observed. This shift involves the strategic pairing of inspirational content with practical, real-time access information, thereby enabling the crucial goal of traveller dispersion. This focus on decentralized travel planning is being established as the most effective countermeasure against the detrimental concentration of visitors in a limited number of high-profile locations. The entire foundation of responsible destination management is being rebuilt upon principles of accessible data and comprehensive network coverage.
The core concept presented suggested that traveller behavior is being subtly yet effectively guided through advanced digital interfaces. The process involves more than simply showing a traveler where to go; it is about showing them how to get there, fostering confidence in exploring regions that were previously deemed too complex or inaccessible for independent planning. The platform provided by Rome2Rio was highlighted as an exemplary model wherein vast amounts of transport data are aggregated and simplified. This technology enables potential visitors to visualize complete, end-to-end itineraries for almost any point on the globe, effectively reducing the friction associated with non-traditional travel routes. When inspiration for a remote or lesser-known destination is successfully paired with immediately actionable, simple travel directions, the inherent barriers to exploration are dissolved.
This technological facilitation of complex travel represents a breakthrough for responsible tourism. Remote areas, often overlooked due to poor initial search results or perceived logistical difficulties, are now being placed on an equal footing with established tourist centers. Through the integration of numerous transport modes—including less common options like regional bus lines, ferries, and shared-ride services—a complete tapestry of mobility is presented to the user. This comprehensive view ensures that travel choices are made with greater awareness of all available options, promoting the selection of diverse routes and supporting a wider range of local economies. Consequently, the economic benefits of tourism are distributed more equitably across a destination region, rather than being concentrated within a few urban cores. The promotion of these alternative routes is increasingly being prioritized by destination management organizations (DMOs) as a key strategy for mitigating the environmental and social impacts associated with high-density tourism. Digital platforms are being utilized as instruments of regional planning and economic uplift, rather than just booking engines.
The capacity of modern technology to process and interpret immense volumes of traveler data is considered fundamental to the operational success of responsible tourism strategies. It was detailed that sophisticated data analytics tools are being deployed to gain real-time insights into traveller movements, booking patterns, and search trends. This information is then used to predict future visitor density and to proactively manage potential overcrowding. For instance, if an algorithm detects a sharp surge in searches for a particular landmark, dynamic adjustments can be made to promotional campaigns or transport routing suggestions, subtly diverting new demand to viable, nearby alternatives. The age of reactive destination management is being phased out, replaced by a system of predictive and preventative intervention.
The realization of responsible tourism through dispersion is entirely dependent upon robust, reliable digital and physical infrastructure. It was emphasized that the digital gaps that still exist in many peripheral regions must be addressed, as the seamless traveler experience is contingent upon consistent connectivity. Wi-Fi access, mobile data coverage, and the integration of diverse transport ticketing systems are all seen as foundational elements. For travellers to confidently venture off the beaten path, they must be assured that they can access real-time information, navigation, and booking services regardless of their location. The absence of this digital reassurance often forces tourists back into the well-trodden areas where infrastructure is known to be dependable.
The successful implementation of these technologically-driven solutions requires an unprecedented degree of collaboration across the entire tourism ecosystem. It was strongly argued that no single entity—neither a DMO, nor a technology provider, nor a transport operator—can achieve these sustainability goals in isolation. Public-private partnerships are being recognized as the only viable model for tackling the complex challenges of overtourism and climate impact. Destination management organizations are needed to provide critical local insights and policy frameworks, technology firms must develop the tools for efficient data processing and seamless user experience, and transport providers must ensure the availability and accessibility of diverse, lower-impact services.
The post Skift Summit Unveils: How Digital Connectivity Is Enabling Sustainable Tourism By Redefining Traveller Flow And Visitor Spending In New York City appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
International Medical Group (IMG) has announced an exciting new partnership with Riviera Travel, a renowned leader in ultra-premium river cruises, ocean yacht voyages, and global land tours. This collaboration is designed to offer enhanced travel insurance solutions to U.S. residents booking with Riviera Travel, further elevating the experience for travelers seeking peace of mind during their journeys. With over 40 years of experience in the travel industry, Riviera Travel offers unforgettable travel experiences on Europe’s most iconic rivers, including the Danube, Rhine, and Seine, as well as luxury ocean voyages and bespoke land tours.
Through this partnership, IMG will provide a range of travel insurance and health safety products specifically tailored for Riviera Travel’s U.S. clientele. This announcement comes after IMG launched the iTravelInsured Choice Cruise plan, designed to cater specifically to cruise travelers, ensuring that their trips are safeguarded from unexpected disruptions such as port closures, water level fluctuations, and other unique risks associated with cruising. The collaboration strengthens IMG’s position as a leading provider of travel and health safety services for global travelers.
As the travel insurance industry continues to evolve, IMG’s partnership with Riviera Travel represents an important step forward in providing high-quality, customizable insurance solutions for both land and cruise travelers. This exciting new venture demonstrates IMG’s dedication to protecting the health and safety of travelers in a dynamic, ever-changing global landscape.
Riviera Travel, based in the UK, has built a strong reputation over the years for providing premium travel experiences. Offering more than just river cruises, the company’s expertise extends to ocean yacht voyages and luxury land tours, all designed to create memorable travel experiences. With this new partnership, U.S. travelers booking with Riviera Travel will now have access to IMG’s world-class travel insurance products, ensuring that their trips are not only luxurious but also safe and secure.
Grant Hayes, Global Head of Travel at IMG, expressed excitement about the collaboration, emphasizing that working with a market-leading travel provider like Riviera Travel highlights the value of IMG’s travel and health safety solutions for today’s travelers. The agreement will offer insurance coverage for both traditional and more specialized travel experiences, ensuring that travelers are protected no matter where their journeys take them.
IMG’s new iTravelInsured Choice Cruise plan is tailored specifically for cruise travelers. The plan provides enhanced benefits that cover cruise-specific issues, including excessive water levels, port closures, and other interruptions that may occur during a cruise. By offering a comprehensive range of insurance solutions, IMG ensures that travelers can embark on their journeys with confidence, knowing they are covered for a variety of unforeseen events.
The partnership with Riviera Travel expands on this commitment by providing these enhanced travel insurance options to those embarking on luxury river cruises, ocean voyages, and land tours. The iTravelInsured Choice Cruise plan adds an extra layer of security for those booking with Riviera Travel, making it easier for travelers to enjoy their vacations without worrying about potential disruptions or travel-related issues.
While Riviera Travel is best known for its luxurious river cruises, the company also offers an array of travel experiences that cater to a diverse range of interests and preferences. From relaxing cruises on the Danube to immersive land tours in Asia, Riviera Travel provides unforgettable experiences across the globe. With this in mind, IMG has designed its insurance products to be flexible and adaptable, offering travelers the protection they need no matter the destination.
Through this partnership, IMG and Riviera Travel ensure that U.S. travelers can enjoy their vacations with the peace of mind that comes from knowing they are well-covered. Whether they are cruising along Europe’s iconic waterways, exploring remote destinations on a luxury yacht, or experiencing new cultures on a global land tour, travelers will have access to comprehensive insurance solutions that protect against a wide range of travel risks.
This partnership between IMG and Riviera Travel represents a significant step forward for U.S. travelers who are seeking premium, secure, and customized travel experiences. The partnership will allow travelers to choose from a variety of flexible insurance plans that offer protection for everything from medical emergencies to trip cancellations. With the growing demand for luxury cruises and premium travel experiences, the collaboration between these two industry leaders brings the best of both worlds together—luxurious travel experiences and comprehensive travel safety solutions.
Riviera Travel’s reputation for offering exceptional river cruises and luxury tours perfectly complements IMG’s dedication to offering travelers reliable, high-quality insurance solutions. As travelers continue to seek out unique and luxurious adventures, this partnership ensures they have the safety and peace of mind to explore the world without worry.
For over 40 years, Riviera Travel has been a pioneer in the luxury travel sector, offering unparalleled experiences aboard a fleet of custom-designed ships. Known for its exceptional customer service, knowledgeable cruise directors, and intimate travel experiences, Riviera Travel has built a loyal following among discerning travelers seeking high-quality journeys across Europe and beyond. By partnering with IMG, Riviera Travel is taking its commitment to guest satisfaction and travel excellence a step further, ensuring that its guests are protected by the best possible travel insurance coverage available.
This new partnership between IMG and Riviera Travel represents a perfect synergy between luxury travel and safety. With this collaboration, travelers can expect the highest standards of service, from booking their luxurious river cruises to ensuring they are covered with comprehensive insurance solutions. Whether you’re cruising along Europe’s most iconic rivers or embarking on a global tour, IMG and Riviera Travel are here to provide you with the ultimate travel experience, offering both unparalleled luxury and peace of mind.
For travelers booking with Riviera Travel, the addition of IMG’s travel insurance solutions ensures that every aspect of their trip is covered, from health and medical needs to unexpected travel disruptions. This partnership marks an important milestone for both companies as they work together to provide travelers with the best possible experiences on the water, on land, and beyond.
The post Riviera Travel and IMG Join Forces to Provide US Travelers with Custom Insurance Plans for Luxury River Cruises and Exclusive Land Tours appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Le Haus, a new members-only luxury travel and lifestyle brand, recently debuted luxury travel and lifestyle. Designed for the most discerning world travelers, the Founder Membership provides lifetime access to the luxury Le Haus collection, which includes high-end villas, suites, and private residences in the Caribbean and other global destinations.
Le Haus has combined the comfort of a vacation home, the services of a 5-star hotel, and the exclusive connection of a private club, and removed the timeshare restrictions and burdens of ownership. For the traveler who seeks refined seamlessness and luxury, privacy, and exceptional service, Le Haus provides a compelling members-only solution for travel and lifestyle.
The Key to Exclusive Travel Experiences: Founder Membership
The Founder Membership primarily targets those who seek certainty, connection, and effortless travel. As Ronald Ndoro-Mind, the Founder and CEO of Le Haus, notes, the Founder Membership is meant to remove the “friction” found within modern luxury travel. Friction is the endless scrolling over uncertain listings and an overwhelming opportunity. This membership allows the traveler to forego the endless search and provides access to a set of travel destinations, a personal concierge, and a community of discerning travelers.
Currently, Le Haus is extending the Founder Membership to only 100 people. This limited offer is especially important to those who desire increased belonging and comfort. Members will enjoy priority access to Le Haus’ signature destinations and appreciate personalized travel accompaniment that incorporates tailored itineraries, a bespoke concierge service, and cultural activities planned to aid relaxation and deep connection.
Le Haus Expands Beyond Travel
Currently, the Founder Membership features luxury stays and experiences, but Le Haus aims to shift the paradigm of luxury living to encompass travel as well. The brand aims to integrate lifestyle, personal development, and rest into the experience so that members receive much more than accommodation. An illustration of the lifestyle offerings is the brand podcast, Existential Thoughts, which discusses rest, intent, and the modern layout of life, as well as purpose and design.
Le Haus intends to organize close, members-only retreats at uplifting sites. These will promote disconnection from daily life, resetting, and contemplative conversation, and will also engage participants in restorative activities. These will be designed with the same discretion that characterizes the luxury accommodations of Le Haus, which will add yet another layer to the value of the Founder Membership.
The True Essence of Luxury: Time and Tranquility
However, for Le Haus, luxury is no longer about the finest suites and most beautiful residences. It is about the time and peace of mind members get when every detail of their stay is attended to. Every detail, from the design of the suite to the rhythm of the day, is intended to eliminate all forms of time and stress so that guests may wholly unwind and appreciate every moment of their stay.
Relaxing the travel process so that members do not need to concern themselves with travel annoyances is a Le Haus hallmark. Members appreciate arriving at a suite that is exquisitely prepared and having a concierge who anticipates their needs and preferences to ensure completely stress-free ease and comfort.
New Milestones in Travel and Lifestyle
From the Founder Membership, Le Haus restructures the benchmark for luxury travel and living. This type of membership, from the brand’s point of view, is about more than offering members a place to stay. It is aimed at providing a bespoke hybrid of private amenities, vacation residences, and luxury resorts. The brand is now positioned to integrate the essentials of the travel experience with feelings of inclusion and community, connectivity, and communion with like-minded individuals around a shared purpose or passion.
The brand’s offering of this type of membership to only a hundred individuals is bound to amplify the brand’s allure. Members of this brand community encounter bespoke luxury and exclusivity in the company of other members of this brand community without the feeling of boarding passengers to a luxury corporate jet.
Le Haus’ Future Vision: Global Community
Le Haus provides more than just luxury vacation rentals in the Caribbean. It offers more than just travel. To build a global community is to build a loyal customer base. Le Haus intends to grow its international offerings, allowing members to experience luxury living and travel to any destination of their choosing, one of which will be added to the brand’s growing collection of retreats and residences.
Offering a place to stay creates an opportunity for a lifestyle brand. Providing a brand that fosters personal development, wellness, and connection is key. Each stay allows members to engage with different societies, gain novel insights, and return with a newfound sense of energy and vitality.
Conclusion: A Fusion of Comfort with Affluence
Le Haus is pioneering a transformative approach to merging luxury and lifestyle by offering a unique blend of vacation homes, upscale hotels, and private members’ clubs integrated into a single cohesive brand. Le Haus is offering Founder Members a seamless, curated experience. Founder Members will never have to deal with inconveniences and complications endemic to modern luxury travel. To travel with Le Haus is to experience targeted, personally meaningful, and effortless luxury. Founder Members will have “personalized” self-focused retreats or will vacation in Le Haus’s “stunning” Caribbean villas. The promise of seamless, uniting luxury and limitless, effortless travel has redefined and will continue to reshape modern luxury and lifestyle. The brand is expanding and positioning itself as a limitless travel brand. With the promise to combine effortless and seamless travel with lifestyle, Le Haus world will not only travel to redefine luxury but live with it in and around their homes.
The post Le Haus Redefines Luxury Travel With Its Exclusive Founder Membership appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Roma remain joint-top of Serie A, but the lack of a reliable goalscorer at centre-forward has become a clear concern.
Artem Dovbyk and Evan Ferguson have scored just once between them in the league, and the club are evaluating solutions ahead of January.
Joshua Zirkzee is the primary idea, as per reports from La Gazzetta dello Sport.
The former Bologna striker has had limited minutes since joining Manchester United and is open to a return to Italy.
Roma like his ability to combine and work between the lines, but the costs of any deal remain significant.
Other names are also under consideration. Arnaud Kalimuendo (Nottingham Forest) and Promise David (Union Saint-Gilloise) are being followed abroad.
Meanwhile two profiles closer to home are gaining attention: Parma’s Mateo Pellegrino and Genoa’s Jeff Ekhator, both viewed as promising long-term talents.
The final plan will depend on outgoings. If one striker leaves, Roma will likely sign one replacement; if both depart, a double move is possible.
Roma legend Francesco Totti believes Paulo Dybala can make a difference ‘consistently’ but insists the Giallorossi must score more goals to fight for the title: ‘Evan Ferguson and Artem Dovbyk still need to get up to speed.’
Totti joined Luciano Spalletti for an event in Milan on Tuesday, where he spoke about Roma’s season so far.
The Giallorossi are the joint-table leaders alongside Napoli, so can they aim for the Scudetto?
“It’s not easy because two or three better-equipped teams,” Totti said, via Corriere dello Sport.
“The main objective is the Champions League. When we won the Scudetto, we used to score three or four goals per game. This year, there are different players. Ferguson and Dovbyk still need to get up to speed, but they are great players and I hope they can make Roma great and become great themselves.”
Paulo Dybala scored his first Serie A goal this season on Sunday, giving Roma a 1-0 win over Sassuolo.
“Paulo is one of the best Roma players, and he has to make a difference consistently,” Totti concluded.
The debate over late evening kick-off times in Serie A has resurfaced, with the league reportedly pushing to bring forward prime-time matches.
According to Corriere della Sera, via TuttoMercatoWeb, Lega Serie A is pressuring broadcast partner DAZN to trial a 20:00 kick-off slot in place of the current 20:45, potentially as early as this season.
The league’s argument is twofold.
Firstly, earlier starts could encourage younger fans and families to return to stadiums, something many clubs have struggled with in recent years.
Secondly, coaches and medical staff have highlighted the impact of late finishes on player recovery during an increasingly congested calendar.
Milan coach Massimiliano Allegri has been one of the most vocal supporters of the shift.
Speaking recently, he argued that “matches finishing later means less time to sleep and to rest. Even three extra hours of recovery would make a difference.” Allegri suggested earlier kick-offs could help reduce the strain placed on players competing twice per week.
Discussions between the league and DAZN are ongoing, and no formal decision has been taken. The broadcaster’s scheduling commitments, including international feeds, pose potential logistical challenges. However, the possibility of a “test run” match later this season remains in play.
Bologna coach Vincenzo Italiano has been discharged from hospital, the club said in a statement.
The 47-year-old was hospitalised due to pneumonia last week, missing games against FCSB in the Europa League and Fiorentina in Serie A.
“This morning, Vincenzo Italian was discharged from the Policlinico S. Orsola-Malpighi,” Bologna said in a statement on Tuesday.
“His clinical condition is good, the coach will return to work tomorrow and will remain under observation by the club’s medical staff.
“Bologna sincerely thanks Prof. Stefano Nava, Director of the Pulmonology Department at the Policlinico, Prof. Lara Pisani, and all the staff of the department for their professionalism, kindness and availability shown toward the coach.”
Bologna host Torino at the Stadio Dall’Ara tomorrow, but it’s not guaranteed that Italiano will return to the bench right away.
Francesco Totti believes Luciano Spalletti would be a ‘great acquisition’ for Juventus as the Italian tactician prepares to meet with the Bianconeri.
Spalletti has emerged as Juventus’ leading candidate to replace Igor Tudor, who was sacked on Monday following three consecutive defeats and an eight-game winless streak.
Spalletti is due to meet with Juventus’ director Damien Comolli later today, but on Tuesday morning, he reunited with his ex-Roma star Totti.
Spalletti and Totti teamed up for the new commercial of Amaro Montenegro in Italy, and the company unveiled their latest advertisement at an event in Milan.
Talking about rumours linking Spalletti with the Juventus job, Totti said (via Corriere dello Sport): “From what is being rumoured, he’s one of the candidates, and I think Juventus would make a great acquisition if they were to hire him. Whenever he’s gone, he’s always done well.”
Totti and Spalletti openly argued at the end of the 2016-17 campaign when the former striker accused the coach of forcing his retirement. Nevertheless, the duo seems to have cleared the air in recent years.
“Many years have passed, and some things just need to be put aside,” said Totti.
“There has been a great friendship, and it’s a pleasure to have met again on this occasion. We revisited and discussed things, and we were very happy with what we accomplished.”
Spalletti also spoke during the event, praising ex-Juventus coach Tudor and saying that whoever will replace him “will be lucky.”
Calcio&Finanza reports that Juventus will have to pay almost €30m to cover the salaries of their former coaches Thiago Motta and Igor Tudor, who remain under contract until June 2027.
Juventus are expected to pay almost €30m to cover the wages of sacked coaches Thiago Motta and Tudor, according to Calcio&Finanza.
Tudor was hired in March 2025 to replace Motta and signed a contract through 2027 after leading the club to Champions League qualification last season.
Juventus’ latest balance sheet for the financial year ending June 30, 2025, signals that the club has already set aside €16.3m to cover the salary of Motta and his staff members until June 2027.
The figures regarding Tudor’s salary are not official, but it is believed that the Croat signed a €3m-a-year contract until 2027, circa €5.5m gross, which brings the spending to €11m plus wages of his staff members.
This means Juventus will have to pay over €27.3m to their ex-coaches, unless they reach an agreement to end their contracts or unless Motta and Tudor find a new club before their deals expire in 2027.
Juventus have now identified Luciano Spalletti as the ideal replacement for Tudor, and according to various sources, the Bianconeri director Damien Comolli will meet the ex-Italy boss today.
Antonio Conte and Gian Piero Gasperini were Juventus’ primary options at the end of the 2024-25 campaign, and while Igor Tudor has already been sacked by the Bianconeri, the Italian coaches are now at the top of the Serie A table.
Juventus are expected to hold talks with Luciano Spalletti today as the Serie A giants seek a replacement for Tudor.
The Croatian tactician was hired in March 2025 to replace Thiago Motta and remained at the helm after leading the team to a Champions League qualification and with the Club World Cup just around the corner.
Tudor signed a contract until 2027 in June, but Juventus had considered different options before that.
As reported by Gazzetta, it is no secret that Juventus’ top priority for the bench in May was their former coach and midfielder Conte.
The Napoli boss had been contacted by ex-Juventus director Cristiano Giuntoli, but eventually decided to remain at the Stadio Maradona after winning the Scudetto.
According to Gazzetta, Giuntoli had approached Conte even before appointing Tudor in March, working for a possible agreement for the 2025-26 campaign.
The pink paper claims that Giuntoli had also contacted Gasperini, who had no agreement with Roma and was preparing to leave Atalanta.
However, Napoli convinced Conte to stay, and Giuntoli was fired by Juventus, so when Damien Comolli arrived as the new Juventus General Manager, the club’s strategy partially changed.
There was still contact between Comolli and Gasperini, but the Italian tactician was already in advanced talks with Roma, and Comolli was not entirely convinced about hiring the Grugliasco-born coach.
Giorgio Chiellini had reportedly suggested hiring Gasperini, but the now Roma coach felt Comolli was sceptical about appointing him, so he closed the deal with Roma.
Ironically, while Juventus are now looking for a new coach, Conte and Gasperini share the top spot of the table in Serie A ahead of a mid-week round.
Fabio Capello refuses to solely blame Igor Tudor for Juventus’ poor results as he feels the Croatian tactician has paid ‘for everyone’ and believes Luciano Spalletti is an ideal candidate for the job at the Allianz Stadium.
Juventus sacked their coach, Igor Tudor, on Monday following three consecutive defeats and a winless streak of eight matches.
“Tudor pays for everyone. At Juventus, eight matches without a win and three consecutive defeats are too many, but the responsibility doesn’t lie solely with the coach,” Capello told Gazzetta.
“The original sin was the half-hearted trust the club placed in Tudor. Last summer, the directors looked at other coaches too, and only late did they confirm Igor by renewing his contract. Players can sense these things and look for excuses in such situations. But the real question is: Did Tudor build his team, or did somebody else?
“I’m not entirely sure who’s really in charge at the club,” Capello continued.
“Certainly, someone with Giorgio Chiellini’s experience and stature would be useful alongside the team, just like Paolo Maldini was for Pioli’s title-winning Milan. Chiellini, however, seems to be busy with political and institutional matters.”
As reported by Football Italia, Tudor paid a high price not just for Juventus’ poor results, but also for a frosty relationship with Damien Comolli. Juventus directors were not impressed by Tudor’s communication style, but Capello agreed with the former Bianconeri boss.
“I’ve always liked Tudor’s communication style,” he said.
“When he spoke about the lack of top players, he was right. That’s the problem for Italian football in general, not just for Juventus.
“It’s not like it used to be. Nowadays, top players rarely choose Serie A. As a result, the clubs are forced to rely on reinforcements who can help, but not all of them can handle the pressure that comes with playing for the biggest teams.”
The Bianconeri have identified Spalletti as the number one choice to replace Tudor, and a meeting between the ex-Italy coach and Comolli is expected to take place today.
“Luciano is a coach of great quality and experience; he’s already managed top clubs and won. After the disappointment with Italy, he’ll have a desire for redemption inside him that could be an added value in a situation like this,” noted Capello.
“What could be better than restarting from a historic and prestigious club like Juventus? Spalletti has the right charisma to lift the Bianconeri back up. Paradoxically, the most positive aspect is the standings. Despite a poor start, Juventus are only six points behind leaders Napoli and Roma.
“Any coach will have to restart from Yildiz and from getting the strikers scoring again.”
Capello, however, warned that: “if you don’t have superstars like Messi or Yamal, players who can score on their own, you need to get the ball into the box for your forwards.
“Even a phenomenon like Haaland needs to be supplied. Beyond Spalletti’s ability, you need midfielders and quality players to deliver those balls so that Vlahovic, David and Openda can score.”
Spalletti has been without a team since June 2026 when he was sacked by the Italian Federation following a 3-0 loss against Norway in the World Cup qualifiers.
One of the few bright sparks in an otherwise difficult start to Leicester City’s campaign has been Jeremy Monga, a 16-year-old winger who has quickly emerged as one of English football’s most exciting young prospects.
Despite Leicester’s struggles in the Championship, Monga’s pace, flair, and creativity have caught the attention of top clubs across Europe.
According to TBR Football, Manchester City are currently leading the race to sign the teenager, a player they came close to landing last summer before he chose to remain in Leicester’s academy setup.
Monga’s rise through the ranks has been nothing short of remarkable. The young winger has seamlessly transitioned from youth football to the senior setup, becoming a regular starter in recent weeks.
His ability to glide past defenders, coupled with sharp decision-making in the final third, has made him one of Leicester’s most talked-about talents.
So far this season, he has contributed one goal and one assist, and more importantly, has shown the maturity and composure of a player well beyond his years.
City’s interest in Monga is not new. The Premier League champions have been monitoring his development closely and view him as a player who fits their long-term project under Pep Guardiola.
However, what makes the situation particularly intriguing is that Monga, at just 16, cannot yet sign a professional contract.
This leaves Leicester in a vulnerable position, unable to prevent another club from swooping in and securing his services before he turns 17.
City are not alone in their pursuit. Tottenham Hotspur, Chelsea, Manchester United, and Newcastle United are all reportedly interested, while Barcelona and Real Madrid have also been linked.
Such widespread attention shows the scale of Monga’s potential. Yet, despite the allure of these European giants, leaving Leicester prematurely could halt his progress.
At the King Power Stadium, he is already a regular in the Championship, gaining valuable first-team experience, something that would be far less likely at a top Premier League club, particularly at Man City, where he would likely return to youth or reserve football.
Man City boss Pep Guardiola eyes blockbuster transfer of Aston Villa defender
The post Man City enquire about signing Leicester City star appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Aston Villa manager Unai Emery has successfully managed to revive the form of his team after a poor start this season.
The Premier League side started the season in a disappointing manner and even dropped into the relegation zone after the first ew matches.
However, in recent weeks, they have turned around their form and with four Premier League wins in a row, they have managed to accumulate equal points as defending champions Liverpool at the moment.
Both Villa and Liverpool have 15 points so far this season and both of them will come up against each other in the Premier League this coming weekend.
The match at Anfield is expected to be a high intensity encounter with the Reds looking to regain their form while Aston Villa hoping to continue their impressive.
Ahead of the match at Anfield, Emery and Villa have suffered a major setback about the availability of one of their best players.
Attacking midfielder Emi Buendia went off against Manchester City in their 1-0 win at Villa Park and he is now set to miss the match against Arne Slot’s side.
Buendia’s injury gave Sancho the opportunity to prove himself but he failed that and ended up getting taken off after coming on as a substitute.
“Yes, sure he’s (Sancho) not happy but I did it before with Morgan Rogers, with Emiliano Buendia, with Leon Bailey, and he played 60 minutes on Thursday,” Emery said, as reported by Liverpool World.
“Today when he (Buendia) was injured, my plan was maybe in case he (Sancho) was going to play 30 minutes, but I decided to play more and he played 45 minutes. But my plan was when he was swapped with Emiliano Buendia, the idea was maybe not playing all the minutes until the last moment. And I told him as well, he can feel it, it’s embarrassing.”
Losing Buendia would be a major loss for Emery and Aston Villa considering the form he was in.
It is time for Sancho to step up his game and show why Villa decided to sign him in the summer transfer window.
Now is the time for Sancho to show his mentality and deal with the latest setback in a positive manner.
The former Man United winger is looking to revive his career after poor spells at Old Trafford and Stamford Bridge.
Talks are “not as advanced” but Aston Villa working on agreement with 23-year-old
The post Emery admits Aston Villa star is unhappy ahead of Liverpool clash appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Manchester United are reportedly in advanced negotiations to sign Kevin Filling, a highly-rated young striker from Swedish side AIK Fotboll, according to Sky Sports Germany journalist Florian Plettenberg.
The 16-year-old forward has emerged as one of Scandinavia’s brightest prospects, drawing interest from several top European clubs.
Despite his age, Filling has already made his mark in Sweden’s top flight, impressing with his physicality and finishing quality.
United’s pursuit of the teenager reflects their growing commitment to building a sustainable, youth-driven recruitment model under Sir Jim Ratcliffe’s ownership and Rúben Amorim’s long-term vision.
Filling’s name has rapidly risen through European scouting circles. Standing at 6ft 1in, the young striker combines technical skill with impressive athleticism.
He has already scored two goals in seven appearances, an impressive return for a player still in his mid-teens.
His maturity, awareness, and ability to hold his own against experienced defenders have drawn comparisons to Zlatan Ibrahimović and Alexander Isak, two Swedish forwards who made early breakthroughs before moving on to Europe’s elite clubs.
United could secure the striker’s signature for around €3 million (£2.6m), a modest sum that could prove an excellent investment in the long run.
The Red Devils are not alone in the race, however, as several Bundesliga clubs are also closely monitoring the player’s situation.
Yet, Man United’s strong youth development record and the allure of playing in the Premier League could give them the edge in negotiations.
The club have already bolstered their attacking ranks by adding Bryan Mbeumo, Benjamin Šeško, and Matheus Cunha during the summer window.
They are looking for more options in the market as Amorim continues to build the team for the future and add more depth to the squad.
By targeting a player like Filling, United aim to replicate the success stories of other European clubs who have benefited from identifying top talents early.
Filling’s development at Old Trafford would likely begin in the academy setup or Under-21s before transitioning to first-team contention over the next few years.
Man United bid of £50 million turned down by Premier League club
The post Sky Sports: Man United are in ‘concrete negotiations’ over the signing of striker appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Manchester United are reportedly determined to keep both Joshua Zirkzee and Kobbie Mainoo at Old Trafford this January, despite the pair experiencing limited game time under Rúben Amorim.
According to The Sun, the Portuguese manager has made it clear to the club hierarchy that he does not want to sanction any exits in the winter window, as he anticipates a challenging period due to player absences caused by the Africa Cup of Nations (AFCON).
With key squad members set to represent their countries in the tournament, United believe squad depth will be crucial in maintaining consistency across multiple competitions.
Both Zirkzee and Mainoo have found first-team opportunities difficult to come by since Amorim took charge, but their importance to the squad could grow significantly in the coming months.
Due to the signings of Benjamin Sesko and Matheus Cunha, Zirkzee has struggled to find playing time this season.
Meanwhile, Mainoo, one of the club’s brightest academy graduates, continues to develop under Amorim’s guidance. Although competition in midfield remains fierce, with Casemiro, Mason Mount, and Bruno Fernandes occupying key roles, Mainoo is seen as an essential part of United’s long-term project.
The manager’s insistence on retaining both players stems from the club’s looming AFCON absences. United will be without Bryan Mbeumo (Cameroon), Amad Diallo (Ivory Coast), and Noussair Mazraoui (Morocco) for several weeks during the competition.
With such departures affecting both attacking and defensive depth, Amorim is wary of leaving his side short of options during a congested fixture schedule that includes the Premier League and the FA Cup.
With AFCON absences set to test United’s squad resilience, the decision to hold on to the duo may prove vital as the club looks to sustain its push to regain their dominance.
Premier League club demanding £100–120 million for Man United & Newcastle target
The post Man United transfers: Ruben Amorim blocks double January move due to AFCON appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Chelsea are reportedly exploring a sensational loan move for Marc-André ter Stegen, with the Barcelona goalkeeper said to be open to a change after nearly a decade as the Catalans’ undisputed No. 1.
The 33-year-old German has found himself unexpectedly marginalised following Barça’s decision to invest €25 million in Joan García, the former Espanyol star whose rise has prompted a recalibration of the goalkeeping hierarchy at the Camp Nou.
The move has created internal friction, with Ter Stegen understood to be livid at the implied message, that his era could be drawing to a close.
With uncertainty lingering over Robert Sánchez’s long-term status at Stamford Bridge, Sky Sport claims Chelsea are weighing a short-term deal to bring elite experience and leadership back between the sticks.
Chelsea’s interest is rooted in necessity and opportunity. Since Édouard Mendy departed, the Blues have searched for a calming, authoritative presence to stabilise a young back line.
In a Premier League landscape where pressing traps are ruthless, a confident, technically secure goalkeeper can transform a team’s first phase and Ter Stegen is the ideal player who can provide that at Chelsea.
It provides immediate quality without a long, expensive commitment, while allowing the club to reassess Sánchez.
A Ter Stegen-to-Chelsea loan would be one of January’s headline moves. Whether the deal advances will depend on finances and guarantees, but the logic is simple, Chelsea gain a proven leader to guide a developing defense while Barcelona gain clarity in their transition to García.
Sánchez has failed to show consistency at Stamford Bridge despite being made the first choice goalkeeper. Recently in a match against Manchester United, the goalkeeper received a red card for his rash challenge on Bryan Mbeumo which played a huge role on the Blues not winning the match.
Liverpool and Chelsea given update on defender target as “worry” revealed
The post Just In: Chelsea eyeing move for Barcelona star to replace first team starter appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Earlier this year, Google announced its latest Wear OS 6 update for its Pixel Watch lineup. However, when it comes to legacy wearables, only the Pixel Watch 2 and 3 got the update. This means that the original Pixel Watch is still stuck at Wear OS 5. However, if you own the original Pixel Watch, we have good news as Google has released the October 2025 update for it.
According to Google, it says that all eligible original Pixel Watch devices should get the October 2025 update starting today. “The rollout will continue over the coming weeks in phases depending on carrier and device. Users will receive a notification on their watch once the software update becomes available.”
Before you get too excited, no, the update isn’t bringing about new features. Instead, according to Google, the update is focused more on security updates and bug fixes. So, if you’re still holding onto the OG Pixel Watch, keep an eye out for this update. Hopefully, it should fix any bugs you might be encountering on the phone.
Also, it’s worth noting that the smartwatch is guaranteed at least 3 years of updates. This means that the October 2025 is the last guaranteed update you’ll get. This doesn’t mean that Google won’t release updates in the future. It is possible that the company could release an emergency update if there are any critical issues. But moving forwards, you probably shouldn’t expect anything else.
As Google said, the rollout will take place over the coming weeks. This means if you don’t see the update available right now, don’t worry, it should eventually make its way to you. However, if you want to check if there’s an update available, it’s pretty easy. Just go to Settings > System > System updates. Tap on the “Your watch is update to date” screen multiple times to initial the download.
Once that’s done, just update your watch and you’re good to go. While the original Pixel Watch has been around for a few years, it’s still a very viable smartwatch. If you’re just looking for a smartphone companion for your wrist, it’s more than sufficient. Otherwise, you might want to consider upgrading to the Pixel Watch 4.
The post Pixel Watch Receives October 2025 Update with Security Fixes and Bug Improvements appeared first on Android Headlines.
Earlier this month, Honor unveiled its latest flagship smartphone, the Honor Magic8 series. However, if you thought that the company was done with phones for the rest of the year, think again. According to the details, Honor could be working on an Ultra version of the Magic8 series.
In a post on Weibo, tipster Digital Chat Station dropped some hints on the details we can expect from the Honor Magic8 Ultra. The post claims that the phone, like the rest of the Magic8 lineup, will be powered by the Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite 5 chipset. It will also feature a 6.71-inch 1.5K LTPO quad-curved screen, support for 3D face recognition, and a built-in 3D ultrasonic fingerprint sensor.
As for the cameras, the post claims that Honor is testing use of of OmniVision’s OV50R main camera. It is also rumored to feature a 5,000W ultra-high dynamic range solution, and a new large-bottom periscope telephoto lens. As for the battery, Digital Chat Station says it will start with the “7” figure. To be honest, at this point, we’re not sure other than the cameras, how different the Ultra version is compared to the rest of the lineup.
However, it seems to be part of Chinese phone makers strategy, which is to release Ultra-variants of their phones. So far, we know of phones like the Xiaomi 17 Ultra, Oppo Find X9 Ultra, and the Vivo X300 Ultra. So it looks like Honor is joining in on the fun.
That being said, we should point out that the recent post does contradict some earlier reports. According to past reports, the Magic8 Ultra might actually use the MediaTek Dimensity 9500 chipset. Also, while some expect the phone to be announced by the end of the year, some suggest it could launch in the first half of 2026.
In any case, we should have more details in the coming months. But in the meantime, if you’d rather not wait, the Honor Magic8 Pro is already quite the powerhouse. It might be worth checking out if you’re in the market for a new phone.
The post HONOR Magic8 Ultra Details Leak: Snapdragon 8 Elite Power and Upgraded Cameras appeared first on Android Headlines.
OnePlus recently took the wraps off its latest flagship smartphone over in China. This came in the form of the OnePlus 15. But it turns out OnePlus isn’t done with new phones just yet. According to the rumors, the company is working on a phone called the OnePlus Turbo. Now, thanks to a report by Smartprix, the OnePlus Turbo specs have been revealed.
According to the rumors, the OnePlus Turbo is meant to be a gaming smartphone. Based on the rumored specs of the OnePlus Turbo, there is one major difference between it and the OnePlus 15: battery.
The OnePlus 15 comes with a 7,300mAh battery, which is already impressive. However, the report claims that the OnePlus Turbo could pack an even larger battery, going up to a whopping 8,000mAh. This, combined with the 100W charging, will make the phone an endurance beast.
However, since the focus is more on performance, OnePlus could dial back on the cameras. The rumors are saying we can look forward to a dual camera setup on the back. This will consist of a 50MP main shooter and an 8MP ultrawide. This is compared to the OnePlus 15, which sports a triple 50MP camera setup on the back.
As for the rest of the phone, it appears to be more or less identical to its flagship sibling. We’re talking about a ~6.7-inch 1.5K OLED display with a 165Hz refresh rate. We’re also looking at the use of the Snapdragon 8 Elite 5. So, like we said, the major difference here is in its battery. If you don’t really care too much about cameras, then the OnePlus Turbo could make a good alternative to the OnePlus 15, especially if battery life is a big deal for you.
Smartprix claims that their source told them the handset is currently being tested in India. If testing goes to plan, the OnePlus Turbo could launch in the next two months. This is an odd time for a release towards the end of the year. However, OnePlus might be able to catch a break.
Samsung typically launches its new flagships in January. This means if OnePlus launches it in December, it would have very little time before Samsung takes over the news cycle. However, last we heard, Samsung could delay the launch of the Galaxy S26 to March 2026.
The post OnePlus Turbo Specs Leak: Massive 8,000mAh Battery and Snapdragon 8 Elite Power appeared first on Android Headlines.
After releasing almost every detail of the Pixel 10 series ahead of the official launch in August, we’re back at it again with the upcoming Pixel 10a. There have been rumors that the Pixel 10a would launch before the end of 2025, but given where we are in the rumor mill, we don’t believe that is accurate. We do believe it’ll launch in early 2026.
With that said, we have official renders based on CADs for the Pixel 10a. And to your surprise, it doesn’t look that different versus the Pixel 9a. Unfortunately, this blue color might not be real, but we’d love for Google to use it.
We have three CAD renders to show off here. This shows different angles of the Pixel 10a, which look identical to the Pixel 9a. Now, unfortunately, we can’t confirm or deny if there is a SIM card slot on the Pixel 10a, since that detail is typically not included in CAD renders. It is included in the CAD render here, but that doesn’t confirm that it will be available on the final model when that launches.
As you can see from these renders, Google is sticking with what looks to be a plastic back that is completely flat and flush with the camera module. Google is also sticking with a dual-camera setup on the rear, and some rather thick bezels on the front. The volume rocker continues to be below the power button – the opposite of almost every Android phone on the market.
There are antenna lines on the sides, top and bottom. With a microphone hole at the top as well as the bottom. It also looks like Google has made the bottom symmetrical with the speaker and microphone holes.
We’re currently pretty early in the rumor mill for the Pixel 10a, so the specs haven’t surfaced as much. But we do know that it’ll be roughly the same physical size as Pixel 9a. With a 6.2-inch display and dimensions of 153.9 x 72.9 x 9mm. That’s actually rather thick compared to a lot of other phones on the market today.
There is also a rumor that is pointing to the Pixel 10a using the Tensor G4 (same as Pixel 9a) instead of the newer Tensor G5 in the Pixel 10 series. This could be due to the cost of the Tensor G5, since it is a TSMC-manufactured chip and does cost significantly more than the Tensor G4 did. This is said to be a “boosted” Tensor G4, likely a higher clocked chipset.
Last year, Google surprised us with the Pixel 9a, outfitting it with a 5,100mAh battery. Since the phone is actually thicker, we are expecting an even larger battery this year. But, I don’t think many would complain about a 5,100mAh battery on Pixel 10a either, considering battery life was so great on the 9a.
Google should stick with the same cameras again this year, and it’ll also have 7 years of software support. Pricing should also remain almost identical to last year, at $499 for 128GB of storage.
From what we know so far about the Pixel 10a, it’s going to be almost identical to the Pixel 9a. Perhaps slightly better performance, WiFi signal, and battery life. That would likely be about it here. Along with some new colors, but that doesn’t really determine whether you’d buy it or not.
Above, you can see how similar these two look side-by-side. Really, the only way to tell them apart is going to be the colors. Though, bezels do look significantly smaller this year. We’ll have to wait for the final renders to see if that is indeed the case, as CADs are usually approximate, and not always 100% correct.
As mentioned, specs haven’t really surfaced all that much yet for the Pixel 10a. So we’ve compiled what we’ve seen rumored so far, and speculated with the rest, given what we can see in these CADs, as well as how often Google sticks with the same specs.
Editor’s Note: Everything that is speculated for the Pixel 10a is denoted with an asterisk.
| Google Pixel 9a | Google Pixel 10a | |
|---|---|---|
| Dimensions | 154.7 x 73.3 x 8.9mm | 153.9 x 72.9 x 9.0mm |
| Weight | 186g | 186 grams* |
| Display | 6.3-inch FHD+ 120Hz P-OLED | 6.2-inch FHD+ 120Hz P-OLED |
| Refresh rate | 60-120Hz (adaptive) | 60-120Hz (adaptive)* |
| Resolution | 2424 x 1080 | 2424 x 1080* |
| Chipset | Google Tensor G4 | Google Tensor G4 (boosted) |
| RAM | 8GB | 8GB* |
| Storage | 128GB/256GB | 128GB/256GB* |
| Main camera | 48MP (f/1.7 aperture, 1/2.0″ sensor size) | 48MP (f/1.7 aperture, 1/2.0″ sensor size)* |
| Ultra-wide camera | 13MP (f/2.2 aperture, 120-degree FOV) | 13MP (f/2.2 aperture, 120-degree FOV)* |
| Selfie camera | 13MP (f/2.2 aperture, 1/3.1″ sensor size) | 13MP (f/2.2 aperture, 1/3.1″ sensor size)* |
| Battery size | 5,100mAh | 5,100mAh* |
| Charging | 23W wired, 7.5W wireless | 23W wired, 7.5W wireless* |
| Colors | Obsidian, Porcelain, Iris, Peony | N/A |
Of course, the biggest question of all is, when will the Google Pixel 10a launch? There was a wacky rumor about a month ago that claimed the Pixel 10a would launch before the end of 2025. Which we do not believe. Here’s why.
To launch the Pixel 10a before the end of the year would be a really bad decision, especially in the US. Really anything launched after October is a terrible idea because of holiday shopping. On top of that, all of the new flagships with Qualcomm and MediaTek’s new chips are launching at this time. So it would get buried. But if we take the holidays out of the equation, we are just not seeing images of the Pixel 10a. This usually happens about 6 months ahead of the actual launch. Which means we’re likely gonna see a March or April launch once again.
| Device | Announcement Date | Release Date |
|---|---|---|
| Google Pixel 9a | March 19, 2025 | April 10, 2025 |
| Google Pixel 8a | May 7, 2024 | May 14, 2024 |
| Google Pixel 7a | May 10, 2023 | May 10, 2023 |
As you can see from the previous release dates, the Pixel 10a is likely going to launch in March. The Pixel 9a was delayed a bit because they found an issue with manufacturing which delayed the device’s shipping by a couple of weeks. So very unlikely that the Pixel 10a will launch in 2025; however, Google has been adjusting the release timelines for its devices and software lately.
The post Exclusive: Google Pixel 10a Official CAD Renders & Rumors appeared first on Android Headlines.
During a global conference on 6G, which is currently ongoing in Korea, Samsung had some interesting things to say. Lee Ju-Ho, a fellow at Samsung Research, said that the changes 6G will bring “cannot be expressed in numbers.”
He also added: “we must change the direction of the technology” in order to illustrate the benefits of 6G. On top of all that, Lee Ju-Ho also said: “We will find it difficult to solve the various problems we face by emphasizing only the peak performance of the 4G and 5G era.”
Samsung doesn’t think that hyping up 6G’s numbers is the way to go. The hype around 5G’s performance gains, higher connection speeds, lower latency, and so on, were not the right call.
Lee Ju-Ho believes that the advantages for 6G will be “qualitative”, while he referred to native AI a “key feature of 6G”. He added that AI will be essential to “solve previously impossible realities.”
It seems like Samsung believes that reliability, energy efficiency, and security will be key for 6G, along with AI, of course. Lee Ju-Ho said that 6G will benefit an aging population and those who live on their own. How? Well, for one, self-learning AI is expected to manage the network and also fix certain problems on its own.
He added that Integrated Sensing and Communication (ISAC), where sensors in the network create real-time spatial awareness, could be used in autonomous transport. That’s just another example.
Samsung obviously wants to focus on real-world and social benefits, rather than hyping up numbers. Well, at least that’s what we got from what Lee Ju-Ho said during this global conference.
As a reminder, the first commercial industry standard for 6G is expected to arrive in 2029.
The post Samsung Envisions a 6G Future Driven by AI and Real-World Benefits appeared first on Android Headlines.
Yes, it’s true that many companies went out of business during the pandemic, and many people lost their jobs. However, the tech industry actually saw a surge in hirings. But it looks like that hiring spree is coming to a head. According to a report from Reuters, Amazon could be looking to conduct corporate layoffs.
Based on the report, Amazon corporate layoffs could be the largest layoffs the company conducted since 2023. The Reuters report suggests that Amazon could be looking to layoff up to 30,000 corporate positions. This is higher than the 27,000 job cuts that the company had previously conducted.
30,000 positions seem like a lot, but to Amazon, that’s roughly 10% of its corporate workforce. This will cover various departments such as human resources, cloud computing, advertising, and more. However, the total number of staff reductions hasn’t been finalized yet, but for now, it is estimated to be around 30,000.
Many companies, not just Amazon, conduct layoffs periodically as a way to cut costs. But when there’s a surge in demand, these companies tend to hire again. However, what’s worrying about the recent layoffs is that some of these positions may never be filled by humans again.
Amazon CEO Andy Jassy said back in June that some jobs will be cut because of AI. Jassy said at that time, “As we roll out more Generative AI and agents, it should change the way our work is done. We will need fewer people doing some of the jobs that are being done today, and more people doing other types of jobs.”
It is true that as AI becomes smarter and more capable that jobs that humans used to do may no longer be necessary. If an AI can generate reports and summarize information in minutes compared to the hours it takes a human, it makes sense who you’d rather keep from an efficiency point of view.
But this doesn’t necessarily mean that humans are doomed to be jobless. The rise of AI represents a new industry that we can transition to. As the saying goes, when one door closes, another opens.
The post Amazon Reportedly Planning Massive Corporate Layoffs appeared first on Android Headlines.
Have you ever deleted an important text in Google Messages and instantly regretted it? Well, you are not alone. Right now, it’s not possible to recover a deleted message. But to address the concern, Google seems to be working on an undo button for its Messages app, making the texting experience safer.
As reported by Android Authority, a new beta version of Google Messages hints at a new “trash” or “bin” folder. The concept of the new folder is pretty similar to what Gmail already has. When you delete a message, instead of completely disappearing right away, it might move to this trash folder. From there, you could have up to 30 days to recover it before it’s permanently deleted. This change would be a big relief for anyone who’s ever deleted an important text by accident.
Currently, deleting a message on the app is permanent. Once it’s gone, it’s gone for good. There’s literally no way to undo the task or bring back the text. And that’s what makes this upcoming feature so exciting. It finally addresses a problem that’s faced by almost everyone once in their life. Messages are also used for storing important bank texts or transaction SMS, and deleting them by mistake is the fear of many. The new option will finally address this fear.
The latest move confirms Google’s push to make the Messages app smarter and reliable. The app already lets users archive chats they want to hide without deleting them. But archiving isn’t enough when you want to bring back something you’ve completely removed. A new trash folder or undo delete option finally bridges that gap. It gives users better control over their texting experience. It solves a real problem faced by millions of users daily.
The post Deleted a Text by Mistake? Google Messages Will Soon Let You Undo It appeared first on Android Headlines.
Apple might be planning some big changes for the iPhone’s 20th anniversary in 2027. According to the latest rumors out of China, Apple is planning to do away with mechanical buttons and use haptics instead. HTC actually tried this out many years ago, and it didn’t work out too well for them.
Why go with haptics versus mechanical buttons? For one, they use up less space inside the phone. Two, they are less likely to break as they don’t have moving parts. And of course, Apple is very proud of its Haptic Engine, so this would be another way for Apple to show that off.
This report is claiming that this is going to be the biggest design shake up for the iPhone since the 2017 iPhone X, which was Apple’s ten year anniversary for the iPhone. And it drastically changed the look of the iPhone.
Despite all of the rumors we are seeing today about the 20th anniversary iPhone, it is still a solid two years away from launching. So we’re likely gonna see some more changes in the rumor mill before it actually launches in 2027. Apple is likely still actively working on it, and changing the hardware to meet whatever goals that they have.
There are also rumors about Apple using a wraparound display with the edges of the screen merging into the button zones. This is also something an Android OEM had tried in the past. Xiaomi did this many years ago too on a concept phone (a concept phone that was actually sold, however). Though, Xiaomi never followed up with another one, so it must not have done all that well.
The post iPhone 20th Anniversary Model Might Go Fully Button-Free appeared first on Android Headlines.
The smartphone candy bar form factor has been around for more than a decade. But realistically, we don’t think the form factor is sticking around for the foreseeable future. That begs the question of, if not this form factor, then what? That’s something Motorola is exploring, according to a recently discovered patent that suggests a phone that can be worn as a watch.
Based on the patent images, it looks like Motorola has come up with an idea for a phone that can transform into a watch. Believe it or not, this is actually not the first time Motorola has come up with this idea. Back in 2023, the company took the wraps off a concept phone with a bendable display and body that can be bent around the wearer’s wrist.
However, there is a difference between Motorola’s concept and this patent. For starters, the patent suggests that the phone could feature some kind of retractable display. This means that when the display is fully retracted, it’s small enough to fit on your wrist. However, it can then be expanded to become a phone.
The patent talks about the frame structure needed to support the retractable design. However, it stops short of mentioning things like display size, connectivity options, battery, and most importantly, cameras. It’s actually a pretty cool concept on paper. But honestly, it seems unlikely that it will ever see the light of day.
While patents sometimes act as clues for what a company has planned for the future, it is never a guarantee that these patents become actual commercial products.
Like we said, we don’t think candy bar shaped smartphones are going to continue being the standard of mobile phone design. In fact, with the rise of AI, some believe that we may even transition to devices without a display.
We’ve already seen some companies attempt these AI-first devices, like Rabbit, and Humane. However, neither of these devices really took off. We’re also hearing that OpenAI’s Sam Altman is working with legendary former Apple designer, Jony Ive, to create some kind of communications device.
It’s too early to tell how that will turn out, but what do you think? What kind of device can you imagine replacing our smartphones in the future?
The post Motorola Patent Reveals a Phone That Can Transform Into a Watch appeared first on Android Headlines.
The Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 8 is tipped to bring some major improvements to the table. The information comes from DealSite, as the source claims the Galaxy Z Fold 8 will get a major battery boost.
It is said to feature a 5,000mAh battery, a considerable upgrade from the 4,400mAh battery inside the Galaxy Z Fold 7. For comparison’s sake, the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7 competitors have larger battery packs. The OPPO Find N5, for example, comes with a 5,600mAh battery, and it offers a lot better battery life.
The battery life boost is not the only improvement mentioned, though. Samsung is also aiming to improve the display crease situation. The company plans to adopt the so-called laser-drilled metal plate technology. Apple will use something similar for its foldable iPhone.
Another area of improvement is mentioned in the report… the stylus. The Galaxy Z Fold 8 will, allegedly, be compatible with a stylus. Samsung removed the stylus compatibility this year, with the Galaxy Z Fold 7, after first introducing it to its foldables back in 2021 with the Galaxy Z Fold 3.
Samsung made that move to make the Galaxy Z Fold 7 thinner. Well, it’s possible that the company figured out how to get the best of both worlds, which is why the Galaxy Z Fold 8 may get stylus support. It’s hard to imagine Samsung making its devices thicker just for the sake of stylus support.
The arrival of the first foldable iPhone may really push Samsung to make some major improvements to its book-style foldable. Competition is good, as it pushes innovation. The first foldable iPhone is tipped to arrive next year, though we may have to wait longer than that, it all depends on which rumor you choose to believe.
As a reminder, Samsung’s very first tri-fold smartphone made its first public appearance recently. It’s expected to get a full launch later this week, though nothing has been confirmed just yet.
The post Samsung’s Galaxy Z Fold 8 Could Be a Bigger Leap Than Anyone Expected appeared first on Android Headlines.
AI is surely integrating itself into our daily lives. Gone are the days when we had to learn the whole Microsoft PowerPoint and Google Slides toolkit just for creating presentations. With the new update, Google is rolling out a new version of the Gemini tool that can create powerful presentations for you. All you have to do is type the prompt and upload relevant files, and the tool will then turn it into slides.
The new update is now available for Gemini Pro users and is expected to be released to free users soon. Once updated, users can access the “Canvas” tab on the Gemini website, give it a topic or prompt, and attach relevant files. Gemini then generates a complete presentation based on the given input. It also matches the theme and visual effect throughout the slides for a more appealing and professional look.
Users can export the generated presentation directly to Google Slides. There, they can make small changes, such as editing text or rearranging slides. This makes it much easier for students, office workers, or anyone who needs to build a presentation fast.
Google says that the Canvas feature uses the same AI that powers Gemini’s writing and reasoning abilities, but now applies to design and layout. The Canvas tool will show the instructions on one side and the results on the other. This process is done so that the user can see changes instantly. This side-by-side layout helps users easily adjust prompts to get better slides without switching screens.
Moreover, the feature is currently rolling out in batches. Only a limited group of users has access to the feature. A broader rollout is expected to take place in the coming days. You can log in to the Gemini website to see if the feature is available.
The post Google Gemini Can Now Build Presentations for You appeared first on Android Headlines.
With so many smartphone makers getting rid of the charger in the box, it’s always a good idea to pick up a couple of spare chargers, because you really never know when you’ll need them. Thankfully, Amazon almost always has a lot of them available on sale. Here are the best USB-C chargers that are on sale right now.
This charger has 140W of power with 3 USB-C and a USB-A port. It’s a GaN charger, making it much smaller than other chargers with the same power.
This charger has a retractable USB-C cable as well as two USB-C ports available for charging. With a total output of 67W.
Charge up with this Anker USB-C charger at up to 45W, fast enough to max out the Galaxy S25 Ultra.
This tiny charger can charge at up to 30W, and its just $14.
This charging station is perfect for those with lots of devices to charge. With three AC outlets, 4 USB-C and a MagSafe wireless charger all available.
Belkin has its own USB-C PD3.1 PPS Fast Charger that can charge up to 45W, which will max out the Galaxy S25 Ultra.
This massive power bank has 24,000mAh capacity battery that should keep you going for a few days.
The post Best USB-C Chargers Deals appeared first on Android Headlines.
Xiaomi introduced its next iteration of Android 16-based skin, the HyperOS 3, alongside the Xiaomi 15T series last month. It promised that the stable release would kick off starting from October. Standing on its promise, Xiaomi has now announced that the HyperOS 3 global rollout has begun with the Xiaomi 15T. The new version features a redesigned interface, AI enhancements, new system-wide animations, and privacy improvements.
Xiaomi, on X, has announced that the global rollout of HyperOS 3 has kicked off, with the Xiaomi 15T series being the first wave of devices to receive the new version. The company mentioned that the update will hit users in a phased manner. This means you should see it hitting your devices over the next few days.
It’s possible that the Xiaomi 15T and 15T Pro users who signed up for the global beta program could be the first to receive the stable HyperOS 3. Meanwhile, the Xiaomi 15 series and Redmi K80 lineup were the first to receive the stable update in China.
Xiaomi clarified that it’s working hard to bring the HyperOS 3 update to more devices as per the global schedule. After the Xiaomi 15T series, the Xiaomi MIX Flip, the Redmi Note 14 series, the POCO F7 lineup, Xiaomi Pad 7 tablets, Xiaomi Pad Mini, and a range of wearables are set to get the update between October and November timelines.
The HyperOS 3 rollout will stretch through March 2026, with older models getting the update last. The new iteration brings HyperIsland, which shows live activities of apps and notifications for calls, music, charging, and schedules. It brings deeper Google Gemini integration for system-wide AI capabilities. It’s also improving data protection through Unified Authentication Service, on-device, and cloud privacy computing.
The post HyperOS 3 Global Rollout Kicks Off: New Design, AI, and Animations appeared first on Android Headlines.
The post SUI Price Prediction 2025: Can the Symmetrical Triangle Spark Another 900% Rally? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The year is about to close in the next two months, which has piqued the curiosity of market participants for a much-missed altcoin rally. As a reason SUI price prediction 2025 narrative is in trend. The SUI is among the top coins that have previously displayed massive gains and have the capability to achieve similar or higher gains again.
Looking at SUI specifically, then its price action is entering a decisive stage as the asset consolidates within a broad symmetrical triangle after a historic rally in late 2024. With ecosystem metrics booming and on-chain activity reaching record highs, the coming months could determine whether SUI crypto reclaims its previous all-time highs.
The second half of 2024 was nothing short of extraordinary for the SUI price, as it skyrocketed over 950% from $0.49 to an all-time high of $5.32. However, 2025 presented a different story. Following the euphoric rally, the SUI price chart displayed movements confined within a multi-month symmetrical triangle, indicating mounting accumulation.
As the trading range narrows, it reflects growing optimism and strengthened network fundamentals. Such consolidation phases often precede significant moves.
Currently, the $2 support level acts as the key area to watch. A breakdown below this threshold could open doors to a deeper correction toward $0.49, while holding this zone keeps bullish hopes alive.
Despite the choppy SUI price USD action, the project’s fundamentals remain remarkably strong. On-chain data shows the SUI crypto ecosystem continues to thrive. The network recently achieved an all-time high of 225 million total accounts, a clear sign of rising engagement and user participation.
Even more impressive, October 28th witnessed 923,966 new accounts created in a single day, showcasing rapid adoption momentum. This consistent expansion in network activity underlines investor confidence and reinforces the long-term viability of SUI’s ecosystem.
Additionally, SUI’s Total Value Locked (TVL) stands firm at around $1.89 billion, after touching an ATH of $2.62 billion earlier in October.
Another key aspect of the current SUI price analysis is the notable uptick in stablecoin inflows in october. The stablecoin market cap surged from a dip around $560 million to $1.15 billion at the time of writing. This is reflecting increasing liquidity and ecosystem utility.
Rising stablecoin activity often signals deeper adoption, as users engage more with decentralized applications, yield protocols, and staking opportunities.
This gradual yet firm rise in stablecoin dominance reflects investor confidence in the network’s resilience, suggesting that the groundwork for the next bullish phase may already be underway.
The SUI price prediction 2025 framework points to a decisive few months ahead. If aggressive buying emerges, a breakout from the symmetrical triangle could send prices surging back toward $5.32 before the year closes, possibly forming strong Marubozu candles on the SUI price chart.
However, a more gradual buildup could delay the explosive move to the first half of 2026, allowing the asset to consolidate between its triangle borders. Either way, the tightening pattern and strong on-chain foundation make SUI crypto one of the most intriguing assets to watch in the DeFi landscape.
The post Securitize to Go Public in $1.25B Cantor Fitzgerald Deal: A First for Tokenization! appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Securitize, a leading platform for tokenizing real-world assets, is set to go public through a merger with Cantor Equity Partners II (CEPT), a SPAC backed by Cantor Fitzgerald, at a $1.25 billion valuation.
The move will make Securitize the first public company focused entirely on tokenized securities, marking a major step forward for the growing tokenization industry.
Once the deal is complete, the combined company will trade on Nasdaq under the ticker “SECZ.”
Existing investors – including ARK Invest, BlackRock, Blockchain Capital, Hamilton Lane, Jump Crypto, Morgan Stanley Investment Management, and Tradeweb Markets – will roll over 100% of their shares into the new entity.
No one is cashing out, which is a clear sign of long-term confidence in the company’s future.
The merger could bring in around $469 million in gross proceeds. That includes $225 million from a fully committed PIPE led by top institutional investors such as Arche, Borderless Capital, Hanwha Investment & Securities, InterVest, and ParaFi Capital, along with $244 million from CEPT’s trust account, assuming no redemptions.
“This is a defining moment for Securitize and for the future of finance,” said Carlos Domingo, Co-Founder and CEO of Securitize. “We founded this company with a mission to democratize capital markets by making them more accessible, transparent, and efficient through tokenization.”
The news are out! @Securitize has filed to go public in Nasdaq via a merger with Cantor Equity Partners II lead by @Brandonlutnick at a $1.25B valuation
— Carlos Domingo (@carlosdomingo) October 28, 2025
In a first for the finance industry, Securitize plans to tokenize its own equity, showing how a public company’s shares can exist and trade onchain.
Brandon Lutnick, Chairman and CEO of Cantor Fitzgerald, called blockchain “a foundational force in the next era of capital markets,” highlighting growing institutional belief in tokenization as the next big step in finance.
Securitize’s technology integrates with 15 blockchains. The company sees itself playing a key role in a $19 trillion market opportunity as more real-world assets move onchain.
The transaction, already approved by both boards, is expected to close in the first half of 2026, subject to regulatory approvals.
The post Circle Launches Arc Public Testnet with Top Global Firms appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Circle has launched the public testnet for Arc, a Layer-1 blockchain designed to bring real-world financial activities onchain. Major firms like BlackRock, Visa, HSBC, AWS, and Anthropic are participating. Arc features USD-based fees, sub-second settlement, and optional privacy controls. Circle plans to decentralize Arc gradually by opening validator roles and governance to the community, aiming to build a decentralized, efficient global financial infrastructure.
The post Truth Social Partners with Crypto.com for Prediction Markets appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Trump Media’s Truth Social is launching “Truth Predict,” the world’s first social media prediction market platform in exclusive partnership with Crypto.com. Users can trade contracts on events like politics, economics, and sports, converting in-app rewards called Truth gems into Crypto.com’s CRO token. Beta testing is coming soon, followed by a full U.S. launch and plans for global expansion. This move aims to combine social engagement with real-time market insights.
With the iPhone 17 lineup now in the hands of consumers, the legendary rumor mill, which typically revolves around Apple's new products, is naturally shifting its focus towards next year's lineup. The iPhone 18, as well as the much-anticipated iPhone 20, which is due in 2027 and would commemorate 20 years since the first iPhone launched all the way back in 2007. Now, a new rumor suggests that Apple is transitioning towards simplified buttons in stages. The iPhone 18 lineup is likely to adopt a less complicated mechanical button for camera control, which will be replaced entirely by solid-state buttons […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/apple-iphone-18-to-use-a-simplified-camera-control-button-iphone-20-to-feature-haptics-instead-of-mechanical-buttons/
Death Stranding 2: On the Beach now supports the PlayStation 5's power saver mode, and its implementation is among the most interesting to date, according to a new technical analysis. In the latest episode of their weekly podcast, the tech experts at Digital Foundry examined how the two entries in the Kojima Productions series support Power Saver Mode, a newly introduced operating mode for the PlayStation 5 console that cuts CPU resources in half, halves the memory bandwidth, and reduces CPU and GPU clocks to reduce the system's power consumption. While the implementation in Death Stranding: Director's Cut was not […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/death-stranding-2-on-the-beach-most-interesting-power-saver-mode/
The INSPIRE series RTX 5050 is probably the smallest RTX 5050 editions, which offer a single fan design and weigh just 551 grams. MSI Launches Small Form-Factor RTX 5050 INSPIRE ITX and OC GPUs, Boasting Dual-Slot Thickness MSI has officially launched two new GeForce RTX 5050 cards in the INSPIRE series. These are probably the smallest RTX 5050 cards on the market, boasting a dual-slot design and a single-fan cooler to ensure compatibility with very small ITX cases. Apart from MSI, PNY also has a similarly compact GeForce RTX 5050, which measures just 147mm. The INSPIRE ITX RTX 5050 cards […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/msi-intros-geforce-rtx-5050-inspire-itx-and-oc-cards-measuring-just-147mm/
EA is pushing its employees to use AI for basically every task, but the results can be flawed, resulting in more work for developers. Business Insider recently talked with current EA staff, who confirmed that the company's leadership has spent the past year or so pushing its 15,000 employees to use AI for virtually every task, from producing code and concept art for games to advising managers how to speak to staff about a certain number of topics, including pay or promotions. The AI tools used to produce code are among those creating the most issues for developers. It is […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/ea-is-pushing-employees-to-use-ai-for-everything-including-producing-code-requiring-manual-fixing/
Intel's CEO, Lip-Bu Tan, has discussed the stake taken by the US government in the company, claiming that it was a necessary step to ensure that the American chipmaker could compete with Taiwan's TSMC. Intel's CEO Also Tells Specifics About His Meeting With President Trump, Calling It a Massive Success Well, the interest from the Trump administration in Intel was indeed a surprise for many of us, but for CEO Lip-Bu Tan, this initiative was "good to have", as he claims that it is similar to how Taiwan supports TSMC or South Korea backs the likes of Samsung Foundry. In […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/intel-ceo-says-us-government-stake-was-a-deliberate-move/
OnexPlayer has officially launched its flagship handheld, the OneXfly Apex, with a liquid-cooled AMD Ryzen AI MAX+ 395 SoC. AMD Ryzen AI MAX+ 395 Gets Liquid-Cooled Inside A Handheld With OneXPlayer's OneXfly Apex The OneXfly Apex handheld was teased last month and is positioned to be a flagship device featuring the AMD Ryzen AI MAX+ 395 SoC. This SoC has already been featured in other handhelds such as GPD Win 5 and Ayaneo Next 2. Now, OneXPlayer is rolling out its own high-end handheld, offering a nice upgrade vs the Ryzen AI 300 "Strix Point" stack. Just to recap the […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/onexfly-apex-handheld-launch-amd-ryzen-ai-max-395-liquid-cooling-128-gb-85wh-battery/
The popular PS3 emulator has updated its latest GPU recommendation list to AMD's RDNA and NVIDIA's Turing series. RPCS3 Announces Updated GPU Requirements for the Emulator; Recommends At Least AMD RX 5000 or NVIDIA RTX 2000 Series RPCS3 has just announced the new recommended GPU requirements for its popular PS3 emulator, which comes as a result of major GPU manufacturers ending support for some of its older generation GPU series. RPCS3 announced on X that it no longer "recommends" the AMD RX 400 and NVIDIA GTX 900 series GPUs as the recommended GPUs. The newer GPU recommendations now start with […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/rpcs3-removes-amd-rx-400-500-and-nvidia-gtx-900-1000-series-from-recommended-gpu-requirements/
A vapor chamber will make a significant difference to the overall temperatures of the M6 iPad Pro, with Apple previously reported to bring this cooling upgrade to its flagship tablet lineup. The California-based giant is often known to commence product development several months in advance, and according to the latest report, Apple is already in talks with two suppliers that could manufacture this crucial component. The M6 iPad Pro’s vapor chamber is reported to be provided by a Chinese and Taiwanese manufacturer Considering that the M6 iPad Pro launch will materialize approximately 18 months after the M5 iPad Pro’s inception, […]
Read full article at https://wccftech.com/apple-shortlisting-m6-ipad-pro-vapor-chamber-suppliers/
I didn’t expect to be sailing on the Star Princess transatlantic sailing, but here we are. Thanks to a last-minute deal that was too good to pass up, I boarded Wednesday in order to enjoy a few days on board Princess’ newest ship as she sailed from Barcelona to Port Everglades, Florida.
The ship just launched on October 4, and this is only her third cruise as she repositions to Florida for her inaugural Caribbean season. (Next summer, the ship will be doing Alaskan itineraries.)
Like I said, this was a last-minute addition for my pretty packed travel schedule. I was working in Asia and the Middle East when I came across a great rate, so I reached out to my travel agent to book it.
I’m already scheduled to be on this ship for a three-day sailing out of Florida in early November. But when it comes to a ship this big — and this new — three days isn’t nearly enough to experience all it has to offer.
So I’ll be using this trip to check out some of the venues and activities I won’t have time to experience on that shorter sailing next month. Then I will save the the cruise in November to check out Spellbound (the speakeasy magic venue) and some of the signature shows.
I flew in from Doha on Qatar Airways. It’s a six-hour flight, and I was able to book a Qsuite in business class using miles. That meant I’d have a lay-flat seat and meal service on demand. It was pretty bougie, and will make going back to economy a tough sell. (In cruise terms, it’s the equivalent of going from a top-notch suite to an interior stateroom!)
Barcelona is starting to roll out its new European Travel Information and Authorisation System system, which will eventually replace passport stamps with digital tracking.
ETIAS is a new electronic screening system that will soon be required for visa-exempt travelers entering most European countries, designed to enhance border security and streamline entry.
As of this week, they were still setting up, but it looks close to being live.
For my pre-cruise stay, I booked the Grand Hyatt Barcelona Towers. It’s only a couple miles from the airport and about 10 minutes to the port, making it pretty ideal.
Normally I’d stay at the Eurostars Grand Marina for ease of travel, but they were asking over $500 for the night, which was too rich for my blood. The Hyatt cost a fraction of that and even gave me a room upgrade without asking. Win/win!
I usually use Welcome Pickups when flying into a port city, but this time I tried the FreeNow ride share app, which is fairly new to Barcelona and powered by Lyft.
It’s a good option if you’d rather not deal with euros or questionable taxi drivers. Just make sure you have data on your phone, like you would when ordering an Uber back home.
Both my rides, airport to hotel and hotel to port, were 22 euro (or about $25) each with FreeNow.
Embarkation was smooth and efficient. Since this was a last-minute booking, I didn’t get my medallion shipped ahead of time, so I picked it up at the terminal.
The Helix Terminal was very quick when it came to processing guests. Those that already had the medallion went from security to the waiting area.
From curb to ship it took me under 30 minutes, and it would’ve been faster if I’d been paying attention! As a Platinum guest with Princess, I could have used priority boarding but missed the announcements because I was listening to music.
Spanish immigration was also checking passports at the terminal, so I picked up another stamp before boarding!
You enter Star Princess on Deck 7, right into the Piazza. There’s nothing better than when a ship is able to really “wow” you immediately, and this one does.
A DJ was playing, but with passengers still boarding, it didn’t quite have that party energy yet. That would pick up as the day went on, with the part atmosphere being in full-force by mid-afternoon.
Most people head straight to the buffet, and I was no exception, especially after sleeping through both dinner and breakfast. I went to the Americana Diner section in the aft of the buffet area.
This venuem located all the way aft on deck nine, has a buffet for breakfast and lunch. When evening rolls around, the space transforms into a dining venue with table service.
Deck nine is a very easy layout because going from front to back it’s staterooms, The Piazza, International Cafe and Alfredo’s Pizza. Keep going and you’ll come across the buffet and then, all the way aft, the Americana Diner.
Not sure if it’s still under the radar or if folks just chose other spots, but it was quiet. I grabbed a window seat overlooking the wake and had a solid meal of salad, lasagna and steak. Everything hit the spot.
Just like Sun Princess, the main buffet is on Deck 9, not the pool deck. If you’re looking for a quick bite upstairs, there’s still pizza and grill options on Deck 14. There is also a slice pizza outside on deck 9 that I just sort of randomly came across.
Staterooms were ready at 1:30. I’m in an inside cabin for this sailing, my first time doing that on a Sphere-class ship. When I sailed Sun Princess, I had a balcony on deck 11. This is on deck 14, midship.
This time it was a guaranteed inside cabin, so right up until I boarded the ship, where I’d be staying remained a mystery!
The cabin surprised me in the best way possible. Eight USB ports, two closets with built-in shelves and lots of space for hanging items, a fridge, plenty of drawers, and high beds that fit even a large suitcase underneath. (I’m a big fan of high beds, given that it really expands your storage space when you don’t have to figure out what to do with your luggage!)
Yes, USB ports are a basic ask in 2025, but you’d be amazed how many ships still get this wrong. Ships are designed years before construction, and once they’re built, it’s not like you can just say, “Oh, hey, let’s throw in a few more USBs.”
Well you could, but the shipyard wouldn’t love it.
The bathroom is decent-sized. The shower door swings outward, and the water controls are actually in front of you, so no awkward cold blasts while trying to figure out the knobs.
The Sailaway party kicked off around 5 p.m., but we didn’t actually leave the port until closer to 8. The ship needed to top off its LNG fuel tanks before heading out on the two-week transatlantic.
I skipped the party in favor of unpacking and making sure I didn’t leave anything at the hotel. (Although at that point, not sure exactly what I would have done if I had!)
Tonight’s main theater show was The Barricade Boys: West End, a collection of songs from popular musicals. I appreciate a live band that isn’t tracked.
In this case, it was a group of four guys who were interacting with the crowd and had the audience eating out of their hand. It was a sight to see. They are fly-on entertainment and will be debarking in a couple days.
Like most show theaters these days, you will want to get there early or risk standing in the aisle. I walked up 10 minutes before the 7:30 show and a sign said the performance was full. I asked if I could stand in the back of the theater tucked away in the corner and they let me.
As regular readers know, I’m not really big on shows — no matter how good they are. I just have a hard time sitting still. In this case, I lasted about 15 minutes before heading to Alfredo’s for some pizza.
In fairness, they play again tomorrow night in the Piazza so I may go check that out. It’s always cool to see how the same (or at least similar) shows play when you put them in a different venue.
Alfredo’s now requires a dining package unless you’re on Plus or Premier, but it’s still worth it. I’ve said it before, but it’s worth repeating.
This is my favorite pizza at sea. (For those wondering, Virgin and MSC round out my top three.) Dinner was a Margherita pizza and minestrone soup. Both were excellent.
On the way back to the room I stopped by the Piazza. There was a live show in progress, and I have to say the lighting, the energy, the stage rising from the floor… it all combines to really transforms the space.
It felt like a different venue from day to night, but I guess that’s the idea.
So far, I’m really impressed. The ship has that new ship smell, and I’m excited to check out more of the venues I didn’t get to see on Sun Princess.
Tomorrow we arrive in Palma de Mallorca, just under 200 miles from Barcelona, so even with the delayed departure, we’ll arrive on schedule.
RELATED READING: Sun Princess Trip Report
Samsung may be forced to hike the prices of Galaxy phones, including the Galaxy S26 series. A new report highlights the reasons that could force Samsung to increase prices across its IT products, including smartphones and laptops.
According to Hankyung (via Jukan), Samsung is facing cost-increase pressure, which would result in a price hike in Galaxy phones and laptops. Memory and inflation are among the key reasons behind a potential increase in prices.
Galaxy S26 series will launch early next year, and Samsung is betting everything on the Exynos 2600 chipset. If the in-house SoC is used, the company will manage to keep the prices unchanged, without passing on to buyers.
Almost every merchant related to the electronics industry reiterated the fact that DRAM prices have doubled in a month and are skyrocketing. People familiar with the matter believe the prices won’t go down anytime soon.
Samsung Galaxy S25, S25 Plus and S25 Ultra
Industry insiders estimate that the memory-flation will continue until 2027-2028. Given the rapid rise of AI, the supply and prices of DRAM are peaking. It also affects the bill of materials as memory is a key spec in mobile devices.
HBM chips are almost five to six times more expensive than regular DRAM, and that’s why manufacturers are focusing on high bandwidth memories. It makes the general-purpose DRAM supply insufficient, leading to a price jump.
Memory-flation is a term that comprises memory + inflation in the industry. It applies when the price of complete IT products like phones and PCs rises following the surge in memory semiconductor prices, which has begun in earnest.
The post Samsung may hike prices of Galaxy S26 phones appeared first on Sammy Fans.
:max_bytes(150000):strip_icc():format(jpeg)/TAL-hiking-vermont-MSTOUTDRSYST1025-5b356bd55b594ffaa91aa694c55b9fec.jpg)
:max_bytes(150000):strip_icc():format(jpeg)/TAL-giethoorn-netherlands-SAFESTCNTRY1025-ac6f977a84bd480a94759a346760fdff.jpg)
:max_bytes(150000):strip_icc():format(jpeg)/TAL-santiago-metropolitan-region-chile-GLBALWNTRDEST1025-e72804fb625a4e068619e222c5f15ad6.jpg)
Adobe MAX kicks off this week and, historically, that has meant a large drop of updates across the company's portfolio of apps. That is technically true this year too, but everything is revolving around AI -- and sometimes, that doesn't even mean Adobe's own technology.
A U.S. Air Force Reserve Crew from the 53rd Weather Reconnaissance Squadron, known as the "Hurricane Hunters," made multiple passes inside Hurricane Melissa capturing astonishing footage that showcases the "stadium effect."
The iPhone is turning 20 in 2027 and Apple will mark the anniversary with a special iPhone 20 release. We’ve already heard about the big redesign with its sloping display bezels that are supposed to make the device look like a single piece of glass when viewed from the front. We now get an additional report that suggests some major camera upgrades as well. The 2027 iPhone model – likely the Pro variant will reportedly bring Lateral Overflow Integration Capacitor (LOFIC) camera sensor. In short, this means the cameras will capture more light per pixel, leading to higher dynamic range and...
Samsung’s Galaxy Z Fold8 isn’t expected to debut until next year, but rumors about the upcoming foldable are already making the rounds. The latest leak sheds light on its display specifications and battery capacity. According to the leak, the upcoming Galaxy Z Fold8 will use a new ‘laser-drilling metal plate technology’ for its hinge, which is said to reduce the display crease. The same technology will also be used on the rumored iPhone Fold. The leak also states that the foldable will pack a battery with a capacity over 5,000mAh. Notably, the current Galaxy Z Fold7 has a 4,400mAh...
Multiple reports in recent times claimed that Apple is cutting production of the iPhone Air unveiled last month, with one even claiming that this sleek iPhone had entered almost end-of-production mode. However, a new report contradicts those claims. In a note to investors on October 26, TD Cowen said Apple isn't reducing the number of iPhone Air units it will produce in 2025. TD Cowen's report states that the iPhone Air forecasts for October remain unchanged. The forecasts for the iPhone Air remain at 3 million for Q3 2025 and at 7 million for Q4 2025. The September quarter builds...
While not exactly launched as tipped yesterday, Samsung did showcase its tri-fold smartphone at the 2025 K-Tech Showcase event. The device, which still does not have an official name, was seen at the Samsung booth behind a protective glass display case. Attendees were not allowed to touch or hold the device. Samsung tri-fold prototype (image: Park Ji-min) South Korea’s ChosunMedia shared images of the device, which reveal its folded and fully unfolded states. We say it is fully unfolded as it features two hinges allowing it to stretch its display diagonal up to 10 inches. In its...
Kia has confirmed that its all-new, second-generation Telluride — the brand’s flagship SUV for the American market — will be produced at scale in the United States, with a planned annual output of 120,000 units. The move strengthens Kia’s local manufacturing strategy and prepares the brand for growing demand in the large SUV and hybrid […]
The post Kia to Produce 120,000 Units Annually of Second-Generation Telluride in the U.S. appeared first on Korean Car Blog.
Kia is setting the stage for the next chapter in electric performance mobility with its latest reveal — the GT Wrap, a bold new foil design created exclusively for its high-performance electric GT prototypes, including the upcoming Kia EV4 GT. A New Visual Identity for Kia’s Electric GT Lineup The GT Wrap is far more […]
The post Kia Teases EV4 GT with Striking New GT Wrap Design appeared first on Korean Car Blog.
Cantonese Cat used his October 28 video to zero in on the Dogecoin market structure, arguing that the meme-coin is nearing the end of a multi-year accumulation phase—and that the recent washout was a feature, not a bug, of that process. While he declined to publish numeric price targets in the video, he made the case that DOGE’s setup is maturing in lockstep with broader “risk-on” signals, with a familiar lag to Ethereum that historically precedes Dogecoin’s larger moves.
On structure, he was explicit. “Just looking at Doge here, you can see how […] Doge has been forming a cup over here for close to four and a half, five years now […] it’s just been building a big giant base.” In his read, the rounded bottom is the defining pattern of this cycle for DOGE, and it remains intact despite recent volatility.
He framed the sharp drawdown two weeks ago as necessary positioning rather than a break in trend: “You just had a great deleveraging event […] I’m not going to look at a lower low and think the trend is broken […] These are very healthy deleveraging before the next move up as far as I’m concerned.” He highlighted “a big giant wick” and “a lot of demand down below,” pointing to what he sees as resilient spot support through the base.
Timing, not targets, was the centerpiece. He reiterated that Dogecoin typically follows Ethereum with a delay once ETH clears its own major resistance bands. “Whenever we get closer to the end of the rounded bottom […] that’s when Ethereum breaks out above the resistance zone and goes up a lot higher. Thus, Doge runs together with Ethereum,” he said, adding: “There is a lag. I would say the lag is probably maybe a couple months between Ethereum breaking up and Doge finally breaking above this rounded bottom here and going up.”
He made a similar observation using risk proxies, noting that DOGE moves have historically trailed small-cap-led risk cycles by several months, though he cautioned that the exact interval can vary. Via X, he added “DOGE lags behind IWM [iShares Russell 2000 ETF] all-time-high breakout by about 2 to 4 months before it takes off.”
Cantonese Cat also pushed back on the view that a sequence of lower lows automatically invalidates the DOGE setup, arguing that this occurred in prior cycles just before outsized rallies. “A lot of people look at this, ‘that’s a lower low […] the cycle is over.’ Well, it doesn’t work that way. That’s a lower low right there. Next thing you know, it just went a lot higher,” he said, tying the observation to the current “healthy deleveraging” and the persistence of the rounded-bottom structure.
If the video offered the structural blueprint, his same-day post on X clarified his stance on headline targets. “I realize that it’s stupid to call for DOGE to $2 or $4 when price is at 20 cents. If I was smart like others, I should just call for DOGE to $2 or $4 when it’s $2 or $4.” The comment is consistent with his prior price predictions.
Inside the video update, the analyst instead emphasized the sequence he expects to matter—ETH strength first, DOGE follow-through second, with the magnitude determined by how far the broader risk cycle runs once momentum rotates.
At press time, DOGE traded at $0.20.
The next Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) meeting is fast approaching, and the bets are already pouring in as to what it would mean for the Bitcoin and crypto industry. The last FOMC meeting took place in September, when the Federal Reserve ended up cutting rates down to 4-4.25% after months of no rate cuts. With this setting the tone, the expectations that another rate cut could be on the way are getting louder, with the FedWatch Tool showing a high percentage.
The next FOMC meeting is scheduled for Wednesday, October 29, 2025, and there is already a major clamor around what the Fed is planning on doing. The current market headwinds point to a favorable outcome for risk assets such as Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies, with expected rate cuts.
Currently, the CME FedWatch Tool is showing that the probability of a rate cut has risen to 98.3% as of the time of this writing. This leaves only a 1.7% chance that the Federal Reserve will actually leave rates at their current levels, and there is zero chance that there will be a rate hike.
A reduction in the rate cuts is good for businesses all around, as lower interest rates mean better loan terms and increased spending and borrowing. Thus, it will increase the participation in the markets, from consumer goods to the stock market, and then make its way into newer markets such as Bitcoin and crypto.
A rate cut by the Federal Reserve aligns with the more pro-crypto stance that the United States has been moving in since President Donald Trump was elected. Last week, the president pardoned the Founder and former CEO of the Binance crypto exchange, Changpeng Zhao, after he previously pled guilty to money laundering violations back in 2024. Zhao has since served a 4-month stint before the pardon from Trump came.
With the US embracing Bitcoin and crypto again, a rate cut will only further the ascent, allowing more investors to get into the market as liquidity frees up. The initial announcement has been known to trigger a rapid increase in the market. But as the news settles, the crypto market is expected to continue to rise in response.
However, nothing is certain until the FOMC meeting is complete and the announcement is made. For the Bitcoin and crypto market to remain bullish, inflation will also have to be reduced, as an increase could trigger more conservative stances from investors.
What to Know:
A $135 price prediction for Litecoin appears more than feasible ahead of its spot ETF, which is ready to launch on Nasdaq today with the ticker LTCC.
Litecoin has been experiencing a notable increase over the last week, following a 10.44% surge that took it from $ 90.50 on October 23 to a high of $105.25 today.
The main catalyst is the SEC’s imminent favorable decision, which would greenlight Canary Litecoin, Canary HBAR, and Bitwise Solana ETFs today.
Bloomberg analyst, Eric Balchunas, confirmed the news on X, saying: ‘Assuming there’s not some last min SEC intervention, looks like this is happening’.
The news is understandably bullish for Litecoin, as the Nasdaq listing would open the asset to investors who don’t necessarily want to buy it. Long-term, this will boost liquidity, improve Litecoin’s legitimacy, and increase adoption at retail and, hopefully, institutional level.
Projects like PEPENODE ($PEPENODE) also stand to gain thanks to its on-chain utility and meme value. PEPENODE allows early adopters to buy mining nodes and build their own virtual coin mining facility, minus the electricity costs and expensive mining equipment.The momentum is there for a $135 push, especially considering the network activity, as shown by Santiment. Litecoin’s price spiked on October 9 and crashed soon after; the window was too short for investors to capitalize on it.
There was an attempt, but it fizzled out as Litecoin was already in free fall.
If investors had capitalized on it, the momentum might have held, increasing the opportunity window and potentially triggering a consolidation phase above $130.
But we’re not in that timeline.
Fortunately, we may be looking at a strong reset, as $LTC is already showing signs of consolidation above $101 after briefly popping its head above $105.
And this time, investors are not willing to miss the opportunity window again. The 24-hour transaction volume is up 69.41%, a clear indication that momentum is building ahead of the SEC’s decision later today.
We then have the Relative Strength Index, which currently stands at 64.77 points. For reference, the bull zone begins at a price above 50.
The community is clearly hyped up, $LTC shows growing potential, and investors are ready. In this context, a breakout above $135 is more than achievable if LTCC performs well following its Nasdaq listing.
If $LTC meets the bullish expectations, another project that stands to gain significant attention is PEPENODE ($PEPENODE), with its presale already at $1.96M.PEPENODE ($PEPENODE) encourages participation in its presale with the help of its innovative mine-to-earn mechanics.
The project addresses the main problems associated with crypto presales today: the lack of participation incentives. In short, presales don’t incentivize investors to buy in early, which leads to poor presale performances, which inadvertently lowers the coin’s visibility post launch.
PEPENODE’s mine-to-earn mechanics offer an exciting alternative in the form of virtual mining facilities. The concept is straightforward: purchase mining nodes, upgrade them, build your own virtual mining facility, activate it, and watch your rewards accumulate.The earlier you buy, the stronger your nodes, the faster you mine, and the more you can earn. This translates to higher post-TGE rewards, which include actual meme coins, such as $FARTCOIN and $PEPE.
The 653% staking APY is an additional incentive for early adoption.
$PEPENODE now sits at $0.0011227 and managed to raise $1,965,327 so far, while the presale is still going. Based on the project’s utility and meme value, the token still has plenty of growth potential.
A realistic price prediction for $PEPENODE puts the coin at $0.0077 by the end of 2026; possibly even higher if the mine-to-earn mechanics catch on. This translates to an ROI of 585%, excluding the staking benefits or the meme coin rewards resulting from your coin-farming.
Read our guide on how to buy $PEPENODE and visit the presale page to secure your nodes and start building your mining rig today.
This isn’t financial advice. Always do your own research (DYOR) and invest wisely.
Authored by Aaron Walker, NewsBTC: www.newsbtc.com/news/litecoin-135-price-prediction-pepenode-soars.
The crypto market, despite experiencing throughout the year major price fluctuations, security incidents, and legal hurdles, has experienced remarkable growth.
This can be attributed to the expansion of digital asset treasuries (DATs), increased institutional adoption, and new initiatives aimed at integrating digital assets, particularly stablecoins, into traditional financial sectors.
Andreessen Horowitz (a16z) recently shared their projections for the crypto landscape for the remainder of the year and years to come, highlighting nine key trends expected to be major catalysts for the industry.
Firstly, market structure legislation in the US is expected to emerge as a critical priority for policymakers and Congress, establishing a clear regulatory framework that supports crypto developers.
The passage of the GENIUS Act in July of this year also marked a pivotal moment, garnering bipartisan support and providing builders with much-needed certainty in their endeavors.
Secondly, the adoption of stablecoins is set to accelerate as network effects take hold among financial institutions, merchants, and consumers, thereby enhancing the global standing of the US dollar.
Furthermore, major players like JPMorgan, Citi, BlackRock, and Fidelity are amplifying their crypto offerings through new product launches, partnerships, and acquisitions.
The infrastructure supporting blockchain technology is also advancing rapidly. Current networks can process over 3,400 transactions per second, marking a 100-fold increase over the past five years.
Moreover, a new wave of real-world assets (RWAs) is transitioning onto the blockchain as the worlds of crypto and traditional finance converge. The market for tokenized real-world assets has expanded to nearly $30 billion, with significant contributions from Treasuries, money market funds, and private credit.
In parallel, the crypto sector is attracting a growing pool of talent, driven by a more favorable regulatory environment and the emergence of new opportunities for developers.
The focus on revenue generation is also shifting within the token ecosystem. More tokens are implementing fee mechanisms, redirecting attention toward fundamental value. In the past year, users have paid $33 billion in fees, resulting in $18 billion for projects and $4 billion for token holders.
Innovative consumer products are also expected to drive the next wave of crypto adoption. Although approximately 716 million people now own cryptocurrency, only 40 to 70 million are considered active users.
Ultimately, 2025 is poised to lay the groundwork and establish the foundations for the years to come. It is expected to be a transformative year for the crypto industry, characterized by widespread institutional adoption, regulatory clarity, and tangible utility.
Featured image from DALL-E, chart from TradingView.com
Last updated on October 28, 2025.
This Article Was First Published on The Bit Journal.
The Altcoins ETFs is set to launch this Tuesday, marking a significant moment in crypto investing. According to the source, U.S. exchanges have posted listing notices for spot funds tied to these three tokens.
This move allows everyday investors to gain exposure to Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera without owning the coins directly, opening a new access point in regulated finance.
Exchanges such as the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) and NASDAQ Stock Market have posted official listing notices for the Altcoins ETFs suite. Specifically:
Current prices at time of writing: Solana (SOL) ~ $199.64, Litecoin (LTC) ~ $100.55, Hedera (HBAR) ~ $0.21. These values reflect the market’s anticipation of the debut of the Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETF.
The Altcoins ETFs may provide several benefits:
Beyond Bitcoin and Ethereum, these altcoin-linked ETFs widen the field. The Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETF positions altcoins in a regulated vehicle format for the first time in the U.S..
The regulatory path for the Altcoins ETFs aligns with evolving U.S. rules. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has dropped delay notices and adopted generic listing standards for spot crypto ETFs, which helped clear the way for this launch. Lower procedural hurdles contribute to the Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETF coming into view.
Still, risks remain: trading volumes are unknown, token volatility persists, and early investors will observe how the funds perform once trading begins.
With the Altcoins ETFs about to trade, key indicators include:
The Altcoins ETFs represents a bridge between traditional finance and altcoins. Investors can now access SOL, LTC, and HBAR via regulated channels rather than buying tokens directly. Provided launch conditions hold, these funds could open the door for further crypto ETF innovations.
As trading starts, the performance of the Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETF will test how far the market can move beyond Bitcoin.
It is a set of ETFs offering exposure to Solana (SOL), Litecoin (LTC), and Hedera (HBAR) via regulated U.S. exchange-traded products.
The listing notices indicate trading will start this week, as early as Tuesday.
It opens regulated access to altcoins beyond Bitcoin and Ethereum through the crypto ETF format.
Yes, the Solana component is expected to include staking features within the ETF structure.
Read More: Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETFs to Begin Trading This Week">Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETFs to Begin Trading This Week
U.S. spot Bitcoin ETFs recorded roughly 446 million dollars in net inflows for the week, reversing the prior soft patch and hinting that institutions still buy the dips. Over the same stretch, spot Ether products saw about 244 million dollars in outflows, a notable contrast that kept the market honest after a frantic first half of October.
Daily prints show how quickly sentiment can turn. After four straight sessions of redemptions, Bitcoin funds swung to a single-day net inflow near 477 million dollars as prices steadied, a flip that broke the losing streak and re-anchored flows.
The split is not just about winners and laggards. Bitcoin’s rebound suggests allocators continue to treat it as the cleanest expression of crypto beta, especially when macro is noisy and liquidity is patchy. Ether’s outflows, meanwhile, reflect a different set of questions that investors still need answered, from staking mechanics inside fund structures to the timing and scope of future product features. The weekly etf total underscores that rotation within crypto is active rather than passive right now.
Context helps. Earlier in October, a monster print north of one billion dollars flowed into Bitcoin ETFs in a single session as price tagged fresh highs, a reminder that headline inflows often cluster near emotionally charged levels. That history makes last week’s steadier, mid-range rebound feel more durable, not less.
Flows do not move in a straight line. The week’s split sits against a backdrop of macro cross-currents, including intermittent risk-off wobbles and questions about policy data timeliness. Short squeezes and funding resets can add noise. Even so, the path of least resistance remains tied to whether Bitcoin ETFs keep printing green on more days than not, especially if breadth widens beyond a handful of big issuers. Recent records around 125,000 were pinned on ETF demand, so subsequent rallies will likely need the same sponsorship.
Ether’s challenge is more nuanced. Capital wants clarity on product design and the roadmap for yield features. Until those mechanics are settled, Ether funds may trade more like satellite positions in multi-asset portfolios, making them sensitive to weekly rebalancing. That does not preclude sharp risk-on weeks. It simply means the hurdle for sticky inflows is higher.
The week delivered a clean message. Bitcoin ETFs attracted fresh capital while Ether funds leaked. The daily swing back to inflows suggests the buyer is still there, even if conviction arrives in bursts. If the next few prints confirm breadth across issuers and steadier intake, price can follow. If not, expect more chop around well-watched levels while investors wait for the next catalyst.
What exactly changed last week in ETF flows?
Bitcoin ETFs added about 446 million dollars for the week that ended 24 October, while Ether funds lost about 244 million dollars, marking a clear divergence between the two largest crypto assets.
Did one big day drive the Bitcoin number?
A single day near 21 October saw roughly 477 million dollars in net inflows, which helped flip the weekly tally back to positive after a red streak.
Are large daily inflows reliable signals for price?
Huge prints can coincide with local peaks, as seen earlier in October, so traders often look for persistence across multiple sessions rather than one-off spikes.
What are analysts saying publicly?
Nate Geraci highlighted multi-billion weekly intake for spot Bitcoin ETFs. Other analysts pointed to advisors dominating known Ether ETF holders, which can magnify tactical shifts.
Exchange-traded fund (ETF)
A regulated fund that tracks an asset and trades on stock exchanges, allowing investors to gain exposure without holding the underlying coins.
Net inflows and outflows
The difference between new money entering a fund and money leaving it over a set period. Positive net inflows imply demand, while outflows imply the opposite.
Advisor-dominated holder base
A fund ownership profile where registered investment advisors represent a large share of known holders, which can increase sensitivity to model-driven rebalancing.
Product breadth across issuers
A sign of healthier demand where multiple funds, not just one or two, attract consistent inflows, reducing reliance on a single vehicle for price support.
Read More: Weekly ETF Split: Bitcoin Pulls In Cash While Ether Bleeds">Weekly ETF Split: Bitcoin Pulls In Cash While Ether Bleeds
Google's John Mueller said case sensitivity matters and SEOs shouldn't just hope it works.
The post Google’s Advice On Canonicals: They’re Case Sensitive appeared first on Search Engine Journal.
Benjamin Hiscox was working as a maths teacher when he engaged in an inappropriate sexual relationship with the child
© Google Maps
Actor was best known for playing the bossy wife to John Cleese’s eccentric hotelier Basil Fawlty in the acclaimed BBC sitcom
© Getty Images
© Jonathan Brady/PA
© Solano et al. (2024) via Scientific Reports
One mother saw her child benefit stop after a trip lasting less than 24 hours
© Getty Images
The prison staff at HMP fell for a fake email posing from the Royal Courts of Justice
© Getty
© Copyright 2025 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.
Jamaica's prime minister implored residents to evacuate as Hurricane Melissa began lashing the island with violent gusts on Monday (October 27) as it approached landfall.
© Reuters
Bella Culley was detained on drug trafficking charges earlier this year
© AP
Increasingly warm oceans resulting from global warming are a key reason for Hurricane Melissa's wind speed doubling in less than 24 hours over the weekend, climate scientists have said.
© NOAA
© 2025 The Associated Press.
A British holidaymaker trapped in Jamaica has described how there is an "undercurrent of panic" on the island as Hurricane Melisaa is set to make landfall on Tuesday (28 October).
© Sky
© 2025 The Associated Press
© Copyright 2025 The Associated Press. All rights reserved
The Isle of Wight Festival, one of the UK’s most iconic and long-running music festivals, has been granted a renewed licence until 2033, securing its position as a key driver of tourism and cultural activity on the island. This decision marks a significant step forward in ensuring the festival’s longevity and its continued contribution to the island’s economy and tourism sector. As the festival becomes an increasingly important attraction, it continues to draw a global audience, creating opportunities for local businesses and fostering growth in the region.
The Isle of Wight Festival is more than just a musical event—it has become a major economic driver for the island. According to the Isle of Wight Council’s recent report, the festival contributes an estimated £15 million annually to the local economy. The renewal of the festival’s licence is expected to continue to generate substantial revenue, as it attracts thousands of tourists each year. Travelers from across the UK and around the world descend on the island to enjoy the vibrant atmosphere, top-tier performances, and the scenic surroundings.
The festival’s economic impact extends beyond ticket sales. Hotels, restaurants, shops, and local transportation all benefit from the influx of visitors. With its new licence in place, the Isle of Wight Festival is poised to remain a central component of the island’s tourism strategy for years to come. The decision to extend the festival’s agreement until 2033 also includes an option to extend it further until 2036, ensuring long-term planning for local businesses and tourism initiatives.
As a globally recognized event, the Isle of Wight Festival attracts a diverse range of visitors, from die-hard music fans to casual tourists seeking a unique cultural experience. The festival is not only about the music—it also celebrates the island’s natural beauty, its rich history, and its sense of community. For travelers, the Isle of Wight provides a perfect combination of entertainment and exploration. Visitors can enjoy world-class performances while taking in the stunning coastal views, charming villages, and scenic hiking trails.
The renewal of the Isle of Wight Festival’s licence also consolidates the use of key festival sites, such as the Seaclose and Newport Quay tennis courts, which have hosted festival activities for years. By bringing these locations under a single festival agreement, the council ensures that the event will be more organized, streamlined, and capable of growing in both scale and impact. The agreement allows for better management of these popular festival sites, helping to maintain the island’s environment while supporting its vibrant tourism sector.
The Isle of Wight Festival has always been mindful of its relationship with the local community. While the event has occasionally faced criticism from certain groups, the Isle of Wight Council’s report highlighted that any adverse impacts have been mitigated through careful planning and consultation. The festival’s ability to adapt and evolve in response to local concerns has been a key factor in its enduring success.
The new long-term agreement ensures that the Isle of Wight Festival will continue to evolve with the community’s needs in mind. Plans are in place to ensure that the festival continues to deliver positive outcomes for the island, with new strategies being put in place to address any potential concerns. This collaborative approach between the festival organizers, the Isle of Wight Council, and the local community will guarantee that the event remains an asset to the island for generations to come.
For international travelers looking to experience a lively and culturally rich event, the Isle of Wight Festival is the perfect destination. With its stunning location and rich history, the festival offers a truly unique atmosphere that combines music, arts, and the natural beauty of the island. The long-term extension of the festival’s licence ensures that future generations will continue to enjoy this world-class event, making the Isle of Wight an even more attractive destination for tourists from around the world.
Whether you are a music enthusiast or a traveler seeking an unforgettable cultural experience, the Isle of Wight Festival provides an opportunity to explore a beautiful part of the UK while enjoying world-class entertainment. This event, alongside the island’s picturesque landscapes and welcoming community, makes the Isle of Wight an essential stop for any traveler looking for a truly memorable experience.
The post Isle of Wight Festival Tourism Impact: All You Need To Know appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Though Belize flies under the radar for many as a travel destination, it has garnered a reputation for adventure tourism as of late. Thanks to the breathtaking wildlife, diverse culture, and stunning natural beauty of Belize, those who are passionate about nature and adventure will be equally thrilled by the snorkelling, hiking, and culture immersion that the country has to offer.
Perhaps the most thrilling aspect of Belize is the chance to experience the country’s thriving ecosystems. There is a plethora of activities that are as adventurous as they are natural, like the tropical rainforests and stunning coral reefs, the country is famous. There are a multitude of reasons that make Belize a prime destination for eco-tourism and outdoor adventure, the most alluring of which is the country’s diverse ecosystems and relatively small size.
Snorkelling and Lobster Hunting in Moho Caye
In the southern region of Belize, Moho Caye is famous for providing an experience like none other. A twenty-five-minute small boat ride from the Placencia Peninsula will land you on an island that is a dream come true to those who want to experience the real sea-to-spoon concept. Lobster hunting, as a part of the Shrimpers BBQ which is served on the island, is an experience in snorkelling in the exceptionally clear water that surrounds the island.
Under the guidance of CEB’s Akeem Williams and other local experts, travelers deeply immerse themselves in Belize’s marine life and the culture of the indigenous Garifuna.
The Garifuna, who have a strong attachment with the ocean and a rich heritage of storytelling, recount tales of the life-giving reefs that surround them. These tours provide opportunities to culturally engage while diving, lobster hunting, and partaking in a delicious meal of freshly caught seafood.
Placencia: A Relaxed Coastal Destination
Most travellers, prior to reaching Moho Caye, pass through Placencia Peninsula, a chilled coastal town in the south of Belize. This coastal town, with its vibrant dips and dunes of sand and serenity, is famous for its beaches and slow rhythm of life. Placencia has been called the starting point of adventure tourism in this region. A Tropic Air flight from Belize City takes a quick 20 minutes, while by road, it takes 5 hours winding through forest and citrus.
The mesmerising nature of Placencia is due to its serene beaches and welcoming inhabitants, as well as the proximity of the Belize Barrier Reef, the Silk Cayes, and the Monkey River. Placencia is ideal for travelers who wish to unwind amidst a natural environment and serves as a base for numerous Belize excursions. Placencia has a range of lodgings from beachfront resorts to eco-lodges. Placencia has a relatively untrammelled wilderness so is ideal for tourists interested in relaxation and adventure.
Sustainable Travel and Adventure Tourism
Belize has emerged in recent years as a leader in sustainable travel and eco-tourism. This is due to the efforts of the country to conserve its diverse ecosystems, like the barrier reef and the diverse ecosystems of the surrounding land and sea. Active eco tourism has facilitated the development of responsible tourism in Belize is known for today. Tourists can partake in numerous activities like wildlife tours, and reef conservation, which all help to enhance the conservation of the country.
Adventure travelers can explore another delightful attraction, that of snorkeling and diving Belize’s Barrier Reef and its vibrant underwater world of colorful corals, diverse marine life, and underwater caves. It is a UNESCO World Heritage Site, which speaks volumes of its value. Suffice to say, it is well preserved, as evidenced by the efforts of the tour operators, conservation organisations, and the local communities.
As is the case with the reef, Belize’s focus on sustainability is evident in its hospitality industry, with various hotels and resorts adopting energy-efficient eco-friendly policies. These include waste reduction and positive support for local communities. Visitors to Belize are encouraged to practice responsible tourism by patronising hotels and partaking in activities that do not conflict with environmental and social sustainability practices.
Cultural Experiences with the Garifuna People
Belize is not all about nature. The Afro-Indigenous Garifuna people, and the descendants of the local communities that thrived in the nation centuries ago, offer a wealth of rich culture. All of which features dazzling and rich history, along with captivating music, splendid dance, and tasty cuisine. All of which makes up a vital part of Belize’s identity.
Garifuna culture is illustrated during workshops like drum, recipe, and dance, and in deep immersion on cultural study tours, which detail the history and customs of the people. Instructing on the stories of the grandparents is usually the dance and drum guides. Captivating narratives are told about the essence of the people’s cuisine, and the integral part the Garifuna’s ethnicity plays in the history of the cultural mosaic of people of Belize.
Garifuna culture is illustrated during workshops like drum, recipe, and dance, and in deep immersion on cultural study tours which detail the history and people. Instructing on the stories of the grandparents is usually the dance and drum guides. Captivating narratives are told about the essence of the people’s cuisine, and the integral part the Garifuna’s ethnicity plays in the history of the cultural mosaic of Belize.
Outdoor Activities Besides the Beach
Those in quest of new activities which diverge from the ocean will be excited by the choices Belize offers. Inland, the country extends inviting lush jungle, hidden caves, and spectacular waterfalls. Trekking in the Cockscomb Basin Wildlife Sanctuary, soaring above the tree tops on a zip line strung across the rainforest, and tubing in the caves over ancient underground rivers are but a few of the myriad exciting choices for adventurers.
Chiquibul Forest and Mountain Pine Ridge contain Belize’s many national parks and wildlife reserves. Here, visitors may appreciate the local animals, as well as birds and other indigenous wildlife, while immersing themselves in the wilderness.
Access and Travel Suggestions
Goldson International Airport at Belize City is the main international gateway connecting the country to the rest of the world. Visitors may arrange domestic flights to popular destinations such as Placencia and other Belizean hot spots. For those who prefer to explore on their own, Belize offers public transportation, shuttle services, and rental cars.
Belize Is Waiting With An Exciting Adventure
With the second-largest barrier reef in the world, Belize certainly offers her visitors numerous opportunities for adventure tourism, and for all not limited to, adventurers, admirers of the wild, and those who appreciate rich traditions alike. Most emphasize on the fact that Belize is very very head-on on sustainable preservation and protection of the rich tourism resources of Central America.
The post Embark on an Adventure in Belize: Nature, History, and Culture Come Together appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Shinsegae Duty Free has partnered with luxury brand CHANEL to unveil a stunning holiday-themed pop-up experience at Incheon International Airport Terminal 2, marking an early start to the 2025 holiday season in South Korea. The CHANEL WINTER CONSTELLATION installation is set to run until December 5, 2025, and occupies 145.5 square meters—the largest CHANEL holiday podium in the Asia-Pacific airport duty-free sector. This exclusive event, which is the first of its kind to debut in Korea, invites travelers to experience the magic of the festive season through CHANEL’s iconic fragrance and beauty collections, with a focus on interactive and immersive experiences.
The CHANEL WINTER CONSTELLATION podium transports visitors into a magical winter garden and starlit observatory, where they can explore CHANEL’s complete lineup of fragrances, makeup, and skincare. The event offers a unique opportunity to connect with CHANEL’s heritage and seasonal products in a way that is both artistic and sensorial. This collaboration underscores Shinsegae Duty Free’s commitment to providing travelers with elevated, memorable shopping experiences while also celebrating the festive spirit.
The installation features a telescope-themed installation, bringing to life CHANEL fragrances through a sensory and artistic lens. Visitors can also enjoy interactive skincare consultations, makeup touch-up zones, and an AR-powered photo zone that allows them to capture vivid photos against the backdrop of CHANEL’s star-shaped constellations. Limited-edition items such as N°5 refills, Les Exclusifs de CHANEL perfumes, and other premium fragrances are available exclusively at this podium, making it a must-visit for luxury shoppers and beauty enthusiasts alike.
Incheon International Airport, a gateway to South Korea, continues to cement its reputation as a premier shopping destination for travelers from all over the world. This CHANEL WINTER CONSTELLATION installation brings a new level of luxury and holiday magic to the airport, providing a unique opportunity for travelers to shop for exclusive items and experience the festive ambiance of the season.
The podium is more than just a pop-up display—it’s a multi-sensory journey that invites visitors to interact with CHANEL’s world in an immersive, engaging manner. Whether you are a fan of CHANEL fragrances or simply looking for a unique holiday experience, this installation is sure to captivate all who visit.
One of the standout features of this collaboration is the availability of exclusive holiday products and premium perfumes, which can only be purchased at Incheon Airport Duty Free. These limited-edition items include:
These products are a testament to CHANEL’s commitment to delivering high-quality, exclusive offerings for discerning travelers during the holiday season.
This exclusive holiday podium is the result of the ongoing partnership between Shinsegae Duty Free and CHANEL, two leaders in luxury retail. By leveraging CHANEL’s expertise in beauty and fragrance and Shinsegae Duty Free’s global presence, the collaboration brings the best of luxury retail to Incheon Airport, enhancing the shopping experience for travelers from around the world.
Shinsegae Duty Free continues to create innovative, interactive retail experiences, making it a leader in the airport shopping sector. As Asia Pacific’s largest duty-free podium, it regularly collaborates with global luxury brands to create memorable shopping moments for travelers. This holiday partnership is a natural extension of that vision, offering an exclusive, high-end shopping experience that can’t be found elsewhere.
The CHANEL WINTER CONSTELLATION holiday podium at Incheon International Airport is an extraordinary example of how luxury brands and duty-free retailers are evolving the shopping experience for global travelers. This collaboration brings together CHANEL’s iconic beauty collections, an exclusive selection of limited-edition products, and a festive, immersive environment that will make every visit a special one. Whether you’re looking to purchase a gift for a loved one or simply want to indulge in the festive holiday spirit, this pop-up is a must-visit for anyone passing through Incheon Airport during the holiday season.
For those unable to visit in person, the virtual experience provided by Shinsegae Duty Free offers a taste of the magic, bringing the holiday ambiance of CHANEL’s world straight to your screen.
The post Shinsegae Duty Free and CHANEL Launch Magical “Winter Constellation” Holiday Podium at Incheon Airport for 2025 Festivities appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Nestled in the serene Alta Garrotxa region of Catalonia, Spain, Off Grid Retreat is an eco-conscious haven set against the backdrop of stunning pre-Pyrenean landscapes. Located within a restored 17th-century farmhouse, this retreat offers a blend of wellness, adventure, and sustainability. Focused on providing a mindful living experience, it invites guests to reconnect with nature, offering a variety of activities such as yoga, hiking, and cycling. This tourism initiative not only appeals to wellness seekers but also highlights the growing trend of eco-tourism in Catalonia, contributing to both the local economy and the preservation of the region’s natural beauty.
Catalonia has long been known for its vibrant culture, beautiful landscapes, and rich heritage. However, in recent years, it has also gained recognition as a hub for eco-tourism. Eco-tourism focuses on promoting sustainability and preserving natural environments while offering travelers enriching experiences. Off Grid Retreat, located in Alta Garrotxa, exemplifies this shift towards sustainable tourism. Situated in the heart of a protected natural reserve, the retreat offers a rare opportunity for tourists to experience both luxury and environmental consciousness.
Alta Garrotxa, a region nestled in the pre-Pyrenees, is renowned for its rugged, untouched landscapes and diverse wildlife. The area is protected as a natural park and is home to ancient forests, volcanic craters, and limestone crags. Alta Garrotxa’s natural beauty provides an ideal setting for eco-retreats like Off Grid. The retreat takes full advantage of the region’s natural offerings, allowing guests to immerse themselves in its tranquility. With the region’s growing reputation for eco-tourism, destinations like Off Grid contribute significantly to sustainable travel in Spain.
Off Grid Retreat is more than just a luxury getaway; it’s a sanctuary for eco-conscious travelers seeking a deeper connection to nature. The retreat is set within a 17th-century farmhouse, called a masia, which has been meticulously restored to maintain its rustic charm while incorporating modern sustainable practices. The accommodation consists of ten rooms, along with a four-bedroom barn that caters to larger groups or families. This architectural fusion of old and new invites guests to unwind in a serene environment that balances history and innovation.
Sustainability is at the core of Off Grid’s ethos. The retreat practices organic farming, growing much of its own food, and sourcing products locally. This reduces its carbon footprint and supports the local economy. Guests can enjoy organic meals made with fresh ingredients sourced from nearby farms. In addition to organic produce, the retreat’s sustainable practices include the use of locally crafted linens and toiletries from eco-conscious brands.
Off-Grid is also working to minimize its environmental impact further by incorporating renewable energy sources. Plans for installing solar panels and an alfresco sauna are underway to increase the retreat’s energy efficiency. Such initiatives align with the global demand for more sustainable and responsible tourism, attracting travelers who want to contribute to environmental conservation while enjoying their stay.
One of the key aspects of Off Grid is its emphasis on wellness and outdoor activities, allowing guests to experience the natural beauty of Alta Garrotxa holistically. The retreat offers a range of activities designed to promote both physical and mental well-being.
Yoga is an integral part of the Off-Grid experience. While currently available on demand, regular yoga classes will be offered twice a week beginning in the new year. These sessions are tailored to all skill levels and are designed to help guests reconnect with their bodies and minds. Yoga at Off Grid is not just a physical activity but a way to embrace mindfulness, encouraging visitors to slow down, relax, and engage with the natural surroundings.
For those seeking adventure, Off Grid offers electric bike (ebike) rentals, allowing guests to explore the nearby landscapes in a fun and eco-friendly way. Cycling through Alta Garrotxa’s winding routes offers a unique opportunity to experience the region’s volcanic landscapes, forests, and quaint villages. The ebikes make the terrain more accessible, ensuring that all guests, regardless of their fitness levels, can enjoy the ride and explore the area’s natural beauty.
Hiking is another popular activity at Off Grid. Guests can embark on guided hikes through the Parc Natural de la Zona Volcànica, a stunning natural park famous for its volcanic formations and diverse ecosystems. These hikes are designed to immerse guests in the raw beauty of the region, offering breathtaking views of the surrounding mountains and valleys. Whether hiking through beech forests or across volcanic craters, these treks provide a deep connection to the environment, fostering a sense of peace and rejuvenation.
One of the unique features of Off Grid is its communal dining experience. Meals are prepared with ingredients sourced locally and feature dishes such as oxtail pie, tomato salad with local cheese, and orange-zest cheesecake. Dining is shared at a large farmhouse table, where guests can enjoy the food and bond over shared experiences. This communal aspect of the retreat fosters a sense of community and connection, encouraging guests to slow down and savor each moment.
Off Grid’s meals are designed to be a celebration of local Catalan cuisine, with a focus on organic and sustainable ingredients. The menu changes daily, based on what is fresh and available from the local market. Guests can also enjoy an honesty bar, which provides a selection of local wines and spirits, enhancing the laid-back and welcoming atmosphere.
Off-Grid Retreat represents the growing trend of eco-tourism in Catalonia and across Spain. By combining sustainable practices with luxury and wellness, the retreat appeals to a new generation of travelers who are increasingly prioritizing environmental impact in their travel decisions. The retreat’s focus on local food, renewable energy, and eco-friendly activities makes it a standout example of responsible tourism in Spain.
This eco-retreat also contributes to the local economy, providing employment opportunities and boosting the tourism industry in Alta Garrotxa. Eco-tourism is becoming a vital part of the region’s economy, as it attracts travelers who value sustainability and are willing to invest in authentic, mindful experiences. As more travelers seek eco-conscious travel options, Off Grid Retreat is well-positioned to play a significant role in shaping the future of tourism in Catalonia.
The post Off Grid Retreat in Alta Garrotxa, Catalonia: A Sustainable Eco-Retreat Blending Wellness, Adventure, and Nature appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
In the wider context of England’s and the United Kingdom’s transport network, the vital air link between Cornwall and London has been thrown into turmoil. The route operated by Eastern Airways between Cornwall Airport Newquay in Cornwall and London Gatwick Airport in Greater London is now suspended after the airline filed a notice to appoint administrators. Council officials in the region emphasise that the public service obligation (PSO) connection is essential for local residents, businesses and tourism, and a replacement carrier is being pursued at pace. Passengers are already facing disruption and uncertainty as the search for a new operator begins.
Eastern Airways’ financial difficulties culminated in a formal notice to appoint administrators being filed at the Insolvency and Companies Court.
Following that filing, the Civil Aviation Authority (CAA) confirmed that all flights by Eastern Airways have been cancelled, including the Cornwall–London Gatwick connection.
The specific route from Newquay to London Gatwick — designated under a PSO (public service obligation) contract — is now facing a period of disruption as replacement plans are formulated.
Local authorities acknowledge that there may be weeks of disruption for travellers who had booked on the route, while an interim or permanent solution is found.
The link between Cornwall and London serves not only residents travelling to and from the capital, but plays a strategic role in tourism, business connectivity and regional economic growth. Local officials describe the route as essential for Cornwall’s accessibility.
Because Cornwall lies at the far southwestern tip of England, the air link cuts through geographical remoteness and helps connect the region to the UK’s major transport hub in London. Loss of this route could risk making Cornwall feel more isolated at a time when promoting its tourism industry is vital.
For visitors, the convenience of flying into Cornwall rather than undertaking longer rail or road journeys supports the region’s tourism value. For business and investment, ready access to the capital helps anchor Cornwall’s growth ambitions.
Cornwall Council has confirmed that its contract for the route was already nearing its expiration, and steps to find a new operator have been initiated.
Officials say an interim solution may be announced soon, potentially within a week, though the service will not resume immediately. During this transition period, alternative travel arrangements will need to be made.
A full procurement process is expected to follow for the longer-term PSO contract, giving businesses and tourism stakeholders a voice in shaping the service that replaces the former operator.
Replacing a carrier on a PSO route poses distinct challenges. The incoming airline must find the route commercially viable, meet required flight frequencies and standards, and commit to serving the region reliably.
Because Cornwall’s geography and lower passenger volumes compared with major hubs may make the route less attractive commercially, subsidy-based PSO support is essential to ensure connectivity.
Additionally, entering service against a backdrop of airline cost inflation, fuel price pressures and regional aviation fragility further complicates matters.
For Cornwall’s tourism sector, the interruption presents both a risk and an opportunity. On one hand, fewer flight connections to London could deter some visits — especially from time-sensitive business travellers or short-stay leisure guests. On the other hand, a well chosen replacement carrier with good service levels could boost confidence, improve connectivity and enhance Cornwall’s appeal further.
Given Cornwall’s rich tourism assets — its coastal scenery, cultural heritage and visitor economy — maintaining strong transport links is imperative. Ensuring that the future operator delivers consistent schedules, competitive fares and high service standards will therefore be vital for the region’s tourism resilience.
In summary, as England and the broader UK aviation landscape witness the collapse of Eastern Airways and the suspension of the Cornwall–London Gatwick route, Cornwall’s connectivity to the capital is now in a delicate phase. With tourism, business and regional growth depending on the route, local authorities have moved into action to secure a replacement carrier under the PSO framework. While interruption is imminent, the outcome presents a chance to reset and rebuild the link in a way that supports Cornwall’s travel and tourism future.
The post UK and England Air Connectivity at Risk as Vital Cornwall–London Route Awaits New Operator appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Southeast Asia has increasingly become one of the top choices for couples who dream of having their weddings in picturesque settings. As the wedding season in India approaches, many couples are starting to move away from traditional wedding venues like palaces and banquet halls. Instead, they are seeking more affordable, yet equally beautiful venues, such as beaches, lush tropical gardens, and secluded islands. These stunning natural locations provide couples with the perfect opportunity to have a dream wedding without the sky-high costs associated with weddings in Europe. Southeast Asia, with its unique blend of natural beauty and affordability, has positioned itself as a favored alternative to the traditionally more expensive wedding destinations in Europe. The rise in couples choosing Southeast Asia as their wedding destination is a clear sign that the region is becoming an increasingly popular wedding hub.
Southeast Asia’s Growing Appeal for Weddings
Over time, Southeast Asia has emerged as one of the top choices for couples seeking to hold their weddings in destination locations. The region offers a perfect balance of breathtaking scenery and cost-effective options, making it an attractive alternative to the pricey wedding venues found in Europe. Recent studies analyzing 3,000 wedding venues and 5,000 luxury hotels across ten countries in Southeast Asia have revealed that the region provides couples with a wealth of choices. These options range from gorgeous natural settings to budget-friendly wedding packages, which has helped Southeast Asia earn a reputation for offering affordable luxury. This shift in wedding trends reflects how couples can now access luxurious wedding experiences without the hefty price tag that often comes with similar venues in Europe. Southeast Asia’s mix of beauty and affordability has positioned the region as a leading wedding destination for couples looking for the perfect venue at a much lower price point.
This growing trend of opting for Southeast Asia for destination weddings underscores a shift in perceptions about what constitutes a luxurious wedding. Couples no longer have to choose between affordability and beauty; the region allows them to enjoy both, making Southeast Asia an increasingly popular option for weddings.
Affordable Wedding Venues Across Southeast Asia
A major draw of Southeast Asia as a wedding destination is its ability to offer a wide variety of venues at prices that are far more affordable than those in Europe. Whether couples are seeking a luxury resort, a heritage site, or a charming beachside location, Southeast Asia has an abundance of options that suit various tastes and budgets. Let’s take a look at some of the most popular and affordable wedding destinations in the region:
Affordable Luxury and Dining in Southeast Asia
One of the standout features of holding a wedding in Southeast Asia is the opportunity to experience luxury at a more affordable price. Not only are wedding venues and accommodations cheaper, but dining in Southeast Asia is also extremely cost-effective. Couples can enjoy high-quality meals at a fraction of the price they would pay in Europe.
The affordability of dining in Southeast Asia does not mean couples need to compromise on the quality of the meals. The region offers an extensive range of local specialties and international cuisines, allowing couples to indulge in a luxurious culinary experience at a reasonable price. This ensures that the wedding remains as memorable as it is cost-effective.
The Global Impact of Southeast Asia’s Rise as a Wedding Hub
The growing popularity of Southeast Asia as a wedding destination is starting to have a significant impact on the global wedding industry. As more couples look for affordable luxury, the region’s exceptional venues and budget-friendly wedding packages are setting a new standard for destination weddings worldwide. As Southeast Asia’s influence continues to expand, other international wedding destinations may need to rethink their pricing and packages in order to remain competitive.
The growing demand for weddings in Southeast Asia is reshaping how couples approach their destination weddings. Now, couples are searching for luxurious wedding venues at a fraction of the cost they would typically pay in Europe. This shift in wedding trends is likely to influence how wedding markets around the world evolve in the coming years.
Top Affordable Wedding Destinations in Southeast Asia
Several countries in Southeast Asia have become popular for offering stunning yet affordable wedding venues. These countries stand out as ideal choices for couples who wish to combine luxury and affordability in their wedding destination:
These countries are now leading the way in providing affordable yet beautiful wedding destinations, offering something for every couple.
Why Southeast Asia is the Ideal Wedding Destination
In conclusion, Southeast Asia has established itself as the go-to destination for couples seeking a beautiful, affordable, and memorable wedding experience. The region offers a wide array of stunning venues, exceptional service, and reasonable prices, making it the perfect place for couples who want to have a dream wedding without the hefty price tag associated with traditional European venues. As the demand for destination weddings in Southeast Asia grows, the region is set to become one of the world’s top wedding destinations. Southeast Asia offers an ideal mix of luxury, beauty, and affordability, making it the perfect place for couples to experience their dream wedding. With the increasing popularity of the region as a wedding hub, Southeast Asia’s influence on the global wedding industry will continue to expand.
The post Bali, Langkawi, Boracay, and Palawan, These Southeast Asian Wedding Hotspots Are Transforming the Travel Scene with Affordable Luxury. What’s Your Next Dream Destination? appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
In an exciting development for South Korea’s tourism industry, Agoda, one of the world’s leading digital travel platforms, has officially partnered with Busan City to promote tourism and elevate the city’s international appeal. The two-year memorandum of understanding (MOU), signed on October 28, 2025, marks a groundbreaking collaboration between the global travel platform and a local government in South Korea. Agoda’s partnership with Busan will leverage the platform’s advanced media solutions and its global reach to position Busan as an even more attractive destination for travelers worldwide.
Busan, South Korea’s second-largest city, is already a popular tourist hotspot, known for its beautiful beaches, unique cultural landmarks, and vibrant festivals. With this new strategic partnership, Agoda and Busan City plan to enhance the city’s tourism offerings by promoting its distinctive attractions and diverse experiences. From the world-famous beaches of Haeundae and Gwangalli to cultural treasures like Jagalchi Market and Gamcheon Culture Village, Busan has a wealth of experiences waiting to be discovered by international travelers.
The partnership will focus on promoting Busan’s tourism assets through digital campaigns, online content, and events. It will also aim to increase international visibility and attract tourists not only from Asia but also from other parts of the world. With Agoda’s expertise in global travel and its robust marketing capabilities, this collaboration promises to create significant growth in tourism and contribute to the city’s economic and cultural development.
Busan, often considered the gateway to South Korea’s maritime culture, has long attracted travelers seeking both natural beauty and modern experiences. The city’s vibrant beaches, cultural landmarks, and festivals make it a year-round destination for tourists. Some of the most popular attractions include:
In addition to its natural beauty and cultural attractions, Busan is rapidly becoming a food lover’s paradise, featuring local favorites such as fish cakes, pork soup, and mil-myeon, alongside a burgeoning Michelin Guide selection. These culinary experiences offer visitors a deeper connection to the local culture and cuisine, further positioning Busan as a must-visit global destination.
Through this collaboration, Agoda’s media solutions will play a key role in promoting Busan’s tourism to the global market. By leveraging Agoda’s digital tools and insights, Busan City will be able to reach targeted audiences through effective marketing campaigns. These initiatives will feature engaging content, special offers, and travel tips that will help potential travelers discover and explore Busan more easily.
With its expertise in digital marketing and a global network of travelers, Agoda aims to position Busan as not just a popular domestic destination but as an international travel hotspot. This partnership is expected to bring increased global traffic, higher booking rates, and more tourism-related activities to the city, helping to boost its international profile.
This partnership between Agoda and Busan City represents a forward-thinking approach to tourism growth. With Agoda’s vast international network and Busan’s unique cultural offerings, the collaboration is poised to create synergistic growth for the city’s tourism industry. The MOU is a clear indication of the growing importance of digital travel platforms in shaping the future of global tourism, and the Agoda-Busan partnership will likely serve as a model for similar initiatives in other cities worldwide.
As more international travelers seek meaningful travel experiences, Busan stands out as an ideal destination to offer a blend of natural beauty, cultural richness, and vibrant local life. This strategic partnership will help the city tap into new and emerging markets, creating a more accessible and attractive destination for tourists globally.
In conclusion, the strategic partnership between Agoda and Busan City marks a major step forward in positioning Busan as a global tourism destination. By leveraging Agoda’s advanced marketing insights and the city’s unique attractions, this partnership aims to increase international awareness, enhance the tourism experience, and contribute to the city’s long-term growth in the competitive global tourism market.
Through effective use of digital marketing and collaboration with local businesses, Busan will be able to offer visitors an enriched and seamless travel experience, all while supporting its growing reputation as an exciting destination for global travelers.
The post Agoda and Busan City Sign Landmark MOU to Drive Tourism Growth, Positioning Busan as a Leading International Destination appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
A truly magnificent occasion has been confirmed for enthusiasts of video game music, as the sixth edition of the Game Music Festival 2026 has been formally announced by the Game Music Foundation. This landmark event is scheduled to take place throughout the entire month of June 2026, transforming London, UK, into the epicenter of orchestral and contemporary tributes to the artistry of gaming soundscapes. This forthcoming festival is being structured as a one-month-long extravaganza, an unprecedented scale of celebration that will be witnessed across two of the capital’s most distinguished artistic spaces: the Southbank Centre’s Royal Festival Hall and Fairfield Halls. This dedication to the profound impact and artistic merit of video game soundtracks ensures that the music itself is elevated to a level of prestige usually reserved for classical masters. Great care has been taken in the curation of the programming, ensuring that the diverse array of musical achievements within the gaming sphere is properly represented and honored.
The Game Music Festival has consistently positioned itself as the premier event globally that is entirely dedicated to the appreciation of video game soundtracks and audio design. Since its inception, the festival has been hosted in the most prestigious venues across London and Wroclaw, regularly featuring world-class performers on its stages. This sixth edition is designed to uphold and advance that reputation, showcasing the profound cultural impact that video game music has achieved. The event is characterized by its immersive approach, where the musical scores are permitted to speak for themselves, unburdened by the usual distractions of screen visuals. This approach is rooted in the philosophy of the Game Music Foundation, an independent group driven by a passion for the music of video games, whose international mission is the promotion of this art form.
The Game Music Festival 2026 is destined to commence with a formidable opening performance, titled The Infernal Symphony. This highly anticipated concert has been scheduled for Saturday, 6th June 2026, and will take place in the magnificent setting of the Royal Festival Hall. The focus of this dark and powerful musical event will be the three decades of soundtracks that have defined the Diablo franchise, a genre-defining series of action role-playing games. Attendees are being invited to take a musical pilgrimage, wherein the iconic soundscapes of the Burning Hells and High Heavens are explored through a monumental sonic opus. The arrangement of the music from the Diablo games into this massive work has been skillfully handled by Ignacy Wojciechowski.
The middle portion of the Game Music Festival 2026 will be dedicated to two distinct yet equally significant events, both scheduled to take place at the Fairfield Halls. The first, titled The Colors of Harmony: Hitoshi Sakimoto 40th Anniversary Celebration, is slated for 13th June. This event is being established as a dedicated tribute to the four-decade career of the highly influential composer Hitoshi Sakimoto, whose work has spanned multiple classic titles and genres. The details regarding the exact programme and performers for this event are soon to be announced, but the mere recognition of such a distinguished figure in the realm of game music has already generated significant excitement among the community. The sheer volume and quality of work produced by Sakimoto over his career necessitate a major event of this scale to properly commemorate his contributions.
The Game Music Festival 2026 will be brought to a powerful conclusion with a unique double-header of concerts scheduled for a single day, Saturday, 27th June 2026, both of which will be hosted at the Royal Festival Hall. The afternoon will feature the symphonic concert Ballads of the Underworld, which is dedicated to the critically acclaimed soundtracks of Supergiant Games’ immensely successful titles, Hades and its eagerly awaited sequel, Hades II. This musical journey is being planned to place a special spotlight on the vocal masterpieces that have become synonymous with these games: the soulful laments, hymns, and alluring siren songs that have served as the emotional backdrop for the perilous expeditions of Zagreus and Melinoë through the Underworld.
It is understood that every Game Music Festival is structured to be comprised of more than just its core concert series; it also features a comprehensive range of educational events. Throughout the month of June 2026, the GMF educational programme will be implemented, hosting various events such as masterclass workshops, detailed panel discussions, and numerous specialized educational sessions. This side of the festival is designed to be an invaluable resource, allowing participants to meet with established industry professionals and acquire essential tips and tricks directly from the field of contemporary game music production. For anyone considering a career in composing or designing sound for video games, attendance at these supplementary events is deemed highly beneficial. Further, detailed information concerning the specific schedule and participants of the educational programme will be unveiled at a later stage, meaning interested parties should continue to monitor official channels for these updates.
The post Game Music Festival Details Unveiled, Drawing Global Enthusiasts To London For A Month Of Iconic Diablo, Hades And Persona Concert Tributes appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Situated on an islet in the Tagus River, Almourol Castle is one of the most beautiful and historically important landmarks in Portugal. The castle is located in the center of Portugal, between Entroncamento and Abrantes, and is an impressive fortress, rising 18 meters above the water. Its strategic location and spectacular views have captured the imagination of many, and it continues to be one of the most popular sites in the country.
Almourol Castle is a medieval castle which was built by the Knights Templar. It is famous for its Templar history as well as its deep connections to the Roman Empire. Almourol Castle is only accessible by boat which adds to its charm as a point of interest. The spectacular combination of history, architecture, and natural beauty makes it an ideal site to visit.
A Journey to Almourol Castle: Boat Trips and Panoramic Views
The Almourol Castle is situated on an islet and hence, its visitors need to do a boat trip on the Tagus River before accessing the centre of the castle from the island. The Tagus offers an adjunct to the boating adventure by providing amazing scenery of the river, the banks, and the castle. At four euros and a little portion of, time tourists get priceless, scenic pleasure boat rides to islands with castles.
The castle is a monument to history and the ride on the boat that pays a river protects him from a distance offers an additional opportunity to relish its glory. For all day, the boat trip an experience that trumps all sense of endless admiration. What makes the castle so beautiful is its isolation and the position, plus the surrounding nature with the river makes the importance of the island cove. The place invokes tenderness.
The Historical Importance of Almourol Castle
The Knights Templar have helped shaped Portuguese history and, importantly, Almourol Castle is something of a monument to that association. It was built as a medieval defensive outpost during the ruthless reconquest of the Iberian peninsular from the Moors. The Templars kept and defended the castle as part of their critical efforts of region and frontier Christianity expansion.
Almourol Castle is also notable for the fact that it, and its history, traces even further back to the Roman Empire. The island was deeply and heavily settled. Roman usage of the island included something as elaborate as fortifications, and complicated as portage of vessels of trade, enriching the area Almourol Castle is located within. With both Roman, and Templar influences, Almourol Castle affords enthusiasts of history to fascinate themselves with the complex, and layered, history of Almourol and Portugal.
The castle was a vital defensive point during the middle ages. Its strategic position on the Tagus made it defensive territory by river, and its sheer, castle walls offered the, to fortress them and defend their high vantages.
Architectural Design and Legacy of the Templar Order
Almourol Castle embodies its medieval roots through its architecture, most notably the embodiment of medieval architecture in the the solid stone walls, lofty towers, and the fortification of the castle which has stood the test of time. The fortification of the castle is interesting in itself, but the castle walls with thin window slits and battlements offer insight into the skills of architecture and construction of the Templars that built the castle.
The single most important feature of the castle is the central defensive keep. The central keep served dually as a defensive stronghold and as a dwelling of the knights which occupied the seignory. The central keep is encased within a set of walls, a gate, and protective towers which offer the idea that the walls and keep do not serve as a final line of defense. In modern times, remnants of a medieval military castle present a faint idea of the strategy deployed in the construction of the castle.
Countless reminders of the Templar Order’s architecture and symbols of the knights are present within the castle, attesting to the the mark the Templars left on the castle. People are able to wander the grounds, discover the Templar’s impact on the history of the castle and visualize the life of the knights and their dominion.
Tourism and Accessibility to Almourol Castle
Both Entroncamento and Abrantes town centers enable easy access to Almourol Castle thanks to their multiple and varied transport systems. Castle-bound ferries dock at both riverside camps which are roughly equidistant from the town. By far the most rewarding part of the castle visit is the inclusive sightseeing walk which reveals the breathtaking beauty of the Takus’ tributaries.
Because the castle is on an island and has basic service facilities, visitors are encouraged to come equipped with sufficient water and sturdy shoes for their short walk on the island. Losing out on such episodes of history combined with stunning island surroundings, should be avoided whenever central Portugal is on your travel itinerary.
A Site of Cultural and Natural Beauty
To visitors’ great pleasure, Almourol Castle is fully surrounded by rich nature, adding to its history. Visitors are welcomed by lush and dense greenery, adding to the serenity provided by the Tagus, which gracefully embraces the castle and its surroundings.
Almourol’s Castle visitors are welcome to several neighboring historical and natural parks within the region. The castle is situated within the core of some of Portugal’s most treasured natural geographies which allows visitors to hike, watch birds or otherwise marvel at the Portugal countryside.
Conclusion: One of the most fascinating historical experiences to have in Portugal
Almourol Castle is a fascinating and overwhelming site for visitors keen to engage and appreciate Portugal’s medieval history and rich heritage. Almourol is usually reached through Tagus River which heighens the surreal anomolous character the castle portrays in comparison to the surroundings. The historical importance and the architectural stature of Almourol turns it to the most captivating of the lot to eastern Portugal. Almourol Castle never disappoints visitors and leaves a lasting tendancy, especially to those keen on the Templar legacy, the Roman history, and captivating sights.
The post Visit Almourol Castle: Portugal’s Stunning Templar Fortress on the Tagus River appeared first on Travel And Tour World.
Avalanche price holds above the $20 mark amid news that Nasdaq-listed company AgriFORCE Growing Systems has secured shareholder support for a bold pivot into the Avalanche ecosystem.
The AVAX token, which has bounced off lows of $18 in the past week, shows notable resilience amid broader market optimism around a potential altcoin explosion.
Nasdaq-listed AgriFORCE, a company traditionally rooted in sustainable agriculture technologies, is eyeing an aggressive pivot into the crypto treasury strategy ecosystem.
Specifically, the company wants to become the first publicly traded entity on Nasdaq dedicated exclusively to the Avalanche blockchain network. AVAX One is the new company.
On October 27, AgriFORCE revealed it had secured special shareholder approval for the initiative .
A $300 million capital infusion and a further $250 million offering are set to fund an aggressive AVAX treasury strategy.
In the process of acquiring and holding AVAX tokens, AgriFORCE is poised to commit up to $700 million in exposure through direct purchases, staking, and ecosystem participation.
Matt Zhang, founder of Hivemind and nominated chairman of the AgriFORCE board, commented:
“With this mandate from shareholders, we can now proceed to close the transaction and begin the focused work of accumulating AVAX strategically and creating the Berkshire Hathaway of the on-chain financial economy.”
Amid the corporate enthusiasm, the Avalanche native token shows resilience.
While the price of AVAX fell from highs of $21 this week, bulls managed to recover from lows of $18. Maintaining stability above the critical $20 psychological level signals a potential bullish momentum that will align with the broader cryptocurrency market.
If bulls break above $30, the altcoin could target prices above $40. As well as tokenization, catalysts such as institutional inflows and narrative shifts around spot exchange-traded funds are critical.
AgriFORCE’s corporate strategy and market performance also point to what investors may want to look out for in the coming weeks. In its announcement, the company said it will put its plans into action in the coming days.
“The completion of this transaction will position the Company as the first Nasdaq-listed entity with a primary mission centered on the Avalanche ecosystem. The transaction is expected to close on or about October 30, 2025,” it wrote.
AVAX price reached its all-time high of $146 in November 2021.
The current price is well off this peak.
However, bulls have managed to bounce by an impressive 630% since the Avalanche price fell to its all-time low of $2.79 in 2020.
The post Nasdaq-listed AgriFORCE eyes $700M Avalanche treasury bet; AVAX price outlook appeared first on CoinJournal.
The long-awaited Solana ETFs have finally been approved, sparking renewed optimism across the crypto market.
The ETFs’ approval has reignited bullish momentum, with analysts believing that the Solana price could soon rally toward $230 and beyond.
Bitwise and Canary Capital have confirmed that their individual Solana ETFs officially begin trading on October 28 after weeks of regulatory uncertainty.
Bitwise’s product, launched under the ticker BSOL, serves as a gateway for institutional exposure to Solana, featuring staking powered by Helius Labs and a temporary management fee waiver.
Introducing $BSOL — the Bitwise Solana Staking ETF. Starts trading tomorrow.
– First U.S. ETP to have 100% direct exposure to spot SOL
– Maximizing Solana’s 7%+ average staking reward rate*
– Targeting 100% of assets staked
– Staking through Bitwise Onchain Solutions, powered by… pic.twitter.com/Vo8Ko0qOCn— Bitwise (@BitwiseInvest) October 27, 2025
Grayscale has also moved swiftly, converting its Solana Trust (GSOL) into an ETF holding over $105 million worth of SOL.
Meanwhile, VanEck has also filed its sixth S-1/A amendment, with its Solana ETF status officially changed to “effective” and a 0.3% management fee established.
Adding to the growing momentum, Hong Kong’s first Solana ETF also began trading on Monday, marking Asia’s initial entry into the Solana ETF landscape.
Despite this wave of institutional activity, retail demand for Solana remains subdued.
Futures open interest sits near $9.75 billion — up slightly from the previous day but still below the $10 billion mark — indicating that traders are cautious amid market volatility.
Even so, analysts believe the ETF launches signal a critical turning point for Solana, reinforcing its legitimacy as an institutional-grade digital asset and providing the foundation for its steady hold above $200.
While retail demand for Solana remains unresponsive, the Solana price has been climbing steadily from $190 to $205, with short positions fading quickly.
Analysts note that bearish volume profiles are weakening while liquidity accumulates at higher price levels.
This shift has tilted momentum firmly in favour of buyers, with several technical indicators confirming the strength of the ongoing rally.
On the 4-hour chart, Solana trades above both its 50-day and 200-day moving averages, reinforcing the bullish setup.
The Ichimoku Cloud analysis shows a clear breakout, with price holding above key support between $197 and $201 — a signal that often precedes extended upward moves.
The Relative Strength Index (RSI) also hovers near 62, leaving room for additional gains before overbought conditions emerge.
Analysts now eye resistance zones between $204 and $208, followed by key hurdles at $216, $227, and $230.
Notably, a confirmed close above $205 could trigger a sustained rally toward these upper levels.
If momentum continues, higher targets around $237 and $253 come into view, aligning with Fibonacci retracement levels that mark previous swing highs.
Market observers have compared the current structure of Solana’s price chart to its 2023 breakout phase.
Analysts such as GalaxyBTC point to an ascending triangle pattern forming on the weekly chart, defined by a series of higher lows that indicate strong accumulation.
Same pattern as October 2023.
This Q4 we should break-out from the consolidation into new all-time-highs. pic.twitter.com/pIURlH1YUu
— Galaxy (@galaxyBTC) October 25, 2025
The critical support at $188 remains intact, representing the network’s largest volume cluster where many long-term holders entered the market.
A successful breakout above $200 would confirm the pattern and potentially lead to a test of $215 and $225, echoing the bullish behaviour seen two years ago.
The broader macro picture also appears supportive.
Some traders suggest that if the US Federal Reserve signals an end to quantitative tightening, it could inject much-needed liquidity into the market — providing another tailwind for Solana’s next leg higher.
Even as short-term traders monitor resistance near $230, long-term analysts remain optimistic about Solana’s broader trajectory.
The asset has maintained a pattern of higher lows since early 2023, and its market structure mirrors the accumulation phase that preceded its previous bull run.
Projections place potential mid- to long-term targets around $300, $390, and even $520 if momentum and institutional demand persist.
In the near term, maintaining support between $198 and $200 is crucial.
If buyers continue to defend this zone, the Solana price could strengthen further, confirming its leadership among major altcoins.
As the first wave of Solana ETFs begins trading, the market’s sentiment has clearly shifted — bears are losing ground, and bulls now have their eyes fixed firmly on the $230 milestone.
The post First Solana ETFs approved: bulls regain control with eyes on $230 appeared first on CoinJournal.
Chainlink’s traction in the crypto and blockchain ecosystem sees the oracle network rank as a global standard for decentralized finance and capital markets on-chain.
Part of the growth now has the platform teaming up with Balcony, a leading real estate tokenization firm, to bring more than $240 billion in government-sourced property assets on-chain.
As the market eyes an overall bounce amid other tailwinds, could Chainlink’s native token, LINK, gain further amid the rising institutional adoption?
Among crypto news today is the announcement that Balcony, recognized as the premier platform for government-sourced real estate tokenization, has forged a pivotal alliance with Chainlink.
The latter is the gold-standard oracle network in the blockchain ecosystem, and the partnership points to growing adoption of Chainlink solutions.
In this case, the two platforms are collaborating via Chainlink’s Runtime Environment (CRE), which is now integrated into Balcony’s Keystone platform.
Chainlink and Balcony will tap into CRE to secure and digitize over $240 billion in on-chain property assets.
With Chainlink, Balcony has the blockchain solution to consolidate fragmented government-sourced property data into a unified, verifiable system.
The move lays the groundwork for compliant and programmable tokenized real estate, the firms said in an announcement.
At its core, CRE facilitates the seamless on-chain deployment of authenticated parcel data, fostering unparalleled transparency in an asset class that has long been hampered by opaque records and manual processes.
By embedding CRE within Keystone, Balcony unlocks new avenues for liquidity and accessibility, enabling fractional ownership, automated compliance checks, and real-time data verification.
The goal is to address longstanding challenges in real estate, such as fraud risks and inefficient transfers. It also elevates trust in tokenized markets, currently an asset category witnessing staggering growth.
Balcony’s integration of CRE is a clear example of how Chainlink’s industry-standard oracle platform is unlocking the next generation of real-world assets. By bringing government-sourced property data on-chain, Balcony is setting a new standard for transparency and efficiency in real estate. This partnership reflects an accelerating movement to redefine how institutions and market participants interact with tokenized assets in a compliant and verifiable way,” said Colin Cunningham, head of tokenized asset sales at Chainlink Labs.
Chainlink’s native token has surged in recent months amid broader market gains.
However, ecosystem developments have buoyed investor sentiment, helping bulls to hold prices above key support levels during profit taking events.
At the time of writing, LINK traded around $18.50, just in the red on the day but up nearly 4% as bulls continue to hold above $18.
Chainlink token’s resilience in the market and platform appeal in a maturing crypto landscape are two factors likely to help bulls eye new highs.
If LINK retests the $20 resistance level, a successful breakout could allow buyers to push for $30 and multi-year highs of $40.
RWA sector traction, DeFi resilience, and spot exchange-traded funds hype may prove key catalysts.
The post Chainlink expands into $240B property tokenization with Balcony; check price forecast appeared first on CoinJournal.
The long-awaited approval of the Hedera ETF and Litecoin ETF has arrived, marking a pivotal moment for both assets.
With trading set to begin on the Nasdaq, investor enthusiasm has driven renewed interest in HBAR and LTC, sending prices higher as markets react to the historic development.
In a surprising turn of events, Canary Capital confirmed that its spot ETFs tracking Hedera and Litecoin will launch tomorrow on the Nasdaq.
The approval comes despite the ongoing US government shutdown, which many assumed would halt all Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) operations.
However, a recent procedural shift allowed issuers to bypass direct SEC intervention by letting their filings automatically go effective after 20 days.
According to Canary Capital CEO Steven McClurg, both ETFs have met all legal requirements and are ready to trade.
Bloomberg ETF analysts Eleanor Terrett and Eric Balchunas confirmed that the NYSE and Nasdaq have certified the required 8-A filings, the final step before shares can begin trading.
This development follows the model used for previous spot crypto ETFs, including those for Bitcoin and Ethereum, but with an even more dramatic twist, given the timing during a government shutdown.
🚨NEW: @CanaryFunds spot $HBAR and $LTC ETFs are now effective and will begin trading on the NASDAQ tomorrow, according to CEO @stevenmcclurg.
“Litecoin and Hedera are the next two token ETFs to go effective after Ethereum,” McClurg told me in a statement. “We look forward to… https://t.co/tPjsjLEE3R
— Eleanor Terrett (@EleanorTerrett) October 27, 2025
The approval of the Hedera and Litecoin ETFs has energised the crypto market, sparking fresh optimism among investors who view it as another major step toward mainstream adoption.
Hedera’s native token, HBAR, has rebounded strongly, climbing to around $0.21 at press time and reclaiming critical technical levels.
Notably, HBAR’s rise above its 20, 50, 100, and 200 exponential moving averages signals a decisive bullish shift.
At the same time, the Litecoin price is attempting to break through its stubborn $100 resistance level.
LTC price briefly spiked above the $100 mark following the ETF announcement, reflecting heightened investor interest, though it has yet to confirm a full breakout.
Technical indicators, including the Relative Strength Index (RSI) and Moving Average Convergence/Divergence (MACD), suggest that a sustained move above $100 could mark the start of a broader bullish reversal for Litecoin.
Market data also shows a shift in trading behaviour.
Hedera’s open interest has declined from over $500 million earlier this year to roughly $163 million, indicating reduced speculative leverage.
This suggests that HBAR’s latest rally is being driven more by genuine spot demand than by leveraged futures trading — often a sign of healthier market growth.
Beyond the ETF launch, Hedera’s recent institutional partnerships have strengthened its long-term outlook.
The network has been selected to participate in the Reserve Bank of Australia’s Project Acacia, exploring the use of distributed ledger technology (DLT) in tokenised financial markets.
It has also been chosen by the Bank of England for its DLT Challenge, further cementing Hedera’s position among credible blockchain platforms with real-world use cases.
Meanwhile, asset management giant T. Rowe Price has filed for an actively managed crypto ETF that may include both HBAR and LTC, signalling rising institutional confidence in these networks.
These developments are viewed as reinforcing the credibility of both assets at a time when regulated exposure through ETFs is gaining traction.
If current momentum holds, Hedera price could test higher resistance zones near $0.25 and even $0.28 in the coming weeks, while Litecoin price may finally break through the $100 ceiling that has capped its rallies for months.
However, analysts maintain that Hedera (HBAR) must stay above $0.21, which has been established as the immediate support, for the bullish momentum to build.
At the same time, Litecoin (LTC) must stay above $99.67 for the $100 to come to effect.
The post First Hedera and Litecoin ETFs approved: HBAR and LTC prices take off appeared first on CoinJournal.
Luciano Spalletti opens up about rumours linking him with the Juventus job, saying that ‘whoever will replace Igor Tudor will be lucky.’
Spalletti is the leading candidate for the Juventus job, as multiple sources in Italy claim that he and Bianconeri director Damien Comolli will sit down today to discuss contract details with him today.
Ironically, Spalletti had already planned a meeting with the media on Tuesday morning to unveil a new advertisement in which he features alongside his former Roma star Francesco Totti.
The ad was released earlier this week, and Spalletti didn’t only talk about his latest sponsorship commitment.
“I feel well, I wait with serenity. I have the ambition to set things right,” the ex-Italy coach told Sky Sport via Gazzetta.
“I can only speak highly of Tudor, a serious and passionate person. Whoever will replace him will be lucky because he’ll find a well-trained team.”
Juventus confirmed Tudor’s sacking on Monday after the team lost three consecutive matches and failed to score in the last four.
Spalletti also spoke about his reunion with Totti, which has made headlines in Italy because of their public dispute during the coach’s second spell at the Stadio Olimpico.
“It feels so good to sit next to Totti,” Spalletti said.
“There were some risky choices, but we spent some marvellous years together, so when Ramazzotti put us back together, I was very happy and he was quite relaxed.”
An 81-year-old man in an electric wheelchair was fatally struck this morning by a car driven by Inter‘s second-choice goalkeeper Josep Martinez, reports in Italy claim.
There’s tragic news from Italy this morning, as according to several sources, including Gazzetta, Inter’s second-choice keeper Josep Martinez was involved in a car accident that killed an 81-year-old man in an electric wheelchair.
It happened at around 9:40 am local time on Via Bergamo in Fenegrò, in the province of Como, near Inter’s training centre Appiano Gentile.
The man was pronounced dead at the scene despite the prompt arrival of an ambulance and an air ambulance.
The Italian Police is carrying out investigations to reconstruct the dynamics of the accident.
According to Gazzetta, the initial hypothesis is that the elderly man may have suffered a sudden illness and veered into the lane where Martinez was driving.
The Nerazzurri goalkeeper immediately stopped and provided first aid to the man.
Following the tragic news and as a sign of mourning, Inter decided to cancel Cristian Chivu’s press conference, which was scheduled for 14:00 CET today.
Multiple sources in Italy claim that Kevin De Bruyne will undergo surgery in Antwerp tomorrow and will only return to action in February 2026.
Napoli star De Bruyne is set to miss several months of action after suffering a severe lesion to the thigh muscle in a Serie A game against Inter on Saturday.
Corriere dello Sport, Gazzetta and Tuttosport report that the Belgium international will be forced to undergo surgery in Antwerp. The operation will be carried out tomorrow, Wednesday, October 29.
According to reports, De Bruyne will miss from three to four months of action, returning on the pitch around February 2026.
According to Corriere dello Sport, the ex-Manchester City star has already landed in Belgium to prepare for the surgery.
De Bruyne sustained an injury to the same muscle in August 2023, which sidelined him for five months. During that period, he missed 28 matches for Manchester City and one for the Belgium national team.
De Bruyne underwent surgery two years ago as well, while his teammate and compatriot Romelu Lukaku, who sustained a similar injury this past August, has opted for conservative therapy.
Juventus sacked Igor Tudor because of poor results and performances in recent games, but the frosty relationship between the Croat and club director Damien Comolli also played a role in the coach’s dismissal.
Juventus announced Tudor’s sacking on Monday and Juventus General Manager Comolli is set to meet Luciano Spalletti today to offer him the job at the Allianz Stadium.
Juventus have been winless since September 13, they’ve lost three games in a row and have not scored in the last four.
Naturally, results and performances in recent weeks led to Tudor’s dismissal, but there’s more behind Juventus’ decision to part ways with the Croatian tactician.
Juventus’ transfer activity surely affected the relationship between Comolli and Tudor, given that the coach’s requests were largely ignored by the Old Lady’s general manager. Juventus didn’t sign a new central midfielder over the summer but signed instead two attacking players, Lois Openda and Edon Zhegrova, on deadline day. Furthermore, Tudor was eager to keep Alberto Costa in the team, especially after some positive performances in the Club World Cup, but Juventus still decided to swap the Portuguese right-back with his compatriot Joao Mario, who has only collected 330 minutes on the pitch across all competitions since moving to Turin.
The appointment of a new Director of Performance, Darren Burgess, in September, was another decision that the club did not share with the coach. The welcome from Tudor surely wasn’t a warm one, as the Croat said “This gentleman hasn’t yet arrived at the club” when asked about Burgess’ appointment last month. Juventus had welcomed Burgess, stating that the ex-Arsenal and Liverpool staff member would “work closely with Damien Comolli, Giorgio Chiellini, François Modesto, Igor Tudor and across all the technical areas and every age group of the Club to form a high-level team dedicated to promoting excellence in performance, innovation and athlete wellbeing.” Furthermore, as first reported by Tuttosport, in recent weeks, club directors also discussed Tudor’s tactics, suggesting in one-on-one meetings that he should have considered switching to a four-man defence, a step into Tudor’s territory that the coach didn’t particularly appreciate.
Aside from results, Juventus were also not impressed by Tudor’s communication, including frequent protests towards referees. Tudor’s first complaint came after a 1-1 draw at Hellas Verona, in which the Bianconeri protested for a penalty kick in favour of their opponents and a potential red card for the Gialloblu striker Gift Orban. On that occasion, Tudor labelled the penalty kick decision as “shameful.” Tudor’s communication strategy didn’t change in the following weeks as he kept complaining about referees, and even the fixture list, before a Champions League game against Real Madrid last week, with Giorgio Chiellini, Comolli and François Modesto sitting in front of him in the first row of the press room of the Estadio Bernabeu. Ultimately, on and off-the-field issues led to the coach’s dismissal, and Juventus are now on the verge of starting a new era, with their third coach in seven months.
Santiago Gimenez will partner with Rafael Leao in Milan’s away game at Atalanta this evening, while Ivan Juric will look to Charles De Ketelaere and Ademola Lookman.
It kicks off at 20:45 CET (19:45 GMT) at the New Balance Stadium in Bergamo.
It’s a mid-week Serie A round, and the game will kick off after Lecce-Napoli.
Atalanta are the only unbeaten team in Serie A this season, but have also collected six draws in eight matches.
They host Milan without the injured Giorgio Scalvini, while the Rossoneri have travelled to Bergamo without Adrien Rabiot, Ardon Jashari, Christian Pulisic and Pervis Estupinan.
Multiple sources, including Gazzetta, claim that Atalanta coach Juric will pick Lookman and De Ketelaere in attack, with Mario Pasalic playing as an attacking midfielder.
Massimiliano Allegri is expected to reply with Leao and Gimenez up front. The Mexico international has yet to score a goal in Serie A this season.
Davide Bartesaghi will replace Estupinan on the left wing, and Fikayo Tomori will return to the starting XI after resting against Pisa in the previous round.
The game will be broadcast live on TNT Sports 1 in the UK and Ireland, but is also available to stream on DAZN. Fans in the USA can stream it live on Paramount+.
Atalanta (3-4-2-1): Carnesecchi; Kossounou, Hien, Djimsiti; Zappacosta, De Roon, Ederson, Zalewski; Pasalic; De Ketelaere, Lookman.
Milan (3-5-2): Maignan; Tomori, Gabbia, Pavlovic; Saelemaekers, Fofana, Modric, Ricci, Bartesaghi; Gimenez, Leao.
Lorenzo Lucca is expected to return to the Napoli XI against Lecce today, but Scott McTominay might start on the bench.
It kicks off at 18:30 CET (17:30 GMT) at the Stadio Via del Mare in Lecce.
Napoli see Rasmus Hojlund and Amir Rrahmani return to action, but neither is fit to start, so Antonio Conte is expected to pick Lucca in attack, Sam Beukema and Juan Jesus at centre-back.
Lucca was benched against Inter on Saturday and had received a red card in his latest game as a starter against PSV last week.
Romelu Lukaku, Kevin De Bruyne, Alex Meret and Stanislav Lobotka are injured.
Several sources, including Gazzetta and Corriere dello Sport, report that Scotland international McTominay is expected to rest so Eljif Elmas will join Billy Gilmour and Zambo Anguissa in the middle of the park.
Noa Lang is expected to start for the first time in Serie A this season, completing a three-man attack with Lucca and Matteo Politano.
Milan loanee Francesco Camarda is expected to start for Lecce.
The match is available on TNT Sports 1 and DAZN in the UK and Paramount+ in the USA.
Lecce (4-3-3): Falcone, Veiga, Gaspar, Tiago Gabriel, Gallo; Coulibaly, Ramadani, Maleh; Pierotti, Stulic, Banda.
Napoli (4-3-3): Milinkovic-Savic, Di Lorenzo, Beukema, Juan Jesus, Olivera; Anguissa, Gilmour, Elmas; Politano, Lucca, Lang.
Juventus director Damien Comolli is set to meet with ex-Italy coach Luciano Spalletti today to offer him a contract as a replacement for Igor Tudor.
Multiple sources in Italy, including Gazzetta, claim that Juventus will meet with Spalletti today to discuss the contract details and the technical project following Tudor’s dismissal.
Football Italia exclusively reported on Monday that Juventus had established contact with Spalletti right after Tudor’s departure.
The Bianconeri have gone eight consecutive games without victories and have not scored a goal in the last four matches.
Spalletti, a Napoli Scudetto winner in 2022-23, has been without a team since June, when he was sacked by the Italian federation.
According to Tuttosport, Spalletti will be offered a contract until the end of the season, with an option to extend in case of Champions League qualification.
Gazzetta claims that Spalletti has rejected offers from Saudi and Turkish clubs and is eager to accept the Juventus job. However, if the two parties fail to reach an agreement, Roberto Mancini and Raffaele Palladino remain possible candidates for the Old Lady.
Juventus sack Tudor
Spalletti ahead
Comolli meets the ex-CT today. Green light expected. Eight months and renewal in case of Champions League. Palladino and Mancini the alternatives. Brambilla on the bench tomorrow.
Lookman-Leao full speed
De Bruyne has to undergo surgery, Napoli for the sprint
Inter, with three defeats in eight games, the Scudetto is a feat.
Tudor sacked
Yesterday the dismissal and negotiations with the ex-CT
Juve to Lucio
Spalletti is ready to say yes, today the meeting for the signature.
Buffon: ‘This is the ideal solution.’ If he doesn’t sign, Mancini is the alternative. Fatal defeat against Lazio for Tudor. Brambilla on the bench against Udinese tomorrow.
Napoli want to win for KDB
Allegri: ‘Leao is worth 25 goals.’
Juve, why Spalletti
Tudor out! Today the meeting with the ex-CT
Comolli has gone all the way for Luciano, already contacted in June: all the reasons. A missed agreement would reopen other options, from Mancini to Palladino. Igor sacked after the last outburst in Rome: he pays for results, communication and dislikes in the dressing room. Tomorrow Brambilla on the bench.
Baroni knows how to change and improve Toro
Leao on fire. Allegri’s push: ‘He can score 20 goals.0
De Bruyne choc, Conte will welcome him back in February
Tottenham Hotspur have reportedly entered the race to sign Mason Greenwood from Marseille, according to a report from TeamTalk.
The North London club are believed to be seeking a “dynamic player” to strengthen their attacking options ahead of next season, and Greenwood has emerged as a serious candidate.
The former Manchester United forward has rediscovered his form in Ligue 1, becoming one of the best performers in French football.
However, Tottenham face competition from several major clubs, with Barcelona, Atletico Madrid, and West Ham United all expressing interest in the 24-year-old.
Greenwood’s career has experienced a dramatic turnaround since his move to Marseille.
After leaving Man United in 2024, the English forward has rebuilt his reputation and confidence through consistent performances in France.
So far this season, Greenwood has scored eight goals in 12 appearances across all competitions, continuing the fine form that saw him notch 22 goals in 36 games last campaign.
For Tottenham, Greenwood represents a potential game-changer. Manager Thomas Frank has made no secret of his desire to add pace, versatility, and unpredictability to his frontline.
Greenwood’s capacity to play across the front three, as a right winger, left forward, or even a secondary striker, matches perfectly with Frank’s tactical ideas.
However, Tottenham’s pursuit will not be easy. Barcelona and Atletico Madrid are both monitoring Greenwood’s progress, with the Spanish giants attracted by his age, adaptability, and proven productivity.
Meanwhile, West Ham United have also joined the chase. Some of the top clubs in the world are taking notice of his consistent performances and goal scoring record.
Greenwood could get the opportunity to prove himself in the Premier League after his Man United spell was cut short due to his controversial off the field activities.
Spurs could now give him another chance to play in the Premier League.
Report: Tottenham tracking 23-year-old attacker who finds their interest “very flattering”
The post Mason Greenwood set to be offered Premier League return by Man United rivals appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Tottenham could be heading for a change at the top of their attack when the January transfer window opens.
According to Football Insider, the club are considering replacing Dominic Solanke, who has struggled to find his form and fitness under manager Thomas Frank.
The England international was signed with big expectations following an impressive spell at Bournemouth, but injuries and inconsistency have prevented him from making the desired impact.
With Tottenham eager to stay competitive in both domestic and European competitions, the board are reportedly exploring forward options, with former Brentford star Ivan Toney among the top names linked.
Solanke’s move to Tottenham was intended to provide a focal point for the Spurs attack.
However, things haven’t gone as planned. Since joining the North London side, the 28-year-old striker has faced multiple fitness setbacks, limiting his rhythm and confidence in front of goal.
Even when available, Solanke has struggled to replicate his Bournemouth form, where his movement, pressing, and ability to bring teammates into play made him one of the Premier League’s most underrated forwards.
Frank has grown frustrated with the lack of consistency. The Dane has made it clear to Tottenham’s recruitment team that the squad needs a striker who can deliver immediately and adapt seamlessly to his high-intensity demands.
In that regard, Toney has emerged as a natural target. The Al Ahli attacker has played previously under Frank at Brentford and the manager and the attacker enjoyed a strong relationship.
Frank was able to get the best out of Toney and he feels that the attacker should return to England from the Middle East.
Should Tottenham bring in a new forward, it could pave the way for Solanke to seek regular playing time elsewhere.
With January fast approaching, Spurs will need to act decisively to strengthen their frontline and keep pace with their Premier League rivals.
Report: Chelsea to battle Spurs for midfielder causing “excitement” across Europe
The post Thomas Frank unimpressed with 28-year-old Tottenham ace with replacement being lined up appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Italian giants Juventus are eyeing a move for Chelsea right-back Malo Gusto, according to Calciomercato.
The French international, still only 22, has impressed in flashes since joining Chelsea from Lyon, but his limited game time and the resurgence of Reece James could open the door to a transfer.
The Juventus hierarchy are said to be long-time admirers of the young defender and see him as a potential solution to the club’s right-back dilemma, particularly after the Bianconeri missed out on signing Atlético Madrid’s Nahuel Molina last summer.
The Serie A side had been close to agreeing a deal for Molina during the last transfer window but were ultimately unable to complete the move due to financial and timing constraints.
Since then, the need for a dynamic full-back capable of contributing both defensively and offensively has remained a key priority.
Gusto, who is known for his explosive pace and overlapping runs, is exactly the kind of player Juventus are looking to sign.
At Chelsea, Gusto’s development has been somewhat stifled by the continued presence of club captain James, whose return to full fitness has reduced the Frenchman’s opportunities in the starting lineup.
His performances have not gone unnoticed in Europe, and Juventus are reportedly monitoring the situation closely, aware that Chelsea could be open to selling if the right offer arrives.
Juventus are also planning for the long term, seeking to lower the squad’s average age while maintaining quality.
The Turin-based club’s sporting directors are understood to have initiated contact with Gusto’s representatives to gauge his openness to a move, though no formal bid has yet been lodged.
Juventus’ admiration for the French defender is genuine, and with Molina still on Atlético Madrid’s books, Gusto represents a realistic and affordable alternative.
If James stays fit and Gusto continues to find minutes hard to come by, a move to Turin could appeal to all parties.
Report: Chelsea to battle Spurs for midfielder causing “excitement” across Europe
The post Champions League club eyeing move for Chelsea star struggling for playing time under Maresca appeared first on CaughtOffside.
Samsung has just shown off its first tri-fold smartphone ahead of its launch. Sounds confusing? Well, it kind of is. The company showed off the device sitting under glass during the K-Tech Showcase in Korea.
The K-Tech Showcase is kind of a side event of the APEC Summit, which is taking place October 31-November 1. The phone is tipped to get a full reveal during the APEC Summit, so we could be only days away from that happening. This appearance at the K-Tech Showcase certainly points in that direction.
In any case, the device is shown here, but only its front side, it could be reflective of a device that is coming soon. It’s shown in full unfolded, and fully folded formats. Several sources shared these images, and that includes Ice Universe and The Chosun. You can see the device in the gallery below.
When fully folded, the phone will feature a 6.5-inch display, allegedly, as shown above. When completely extended, you’ll get a 10-inch display to use. You’ll notice that a display camera hole is all unfolding levels, basically.
The phone will have a middle-of-the-road unfold state, too. It is expected to offer an 8-inch display in that state. So it’ll essentially be a tiny table when unfolded once.
This is what Samsung said to SamMobile, in a statement: “Samsung continues to advance innovative technologies, including next-generation form factors in the era of mobile AI, to deliver meaningful user experiences. The recent showcase reflects ongoing R&D efforts, and we plan to bring this next generation device to users within this year.”
From that statement, one might think Samsung is saying this is just a prototype, not the real thing. Well, it could be, though if the device is coming in only a couple of days, that doesn’t make much sense. Either way, Samsung once again confirmed that the real tri-fold announcement is right around the corner.
The post Samsung’s Mysterious Tri-Fold Phone Just Made Its First Public Appearance appeared first on Android Headlines.
The post PayPal Partners with OpenAI to Power Instant Checkout, AI Commerce in ChatGPT appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
PayPal has teamed up with OpenAI in a major move that could change how people shop and pay online.
Announced on October 28, the partnership will bring instant checkout and agentic commerce to ChatGPT, allowing users to discover and buy products directly through the chatbot, powered by PayPal’s trusted payment network.
Here’s why this is exciting.
According to a press release today, PayPal will adopt OpenAI’s Agentic Commerce Protocol (ACP), a new system designed to make online shopping faster and more interactive. Soon, ChatGPT users will be able to find products, choose payment methods, and check out instantly using PayPal without even leaving the chat.
For merchants, the change could be massive. PayPal plans to connect tens of millions of businesses, from small shops to global brands, to ChatGPT’s growing user base.
“Hundreds of millions of people turn to ChatGPT each week for help with everyday tasks, including finding products they love, and over 400 million use PayPal to shop,” said Alex Chriss, President and CEO of PayPal. “By partnering with OpenAI and adopting the Agentic Commerce Protocol, PayPal will power payments and commerce experiences that help people go from chat to checkout in just a few taps.”
This partnership reflects PayPal’s broader shift toward AI-powered commerce and digital innovation. The company has already launched its PYUSD stablecoin and built crypto custody services, showing its growing focus on the digital asset space.
While the announcement didn’t directly mention crypto, this kind of AI-driven payments system could easily become a bridge between fiat and digital currencies in the future.
If PayPal’s ACP platform eventually supports blockchain-based settlements, it could boost the use of PYUSD and other regulated stablecoins in real-world transactions.
Also Read: What Can You Actually Buy With Crypto in 2025?
“Agentic Commerce” or AI-powered buying and selling could eventually go beyond simple checkouts. With time, it might connect with smart contracts, tokenized assets, or digital identity systems.
And as history shows, every major AI and payments announcement tends to boost interest in related crypto sectors.
Tokens tied to AI, payments, and stablecoins – like FET, AGIX, OCEAN, XRP, XLM, and PYUSD – could all see renewed investor attention.
PayPal’s latest move with OpenAI is exciting and a strong signal that shows us where digital commerce is headed.
The post Metaplanet Announces ¥75B Share Repurchase Program to Strengthen Bitcoin Strategy appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Metaplanet, widely known as “Japan’s MicroStrategy”, has taken a major step forward in its long-term strategy by launching a 75 billion JPY share repurchase program.
This comes after the company faced a setback with a decline in its mNAV, and aims to make better use of capital and boost returns for shareholders.
Metaplanet has established a share repurchase program to enhance capital efficiency and maximize BTC Yield. The Board also approved a credit facility to enable flexible execution as part of the company’s capital allocation strategy. https://t.co/zucPBrIqOQ
— Simon Gerovich (@gerovich) October 28, 2025
In its latest disclosure, Metaplanet noted that recent market volatility and a decline in its mNAV have led to its stock being undervalued.
The mNAV compares the company’s enterprise value to the market value of its Bitcoin holdings. When it falls below 1.0x, the company’s shares are seen as trading below their fair value based on BTC reserves.
To address this, Metaplanet launched a capital management plan designed to maximize BTC yield and improve capital efficiency.
Metaplanet’s stock is currently trading at 499 JPY, up 2.5% over the past day and roughly 18% over the last five days. Its mNAV has also recovered to 1.03 as of the time of writing.
The buyback program will cover up to 150 million common shares, representing about 13.13% of its total outstanding shares, excluding treasury shares. It will run from October 29, 2025, to October 28, 2026 and buybacks will be conducted through purchases on the Tokyo Stock Exchange under a discretionary trading agreement.
In order to give the company more flexibility in carrying out the repurchase program, the board has also approved a credit facility with a borrowing limit of up to USD 500 million (around JPY 76.4 billion).
This allows the company to secure funds using its Bitcoin holdings as collateral whenever needed. The funds raised could be used for additional Bitcoin purchases, investments in its Bitcoin Income business, or share buybacks.
The credit line also plays a major role in the Company’s financial strategy and is expected to serve as bridge financing ahead of its planned issuance of preference shares.
Metaplanet has also created a new Capital Allocation Policy designed to maximize sustainable value creation. It will be guided by three fundamental principles.
Metaplanet plans to actively utilize preferred shares, to strengthen BTC yield and enhance long-term shareholder value. It will avoid new issuances when mNAV is below 1.0x, and pursue them only when mNAV exceeds 1.0x and valuations and strategic conditions clearly support long-term shareholder value.
And if mNAV falls below 1.0x, the Company will actively consider share buybacks to enhance BTC yield and shareholder value.
It also noted that the funding sources for share repurchases may include cash reserves, funds raised from preferred share issuances, credit facilities, or income generated by its Bitcoin-related business operations.
Since April 2025, the company has expanded its Bitcoin Treasury Strategy, now holding 30,823 BTC, making it the fourth-largest public Bitcoin holder globally and the largest in Asia.
The company is also committed to its long-term goal of acquiring 210,000 BTC by the end of 2027.
Despite what appears to have been a setback, Metaplanet continues to show strong conviction in Bitcoin’s long-term potential.
The post Japan’s Metaplanet Plan $500M Share Buyback Program, Stock Jumps 2.3% appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Japan’s leading Bitcoin treasury company, Metaplanet, has announced a bold plan to buy back 13.15% of its outstanding shares. The firm has also secured a massive $500 million credit facility backed by Bitcoin, signaling a deep commitment to integrating digital assets into its corporate growth strategy.
According to the company’s official filing, it will buy back up to 150 million common shares, equal to 13.13% of its total shares (excluding treasury stock). The program will run through October 28, 2026, and the company can use its new credit facility for both share repurchases and additional Bitcoin purchases.
The buyback, supported by a $500 million credit line, shows the company’s confidence in its long-term growth and strong balance sheet.
*Notice Regarding the Establishment of Share Repurchase Program* pic.twitter.com/GBNY8fJfv4
— Metaplanet Inc. (@Metaplanet_JP) October 28, 2025
The company said the goal is to make capital use more efficient and respond to the recent drop in its market-to-net-asset value (mNAV), which compares the market value of the company’s Bitcoin holdings to its overall value.
Metaplanet’s aggressive Bitcoin-focused strategy stands out in the Japanese and global investment landscape. Currently, Metaplanet holds 30,823 BTC, valued at approximately $3.5 billion.
The firm noted that its stock price often trades below the actual value of its Bitcoin holdings, creating an opportunity to increase its “BTC yield per share.”
The company has highlighted its commitment to increasing its Bitcoin holdings, aiming for an ultimate target of holding 210,000 BTC, equal to 1% of the eventual 21 million Bitcoin supply, by 2027.
Following the announcement, Metaplanet’s stock climbed 2.3%, closing at 499 yen. The rally reflects renewed investor optimism fueled by expectations that reduced share supply and an injection of financial flexibility will lift per-share value.
Metaplanet’s buyback initiative signals a broader shift: public companies are increasingly viewing digital assets not just as speculative holdings, but as foundational drivers for capital strategy and market positioning
Login
